331G and 333G Compact Track Loader Operation and Test (PIN: 1T0331G_ _ _F300253— ) (PIN: 1T0333G_ _ _F300253— )
OPERATION & TEST TECHNICAL MANUAL 331G and 333G Compact Track Loader TM14062X19 04APR18
Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division PRINTED IN U.S.A.
(ENGLISH)
Introduction Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.
Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.
This is the safety-alert symbol. When this symbol is seen on the machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury.
Technical manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair.
Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and test sections help to quickly identify the majority of routine failures quickly.
Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. MM16284,0001A38 -19-01DEC15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Introduction
Manual Identification—READ THIS FIRST!
TX1215127 —UN—02MAY16
IMPORTANT: Use only supporting manuals designated for the specific machine. If incorrect manual is chosen, improper service may occur. Verify product identification number (PIN) when choosing the correct manual. Choosing the Correct Supporting Manuals John Deere skid steers are available in different machine configurations based on the various markets into which they are sold. Different supporting manuals exist for different machine configurations.
Product Identification Number The product identification number (PIN) plate (1) is located on the right side of machine behind the cab. Each machine has a 17-character PIN (2) shown on PIN plate.
PIN Plate Location
JOHN DEERE Product Identification Number *1T0331GJCGF000001*
2
SKID STEER 331G MADE IN USA DEERE & COMPANY, MOLINE, ILLINOIS, USA
1
TX1216544 —UN—02JUN16
When necessary, product identification numbers are listed on the front covers of skid steer manuals. These numbers are used to identify the correct supporting manual for the machine.
Example of PIN Plate 1— PIN Plate
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
2— 17-Character PIN
JB38880,0001178 -19-23MAY17-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=3
Introduction
The following is an example for a machine that meets Final Tier 4 and Stage IV emission levels:
The PIN identifies the producing factory, machine model number, machine option, year of manufacture, engine emission level, and machine serial number.
17-Character PIN Examples 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
T
0
3
3
1
G
8 _
• (1—3) World Code: Identifies location where machine is manufactured.
1T0 .................. World Code (manufacturing location) 1DW ............. Davenport Works 1T8 ............... Thibodaux Works 1T0 ............... Dubuque Works 1FF ............... Deere—Hitachi (Kernersville, NC, USA) 1F9 ............... Deere—Hitachi (Indaiatuba, São Paulo, Brazil)
• (4—8) Machine Model and Series Identifier: Identifies model number and series.
331G ................ Machine Model and Series Identifier 333G ................ Machine Model and Series Identifier
NOTE: Characters 7—8 identify series and major machine configuration options. These characters will change from one machine to another. _ ..................... Machine Option Code
9 _
10 _
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
F
0
0
0
0
0
1
_ ..................... Check Letter (variable)
• (10) Manufacturing Year Code: Identifies year of machine manufacture. _ ..................... Manufacturing Year Code (variable) D .................. 2013 E .................. 2014 F .................. 2015 G ................. 2016 H ................. 2017
• (11) Engine Emission Code: Represents engine emission certification.
F ..................... Engine Emission Code C ................. Tier 2 and Stage II D ................. Tier 3 and Stage III A E .................. Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B F .................. Final Tier 4 and Stage IV G ................. Interim Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-56 kW)
A .................. Single Speed
H .................. Final Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-37 kW)
B .................. 2-Speed
J ................... Final Tier 4 and Stage III B (37-56 kW)
E .................. Single Speed High Flow
K .................. Final Tier 4 (8-19 kW)
F................... 2-Speed High Flow J ................... Single Speed Electrohydraulic (EH) K .................. 2-Speed Electrohydraulic (EH) L .................. Single Speed High Flow Electrohydraulic (EH)
• (12—17) Machine Serial Number: Identifies machine serial number. This character will change from one machine to another.
000001 ............. Machine Serial Number
M .................. 2-Speed High Flow Electrohydraulic (EH)
• (9) Check Letter: This is a random character assigned
by the factory. This is not used in machine identification. JB38880,0001178 -19-23MAY17-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=4
Contents Section 9000—General Information Section 9025—Hydraulic System
Group 01—Safety
Section 9001—Diagnostics Group 05—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 10—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 20—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 30—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 40—Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 50—Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 60—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 70—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 80—Rear Camera Display (VC1) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Tests
Section 9026—Hydrostatic System Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests
Section 9031—Heating and Air Conditioning Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests
Section 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools Group 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Section 9005—Operational Checkout Procedure Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure
Section 9010—Engine Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Tests
Section 9015—Electrical System Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 16—Monitor Operation Group 17—Diagnostic Test Box Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Tests
Section 9020—Power Train Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 20—Adjustments
Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. COPYRIGHT © 2018 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved. A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ™ Manual Previous Editions Copyright © 2014, 2016, 2017
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
i
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
ii
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Contents
Section 9000 General Information
Page Page
Group 01—Safety Recognize Safety Information ................... 9000-01-1 Follow Safety Instructions.......................... 9000-01-1 Operate Only If Qualified ........................... 9000-01-1 Wear Protective Equipment....................... 9000-01-2 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......................................... 9000-01-2 Inspect Machine ........................................ 9000-01-2 Stay Clear of Moving Parts........................ 9000-01-2 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................... 9000-01-3 Avoid High-Pressure Oils .......................... 9000-01-3 Work In Ventilated Area............................. 9000-01-3 Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Refueling ............................................... 9000-01-4 Prevent Fires ............................................. 9000-01-4 In Case of Machine Fire ............................ 9000-01-5 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 9000-01-5 Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 9000-01-5 Handle Starting Fluid Safely ...................... 9000-01-6 Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components ................................... 9000-01-6 Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal................................................. 9000-01-6 Prepare for Emergencies........................... 9000-01-7 Clean Debris from Machine ....................... 9000-01-7 Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses ...................................................... 9000-01-7 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ................................................ 9000-01-7 Start Only From Operator's Seat ............... 9000-01-8 Use and Maintain Seat Belt ....................... 9000-01-8 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement.............................................. 9000-01-9 Avoid Work Site Hazards......................... 9000-01-10 Keep Riders Off Machine ........................ 9000-01-10 Avoid Backover Accidents ....................... 9000-01-11 Avoid Machine Tip Over .......................... 9000-01-11 Operating On Slopes ............................... 9000-01-11 Operating or Traveling On Public Roads .................................................. 9000-01-12 Inspect and Maintain ROPS .................... 9000-01-12 Travel Safely............................................ 9000-01-12 Prevent Acid Burns.................................. 9000-01-13 Add and Operate Attachments Safely................................................... 9000-01-13 Park and Prepare for Service Safely................................................... 9000-01-14 Service Cooling System Safely ............... 9000-01-14 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ................................................ 9000-01-15 Make Welding Repairs Safely ................. 9000-01-15 Drive Metal Pins Safely ........................... 9000-01-15 Service Tires Safely................................. 9000-01-16 TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Handle Cab Door Safely—If Equipped ............................................. 9000-01-16 Clean Exhaust Filter Safely ..................... 9000-01-17
9000-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 01
Safety Recognize Safety Information T133555 —UN—15APR13
This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.
T133588 —19—28AUG00
On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.
TX,RECOGNIZE -19-28JUN10-1/1
Follow Safety Instructions
TS201 —UN—15APR13
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. Be sure that new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator's manual. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair the function or safety and affect machine life.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
TX,FOLLOW -19-20JAN11-1/1
Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction.
machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site.
Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and TX,QUALIFIED -19-18JAN11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=9
Safety
Wear Protective Equipment Guard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses.
TS206 —UN—15APR13
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones are not suitable to use for hearing protection.
TX,WEAR,PE -19-22SEP10-1/1
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or malfunctions resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or
reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight, or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability. KR46761,00010A9 -19-03OCT16-1/1
Inspect Machine
Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.
T6607AQ —UN—15APR13
Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting.
TX,INSPECT -19-08SEP10-1/1
Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.
T133592 —UN—15APR13
Stay Clear of Moving Parts
TX,MOVING,PARTS -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=10
Safety
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
X9811 —UN—23AUG88
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
DX,FLUID -19-06OCT16-1/1
Avoid High-Pressure Oils
Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system.
T133840 —UN—20SEP00
If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
T133509 —UN—15APR13
This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
TX,HPOILS -19-20JAN11-1/1
Work In Ventilated Area
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.
TS220 —UN—15APR13
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.
DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=11
Safety
Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Refueling The removal of sulfur and other compounds in Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel decreases its conductivity and increases its ability to store a static charge. RG22142 —UN—17MAR14
Refineries may have treated the fuel with a static dissipating additive. However, there are many factors that can reduce the effectiveness of the additive over time. Static charges can build up in ULSD fuel while it is flowing through fuel delivery systems. Static electricity discharge when combustible vapors are present could result in a fire or explosion.
RG21992 —UN—21AUG13
Therefore, it is important to ensure that the entire system used to refuel your machine (fuel supply tank, transfer pump, transfer hose, nozzle, and others) is properly grounded and bonded. Consult with your fuel or fuel system supplier to ensure that the delivery system is in compliance with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding practices.
DX,FUEL,STATIC,ELEC -19-12JUL13-1/1
T133552 —UN—15APR13
Prevent Fires Handle Fluids Safely: All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep flammable debris (trash, leaves, twigs, straw, and so forth), grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment.
T133553 —UN—07SEP00
Maintain Hoses, Tubes, and Wiring: Replace hoses and tubes immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use an extinguisher properly.
T133554 —UN—07SEP00
Be Aware of the Operating Environment: Airborne debris may contain sparks or embers. Do not operate near any flame.
TX,PREVENT,FIRE -19-09JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=12
Safety
In Case of Machine Fire CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from exposed flames. Maintain safe distance.
TS227 —UN—15APR13
• Turn the engine off. • Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position, if equipped.
• If possible, fight the fire using the portable fire
extinguisher or other fire suppression equipment, if equipped. • Ensure that the fire does not spread to the surrounding area. Do not risk injury. If a fire is too far advanced, do not try to extinguish fire. • Call for help.
In Case of Machine Fire
CN93077,00000B2 -19-09FEB16-1/1
Prevent Battery Explosions Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
TS204 —UN—15APR13
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F). Keep battery electrolyte levels properly maintained.
Battery Explosions KR46761,00010B4 -19-26JAN16-1/1
Handle Chemical Products Safely
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment.
TS1132 —UN—15APR13
Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives.
(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.) DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=13
Safety
Handle Starting Fluid Safely Starting fluid is highly flammable. Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep starting fluid away from batteries and cables. TS1356 —UN—18MAR92
To prevent accidental discharge when storing the pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store in a cool, protected location. Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container. Do not use starting fluid on an engine equipped with glow plugs or an air intake heater.
DX,FIRE3 -19-14MAR14-1/1
Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components
TS1133 —UN—15APR13
Safety and environmental stewardship measures must be taken into account when decommissioning a machine and/or component. These measures include the following:
• Use appropriate tools and personal protective
equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and materials. • Follow instructions for specialized components. • Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar systems. • Minimize exposure to components which may have residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these components appropriately. • Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling components. Use leak-proof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. • Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. • Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid);
filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes. • Service and dispose of air conditioning systems appropriately. Government regulations may require a certified service center to recover and recycle air conditioning refrigerants which could damage the atmosphere if allowed to escape. • Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be recyclable, in part or completely. • Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or your John Deere dealer for information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste. DX,DRAIN -19-01JUN15-1/1
Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal CAUTION: Under federal, state, and local laws or regulations, exhaust filter ash can be classified as a hazardous waste. Hazardous waste must be disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws or regulations
governing hazardous waste disposal. Only a qualified service provider should remove ash from the exhaust filter. Personal protective equipment and clothing, maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition, should be used when handling and cleaning exhaust filter. See your authorized dealer for exhaust filter ash handling and disposal. TX,ASH,DISP -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=14
Safety
Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy. TS291 —UN—15APR13
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1
Clean Debris from Machine Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, fuel tank, and operator's station clean and free of debris. T6669AG —UN—15APR13
Clean any oil spills or fuel spills on machine surfaces. Temperature in engine compartment could go up immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD. Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean engine compartment.
TX,DEBRIS -19-20JAN11-1/1
Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses Special work situations or machine attachments could create an environment with falling or flying objects. Working near an overhead bank, demolition work, using a hydraulic hammer or winch, working in a forestry application or wooded area, or working in a waste management application, for example, could require added guarding to protect the operator.
Additional level II FOPS (falling object protective structure), forestry protection packages, and special screens or guarding should be installed when falling or flying objects could enter or damage the machine. A rear screen should always be used with a winch to protect against a snapping cable. Before operating in any special work environments, follow the operator protection recommendations of the manufacturer of any specialized attachment or equipment. Contact your authorized John Deere dealer for information on protective guarding. TX,CABGUARD -19-12FEB13-1/1
Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.
T133468 —UN—15APR13
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly
TX,STEPS -19-09FEB11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=15
Safety
Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator's seat. Ensure that all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.
T133715 —UN—15APR13
Start Only From Operator's Seat
TX,SOFOS -19-20JAN11-1/1
Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure that webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly.
T133716 —19—17APR13
Use and Maintain Seat Belt
The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every three years, regardless of appearance. TX,SEAT,BELT -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=16
Safety
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement
TX1125062 —UN—31OCT12
Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls. Follow these steps during work interruptions before allowing coworkers to approach the machine, before standing up, leaving the operator's seat, or exiting the machine:
• Lower equipment to the ground. • If equipped with key start, press park brake switch (1) to engage park brake.
• If equipped with keyless start, press park brake switch (2) to engage park brake.
• Stop the engine. • Raise interlocking seat bar. 2— Park Brake Switch (keyless start control panel)
TX1204670 —UN—30OCT15
1— Park Brake Switch (key start control panel)
Key Start Control Panel
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) CN93077,00006B8 -19-08DEC15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=17
Safety
Avoid Work Site Hazards T211519 —UN—02JUN05
Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables, and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before starting work. Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move machine closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires.
Contact With Electrical Lines
TX1064890 —UN—02OCT09
Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations. Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse under or on machine. Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete, or manholes) can cause a sudden stop. Always wear seat belt. On
Operate on Solid Footing
units equipped with shoulder belts always wear both the seat and shoulder belt and do not lean forward while operating. Do not stand on track.
JK47244,00002C5 -19-01DEC15-1/1
Keep Riders Off Machine Riders are subject to injury. They may fall from machine, be caught between machine parts, or be struck by foreign objects. Riders may obstruct operator’s view or impair his ability to operate machine safely.
T211522 —UN—02JUN05
Only allow operator on machine.
VD76477,0000045 -19-02JUN05-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=18
Safety
Avoid Backover Accidents T192978 —UN—26AUG03
Before moving machine, be sure that all bystanders or vehicles are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Keep windows clean. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate. Avoid Backover Accidents
VD76477,0000095 -19-24MAY16-1/1
Avoid Machine Tip Over T133716 —19—17APR13
Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush you. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be sure that truck is wide enough and on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed. Use Seat Belt
T211525 —UN—02JUN05
Be careful on slopes. Avoid sharp turns. Balance loads so weight is evenly distributed and load is stable. Carry tools and loads close to the ground to aid visibility and lower center of gravity. Use extra care on wet, soft, rocky, or frozen ground. Know the capacity of the machine. Do not overload. Be careful with heavy loads. Using oversize buckets or lifting heavy objects reduces machine stability. Ensure solid footing. Use extra care in soft ground conditions or on structures that may not uniformly support the tracks especially when raising the boom. Do not operate close to banks or open excavations that may cave in and cause machine to tip or fall.
Avoid Machine Tip Over
VD76477,0000046 -19-02SEP15-1/1
Operating On Slopes
TX1063678 —UN—01SEP09
Avoid side slope travel whenever possible. When working on steep slopes, travel as straight up and down as possible and keep the heavy end of the vehicle uphill to prevent machine tip over. Carry the load as low as possible for maximum stability and visibility. Select low speed before starting down slope. The slope on which you can operate safely will be limited by ground condition and the load being handled. Be alert to wind direction and velocity.
Operating On Slopes-Tracked OUT4001,0000471 -19-02SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=19
Safety
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads T141891 —UN—15APR13
Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting and markings to assure they are visible to other drivers. Install additional lights, beacon lights, slow moving vehicle (SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to make the machine visible and identify it as a work machine. Check state and local regulations to assure compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working condition.
TX,ROADS -19-20JAN11-1/1
Inspect and Maintain ROPS
To maintain the ROPS:
A damaged rollover protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused.
• Replace missing hardware using correct grade
The protection offered by ROPS could be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting.
• Check hardware torque. • Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness, or
hardware.
wear; replace them if necessary.
• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.
If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine again. TX,ROPS -19-20JAN11-1/1
Travel Safely NOTE: When working on steep slopes, travel as straight up and down as possible to prevent roll-over. T6964AD —UN—20DEC88
DO NOT PARK ON A HILLSIDE OR AN INCLINE. Always park the machine on level ground. Know the location of bystanders before moving the machine. Always keep the reverse warning alarm in working condition. The alarm warns bystanders when the machine starts to move in reverse.
Travel Safely
Use a signal person when moving the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals before starting the machine. CN93077,00000B3 -19-14FEB13-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=20
Safety
Prevent Acid Burns Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: TS203 —UN—23AUG88
1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.
DX,POISON -19-21APR93-1/1
Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments could affect machine stability or reliability and could create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection
is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion. TX,ATTACH -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=21
Safety
Park and Prepare for Service Safely Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare machine for service or repair properly. to the ground.
• Engage park brake. • Stop engine and remove key. • Attach a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag in an obvious place in the operator's station.
Securely support machine or attachment before working under it.
T133332 —19—17APR13
• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment
• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated tools or attachments.
• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush.
• Do not support machine with a single jack or other this machine with the loader boom raised.
Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.
TS229 —UN—23AUG88
devices that may slip out of place.
• Always install boom lock before working on or around
TX,PARK,SSL -19-28JUN10-1/1
Service Cooling System Safely
Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.
TS281 —UN—15APR13
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.
TX,SURGE -19-19JAN11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=22
Safety
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. TS220 —UN—15APR13
Remove paint before heating:
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area
to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. • If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. • If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1
Make Welding Repairs Safely T133547 —UN—15APR13
IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch and disconnect positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables. Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines
Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines malfunction as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.
Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding.
Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs. MB60223,0000212 -19-02JUL15-1/1
Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.
T133738 —UN—15APR13
Drive Metal Pins Safely
TX,PINS -19-20JAN11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=23
Safety
Service Tires Safely Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
TS211 —UN—15APR13
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
DX,RIM -19-24AUG90-1/1
Handle Cab Door Safely—If Equipped When servicing machine, be aware that cab door (1) is breakable. Keep door closed if cab needs to be raised for service. Be aware of surroundings so that door does not come in contact with any objects. Use care if cab door needs to be removed. To prevent damage to the door, handle with care and store in a secure location.
TX1204690 —UN—28OCT15
1— Cab Door
Cab Door CN93077,00006B6 -19-28OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=24
Safety
During exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine may run at elevated idle and hot temperatures for an extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn people, or ignite or melt common materials. Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot exhaust gases or components. Avoid potential fire or explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors near the exhaust. Keep exhaust outlet away from people and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.
TS227 —UN—15APR13
Clean Exhaust Filter Safely
Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.
Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling machine on a truck or trailer. Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result in serious personal injury. Avoid contact with these components until cooled to safe temperatures.
TS271 —UN—23AUG88
Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling machine and clean up any spilled fuel.
If service procedure requires engine to be running:
• Only engage power-driven parts required by service procedure
and machine
Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven parts. Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or tools before leaving the operator’s station.
TS1693 —UN—09DEC09
• Ensure that other people are clear of operator station
TS1695 —UN—07DEC09
Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before leaving the machine unattended.
DX,EXHAUST,FILTER -19-12JAN11-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=25
Safety
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9000-01-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=26
Section 9001 Diagnostics Contents Page Page
Group 05—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-05-1 001761.01 — DEF Level Very Low........................................................9001-05-1 001761.03 — DEF Level Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-05-1 001761.04 — DEF Level Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-05-2 001761.13 — DEF Level Calibration .............................................9001-05-2 001761.15 — DEF Level Slightly High.......................................................9001-05-3 001761.18 — DEF Level Moderately Low........................................................9001-05-3 003031.00 — DEF Temperature Very High.......................................................9001-05-4 003031.02 — DEF Temperature Invalid....................................................9001-05-4 003031.03 — DEF Temperature Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-05-4 003031.04 — DEF Temperature Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-05-5 003031.13 — DEF Temperature Calibration .............................................9001-05-5 003031.15 — DEF Temperature Slightly High ..........................................9001-05-5 003031.17 — DEF Temperature Slightly Low ...........................................9001-05-6 003515.02 — DEF Sensor Value Invalid....................................................9001-05-6 003515.03 — DEF Sensor Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-05-6 003515.04 — DEF Sensor Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-05-7 003515.13 — DEF Sensor Calibration .............................................9001-05-7 003516.00 — DEF Concentration Very High.......................................................9001-05-7 003516.01 — DEF Concentration Very Low........................................................9001-05-8 003516.03 — DEF Concentration Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-05-8 003516.04 — DEF Concentration Circuit Fault ...........................................9001-05-9 003516.13 — DEF Concentration Calibration .............................................9001-05-9 003521.13 — DEF Fluid Calibration .............................................9001-05-9 004334.03 — DEF Dosing Unit Pump Circuit Fault .........................................9001-05-10
004334.04 — DEF Dosing Unit Pump Circuit Fault .........................................9001-05-11 004334.15 — DEF Dosing Unit Pump Slightly High ........................................9001-05-12 004334.17 — DEF Dosing Unit Pump Slightly Low .........................................9001-05-12 004366.05 — DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve Circuit Has High Resistance ..................................9001-05-13 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................9001-05-13 004366.06 — DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve Circuit Has Low Resistance...................................9001-05-17 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................9001-05-17 004366.16 — DEF Tank Temperature Moderately High ..................................9001-05-21 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................9001-05-22 004366.18 — DEF Tank Insufficient Heating Fault.......................................9001-05-24 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................9001-05-25 005137.00 — DEF Heating Valve Very High.....................................................9001-05-27 005137.04 — DEF Heating Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-05-28 005137.05 — DEF Heating Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-05-29 523555.03 — DEF Heating Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-05-30 523555.04 — DEF Heating Valve Circuit Fault .........................................9001-05-31 523560.02 — Main Relay Invalid..................................................9001-05-32 523560.07 — Main Relay Fault ...............9001-05-33 523581.00 — Temperature Sensor Very High.............................................9001-05-34 523592.00 — Heater Relay Very High.....................................................9001-05-35 523592.03 — Heater Relay Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-05-36 523592.04 — Heater Relay Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-05-37 523592.05 — Heater Relay Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-05-38 523594.03 — DEF Tank Heater Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-05-39 523630.02 — DEF Temperature Sensor Invalid .....................................9001-05-40 523634.09 — DEF Sensor Communication Fault ..........................9001-05-41 523635.09 — DEF Sensor Communication Fault ..........................9001-05-41 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
523640.05 — DCU Supply Voltage Circuit Fault .........................................9001-05-42
000237.13 — Vehicle ID Calibration ...........................................9001-10-26 000237.31 — Vehicle ID Fault.................9001-10-26 001202.02 — ECU Invalid .......................9001-10-27 001485.02 — Main Relay Invalid..................................................9001-10-28 001485.07 — Main Relay Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-29 522243.02 — Start Aid Invalid.................9001-10-30 522243.03 — Start Aid Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-31 522243.04 — Start Aid Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-32 522243.05 — Start Aid Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-33 522243.06 — Start Aid Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-34 522314.00 — Coolant Temperature Very High.............................................9001-10-35 522323.00 — Eng Air Filter Restr Very High.....................................................9001-10-35 522596.09 — ECU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-35 522597.09 — ECU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-36 522599.09 — ECU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-36 522600.09 — ECU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-37 522601.09 — ECU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-37 522609.09 — EGR Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-38 522618.09 — ECU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-38 522619.09 — ECU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-39 522730.08 — ECU Signal Fault ..............9001-10-39 522730.12 — ECU Fault .........................9001-10-39 522994.04 — ECU Circuit Fault ..............9001-10-40 523513.09 — DCU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-10-40
Group 10—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-10-1 000028.00 — Service Throttle Very High.......................................................9001-10-1 000028.01 — Service Throttle Very Low........................................................9001-10-2 000028.03 — Service Throttle Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-10-3 000028.04 — Service Throttle Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-10-4 000029.00 — Foot Throttle Very High.......................................................9001-10-5 000029.01 — Foot Throttle Very Low........................................................9001-10-6 000029.02 — Foot Throttle Invalid....................................................9001-10-7 000029.03 — Foot Throttle Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-10-8 000029.04 — Foot Throttle Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-10-9 000029.08 — Foot Throttle Signal Fault ....................................................9001-10-10 000029.15 — Foot Throttle Slightly High.....................................................9001-10-11 000091.00 — Hand Throttle Very High.....................................................9001-10-12 000091.01 — Hand Throttle Very Low......................................................9001-10-13 000091.02 — Hand Throttle Invalid..................................................9001-10-14 000091.03 — Hand Throttle Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-15 000091.04 — Hand Throttle Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-16 000091.08 — Hand Throttle Signal Fault ....................................................9001-10-17 000091.15 — Hand Throttle Slightly High.....................................................9001-10-18 000100.01 — Oil Pressure Very Low......................................................9001-10-19 000100.04 — Oil Pressure Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-20 000158.00 — System Voltage Very High.....................................................9001-10-21 000158.01 — System Voltage Very Low......................................................9001-10-22 000167.01 — System Voltage Very Low......................................................9001-10-23 000167.04 — System Voltage Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-24 000167.05 — System Voltage Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-10-25
Group 20—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .................................................... 9001-20-1 000096.03 — Fuel Level Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-20-2 000096.04 — Fuel Level Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-20-3 000158.00 — System Voltage Very High.......................................................9001-20-4 000158.01 — System Voltage Very Low........................................................9001-20-5 000162.04 — 2-Speed Switch Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-20-6 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Contents
Page
Page
000628.12 — Programming Fault ......................................................9001-20-6 000920.05 — Alarm Output Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-20-7 000920.06 — Alarm Output Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-20-8 001196.11 — Antitheft Fault ......................9001-20-8 001504.04 — Seat Switch Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-20-9 002000.09 — ECU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-20-10 002142.09 — SSM Communication Fault ....................................................9001-20-10 002228.09 — HCU Communication Fault ....................................................9001-20-11 002251.09 — SAR Communication Fault ....................................................9001-20-11 003413.04 — Door Switch Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-12 521050.04 — Aux Flow Switch Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-13 521197.04 — Courtesy Light Sw Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-14 522379.05 — Park Brake Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-15 522379.06 — Park Brake Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-16 522826.00 — Fan Purge Switch Very High.....................................................9001-20-17 522826.04 — Fan Purge Switch Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-18 522827.04 — Fan Auto Switch Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-19 522828.03 — Creep Mode Switch Circuit Fault .........................................9001-20-20 522828.04 — Creep Mode Switch Circuit Fault .........................................9001-20-21 522828.07 — Creep Mode Switch Fault ....................................................9001-20-22 522859.04 — Lap Bar Switch Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-23 523217.06 — Hyd Valve Power 3 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-20-24 523218.06 — Hst Valve Power Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-25 523219.06 — Hyd Valve Power 1 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-20-26 523693.03 — Aux Hydraulic In 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-27 523693.04 — Aux Hydraulic In 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-28 523694.03 — Aux Hydraulic In 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-29 523694.04 — Aux Hydraulic In 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-30 523694.12 — Aux Hydraulic In 2 Fault ....................................................9001-20-31
523822.04 — High Flow Switch Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-32 523935.05 — Aux Hyd Extend Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-20-33 523935.06 — Aux Hyd Extend Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-20-34 523941.05 — Aux Hyd Retract Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-20-35 523941.06 — Aux Hyd Retract Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-20-36 523948.05 — Ride Control Sol 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-37 523948.06 — Ride Control Sol 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-38 523949.05 — Ride Control Sol 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-39 523949.06 — Ride Control Sol 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-40 524225.04 — Remote Start In Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-20-41 524264.11 — Checksum Fault ................9001-20-42 Group 30—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-30-1 000630.13 — Calibration Memory Calibration .............................................9001-30-1 001594.00 — Left Speed In Very High.......................................................9001-30-2 001594.01 — Left Speed In Very Low........................................................9001-30-3 001594.02 — Left Speed In Invalid....................................................9001-30-4 001594.14 — Left Speed In Fault ......................................................9001-30-5 001595.00 — Right Speed In Very High.......................................................9001-30-6 001595.01 — Right Speed In Very Low........................................................9001-30-7 001595.02 — Right Speed In Invalid....................................................9001-30-8 001595.14 — Right Speed In Fault ......................................................9001-30-9 002201.09 — Right Joystick Communication Fault ..........................9001-30-10 002213.09 — Left Joystick Communication Fault ..........................9001-30-10 002660.07 — Right Joystick X Fault ....................................................9001-30-11 002661.07 — Right Joystick Y Fault ....................................................9001-30-11 002697.07 — Left Joystick X Fault ....................................................9001-30-12 002698.07 — Left Joystick Y Fault ....................................................9001-30-12 516193.03 — Left Pedal In 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-13 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=3
Contents
Page
Page
516193.04 — Left Pedal In 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-14 516193.07 — Left Pedal In 1 Fault ....................................................9001-30-15 516193.16 — Left Pedal In 1 Moderately High ..................................9001-30-16 516193.18 — Left Pedal In 1 Moderately Low...................................9001-30-17 516194.03 — Left Pedal In 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-18 516194.04 — Left Pedal In 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-19 516195.03 — Right Pedal In 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-20 516195.04 — Right Pedal In 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-21 516196.03 — Right Pedal In 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-22 516196.04 — Right Pedal In 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-23 516196.07 — Right Pedal In 1 Fault ....................................................9001-30-24 516196.16 — Right Pedal In 1 Moderately High ..................................9001-30-25 516196.18 — Right Pedal In 1 Moderately Low...................................9001-30-26 516197.06 — Hyd Port Lock Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-27 520652.05 — Bucket Curl Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-28 520652.06 — Bucket Curl Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-29 520653.05 — Bucket Dump Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-30 520653.06 — Bucket Dump Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-31 520882.13 — Loader Threshold Calibration ...........................................9001-30-31 522377.03 — Boom Position In 1 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-32 522377.04 — Boom Position In 1 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-33 522377.12 — Boom Position In 1 Fault ....................................................9001-30-34 522377.13 — Boom Position In 1 Calibration ...........................................9001-30-35 522378.03 — Boom Position In 2 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-36 522378.04 — Boom Position In 2 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-37 522436.03 — Bucket Position In 1 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-38 522436.04 — Bucket Position In 1 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-39 522436.12 — Bucket Position In 1 Fault ....................................................9001-30-40 522436.13 — Bucket Position In 1 Calibration ...........................................9001-30-41
522437.03 — Bucket Position In 2 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-42 522437.04 — Bucket Position In 2 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-43 522447.05 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-44 522447.06 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-45 522448.05 — Right Pump Rev Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-46 522448.06 — Right Pump Rev Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-47 522449.05 — Left Pump Rev Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-48 522449.06 — Left Pump Rev Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-49 522450.05 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-50 522450.06 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-51 522507.13 — Loader Angle Calibration ...........................................9001-30-51 523108.13 — Transmission Calibration ...........................................9001-30-52 523217.03 — Hyd Valve Power 3 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-52 523217.04 — Hyd Valve Power 3 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-53 523218.03 — Hst Valve Power Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-54 523218.04 — Hst Valve Power Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-55 523219.03 — Hyd Valve Power 1 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-56 523219.04 — Hyd Valve Power 1 Circuit Fault .........................................9001-30-57 523411.05 — Boom Down Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-58 523411.06 — Boom Down Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-59 523411.16 — Boom Down Sol Moderately High ..................................9001-30-60 523414.05 — Boom Up Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-61 523414.06 — Boom Up Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-30-62 523414.16 — Boom Up Sol Moderately High.....................................................9001-30-63 Group 40—Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-40-1 002697.03 — Left Joystick X Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-1 002697.04 — Left Joystick X Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-1
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=4
Contents
Page
Page
002697.13 — Left Joystick X Calibration .............................................9001-40-2 002697.14 — Left Joystick X Fault ......................................................9001-40-2 002698.03 — Left Joystick Y Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-3 002698.04 — Left Joystick Y Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-40-3 002698.13 — Left Joystick Y Calibration .............................................9001-40-4 002698.14 — Left Joystick Y Fault ......................................................9001-40-4
523854.04 — SSM Button 13 Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-60-8 523854.09 — SSM Button 13 Communication Fault ............................9001-60-8 523855.04 — SSM Button 12 Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-60-9 523855.09 — SSM Button 12 Communication Fault ............................9001-60-9 523856.04 — SSM Button 11 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-10 523856.09 — SSM Button 11 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-10 523857.04 — SSM Button 10 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-11 523857.09 — SSM Button 10 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-11 523858.04 — SSM Button 9 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-12 523858.09 — SSM Button 9 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-12 523860.04 — SSM Button 8 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-13 523860.09 — SSM Button 8 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-13 523861.04 — SSM Button 7 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-14 523861.09 — SSM Button 7 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-14 523862.04 — SSM Button 6 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-15 523862.09 — SSM Button 6 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-15 523863.04 — SSM Button 5 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-16 523863.09 — SSM Button 5 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-16 523864.04 — SSM Button 4 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-17 523864.09 — SSM Button 4 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-17 523865.04 — SSM Button 3 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-18 523865.09 — SSM Button 3 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-18 523867.04 — SSM Button 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-19 523867.09 — SSM Button 2 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-19 523868.04 — SSM Button 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-60-20 523868.09 — SSM Button 1 Communication Fault ..........................9001-60-20
Group 50—Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-50-1 002660.03 — Right Joystick X Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-50-1 002660.04 — Right Joystick X Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-50-1 002660.13 — Right Joystick X Calibration .............................................9001-50-2 002660.14 — Right Joystick X Fault ......................................................9001-50-2 002661.03 — Right Joystick Y Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-50-3 002661.04 — Right Joystick Y Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-50-3 002661.13 — Right Joystick Y Calibration .............................................9001-50-4 002661.14 — Right Joystick Y Fault ......................................................9001-50-4 Group 60—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-60-1 000629.12 — Control Unit Fault ................9001-60-1 002033.09 — VCU Communication Fault ......................................................9001-60-1 002634.04 — Ignition Relay Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-60-2 002634.05 — Ignition Relay Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-60-3 003997.04 — Wake Up Output Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-60-4 003997.05 — Wake Up Output Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-60-5 523850.04 — SSM Button 15 Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-60-6 523850.09 — SSM Button 15 Communication Fault ............................9001-60-6 523852.04 — SSM Button 14 Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-60-7 523852.09 — SSM Button 14 Communication Fault ............................9001-60-7
Group 70—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-70-1
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=5
Contents
Page
Page
000100.03 — Oil Pressure Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-2 000158.03 — System Voltage Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-3 000158.04 — System Voltage Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-4 000168.03 — Battery Voltage Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-5 000168.04 — Battery Voltage Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-6 000628.12 — Programming Fault ......................................................9001-70-6 000977.05 — Fan Direction Sol Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-7 000977.06 — Fan Direction Sol Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-8 001071.05 — Fan Speed Sol Circuit Fault ......................................................9001-70-9 001071.06 — Fan Speed Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-10 001508.00 — Hydraulic Oil Temp Very High.....................................................9001-70-11 001508.03 — Hydraulic Oil Temp Circuit Fault .........................................9001-70-12 001508.04 — Hydraulic Oil Temp Circuit Fault .........................................9001-70-13 001713.00 — Hyd Filter Switch Very High.....................................................9001-70-14 001713.03 — Hyd Filter Switch Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-15 003512.03 — Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-16 003512.04 — Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-17 003597.03 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-18 003597.04 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-19 003598.03 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-20 003598.04 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-21 004056.05 — 2-Speed Output Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-22 004056.06 — 2-Speed Output Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-23 516249.04 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-23 520194.13 — Vehicle ID Calibration ...........................................9001-70-24 520194.14 — Vehicle ID Fault.................9001-70-24 520714.05 — Self Level Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-25 520714.06 — Self Level Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-26 520849.03 — Right JS Trigger Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-27 520849.04 — Right JS Trigger Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-28
521466.05 — Fan Direction Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-29 521466.06 — Fan Direction Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-30 521806.05 — Hst Bypass Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-31 521806.06 — Hst Bypass Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-32 522329.00 — Water In Fuel Very High.....................................................9001-70-33 522820.05 — High Flow Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-34 522820.06 — High Flow Sol Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-35 524084.00 — Hst Oil Temp Very High.....................................................9001-70-36 524084.03 — Hst Oil Temp Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-37 524084.04 — Hst Oil Temp Circuit Fault ....................................................9001-70-38 524264.11 — Checksum Error ................9001-70-38
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Group 80—Rear Camera Display (VC1) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 000629.12 — Control Unit Fault ................9001-80-1 516628.10 — Monitor Button Fault ......................................................9001-80-1 516629.10 — Monitor Button Fault ......................................................9001-80-1 516630.10 — Monitor Button Fault ......................................................9001-80-2 520760.02 — Camera Signal Invalid....................................................9001-80-2 521857.10 — Monitor Button Fault ......................................................9001-80-2 521858.10 — Monitor Button Fault ......................................................9001-80-3 521859.10 — Monitor Button Fault ......................................................9001-80-3
9001-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=6
Group 05
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 001761.01, 1761 is the SPN and 01 is the FMI number.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement monitor unit (EMU) or by using Service ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all dosing control unit (DCU) diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007FF -19-27JUN16-1/1
001761.01 — DEF Level Very Low
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank is empty.
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• Derate Engine Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. DEF tank is empty. 2. DEF level is low and DEF supply module has lost suction. 3. DEF tank fluid level sensor float is stuck. 4. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000803 -19-11JUN17-1/1
001761.03 — DEF Level Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank internal disconnection.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Derate Engine
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: NM95233,0000804 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=33
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001761.04 — DEF Level Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank internal short circuit.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Derate Engine
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: NM95233,0000805 -19-05AUG16-1/1
001761.13 — DEF Level Calibration
Component Location:
Dosing control unit (DCU) out of calibration.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Derate Engine
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DCU. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000806 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=34
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
001761.15 — DEF Level Slightly High
(Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) level is overfilled or DEF tank fluid level sensor float is stuck.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Red Stop Lamp Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Derate Engine
• For additional information on Service ADVISOR™, see
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location.
Possible Causes: 1. DEF tank is overfilled. 2. DEF tank fluid level sensor float is stuck. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JR05199,0000E41 -19-01AUG17-1/1
001761.18 — DEF Level Moderately Low
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank fluid level is below 0% of measurable tank volume.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Amber Warning Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Derate Engine
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. DEF tank is empty. 2. DEF tank fluid level sensor float is stuck. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,0000807 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=35
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003031.00 — DEF Temperature Very High
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) temperature abnormally high.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. DEF temperature is high. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
NM95233,0000808 -19-05AUG16-1/1
003031.02 — DEF Temperature Invalid
Component Location:
Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect. Increase in controller temperature.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
(Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace dosing control unit (DCU). 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000809 -19-11JUN17-1/1
003031.03 — DEF Temperature Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header internal disconnection.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: NM95233,000080A -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=36
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003031.04 — DEF Temperature Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header internal short circuit.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: NM95233,000080B -19-05AUG16-1/1
003031.13 — DEF Temperature Calibration
Component Location:
Dosing control unit (DCU) out of calibration.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DCU. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000080C -19-11JUN17-1/1
003031.15 — DEF Temperature Slightly High
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank temperature is too high.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. High DEF tank temperature. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
NM95233,000080D -19-08AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=37
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003031.17 — DEF Temperature Slightly Low
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank temperature is too low.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Low DEF tank temperature. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
NM95233,000080E -19-08AUG16-1/1
003515.02 — DEF Sensor Value Invalid
Component Location:
Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect. Increase in controller temperature.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
(Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace dosing control unit (DCU). 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000080F -19-11JUN17-1/1
003515.03 — DEF Sensor Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header internal disconnection.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: NM95233,0000810 -19-11JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=38
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003515.04 — DEF Sensor Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header internal short circuit.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000811 -19-11JUN17-1/1
003515.13 — DEF Sensor Calibration
Component Location:
Dosing control unit (DCU) out of calibration.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DCU. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000812 -19-11JUN17-1/1
003516.00 — DEF Concentration Very High
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) is contaminated or incorrect fluid in tank.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Red Stop Lamp
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Contaminated DEF. Drain, clean, and refill DEF tank. See Testing Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) and see Cleaning Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Incorrect fluid in tank. Drain, clean, and refill DEF tank. See Cleaning Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace dosing control unit (DCU). 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000813 -19-11JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=39
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003516.01 — DEF Concentration Very Low
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) is contaminated or incorrect fluid in tank.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Red Stop Lamp
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Contaminated DEF. Drain, clean, and refill DEF tank. See Testing Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) and see Cleaning Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Incorrect fluid in tank. Drain, clean, and refill DEF tank. See Cleaning Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace dosing control unit (DCU). 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000814 -19-11JUN17-1/1
003516.03 — DEF Concentration Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header internal disconnection.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: NM95233,0000815 -19-11JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=40
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003516.04 — DEF Concentration Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header internal short circuit.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: NM95233,0000816 -19-11JUN17-1/1
003516.13 — DEF Concentration Calibration
Component Location:
Dosing control unit (DCU) out of calibration.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DCU. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000817 -19-11JUN17-1/1
003521.13 — DEF Fluid Calibration
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Incorrect fluid in diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Incorrect fluid in tank. Drain, clean, and refill DEF tank. See Cleaning Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF header. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
NM95233,0000818 -19-11JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=41
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004334.03 — DEF Dosing Unit Pump Circuit Fault
Excessive sensor output. Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit (B5501) circuit voltage above normal. A5600
66
67 47
46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5 6 8 9 10 11 12 2 3 4
P036 RED R022 BLK R094 BLK P037 RED E037 WHT P038 RED R073 BLK P088 RED N025 YEL R072 BLK
TX1218619 —UN—07JUL16
X5601-5 X5601-3 X5601-26 X5601-46 X5601-24 X5601-86 X5601-65 X5601-19 X5601-17 X5601-18
X5601
86
B5501
TX1218619 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Circuit Schematic A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit
X5601—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 86 Way Connector X5601—3—Return X5601—5—Supply
X5601—17—Signal X5601—18—Return X5601—19—Supply X5601—24—Signal X5601—26—Return
X5601—46—Supply X5601—65—Return X5601—86—Supply
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit short to power. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF dosing unit. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000819 -19-11JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=42
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004334.04 — DEF Dosing Unit Pump Circuit Fault
Insufficient sensor output. Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit (B5501) circuit voltage below normal. A5600
66
67 47
46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5 6 8 9 10 11 12 2 3 4
P036 RED R022 BLK R094 BLK P037 RED E037 WHT P038 RED R073 BLK P088 RED N025 YEL R072 BLK
TX1218619 —UN—07JUL16
X5601-5 X5601-3 X5601-26 X5601-46 X5601-24 X5601-86 X5601-65 X5601-19 X5601-17 X5601-18
X5601
86
B5501
TX1218619 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Circuit Schematic A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit
X5601—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 86 Way Connector X5601—3—Return X5601—5—Supply
X5601—17—Signal X5601—18—Return X5601—19—Supply X5601—24—Signal X5601—26—Return
X5601—46—Supply X5601—65—Return X5601—86—Supply
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
1. Circuit open. 2. Circuit short to power. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF dosing unit. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000081A -19-11JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=43
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004334.15 — DEF Dosing Unit Pump Slightly High
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) pressure is too high.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
(Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
DEF pressure line partially obstructed. DEF supply line partially obstructed. DEF dosing injector partially obstructed. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF dosing unit. 5. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000081B -19-11JUN17-1/1
004334.17 — DEF Dosing Unit Pump Slightly Low
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) pressure is too low.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
(Group 9015-10.)
1. DEF tank is empty. 2. DEF level is low and DEF supply module has lost suction. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF dosing unit. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000081C -19-12JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=44
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004366.05 — DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve Circuit Has High Resistance
NOTE: Diagnostics for diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 004366.06 must be followed before diagnosing this DTC.
The dosing control unit (DCU) has detected diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank coolant control valve (A5508) circuit resistance is higher than expected.
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Ground Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Supply Connector
Alarm Level:
• See Control Unit Information and Overview Test.
• Amber Warning Lamp
(CTM136419.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Induced Condition:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing system is disabled for
• For additional information on Service ADVISOR™, see
Circuit Information:
IMPORTANT: Pin damage occurs if anything other than the specified flex probe from JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit is used.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
DEF Tank Header Assembly Connector:
the remainder of the key cycle and the selective catalyst reduction (SCR) derate counter becomes active. For more information on SCR system, see SCR System Derates. (CTM136419.)
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple
Component Location:
Coolant Control Valve Connector:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness
DCU:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple
(Group 9015-10.)
(W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-1/11
Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-13
JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-2/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=45
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 1
Read DTCs and Store Snapshot Information
Ignition ON, engine OFF.
1. Verify DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) is connected. 2. Connect Service ADVISOR™ and record DTC and snapshot information. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) 3. Using Service ADVISOR, clear DTCs. 4. Using Service ADVISOR, perform DEF header coolant purge test. See DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.) 5. Using Service ADVISOR, perform control unit information and overview test. See Control Unit Information and Overview Test. (CTM136419.) Is DTC 004366.05 active or stored?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Checks complete. JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-3/11
• 2
Pin Check
Ignition OFF, engine OFF.
Disconnect DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) and check pins 1 and 4. See Diesel YES: Repair as necessary. Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Were any problems found?
NO: Go to next check. JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-4/11
• 3
Pin Check
Ignition OFF, engine OFF.
Disconnect left main harness-to-DEF control valve harness connector (X28) and check YES: Repair as necessary. pins 1 and 2. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram and see Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Were any problems found?
NO: Go to next check. JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-5/11
• 4
Pin Check
Disconnect DCU 86 way connector (X5601) and check pins 8 and 85. See Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Repair as necessary. See Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Were any problems found?
NO: Go to next check. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-14
JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-6/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=46
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 5
Short to Voltage Check Connect left main harness-to-DEF control valve harness connector (X28).
Ignition ON, engine OFF. Using a multimeter, measure voltage between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 1 and ground. Using a multimeter, measure voltage between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 4 and ground.
YES: Go to next check.
Are both measurements less than 0.5 V?
NO: Repair short to voltage in harness. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram and see Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-7/11
• 6
Continuity Check
Ignition OFF, engine OFF.
Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between DCU 86 way connector (X5601) pin 8 and DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) pin 1. Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between DCU 86 way connector (X5601) pin 85 and DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) pin 4.
YES: Go to next check.
Are both resistance measurements less than 5 ohms?
NO: Repair open or high resistance in harness. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram and see Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-8/11
• 7
Short to Ground Check Connect left main harness-to-DEF control valve harness connector (X28).
Disconnect DCU 86 way connector (X5601). Ignition ON, engine OFF. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 1 and ground. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 4 and ground.
YES: Repair short to ground in harness. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram and see Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Is either measurement less than 100 kilo-ohms?
NO: Go to next check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-15
JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-9/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=47
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 8
Wire to Wire Check
Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between DCU 86 way connector (X5601) pin 8 and all other pins in conector (X5601). Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between DCU 86 way connector (X5601) pin 85 and all other pins in connector (X5601).
YES: Repair short in harness. See Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Is any measurement less than 100 kilo-ohms?
NO: Go to next check. JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-10/11
• 9
Replace Coolant Control Valve
1. Replace DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
2. Connect Service ADVISOR™ and record DTC and snapshot information. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) 3. Using Service ADVISOR, clear DTCs. 4. Using Service ADVISOR, perform DEF header coolant purge test. See DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.) 5. Using Service ADVISOR, perform control unit information and overview test. See Control Unit Information and Overview Test. (CTM136419.) Is DTC 004366.05 active?
YES: Reprogram dosing control unit (DCU). NO: Checks complete. JR05199,0000E3D -19-01AUG17-11/11
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=48
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004366.06 — DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve Circuit Has Low Resistance
The dosing control unit (DCU) has detected diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank coolant control valve (A5508) circuit current is higher than expected.
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Ground Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Supply Connector
Alarm Level:
• See Control Unit Information and Overview Test.
• Amber Warning Lamp
(CTM136419.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Induced Condition:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing system is disabled for
• For additional information on Service ADVISOR™, see
Circuit Information:
IMPORTANT: Pin damage occurs if anything other than the specified flex probe from JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit is used.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
DEF Tank Header Assembly Connector:
the remainder of the key cycle and the selective catalyst reduction (SCR) derate counter becomes active. For more information on SCR system, see SCR System Derates. (CTM136419.)
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple
Component Location:
Coolant Control Valve Connector:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness
DCU:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple
(Group 9015-10.)
(W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-1/10
Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-17
JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-2/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=49
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 1
Read DTCs and Store Snapshot Information
Ignition ON, engine OFF.
1. Verify DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) is connected. 2. Connect Service ADVISOR™ and record DTC and snapshot information. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) 3. Using Service ADVISOR, clear DTCs. 4. Using Service ADVISOR, perform DEF header coolant purge test. See DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.) 5. Using Service ADVISOR, perform control unit information and overview test. See Control Unit Information and Overview Test. (CTM136419.) Is DTC 004366.06 active or stored?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Checks complete. JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-3/10
• 2
Pin Check
Ignition OFF, engine OFF.
Disconnect DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) and check pins 1 and 4. See Diesel YES: Repair as necessary. Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Were any problems found?
NO: Go to next check. JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-4/10
• 3
Pin Check
Ignition OFF, engine OFF.
Disconnect left main harness-to-DEF control valve harness connector (X28) and check YES: Repair as necessary. pins 1 and 2. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram and see Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Were any problems found?
NO: Go to next check. JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-5/10
• 4
Pin Check
Disconnect DCU 86 way connector (X5601) and check pins 8 and 85. See Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Repair as necessary. See Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Were any problems found?
NO: Go to next check. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-18
JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-6/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=50
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 5
Short to Voltage Check Connect left main harness-to-DEF control valve harness connector (X28).
Ignition ON, engine OFF. Using a multimeter, measure voltage between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 1 and ground. Using a multimeter, measure voltage between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 4 and ground.
YES: Go to next check.
Are both measurements less than 0.5 V?
NO: Repair short to voltage in harness. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram and see Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-7/10
• 6
Short to Ground Check Connect left main harness-to-DEF control valve harness connector (X28).
Verify that DCU 86 way connector (X5601) is disconnected. Ignition ON, engine OFF. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 1 and ground. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 4 and ground.
YES: Repair short to ground in harness. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram and see Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Is either measurement less than 100 kilo-ohms?
NO: Go to next check. JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-8/10
• 7
Wire to Wire Check
Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between DCU 86 way connector (X5601) pin 8 and all other pins in connector (X5601). Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between DCU 86 way connector (X5601) pin 85 and all other pins in connector (X5601).
YES: Repair short in harness. See Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Is any measurement less than 100 kilo-ohms?
NO: Go to next check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-19
JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-9/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=51
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 8
Replace Coolant Control Valve
1. Replace DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
2. Connect Service ADVISOR™ and record DTC and snapshot information. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) 3. Using Service ADVISOR, clear DTCs. 4. Using Service ADVISOR, perform DEF header coolant purge test. See DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.) 5. Using Service ADVISOR, perform control unit information and overview test. See Control Unit Information and Overview Test. (CTM136419.) Is DTC 004366.06 active?
YES: Reprogram dosing control unit (DCU). NO: Checks complete. JR05199,0000E3E -19-16AUG17-10/10
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-20
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=52
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004366.16 — DEF Tank Temperature Moderately High
• 003031.03 • 003031.04 • 003031.12 • 004366.05 • 004366.06
The dosing control unit (DCU) has detected that the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank temperature is higher than expected. NOTE: Diagnostics for the following diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) must be followed before diagnosing this DTC:
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Ground Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Supply Connector
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Amber Warning Lamp
• See Control Unit Information and Overview Test. (CTM136419.)
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Induced Condition:
• Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing system is disabled for
the remainder of the key cycle and the selective catalyst reduction (SCR) derate counter becomes active. For more information on SCR system, see SCR System Derates. (CTM136419.)
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• For additional information on Service ADVISOR™, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
IMPORTANT: Pin damage occurs if anything other than the specified flex probe from JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit is used. DEF Tank Header Assembly Connector:
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple Coolant Control Valve Connector:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple DCU:
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-21
JR05199,0000E3F -19-01AUG17-1/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=53
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Diagnostic Procedure JR05199,0000E3F -19-01AUG17-2/6
• 1
Read DTCs and Store Snapshot Information
Ignition ON, engine OFF.
1. Verify DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) is connected. 2. Connect Service ADVISOR™ and record DTC and snapshot information. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) 3. Using Service ADVISOR™, clear DTCs. 4. Using Service ADVISOR, perform DEF header coolant purge test. See DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.) 5. Using Service ADVISOR™, perform control unit information and overview test. See Control Unit Information and Overview Test. (CTM136419.) Is DTC 004366.16 active or stored?
YES: Go to next check. NO: No problem found. JR05199,0000E3F -19-01AUG17-3/6
• 2
Temperature Verification
Using Service ADVISOR™, perform DEF pump diagnostic test for 2 minutes.
Using Service ADVISOR™, monitor DEF tank fluid temperature. Using Service ADVISOR™, monitor DEF dosing unit temperature. After the test has run for 2 minutes, stop the DEF pump diagnostic test.
YES: Go to next check.
Are both measurements within 10°C (18°F)?
NO: Replace DEF tank header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) JR05199,0000E3F -19-01AUG17-4/6
• 3
Short to Voltage Check Ignition OFF, engine OFF.
Disconnect DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON, engine OFF. Using a multimeter, measure voltage between DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) connector pin 1 and ground.
YES: Repair short to voltage on harness. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram and see Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)
Is voltage within 0.75 V of battery voltage?
NO: Go to next check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-22
JR05199,0000E3F -19-01AUG17-5/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=54
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 4
Coolant Control Valve Verification
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Do not open coolant system until the coolant temperature is below operating temperature. Always loosen cooling system filler cap, radiator cap, or drain valve slowly to relieve pressure. IMPORTANT: Ensure that the hose is secured to the container. If the valve is stuck open, coolant flows from the outlet port. Ignition OFF, engine OFF. Disconnect coolant supply and return lines from the DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). See Engine Cooling System Component Location. (Group 9010-10.) Attach a line to the coolant control valve outlet port and route to a suitable container. Using a regulated air supply no greater than 103 kPa (1.03 bar) (15 psi), blow air into the coolant control valve inlet port.
YES: Replace DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Does air or coolant flow from the outlet port?
NO: Reprogram dosing control unit (DCU). JR05199,0000E3F -19-01AUG17-6/6
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-23
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=55
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004366.18 — DEF Tank Insufficient Heating Fault
NOTE: Diagnostics for the following diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) must be followed before diagnosing this DTC:
The diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) temperature has not reached operating temperatures after an expected period of thawing.
• 003031.03 • 003031.04 • 003031.12 • 004366.05 • 004366.06 • 000110.17 • 000111.01 • 000111.17 • 000111.18 • 003516.09 • 004366.18
IMPORTANT: If DTC 004366.18 became active outdoors as a result of insufficient heating, and the engine is brought inside a shop where the DEF is able to thaw, this DTC will become stored after the engine completes a thawing cycle. This DTC will become active again after the engine goes back to a cold-weather environment if the root cause of the fault was not repaired.
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Ground Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Supply Connector
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Amber Warning Lamp
• See Control Unit Information and Overview Test. (CTM136419.)
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Induced Condition:
• Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing system is disabled for
the remainder of the key cycle and the selective catalyst reduction (SCR) derate counter becomes active. For more information on SCR system, see SCR System Derates. (CTM136419.)
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• For additional information on Service ADVISOR™, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
IMPORTANT: Pin damage occurs if anything other than the specified flex probe from JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit is used. DEF Tank Header Assembly Connector:
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple Coolant Control Valve Connector:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple • JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple ECU:
• JDG10460—Female—Yellow/Purple Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-24
JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-1/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=56
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• JDG10461—Male—Yellow/Purple Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-2/10
Diagnostic Procedure JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-3/10
• 1
Preliminary Checks
Visually inspect the DEF tank header coolant supply and return hoses for restrictions.
Check coolant level in surge tank for correct coolant level. See Check Coolant Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Repair problem and go to next step.
Any problems found?
NO: Go to next step. JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-4/10
• 2
Read DTCs and Store Snapshot Information
Ignition ON, engine OFF.
1. Verify DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508) is connected. 2. Connect Service ADVISOR™ and record DTC and snapshot information. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) 3. Using Service ADVISOR™, clear DTCs. 4. Using Service ADVISOR, perform DEF header coolant purge test. See DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.) 5. Using Service ADVISOR™, perform control unit information and overview test. See Control Unit Information and Overview Test. (CTM136419.) Are any of the following DTCs active or stored?
• Any DTC with a suspect parameter number (SPN) of 003031 • 004366.05 • 004366.06
YES: Troubleshoot active or stored DTC.
• 000110.17
NO: Go to next step. JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-5/10
• 3
DEF Tank Temperature NOTE: If the DEF tank is surrounded by a cover, remove the cover to Check ensure accurate temperature measurement.
Ignition ON, engine OFF. In Service ADVISOR™, monitor DEF tank fluid temperature. Using a non-contact temperature measurement tool, check the temperature of the DEF YES: Go to next step. tank near the bottom of the tank. Are both measurements within 10°C (18°F) of each other?
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-25
NO: Replace DEF tank header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-6/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=57
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 4
Coolant Concentration NOTE: Improper coolant mixture or contamination may cause the coolant lines to and Coolant Lines become restricted. Oil in coolant can restrict the DEF header coolant filter. Restriction Check
Ignition OFF, engine OFF. Check coolant concentration for correct specification. See Testing Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). (Operator’s Manual.) Inspect DEF coolant supply and return hoses and connectors leading to the DEF tank header for restrictions, blockage, or kinked. See Engine Cooling System Component Location. (Group 9010-10.)
YES: Repair as necessary.
Any problems found?
NO: Go to next step. JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-7/10
• 5
Coolant Control Valve Check
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Do not open coolant system until the coolant temperature is below operating temperature. Always loosen cooling system filler cap, radiator cap, or drain valve slowly to relieve pressure. IMPORTANT: Ensure that the hose is secured to the container. If the valve is stuck open, coolant flows from the outlet port. Ignition OFF, engine OFF. Disconnect coolant supply and return lines from the DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). See Engine Cooling System Component Location. (Group 9010-10.) Attach a line to the coolant control valve outlet port and route to a suitable container. Using a regulated air supply no greater than 103 kPa (1.03 bar) (15 psi), blow air into the coolant control valve inlet port.
YES: Replace DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Does air or coolant flow from the outlet port?
NO: Go to next step. JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-8/10
• 6
Engine Coolant Temperature Check
NOTE: If engine is not able to run at high idle due to a final derate condition, perform emissions control system derate override in Service ADVISOR™.
Connect all previously disconnected components. Ignition ON, engine speed at high idle. Using Service ADVISOR™, monitor DEF tank fluid temperature. Using Service ADVISOR™, monitor engine coolant temperature. Using Service ADVISOR, perform DEF header coolant purge test. See DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.)
YES: Go to next step.
Does engine coolant reach coolant temperatures of 85—95°C (185—203°F)?
NO: Diagnose engine coolant temperature malfunction. See Engine Coolant Temperature Below Normal. (CTM136419.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-26
JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-9/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=58
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• 7
DEF Tank Temperature Ignition ON, engine speed at high idle. Check
In Service ADVISOR™, perform DEF header coolant purge test. See DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.) Using Service ADVISOR™, monitor DEF tank fluid temperature. Operate engine for 20 minutes.
YES: Checks complete.
Does the DEF tank fluid temperature increase by more than 5°C (9°F) in 20 minutes?
NO: Replace DEF tank coolant control valve (A5508). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) JR05199,0000E40 -19-28SEP17-10/10
005137.00 — DEF Heating Valve Very High Overload on the driver of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank coolant control valve (A5508).
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Signal Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Return Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Amber Warning Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF tank coolant control valve. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000081D -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=59
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
005137.04 — DEF Heating Valve Circuit Fault Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank coolant control valve (A5508) circuit voltage is below normal.
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Signal Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Return Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Amber Warning Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF tank coolant control valve. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000081E -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-28
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=60
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
005137.05 — DEF Heating Valve Circuit Fault Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank coolant control valve (A5508) circuit is open.
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Signal Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Return Connector
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness
Alarm Level:
(W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF tank coolant control valve. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000081F -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-29
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=61
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523555.03 — DEF Heating Valve Circuit Fault Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) heater relay (K22) circuit voltage is above normal.
2
A5600
5
6
7
8
9
31 20
4
E080 WHT 86
30
K22
53 42
3
43 32
2
21 10
X5602-30 1
85
TX1218627
87
87a
R052 BLK
X5602-41
TX1218627 —UN—14JUL16
X5602
P056 RED
F25
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater Relay (K22) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) X5602—30—Signal A5600—Dosing Control Unit Heater Relay X5602—41—Return (DCU) X5602—Dosing Control Unit F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 53 Way Connector Heater 25 A Fuse
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF heater relay. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000820 -19-12JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-30
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=62
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523555.04 — DEF Heating Valve Circuit Fault Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) heater relay (K22) circuit voltage is below normal.
2
A5600
5
6
7
8
9
31 20
4
E080 WHT 86
30
K22
53 42
3
43 32
2
21 10
X5602-30 1
85
TX1218627
87
87a
R052 BLK
X5602-41
TX1218627 —UN—14JUL16
X5602
P056 RED
F25
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater Relay (K22) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) X5602—30—Signal A5600—Dosing Control Unit Heater Relay X5602—41—Return (DCU) X5602—Dosing Control Unit F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 53 Way Connector Heater 25 A Fuse
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF heater relay. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000821 -19-12JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-31
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=63
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523560.02 — Main Relay Invalid Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect. Early opening of switched power relay (K8). 4
2
8
9
1
G004 BLK
F15
A5600
TX1218640 —UN—07JUL16
6
7
31 20
3
5
53 42
2
4
21 10
1
43 32
X5602
3
B010 RED
K8
W36
X55
TX1218640
X5602-52
P010 RED
P010 RED
6
Switched Power Relay (K8) Circuit Schematic A5600—Dosing Control Unit K8—Switched Power Relay X5602—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) W36—Right Frame Ground (DCU) 53 Way Connector F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5602—52—Supply Main Harness Connector 3
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Light
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000822 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-32
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=64
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523560.07 — Main Relay Fault Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment. Switched power relay (K8) fixation. 4
2
8
9
1
G004 BLK
F15
A5600
TX1218640 —UN—07JUL16
6
7
31 20
3
5
53 42
2
4
21 10
1
43 32
X5602
3
B010 RED
K8
W36
X55
TX1218640
X5602-52
P010 RED
P010 RED
6
Switched Power Relay (K8) Circuit Schematic A5600—Dosing Control Unit K8—Switched Power Relay X5602—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) W36—Right Frame Ground (DCU) 53 Way Connector F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5602—52—Supply Main Harness Connector 3
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000823 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-33
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=65
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523581.00 — Temperature Sensor Very High
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Dosing control unit (DCU) internal temperature sensor is above 114°C (237°F).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Amber Warning Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
• For additional information on Service ADVISOR™, see
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes: 1. Temperature around DCU is high. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace dosing control unit (DCU).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JR05199,0000E42 -19-14AUG17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-34
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=66
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523592.00 — Heater Relay Very High Overload on the driver of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) heater relay (K22).
2
A5600
5
6
7
8
9
31 20
4
E080 WHT 86
30
K22
53 42
3
43 32
2
21 10
X5602-30 1
85
TX1218627
87
87a
R052 BLK
X5602-41
TX1218627 —UN—14JUL16
X5602
P056 RED
F25
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater Relay (K22) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) X5602—30—Signal A5600—Dosing Control Unit Heater Relay X5602—41—Return (DCU) X5602—Dosing Control Unit F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 53 Way Connector Heater 25 A Fuse
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF heater relay. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000824 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-35
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=67
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523592.03 — Heater Relay Circuit Fault Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) heater relay (K22) circuit voltage is above normal.
2
A5600
5
6
7
8
9
31 20
4
E080 WHT 86
30
K22
53 42
3
43 32
2
21 10
X5602-30 1
85
TX1218627
87
87a
R052 BLK
X5602-41
TX1218627 —UN—14JUL16
X5602
P056 RED
F25
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater Relay (K22) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) X5602—30—Signal A5600—Dosing Control Unit Heater Relay X5602—41—Return (DCU) X5602—Dosing Control Unit F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 53 Way Connector Heater 25 A Fuse
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF heater relay. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000825 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-36
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=68
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523592.04 — Heater Relay Circuit Fault Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) heater relay (K22) circuit voltage is below normal.
2
A5600
5
6
7
8
9
31 20
4
E080 WHT 86
30
K22
53 42
3
43 32
2
21 10
X5602-30 1
85
TX1218627
87
87a
R052 BLK
X5602-41
TX1218627 —UN—14JUL16
X5602
P056 RED
F25
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater Relay (K22) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) X5602—30—Signal A5600—Dosing Control Unit Heater Relay X5602—41—Return (DCU) X5602—Dosing Control Unit F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 53 Way Connector Heater 25 A Fuse
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF heater relay. 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000826 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-37
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=69
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523592.05 — Heater Relay Circuit Fault Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) heater relay (K22) circuit is open.
2
A5600
5
6
7
8
9
31 20
4
E080 WHT 86
30
K22
53 42
3
43 32
2
21 10
X5602-30 1
85
TX1218627
87
87a
R052 BLK
X5602-41
TX1218627 —UN—14JUL16
X5602
P056 RED
F25
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater Relay (K22) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) X5602—30—Signal A5600—Dosing Control Unit Heater Relay X5602—41—Return (DCU) X5602—Dosing Control Unit F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 53 Way Connector Heater 25 A Fuse
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF heater relay. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000827 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-38
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=70
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523594.03 — DEF Tank Heater Circuit Fault Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank coolant control valve (A5508) circuit voltage is above normal.
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Signal Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Return Connector
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness
Alarm Level:
(W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Lamp
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF tank coolant control valve. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000828 -19-05AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-39
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=71
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523630.02 — DEF Temperature Sensor Invalid Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank temperature is not rising during defrosting.
86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 1
2
1
3
A5508 A5600
TX1218626
X28
X5601-8
R041 BLK
X5601-85
E082 WHT
1 2
4
R041 BLK E082 WHT
TX1218626 —UN—14JUL16
X5601
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (A5508) Circuit Schematic A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X28— Left Main Harness-toX5601—Dosing Control Unit X5601—85—Ground Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (DCU) 86 Way Connector Control Valve Harness X5601—8—Supply Connector
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• Derate Engine
• For additional information on Service ADVISOR™, see
Circuit Information:
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
(Group 9015-05.)
1. DEF tank header coolant supply and return hoses are restricted. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace DEF tank coolant control valve. See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 3. Replace DEF tank header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JR05199,0000E43 -19-14AUG17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-40
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=72
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523634.09 — DEF Sensor Communication Fault Abnormal update rate or reception time-out error.
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank header assembly (A5507). 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace dosing control unit (DCU). 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000829 -19-15MAR18-1/1
523635.09 — DEF Sensor Communication Fault Abnormal update rate or reception time-out error. Alarm Level:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Red Stop Lamp
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Component malfunction. Repair or replace diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank header assembly (A5507). 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace dosing control unit (DCU). 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000082A -19-15MAR18-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-41
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=73
Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523640.05 — DCU Supply Voltage Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Open circuit or disconnection from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Amber Warning Lamp
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
(Group 9015-10.)
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Circuit is open or disconnected. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace dosing control unit (DCU) or engine control unit (ECU). 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location: NM95233,000082B -19-12JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-05-42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=74
Group 10
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000028.03, 28 is the SPN and 03 is the FMI number.
NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all engine control unit (ECU) diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement monitor unit (EMU) or by using Service Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,000068B -19-22JAN16-1/1
000028.00 — Service Throttle Very High Service engine speed control connector (X9) is above normal operating range, but data is valid. X5501
1
2
3
4
5
7 20
19 32
A5500
33
45
X5501-10
P042 RED
6 46
58
X5501-11
E035 WHT
X5501-12
R005 BLK
B
A
X9
X54 9 3 5
TX1217713 —UN—08JUL16
C
P042 RED
C
E035 WHT
B
R005 BLK
A
TX1217713 Service Engine Speed Control Connector (X9) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X9— Service Engine Speed Control Connector
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—10—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5501—11—Signal X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—12—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,000079C -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=75
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000028.01 — Service Throttle Very Low Service engine speed control connector (X9) is below normal operating range, but data is valid. X5501
1
2
3
4
5
7 20
19 32
A5500
33
45
X5501-10
P042 RED
6 46
58
X5501-11
E035 WHT
X5501-12
R005 BLK
B
A
X9
X54 9 3 5
TX1217713 —UN—08JUL16
C
P042 RED
C
E035 WHT
B
R005 BLK
A
TX1217713 Service Engine Speed Control Connector (X9) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X9— Service Engine Speed Control Connector
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—10—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5501—11—Signal X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—12—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is open. 2. Signal circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,000079D -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=76
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000028.03 — Service Throttle Circuit Fault Service engine speed control connector (X9) voltage is out of range high. X5501
1
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
A5500
32
B
A
X9
X54
X5501-10
P042 RED
X5501-11
E035 WHT
X5501-12
R005 BLK
9 3 5
TX1217713 —UN—08JUL16
C
P042 RED
C
E035 WHT
B
R005 BLK
A
TX1217713 Service Engine Speed Control Connector (X9) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X9— Service Engine Speed Control Connector
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—10—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5501—11—Signal X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—12—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,000079E -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=77
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000028.04 — Service Throttle Circuit Fault Service engine speed control connector (X9) voltage is out of range low. X5501
1
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
A5500
32
B
A
X9
X54
X5501-10
P042 RED
X5501-11
E035 WHT
X5501-12
R005 BLK
9 3 5
TX1217713 —UN—08JUL16
C
P042 RED
C
E035 WHT
B
R005 BLK
A
TX1217713 Service Engine Speed Control Connector (X9) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X9— Service Engine Speed Control Connector
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—10—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5501—11—Signal X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—12—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is open. 2. Signal circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,000079F -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=78
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.00 — Foot Throttle Very High Engine speed control pedal (B19) is above normal operating range, but data is valid.
A5500 B19
X54 X5502-58
R010 BLK
X5502-32
E034 WHT
X5502-21
P043 RED
4 10 7
R010 BLK
E
E034 WHT
F
P043 RED
D
X5502 2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
48
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
TX1217375 —UN—08JUL16
B19 1
F E D C B A
TX1217375 Engine Speed Control Pedal (B19) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5502—21—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5502—32—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit X5502—58—Return (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007A2 -19-23JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=79
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.01 — Foot Throttle Very Low Engine speed control pedal (B19) is below normal operating range, but data is valid.
A5500 B19
X54 X5502-58
R010 BLK
X5502-32
E034 WHT
X5502-21
P043 RED
4 10 7
R010 BLK
E
E034 WHT
F
P043 RED
D
X5502 2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
48
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
TX1217375 —UN—08JUL16
B19 1
F E D C B A
TX1217375 Engine Speed Control Pedal (B19) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5502—21—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5502—32—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit X5502—58—Return (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is open. 2. Signal circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007A3 -19-23JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=80
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.02 — Foot Throttle Invalid Engine speed control pedal (B19) data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect.
A5500 B19
X54 X5502-58
R010 BLK
X5502-32
E034 WHT
X5502-21
P043 RED
4 10 7
R010 BLK
E
E034 WHT
F
P043 RED
D
X5502 2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
48
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
TX1217375 —UN—08JUL16
B19 1
F E D C B A
TX1217375 Engine Speed Control Pedal (B19) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5502—21—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5502—32—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit X5502—58—Return (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007A4 -19-23JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=81
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.03 — Foot Throttle Circuit Fault Engine speed control pedal (B19) voltage is out of range high.
A5500 B19
X54 X5502-58
R010 BLK
X5502-32
E034 WHT
X5502-21
P043 RED
4 10 7
R010 BLK
E
E034 WHT
F
P043 RED
D
X5502 2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
48
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
TX1217375 —UN—08JUL16
B19 1
F E D C B A
TX1217375 Engine Speed Control Pedal (B19) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5502—21—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5502—32—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit X5502—58—Return (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007A0 -19-23JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=82
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.04 — Foot Throttle Circuit Fault Engine speed control pedal (B19) voltage is out of range low.
A5500 B19
X54 X5502-58
R010 BLK
X5502-32
E034 WHT
X5502-21
P043 RED
4 10 7
R010 BLK
E
E034 WHT
F
P043 RED
D
X5502 2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
48
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
TX1217375 —UN—08JUL16
B19 1
F E D C B A
TX1217375 Engine Speed Control Pedal (B19) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5502—21—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5502—32—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit X5502—58—Return (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage Low. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Signal circuit is open. 2. Signal circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007A1 -19-23JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=83
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.08 — Foot Throttle Signal Fault Engine speed control pedal (B19) abnormal frequency or communication fault.
A5500 B19
X54 X5502-58
R010 BLK
X5502-32
E034 WHT
X5502-21
P043 RED
4 10 7
R010 BLK
E
E034 WHT
F
P043 RED
D
X5502 2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
48
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
TX1217375 —UN—08JUL16
B19 1
F E D C B A
TX1217375 Engine Speed Control Pedal (B19) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5502—21—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5502—32—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit X5502—58—Return (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007A7 -19-23JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=84
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.15 — Foot Throttle Slightly High Engine speed control pedal (B19) is above normal operating range, but data is valid.
A5500 B19
X54 X5502-58
R010 BLK
X5502-32
E034 WHT
X5502-21
P043 RED
4 10 7
R010 BLK
E
E034 WHT
F
P043 RED
D
X5502 2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
48
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
TX1217375 —UN—08JUL16
B19 1
F E D C B A
TX1217375 Engine Speed Control Pedal (B19) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal
X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5502—21—Supply Main Harness Connector 2 X5502—32—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit X5502—58—Return (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
Machine Response:
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Signal circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007A8 -19-23JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=85
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.00 — Hand Throttle Very High Engine speed control dial (B18) is above normal operating range, but data is valid. X5501
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
C
B
A
A5500 X5501-23
P041 RED
X5501-25
R008 BLK
X5501-24
E033 WHT
B18
X2
X54 P041 RED
1 X53
45
R008 BLK
9 X55
47
E033 WHT
7
46
P041 RED
C
R008 BLK
A
E033 WHT
B
TX1217440 —UN—08JUL16
1
TX1217440 Engine Speed Control Dial (B18) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—23—Supply (ECU) Main Harness Connector 1 Main Harness Connector 3 X5501—24—Signal B18— Engine Speed Control Dial X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—25—Return X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Main Harness Connector 2 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Harness 47-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
• None
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
(Group 9015-10.)
Additional References:
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007A9 -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=86
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.01 — Hand Throttle Very Low Engine speed control dial (B18) is below normal operating range, but data is valid. X5501
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
C
B
A
A5500 X5501-23
P041 RED
X5501-25
R008 BLK
X5501-24
E033 WHT
B18
X2
X54 P041 RED
1 X53
45
R008 BLK
9 X55
47
E033 WHT
7
46
P041 RED
C
R008 BLK
A
E033 WHT
B
TX1217440 —UN—08JUL16
1
TX1217440 Engine Speed Control Dial (B18) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—23—Supply (ECU) Main Harness Connector 1 Main Harness Connector 3 X5501—24—Signal B18— Engine Speed Control Dial X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—25—Return X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Main Harness Connector 2 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Harness 47-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
• None
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage Low. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
(Group 9015-10.)
Additional References:
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is open. 2. Signal circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007AA -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=87
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.02 — Hand Throttle Invalid Engine speed control dial (B18) data is erratic, intermittent, or incorrect. X5501
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
C
B
A
A5500 P041 RED
X5501-25
R008 BLK
X5501-24
E033 WHT
B18
X2
X54 X5501-23
P041 RED
1 X53
45
R008 BLK
9 X55
47
E033 WHT
7
46
P041 RED
C
R008 BLK
A
E033 WHT
B
TX1217440 —UN—08JUL16
1
TX1217440 Engine Speed Control Dial (B18) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—23—Supply (ECU) Main Harness Connector 1 Main Harness Connector 3 X5501—24—Signal B18— Engine Speed Control Dial X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—25—Return X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Main Harness Connector 2 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Harness 47-Pin Connector
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007AB -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=88
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.03 — Hand Throttle Circuit Fault Engine speed control dial (B18) voltage is out of range high. X5501
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
C
B
A
A5500 X5501-23
P041 RED
X5501-25
R008 BLK
X5501-24
E033 WHT
B18
X2
X54 P041 RED
1 X53
45
R008 BLK
9 X55
47
E033 WHT
7
46
P041 RED
C
R008 BLK
A
E033 WHT
B
TX1217440 —UN—08JUL16
1
TX1217440 Engine Speed Control Dial (B18) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—23—Supply (ECU) Main Harness Connector 1 Main Harness Connector 3 X5501—24—Signal B18— Engine Speed Control Dial X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—25—Return X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Main Harness Connector 2 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Harness 47-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
• None
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
(Group 9015-10.)
Additional References:
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007AC -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=89
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.04 — Hand Throttle Circuit Fault Engine speed control dial (B18) voltage is out of range low. X5501
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
C
B
A
A5500 X5501-23
P041 RED
X5501-25
R008 BLK
X5501-24
E033 WHT
B18
X2
X54 P041 RED
1 X53
45
R008 BLK
9 X55
47
E033 WHT
7
46
P041 RED
C
R008 BLK
A
E033 WHT
B
TX1217440 —UN—08JUL16
1
TX1217440 Engine Speed Control Dial (B18) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—23—Supply (ECU) Main Harness Connector 1 Main Harness Connector 3 X5501—24—Signal B18— Engine Speed Control Dial X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—25—Return X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Main Harness Connector 2 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Harness 47-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
• None
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage Low. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
(Group 9015-10.)
Additional References:
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is open. 2. Signal circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007AD -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=90
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.08 — Hand Throttle Signal Fault Engine speed control dial (B18) abnormal frequency or communication fault. X5501
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
C
B
A
A5500 X5501-23
P041 RED
X5501-25
R008 BLK
X5501-24
E033 WHT
B18
X2
X54 P041 RED
1 X53
45
R008 BLK
9 X55
47
E033 WHT
7
46
P041 RED
C
R008 BLK
A
E033 WHT
B
TX1217440 —UN—08JUL16
1
TX1217440 Engine Speed Control Dial (B18) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—23—Supply (ECU) Main Harness Connector 1 Main Harness Connector 3 X5501—24—Signal B18— Engine Speed Control Dial X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—25—Return X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Main Harness Connector 2 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Harness 47-Pin Connector
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007AE -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=91
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.15 — Hand Throttle Slightly High Engine speed control dial (B18) is above normal operating range, but data is valid. X5501
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
C
B
A
A5500 X5501-23
P041 RED
X5501-25
R008 BLK
X5501-24
E033 WHT
B18
X2
X54 P041 RED
1 X53
45
R008 BLK
9 X55
47
E033 WHT
7
46
P041 RED
C
R008 BLK
A
E033 WHT
B
TX1217440 —UN—08JUL16
1
TX1217440 Engine Speed Control Dial (B18) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—23—Supply (ECU) Main Harness Connector 1 Main Harness Connector 3 X5501—24—Signal B18— Engine Speed Control Dial X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—25—Return X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Main Harness Connector 2 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Harness 47-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• Test Box S1 Setting: 9 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Secondary Analog
• None
• See Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
Throttle Input Voltage
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
(Group 9015-10.)
Additional References:
Possible Causes: 1. Signal circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00007AF -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=92
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000100.01 — Oil Pressure Very Low Engine oil pressure is too low.
1 F15 X55 P010 RED
6
P010 RED
A
A
3
5
2
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
A5500
R5600
B
32
X5501-37
4
N001 YEL
TX1217750 —UN—14JUL16
1
1.2K OHM
X5501
B
N001 YEL N001 YEL
B5115
1
A
TX1217750 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (B5115) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B5115—Engine Oil Pressure Switch
F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—37—Signal R5600—Engine Oil Pressure Main Harness Connector 3 Switch Resistor X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• Red Stop Lamp
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
1. Low engine oil pressure. See Engine Oil Pressure Check. (CTM136419.) 2. Low engine oil level. See Check Engine Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Low engine oil quality. See Take Engine Oil Sample. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NM95233,00007B0 -19-14JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-19
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=93
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000100.04 — Oil Pressure Circuit Fault Engine oil pressure switch (B5115) voltage below normal or short to low source.
1 F15 X55 P010 RED
P010 RED
6
A
A
2
7 20
19
A5500
R5600
B
32
X5501-37
3
4 33
45
5
6 46
58
N001 YEL
TX1217750 —UN—14JUL16
1
1.2K OHM
X5501
B
N001 YEL N001 YEL
1
B5115
A
TX1217750 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (B5115) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B5115—Engine Oil Pressure Switch
F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—37—Signal R5600—Engine Oil Pressure Main Harness Connector 3 Switch Resistor X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Engine oil pressure switch (B5115) disconnected. Signal circuit is open. Signal circuit is short to ground. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,00007B1 -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-20
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=94
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.00 — System Voltage Very High Engine control unit (ECU) measures abnormally high system voltage.
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
85
87
TX1217757 —UN—20JUN16
2
P052 RED
1
P052 RED
F3
X5501
87a
K20 86
A5500 X5501-33 X5501-34
R019 BLK R019 BLK
R019 BLK
X5501-5 X5501-6
P040 RED P040 RED
P040 RED
TX1217757
30
Unswitched Power Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse
K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5501—5—Supply Relay X5501—6—Supply X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—33—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5501—34—Return
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-15.) • See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007B2 -19-01AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-21
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=95
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.01 — System Voltage Very Low Engine control unit (ECU) measures abnormally low system voltage.
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
85
87
TX1217757 —UN—20JUN16
2
P052 RED
1
P052 RED
F3
X5501
87a
K20 86
A5500 X5501-33 X5501-34
R019 BLK R019 BLK
R019 BLK
X5501-5 X5501-6
P040 RED P040 RED
P040 RED
TX1217757
30
Unswitched Power Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse
K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5501—5—Supply Relay X5501—6—Supply X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—33—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5501—34—Return
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-15.) • See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007B3 -19-01AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=96
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000167.01 — System Voltage Very Low Engine cranking has been completed and charge switch is turned ON. Data valid but below normal operational range.
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
85
87
TX1217757 —UN—20JUN16
2
P052 RED
1
P052 RED
F3
X5501
87a
K20 86
A5500 X5501-33 X5501-34
R019 BLK R019 BLK
R019 BLK
X5501-5 X5501-6
P040 RED P040 RED
P040 RED
TX1217757
30
Unswitched Power Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse
K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5501—5—Supply Relay X5501—6—Supply X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—33—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5501—34—Return
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-15.) • See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007B4 -19-24JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-23
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=97
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000167.04 — System Voltage Circuit Fault Alternator (G2) potential voltage below normal. Circuit short to low source.
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
85
87
TX1217757 —UN—20JUN16
2
P052 RED
1
P052 RED
F3
X5501
87a
K20 86
A5500 X5501-33 X5501-34
R019 BLK R019 BLK
R019 BLK
X5501-5 X5501-6
P040 RED P040 RED
P040 RED
TX1217757
30
Unswitched Power Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse
K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5501—5—Supply Relay X5501—6—Supply X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—33—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5501—34—Return
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-15.) • See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007B6 -19-24JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-24
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=98
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000167.05 — System Voltage Circuit Fault Alternator (G2) potential voltage below normal. Charge switch is turned OFF.
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
85
87
TX1217757 —UN—20JUN16
2
P052 RED
1
P052 RED
F3
X5501
87a
K20 86
A5500 X5501-33 X5501-34
R019 BLK R019 BLK
R019 BLK
X5501-5 X5501-6
P040 RED P040 RED
P040 RED
TX1217757
30
Unswitched Power Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse
K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5501—5—Supply Relay X5501—6—Supply X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—33—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5501—34—Return
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-15.) • See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007B5 -19-24JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-25
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=99
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
000237.13 — Vehicle ID Calibration
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Option code part of vehicle identification number (VIN) data does not match vehicle control unit (VCU). NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 000237.13 may be set after programming session, indicating controller is learning vehicle options. VCU will clear code 000237.13 once options are learned.
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
1. Controller is learning vehicle options. ECU will clear code once options are learned. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NM95233,00007B7 -19-17JUN16-1/1
000237.31 — Vehicle ID Fault
Component Location:
Vehicle identification number (VIN) security data is missing.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
(Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Open or short circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,00007B8 -19-17JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-26
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=100
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001202.02 — ECU Invalid
Component Location:
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has received erratic, intermittent, or incorrect password input from the engine control unit (ECU) across controller area network (CAN).
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
9015-10.)
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Possible Causes: 1. Open or short circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,00007B9 -19-20JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=101
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001485.02 — Main Relay Invalid Engine control unit (ECU) relay (K20) has an intermittent malfunction.
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
85
87
TX1217757 —UN—20JUN16
2
P052 RED
1
P052 RED
F3
X5501
87a
K20 86
A5500 X5501-33 X5501-34
R019 BLK R019 BLK
R019 BLK
X5501-5 X5501-6
P040 RED P040 RED
P040 RED
TX1217757
30
Unswitched Power Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse
K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5501—5—Supply Relay X5501—6—Supply X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—33—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5501—34—Return
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-15.) • See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007BA -19-24JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-28
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=102
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001485.07 — Main Relay Circuit Fault Engine control unit (ECU) relay (K20) is short to ground.
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
32
85
87
86
30
TX1217757 —UN—20JUN16
2
P052 RED
1
P052 RED
F3
X5501
87a
K20 A5500 X5501-33 X5501-34
R019 BLK R019 BLK
R019 BLK
X5501-5 X5501-6
P040 RED P040 RED
P040 RED
TX1217757
Unswitched Power Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse
K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5501—5—Supply Relay X5501—6—Supply X5501—Engine Control Unit X5501—33—Return (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5501—34—Return
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-15.) • See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007BB -19-24JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-29
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=103
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522243.02 — Start Aid Invalid Engine control unit (ECU) has detected glow plug relay (K2) driver circuit is invalid. Data is erratic, intermittent, or incorrect. R5
A5500
1
1
E008 WHT
X5502-90
2
E003 WHT
F31
1
2 5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
1
2
3
4
9
1 1
3 7
5
TX1217864 —UN—08JUL16
5
8
P008 RED
X5502
K2
6 2
3
G001 BLK
W35
TX1217864
Glow Plug Relay (K2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU)
F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse K2—Glow Plug Relay R5—Glow Plugs
W35—Left Frame Ground X5502—90—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007BC -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-30
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=104
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522243.03 — Start Aid Circuit Fault Engine control unit (ECU) has detected glow plug relay (K2) driver circuit is out of range high. R5
A5500
1
1
E008 WHT
X5502-90
2
E003 WHT
F31
1
2 1
2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
9
1
24
1
3 25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
7
5
TX1217864 —UN—08JUL16
5
8
P008 RED
X5502
K2
6 2
3
G001 BLK
W35
TX1217864
Glow Plug Relay (K2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU)
F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse K2—Glow Plug Relay R5—Glow Plugs
W35—Left Frame Ground X5502—90—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007BD -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-31
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=105
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522243.04 — Start Aid Circuit Fault Engine control unit (ECU) has detected glow plug relay (K2) driver circuit is out of range low. R5
A5500
1
1
E008 WHT
X5502-90
2
E003 WHT
F31
1
2 1
2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
9
1
24
1
3 25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
7
5
TX1217864 —UN—08JUL16
5
8
P008 RED
X5502
K2
6 2
3
G001 BLK
W35
TX1217864
Glow Plug Relay (K2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU)
F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse K2—Glow Plug Relay R5—Glow Plugs
W35—Left Frame Ground X5502—90—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007BE -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-32
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=106
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522243.05 — Start Aid Circuit Fault Glow plug relay (K2) has an open in the circuit. R5
A5500
1
1
E008 WHT
X5502-90
2
E003 WHT
F31
1
2 5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
1
2
3
4
9
1 1
3 7
5
TX1217864 —UN—08JUL16
5
8
P008 RED
X5502
K2
6 2
3
G001 BLK
W35
TX1217864
Glow Plug Relay (K2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU)
F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse K2—Glow Plug Relay R5—Glow Plugs
W35—Left Frame Ground X5502—90—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007BF -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-33
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=107
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522243.06 — Start Aid Circuit Fault Glow plug relay (K2) is short to ground. R5
A5500
1
1
E008 WHT
X5502-90
2
E003 WHT
F31
1
2 5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
1
2
3
4
9
1 1
3 7
5
TX1217864 —UN—08JUL16
5
8
P008 RED
X5502
K2
6 2
3
G001 BLK
W35
TX1217864
Glow Plug Relay (K2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU)
F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse K2—Glow Plug Relay R5—Glow Plugs
W35—Left Frame Ground X5502—90—Signal X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007C0 -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-34
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=108
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522314.00 — Coolant Temperature Very High
• See Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
The engine control unit (ECU) has detected high engine coolant temperature.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• Red Stop Lamp Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Possible Causes:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Low engine coolant level. See Check Coolant Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Debris around cooling system. Clean radiator. 3. Engine coolant temperature is high. 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,00007C1 -19-14JUL16-1/1
522323.00 — Eng Air Filter Restr Very High
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
The engine control unit (ECU) has detected an excessive amount of restriction in the air filter.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
1. Air filter is restricted. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,00007C4 -19-21JUN16-1/1
522596.09 — ECU Communication Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short or open. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007E8 -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-35
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=109
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522597.09 — ECU Communication Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short or open. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007E9 -19-08JUL16-1/1
522599.09 — ECU Communication Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short or open. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007EA -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-36
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=110
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522600.09 — ECU Communication Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short or open. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007EF -19-08JUL16-1/1
522601.09 — ECU Communication Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short or open. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007F3 -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-37
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=111
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522609.09 — EGR Communication Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short or open. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007F7 -19-08JUL16-1/1
522618.09 — ECU Communication Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short or open. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007F5 -19-08JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-38
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=112
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522619.09 — ECU Communication Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from engine control unit (ECU).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short or open. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007F6 -19-08JUL16-1/1
522730.08 — ECU Signal Fault
Component Location:
Engine control unit (ECU) frequency or pulse width is abnormal.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
(Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,00007FA -19-03JUL17-1/1
522730.12 — ECU Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Engine control unit (ECU) intelligent device or component malfunction.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00007FB -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-39
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=113
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522994.04 — ECU Circuit Fault
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Engine control unit (ECU) internal driver is short to ground.
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00007FC -19-22JUN16-1/1
523513.09 — DCU Communication Fault
Component Location:
Controller area network (CAN) message from dosing control unit (DCU) time-out.
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Derate Engine
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,00007FD -19-26JUL17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-10-40
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=114
Group 20 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000070.02, 000070 is the SPN and 02 is the FMI number.
NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all EMU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the
Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions may affect diagnostics and test results.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company CH57540,0001679 -19-06JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=115
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000096.03 — Fuel Level Circuit Fault Fuel level sensor (B4) circuit is open or short to power.
X41
H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
A2 X2 Y001 YEL
Y001 YEL
X41-L
25
1
B4
X42 2
R001 BLK
X42-A
R001 BLK 18 TX1203411 —UN—27OCT15
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
1
2
X2
TX1203411 Fuel Level Sensor (B4) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B4—Fuel Level Sensor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X41—L—Signal
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X42—A—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Low Fuel Indicator • Audible Alarm
• Test Box S1 Setting: 8 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Fuel Level Sensor Voltage
Machine Response:
• See Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
• None
High. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.) • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,0000767 -19-27JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=116
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000096.04 — Fuel Level Circuit Fault Fuel level sensor (B4) circuit is short to ground.
X41
H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
A2 X2 Y001 YEL
Y001 YEL
X41-L
25
1
B4
X42 2
R001 BLK
X42-A
R001 BLK 18 TX1203411 —UN—27OCT15
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
1
2
X2
TX1203411 Fuel Level Sensor (B4) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B4—Fuel Level Sensor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X41—L—Signal
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X42—A—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Low Fuel Indicator • Audible Alarm
• Test Box S1 Setting: 8 • Service ADVISOR™ Reading: Fuel Level Sensor Voltage
Machine Response:
• See Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range
• None
Low. (Group 9015-17.)
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.) • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,0000768 -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=117
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.00 — System Voltage Very High Battery voltage exceeded 16.2 volts for at least 5 seconds.
2 F2 X42 A2 X1 X42-H
P005 RED C TX1203418 —UN—11DEC15
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
TX1203418 Unswitched Power (2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)
F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 14-Pin Connector
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2
X42—H—Supply
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• High Voltage Indicator • Audible Alarm
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
NM95233,0000769 -19-22JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=118
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.01 — System Voltage Very Low Battery voltage was less than 11.7 volts for at least 5 seconds.
2 F2 X42 A2 X1 X42-H
P005 RED C TX1203418 —UN—11DEC15
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
TX1203418 Unswitched Power (2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)
F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 14-Pin Connector
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2
X42—H—Supply
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Low Voltage Indicator • Audible Alarm
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Insufficient battery charge. Charge or replace battery. See Replacing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Component malfunction. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000076A -19-22JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=119
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000162.04 — 2-Speed Switch Circuit Fault Two-speed switch circuit input voltage is below normal.
1 F17 S25 P022 RED
A2 G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
TX1216919 —UN—08JUN16
X24 X1
X42
F
X42-M
8
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
4
T004 BLU
TX1216919 Two-Speed Switch (S25) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S25— Two-Speed Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 14-Pin Connector F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse
X24— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2
X42—M—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Component malfunction. Repair or replace left joystick. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000076B -19-22JUL16-1/1
000628.12 — Programming Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is stuck in boot lock. Application software is not running.
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,000076C -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=120
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000920.05 — Alarm Output Circuit Fault Alarm output circuit current is below normal. X41 A2 G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
H4
X41-F X42-J
Z001 GRY G002 BLK
B
G002 BLK
X42
B
A
G002 BLK
A
TX1216952 —UN—08JUN16
H S
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
W32
TX1216952 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm (H4) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm
W32—Cab Harness Ground X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—F—Supply X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2
X42—J—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000076D -19-07DEC17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=121
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000920.06 — Alarm Output Circuit Fault Alarm output circuit current is above normal. X41 A2 G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
H4
X41-F X42-J
Z001 GRY G002 BLK
B
G002 BLK
X42
B
A
G002 BLK
A
TX1216952 —UN—08JUN16
H S
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
W32
TX1216952 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm (H4) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm
W32—Cab Harness Ground X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—F—Supply X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2
X42—J—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000076E -19-07JUN16-1/1
001196.11 — Antitheft Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
No response from engine control unit (ECU) when engagement and monitor unit (EMU) sends request for security enable.
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
• See Engine Harness (W21) Component Location.
• No Warning Indicator
(Group 9015-10.)
Machine Response:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Circuit Information:
Additional References:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000076F -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=122
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001504.04 — Seat Switch Circuit Fault Seat switch (S4) circuit voltage is below normal.
1 OPTION F9
X42-H
P005 RED
P015 RED
P010 RED 2
3
6
5
G002 BLK
B
P010 RED
S4 A
X1 P005 RED
C
P005 RED
P005 RED A
B
TX1218206 —UN—27JUN16
A2
4
M001 BRN
F2 G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
1
S39
2
X42
N
G002 BLK
P005 RED
X1
P005 RED
X42-P
M001 BRN
X42-J
G002 BLK
X42-N
P010 RED
W32
TX1218206 Seat Switch (S4) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power 2— Unswitched Power A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse
F9— Seat 10 A Fuse (if equipped) X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin S4— Seat Switch Connector 2 S39— Air Seat Switch (if X42—H—Supply equipped) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X42—J—Return X42—N—Supply Harness 14-Pin Connector
X42—P—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
NM95233,0000770 -19-27JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=123
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002000.09 — ECU Communication Fault
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has lost communication with engine control unit (ECU).
• See Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component
(Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• Unable to Release Park Brake
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000771 -19-08JUN16-1/1
002142.09 — SSM Communication Fault Controller area network (CAN) communication error; engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has lost communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NM95233,0000772 -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=124
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002228.09 — HCU Communication Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has lost communication with hydraulic control unit (HCU).
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,0000773 -19-07JUN16-1/1
002251.09 — SAR Communication Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Controller area network (CAN) communication error; engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has lost communication with JDLink™ modular telematics gateway (MTG).
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See JDLink™ Harness (W7) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001843 -19-08JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=125
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003413.04 — Door Switch Circuit Fault Cab door switch (S13) circuit voltage is below normal.
1 F15 S13 X1 A2 G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
P010 RED
P010 RED D
A
B
A
B
TX1203664 —UN—27OCT15
X42
M003 BRN
X42-E
TX1203664 Cab Door Switch (S13) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S13— Cab Door Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 14-Pin Connector F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X42—E—Signal
1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000775 -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=126
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521050.04 — Aux Flow Switch Circuit Fault Auxiliary flow set switch (S28) circuit voltage is below normal.
1 F17
S28 X1 P022 RED F
8
3
X43
X24 4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
A2 F E D C B A
X43-K
H024 GRN TX1203827 —UN—05JAN16
M L K J H G
TX1203827 Auxiliary Flow Set Switch (S28) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S28— Auxiliary Flow Set Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 14-Pin Connector F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse
X24— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—K—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
NM95233,000077C -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=127
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521197.04 — Courtesy Light Sw Circuit Fault Work lights switch (S6) circuit voltage is below normal.
P002 RED
1 X1 P002 RED
S6 P002 RED
J
X42 A2 X42-L
L007 BRN 3
2
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
8
TX1203829 —UN—30OCT15
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
0,1,2 2 1 0
TX1203829 Work Lights Switch (S6) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)
S6— Work Lights Switch X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 14-Pin Connector
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2
X42—L—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Component malfunction. Perform work lights switch (S6) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000077D -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=128
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.05 — Park Brake Sol Circuit Fault Park brake solenoid (Y5) circuit current is below normal. Y5
1
A2
TX1217001 —UN—08JUN16
X41
X2 X41-P H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
T003 BLU
T003 BLU 21
A J
G004 BLK
2
1
2
W36
TX1217001 Park Brake Solenoid (Y5) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) W36—Right Frame Ground
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—P—Supply Y5— Park Brake Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to power. 3. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000077E -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=129
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.06 — Park Brake Sol Circuit Fault Park brake solenoid (Y5) circuit current is above normal. Y5
1
A2
TX1217001 —UN—08JUN16
X41
X2 X41-P H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
T003 BLU
T003 BLU 21
A J
G004 BLK
2
1
2
W36
TX1217001 Park Brake Solenoid (Y5) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) W36—Right Frame Ground
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—P—Supply Y5— Park Brake Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000077F -19-07JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=130
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522826.00 — Fan Purge Switch Very High Reversing fan switch (S35) held for more than 60 seconds.
1
P010 RED
F15
A2
X1 P010 RED
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
P010 RED
D
P010 RED
X42-N
8
S35 9 8
7
G002 BLK
4 5
E040 WHT
1
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
TX1217024
3
2 6
W32 E041 WHT
E041 WHT E040 WHT
X42-C X42-D
TX1217024 —UN—07JUL16
X42
Reversing Fan Switch (S35) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S35— Reversing Fan Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor W32—Cab Harness Ground Unit (EMU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X42—C—Signal X42—D—Signal
X42—N—Supply
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Reversing fan switch has been held for more than 60 seconds. 2. Component malfunction. Perform reversing fan switch (S35) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000082D -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=131
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522826.04 — Fan Purge Switch Circuit Fault Reversing fan switch (S35) circuit is short to ground.
1
P010 RED
F15
A2
X1 P010 RED
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
P010 RED
D
P010 RED
X42-N
8
S35 9 8
7
G002 BLK
4 5
E040 WHT
1
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
TX1217024
3
2 6
W32 E041 WHT
E041 WHT E040 WHT
X42-C X42-D
TX1217024 —UN—07JUL16
X42
Reversing Fan Switch (S35) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S35— Reversing Fan Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor W32—Cab Harness Ground Unit (EMU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X42—C—Signal X42—D—Signal
X42—N—Supply
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Component malfunction. Perform reversing fan switch (S35) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000082E -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=132
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522827.04 — Fan Auto Switch Circuit Fault Reversing fan switch (S35) circuit is short to ground.
1
P010 RED
F15
A2
X1 P010 RED
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
P010 RED
D
P010 RED
X42-N
8
S35 9 8
7
G002 BLK
4 5
E040 WHT
1
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
TX1217024
3
2 6
W32 E041 WHT
E041 WHT E040 WHT
X42-C X42-D
TX1217024 —UN—07JUL16
X42
Reversing Fan Switch (S35) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S35— Reversing Fan Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor W32—Cab Harness Ground Unit (EMU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X42—C—Signal X42—D—Signal
X42—N—Supply
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Component malfunction. Perform reversing fan switch (S35) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000082F -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-19
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=133
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522828.03 — Creep Mode Switch Circuit Fault Creep mode speed switch (S36) circuit voltage is above normal.
1 F15
X36
X1 P010 RED
P010 RED
P010 RED
P010 RED G002 BLK
1
D
A2 X41-D
T006 BLU
3 2 1
T006 BLU
S36
2 7
8 1
S36
G002 BLK G002 BLK
2
X41
P010 RED
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
3 8
T006 BLU F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
G002 BLK 4
240
500
900
TX1217044 —UN—24JUN16
G R
G002 BLK
H S
R36
W32
TX1217044 Creep Mode Speed Switch (S36) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S36— Creep Mode Speed Switch X36— Right Main Harness-toX41—D—Signal Creep Mode Speed Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor W32—Cab Harness Ground Harness 4-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X41— Engagement and Monitor F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) 16-Pin R36— Creep Mode Speed Switch Connector 1 Resistor
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. Perform creep mode speed switch (S36) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Component malfunction. Perform creep mode speed switch resistor (R36) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000783 -19-10JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-20
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=134
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522828.04 — Creep Mode Switch Circuit Fault Creep mode speed switch (S36) circuit voltage is below normal.
1 F15
X36
X1 P010 RED
P010 RED
P010 RED
P010 RED G002 BLK
1
D
A2 X41-D
T006 BLU
3 2 1
T006 BLU
S36
2 7
8 1
S36
G002 BLK G002 BLK
2
X41
P010 RED
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
3 8
T006 BLU F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
G002 BLK 4
240
500
900
TX1217044 —UN—24JUN16
G R
G002 BLK
H S
R36
W32
TX1217044 Creep Mode Speed Switch (S36) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S36— Creep Mode Speed Switch X36— Right Main Harness-toX41—D—Signal Creep Mode Speed Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor W32—Cab Harness Ground Harness 4-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X41— Engagement and Monitor F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) 16-Pin R36— Creep Mode Speed Switch Connector 1 Resistor
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Component malfunction. Perform creep mode speed switch (S36) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Component malfunction. Perform creep mode speed switch resistor (R36) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000784 -19-10JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-21
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=135
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522828.07 — Creep Mode Switch Fault Creep mode speed switch (S36) circuit stuck in active state for more than 20 seconds.
1 F15
X36
X1 P010 RED
P010 RED
P010 RED
P010 RED G002 BLK
1
D
A2 X41-D
T006 BLU
3 2 1
T006 BLU
S36
2 7
8 1
S36
G002 BLK G002 BLK
2
X41
P010 RED
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
3 8
T006 BLU F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
G002 BLK 4
240
500
900
TX1217044 —UN—24JUN16
G R
G002 BLK
H S
R36
W32
TX1217044 Creep Mode Speed Switch (S36) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S36— Creep Mode Speed Switch X36— Right Main Harness-toX41—D—Signal Creep Mode Speed Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor W32—Cab Harness Ground Harness 4-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X41— Engagement and Monitor F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) 16-Pin R36— Creep Mode Speed Switch Connector 1 Resistor
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Creep mode speed switch (S36) has been held longer than 20 seconds. 2. Creep mode speed switch (S36) is stuck. 3. Component malfunction. Perform creep mode speed switch (S36) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Component malfunction. Perform creep mode speed switch resistor (R36) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000785 -19-22JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=136
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522859.04 — Lap Bar Switch Circuit Fault Interlocking seat bar switch (S5) circuit voltage is below normal.
2 F2
X1 A2
P005 RED
X42-G
M009 BRN
A
S5
P005 RED C A
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
TX1204080 —UN—11DEC15
X42
B
B
TX1204080 Interlocking Seat Bar Switch (S5) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse
S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Connector 2 Harness 14-Pin Connector X42—G—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
NM95233,0000786 -19-10JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-23
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=137
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523217.06 — Hyd Valve Power 3 Circuit Fault Hydraulic valve power 3 circuit current is above normal. A2
A4 X2
F E D C B A
X43-F
TX1218831 —UN—07JUL16
X44 X43
P032 RED
A BC DE F G H
P032 RED
4
X44-H4
3
4
2
M L K J H G
1
TX1218831 Hydraulic Valve Power 3 Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X44—H4—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X43—F—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000787 -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-24
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=138
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523218.06 — Hst Valve Power Circuit Fault Hydrostatic valve power circuit current is above normal. A2
A4 X2
X41-H H S
G F E D C B R P N M L K
TX1218833 —UN—07JUL16
X45
X41
P033 RED
5
P033 RED
4 3 2
X45-L4
A J
A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218833 Hydrostatic Valve Power Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X45—L4—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X41—H—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000788 -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-25
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=139
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523219.06 — Hyd Valve Power 1 Circuit Fault Hydraulic valve power 1 circuit current is above normal.
X46
X43
A2
A4 X2
F E D C B A M L K J H G
X43-F
P032 RED
A BC DE F G H
P032 RED
4
4
X46-H1
3 2
TX1204121 —UN—26OCT15
1
TX1204121 Hydraulic Valve Power 1 Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X46—H1—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X43—F—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000789 -19-10JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-26
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=140
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523693.03 — Aux Hydraulic In 1 Circuit Fault Auxiliary proportional switch (B15) extend control circuit voltage is above normal.
X22
X43
A2
B15
F E D C B A
X43-A
P020 RED
9
X43-E
H020 GRN
11
X43-D
H021 GRN
12
X43-C
R020 BLK
10
2
1
6
5
4
7
8
9 10 11 12
3
TX1204132 —UN—26OCT15
M L K J H G
TX1204132 Auxiliary Proportional Switch (B15) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B15— Auxiliary Proportional Switch
X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—A—Supply X43—C—Return X43—D—Signal (retract) X43—E—Signal (extend)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to high source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,0001669 -19-08OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=141
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523693.04 — Aux Hydraulic In 1 Circuit Fault Auxiliary proportional switch (B15) extend control circuit voltage is below normal.
X22
X43
A2
B15
F E D C B A
X43-A
P020 RED
9
X43-E
H020 GRN
11
X43-D
H021 GRN
12
X43-C
R020 BLK
10
2
1
6
5
4
7
8
9 10 11 12
3
TX1204132 —UN—26OCT15
M L K J H G
TX1204132 Auxiliary Proportional Switch (B15) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B15— Auxiliary Proportional Switch
X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—A—Supply X43—C—Return X43—D—Signal (retract) X43—E—Signal (extend)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,000166A -19-08OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-28
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=142
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523694.03 — Aux Hydraulic In 2 Circuit Fault Auxiliary proportional switch (B15) retract control circuit voltage is above normal.
X22
X43
A2
B15
F E D C B A
X43-A
P020 RED
9
X43-E
H020 GRN
11
X43-D
H021 GRN
12
X43-C
R020 BLK
10
2
1
6
5
4
7
8
9 10 11 12
3
TX1204132 —UN—26OCT15
M L K J H G
TX1204132 Auxiliary Proportional Switch (B15) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B15— Auxiliary Proportional Switch
X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—A—Supply X43—C—Return X43—D—Signal (retract) X43—E—Signal (extend)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to high source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,000166B -19-08OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-29
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=143
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523694.04 — Aux Hydraulic In 2 Circuit Fault Auxiliary proportional switch (B15) retract control circuit voltage is below normal.
X22
X43
A2
B15
F E D C B A
X43-A
P020 RED
9
X43-E
H020 GRN
11
X43-D
H021 GRN
12
X43-C
R020 BLK
10
2
1
6
5
4
7
8
9 10 11 12
3
TX1204132 —UN—26OCT15
M L K J H G
TX1204132 Auxiliary Proportional Switch (B15) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B15— Auxiliary Proportional Switch
X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—A—Supply X43—C—Return X43—D—Signal (retract) X43—E—Signal (extend)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,000166C -19-08OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-30
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=144
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523694.12 — Aux Hydraulic In 2 Fault Auxiliary proportional switch (B15) retract control signal does not compare proportionally to hydraulic extend control signal.
X22
X43
A2
B15
F E D C B A
X43-A
P020 RED
9
X43-E
H020 GRN
11
X43-D
H021 GRN
12
X43-C
R020 BLK
10
2
1
6
5
4
7
8
9 10 11 12
3
TX1204132 —UN—26OCT15
M L K J H G
TX1204132 Auxiliary Proportional Switch (B15) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B15— Auxiliary Proportional Switch
X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—A—Supply X43—C—Return X43—D—Signal (retract) X43—E—Signal (extend)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Component malfunction. Replace component. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,000166D -19-08OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-31
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=145
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523822.04 — High Flow Switch Circuit Fault High flow switch (S8) circuit voltage is below normal.
1
P010 RED
F15
X1
A2 G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
X42-N
D
P010 RED
X42
P010 RED
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
8
X43
OFF
S8 3
H002 GRN
2
8
F E D C B A
7
G002 BLK
M L K J H G
TX1217091
TX1217091 —UN—08JUL16
P010 RED
ON
W32
X43-M
H002 GRN
High Flow Switch (S8) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S8— High Flow Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor W32—Cab Harness Ground Unit (EMU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X42—N—Supply X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—M—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Component malfunction. Perform high flow switch (S8) check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000799 -19-24JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-32
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=146
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523935.05 — Aux Hyd Extend Sol Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port (male) solenoid (Y23) circuit current is below normal.
X43
A2
Y23
2
X2
F E D C B A M L K J H G
X43-G
H034 GRN
H034 GRN 35
X43-B
R038 BLK
R038 BLK
2
1
36
TX1204138 —UN—11DEC15
1
TX1204138 Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid (Y23) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—B—Return X43—G—Supply Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000078F -19-24JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-33
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=147
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523935.06 — Aux Hyd Extend Sol Circuit Fault
Auxiliary port (male) solenoid (Y23) circuit current is above normal.
X43
A2
Y23
2
X2
F E D C B A M L K J H G
X43-G
H034 GRN
H034 GRN 35
X43-B
R038 BLK
R038 BLK
2
1
36
TX1204138 —UN—11DEC15
1
TX1204138 Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid (Y23) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—B—Return X43—G—Supply Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000790 -19-24JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-34
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=148
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523941.05 — Aux Hyd Retract Sol Circuit Fault X43
Auxiliary port (female) solenoid (Y24) circuit current is below normal. X2
A2 X43-H
H035 GRN
Y24
H035 GRN
F E D C B A M L K J H G
2
37 X43-B
R038 BLK
R038 BLK
2
1
36
TX1204062 —UN—11DEC15
1
TX1204062 Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid (Y24) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—B—Return X43—H—Supply Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000791 -19-08JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-35
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=149
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523941.06 — Aux Hyd Retract Sol Circuit Fault X43
Auxiliary port (female) solenoid (Y24) circuit current is above normal. X2
A2 X43-H
H035 GRN
Y24
H035 GRN
F E D C B A M L K J H G
2
37 X43-B
R038 BLK
R038 BLK
2
1
36
TX1204062 —UN—11DEC15
1
TX1204062 Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid (Y24) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—B—Return X43—H—Supply Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000792 -19-08JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-36
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=150
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523948.05 — Ride Control Sol 1 Circuit Fault Ride control reservoir solenoid (Y8) circuit current is below normal. Y8
1
A2
TX1217074 —UN—08JUN16
X41 X2 H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
X41-G
H051 GRN
H051 GRN 2 G004 BLK
2
1
2
W36
TX1217074
Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid (Y8) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) W36—Right Frame Ground
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—G—Supply Y8— Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000793 -19-08JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-37
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=151
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523948.06 — Ride Control Sol 1 Circuit Fault Ride control reservoir solenoid (Y8) circuit current is above normal. Y8
1
A2
TX1217074 —UN—08JUN16
X41 X2 H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
X41-G
H051 GRN
H051 GRN 2 G004 BLK
2
1
2
W36
TX1217074
Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid (Y8) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) W36—Right Frame Ground
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—G—Supply Y8— Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000794 -19-08JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-38
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=152
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523949.05 — Ride Control Sol 2 Circuit Fault Ride control accumulator solenoid (Y7) circuit current is below normal. Y7
1
A2
TX1217075 —UN—08JUN16
X41 X2 H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
X41-N
H052 GRN
H052 GRN 3 G004 BLK
2
1
2
W36
TX1217075
Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid (Y7) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) W36—Right Frame Ground
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—N—Supply Y7— Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000795 -19-08JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-39
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=153
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523949.06 — Ride Control Sol 2 Circuit Fault Ride control accumulator solenoid (Y7) circuit current is above normal. Y7
1
A2
TX1217075 —UN—08JUN16
X41 X2 H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
X41-N
H052 GRN
H052 GRN 3 G004 BLK
2
1
2
W36
TX1217075
Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid (Y7) Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) W36—Right Frame Ground
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—N—Supply Y7— Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000796 -19-08JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-40
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=154
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524225.04 — Remote Start In Circuit Fault Remote start circuit voltage is below normal.
X43
A2 M L K J H G
X43-L
V1
X2
F E D C B A
E032 WHT
E032 WHT 24
1 1
2
TX1204380 —UN—26OCT15
X10
E032 WHT B
D
C
B
A
TX1204380 Remote Start Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) V1— Remote Start Diode
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X10— Remote Start Box Connector
X43—L—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
1. Circuit is short to ground or short to low source. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000797 -19-27JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-41
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=155
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524264.11 — Checksum Fault
Component Location:
Checksum error when writing to EEPROM. Cycle power to release.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. CH57540,0001678 -19-08OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-20-42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=156
Group 30
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000630.13, 000630 is the SPN and 13 is the FMI number.
NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all hydraulic control unit (HCU) diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions may affect diagnostics and test results.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
CH57540,000163E -19-28JUN16-1/1
000630.13 — Calibration Memory Calibration
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Hydraulic control unit (HCU) watchdog timer exceeded. Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• None
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
NM95233,0000721 -19-02JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=157
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001594.00 — Left Speed In Very High Left motor speed sensor (B16) input voltage is higher than commanded pump output.
X44 A BC DE F G H 4 3 2
A4
1
1
4
2
3
B16
X44-B2
M005 VLT
2 (CW OUTPUT)
X44-A1
M006 VLT
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
X45-J2
R044 BLK
3 (GND)
X44-H2
P035 RED
1 (+5V)
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218337 —UN—11JUL16
X45
TX1218337 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B16) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—A1—Signal (counterclockB16— Left Motor Speed Sensor wise rotation) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—B2—Signal (clockwise (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 rotation)
X44—H2—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X45—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Perform left and right motor speed sensor check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Circuit is short to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000722 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=158
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001594.01 — Left Speed In Very Low Left motor speed sensor (B16) input voltage is lower than commanded pump output.
X44 A BC DE F G H 4 3 2
A4
1
1
4
2
3
B16
X44-B2
M005 VLT
2 (CW OUTPUT)
X44-A1
M006 VLT
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
X45-J2
R044 BLK
3 (GND)
X44-H2
P035 RED
1 (+5V)
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218337 —UN—11JUL16
X45
TX1218337 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B16) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—A1—Signal (counterclockB16— Left Motor Speed Sensor wise rotation) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—B2—Signal (clockwise (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 rotation)
X44—H2—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X45—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Perform left and right motor speed sensor check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000723 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=159
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001594.02 — Left Speed In Invalid Device malfunction or wiring problem leading to unreliable or bad data from left motor speed sensor (B16).
X44 A BC DE F G H 4 3 2
A4
1
1
4
2
3
B16
X44-B2
M005 VLT
2 (CW OUTPUT)
X44-A1
M006 VLT
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
X45-J2
R044 BLK
3 (GND)
X44-H2
P035 RED
1 (+5V)
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218337 —UN—11JUL16
X45
TX1218337 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B16) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—A1—Signal (counterclockB16— Left Motor Speed Sensor wise rotation) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—B2—Signal (clockwise (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 rotation)
Alarm Level:
X44—H2—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X45—J2—Return
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Perform left and right motor speed sensor check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Circuit is open. 3. Circuit is short to ground. 4. Circuit is short to power. 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000724 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=160
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001594.14 — Left Speed In Fault
direction to commanded pump output for more than a predetermined amount of time.
Left motor is turning opposite commanded direction. Filtered speed sensor feedback is opposite in
X44 A BC DE F G H 4 3 2
A4
1
1
4
2
3
B16
X44-B2
M005 VLT
2 (CW OUTPUT)
X44-A1
M006 VLT
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
X45-J2
R044 BLK
3 (GND)
X44-H2
P035 RED
1 (+5V)
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218337 —UN—11JUL16
X45
TX1218337 Left Motor Speed Sensor (B16) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—A1—Signal (counterclockB16— Left Motor Speed Sensor wise rotation) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—B2—Signal (clockwise (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 rotation)
X44—H2—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X45—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Component malfunction. Perform left and right motor speed sensor check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000725 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=161
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001595.00 — Right Speed In Very High Right motor speed sensor (B17) input is higher than commanded pump output.
X44 A BC DE F G H 4
1
4
2
3
3
A4
1
X45 4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
B17
X44-B1
M007 VLT
2 (CW OUTPUT)
X45-G2
M008 VLT
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
X45-J2
R044 BLK
3 (GND)
X44-H2
P035 RED
1 (+5V) TX1218338 —UN—11JUL16
2
TX1218338 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B17) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—B1—Signal (clockwise B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor rotation) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—H2—Supply (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—G2—Signal (counterclockwise rotation) X45—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Perform left and right motor speed sensor check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Circuit is short to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000726 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=162
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001595.01 — Right Speed In Very Low Right motor speed sensor (B17) input voltage is lower than commanded pump output.
X44 A BC DE F G H 4
1
4
2
3
3
A4
1
X45 4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
B17
X44-B1
M007 VLT
2 (CW OUTPUT)
X45-G2
M008 VLT
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
X45-J2
R044 BLK
3 (GND)
X44-H2
P035 RED
1 (+5V) TX1218338 —UN—11JUL16
2
TX1218338 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B17) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—B1—Signal (clockwise B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor rotation) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—H2—Supply (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—G2—Signal (counterclockwise rotation) X45—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. Perform left and right motor speed sensor check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000727 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=163
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001595.02 — Right Speed In Invalid Device malfunction or wiring problem leading to unreliable or bad data.
X44 A BC DE F G H 4
1
4
2
3
3
A4
1
X45 4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
B17
X44-B1
M007 VLT
2 (CW OUTPUT)
X45-G2
M008 VLT
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
X45-J2
R044 BLK
3 (GND)
X44-H2
P035 RED
1 (+5V) TX1218338 —UN—11JUL16
2
TX1218338 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B17) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—B1—Signal (clockwise B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor rotation) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—H2—Supply (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
X45—G2—Signal (counterclockwise rotation) X45—J2—Return
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Component malfunction. Perform left and right motor speed sensor check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Circuit is open. 3. Circuit is short to ground. 4. Circuit is short to power. 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000728 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=164
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001595.14 — Right Speed In Fault
direction to commanded pump output for more than a predetermined amount of time.
Right motor is turning opposite commanded direction. Filtered speed sensor feedback is opposite in
X44 A BC DE F G H 4
1
4
2
3
3
A4
1
X45 4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
B17
X44-B1
M007 VLT
2 (CW OUTPUT)
X45-G2
M008 VLT
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
X45-J2
R044 BLK
3 (GND)
X44-H2
P035 RED
1 (+5V) TX1218338 —UN—11JUL16
2
TX1218338 Right Motor Speed Sensor (B17) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—B1—Signal (clockwise B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor rotation) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—H2—Supply (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—G2—Signal (counterclockwise rotation) X45—J2—Return
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Component malfunction. Perform left and right motor speed sensor check. See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000729 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=165
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002201.09 — Right Joystick Communication Fault
Component Location:
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from right joystick controller (JSR) (A6).
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000072A -19-12JUL16-1/1
002213.09 — Left Joystick Communication Fault
Component Location:
Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from left joystick controller (JSL) (A5).
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000072B -19-12JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=166
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002660.07 — Right Joystick X Fault
Component Location:
Right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) X-axis position sensor data is inconsistent or conflicting. Alarm Level:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace component. NM95233,000072C -19-28JUN16-1/1
002661.07 — Right Joystick Y Fault
Component Location:
Right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) Y-axis position sensor data is inconsistent or conflicting. Alarm Level:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace component. NM95233,000072D -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=167
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002697.07 — Left Joystick X Fault
Component Location:
Left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) X-axis position sensor data is inconsistent or conflicting. Alarm Level:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace component. NM95233,000072E -19-28JUN16-1/1
002698.07 — Left Joystick Y Fault
Component Location:
Left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) Y-axis position sensor data is inconsistent or conflicting. Alarm Level:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace component. NM95233,000072F -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=168
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516193.03 — Left Pedal In 1 Circuit Fault Left pedal sensor (B11) is short to power (above 4.5 V). A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4
4 3 2
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
X46-F4 X46-G4
H043 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
A (SIGNAL 1)
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 2) E (GND 1)
2 3 4
1
1
TX1216753
TX1216753 —UN—11JUL16
B11
X13 H042 GRN
Left Pedal Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B11— Left Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X13— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (left)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—F4—Signal X46—G4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit short to power. 2. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000730 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=169
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516193.04 — Left Pedal In 1 Circuit Fault Left pedal sensor (B11) is short to ground (below 0.5 V). A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4
4 3 2
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
X46-F4 X46-G4
H043 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
A (SIGNAL 1)
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 2) E (GND 1)
2 3 4
1
1
TX1216753
TX1216753 —UN—11JUL16
B11
X13 H042 GRN
Left Pedal Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B11— Left Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X13— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (left)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—F4—Signal X46—G4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000731 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=170
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516193.07 — Left Pedal In 1 Fault Left pedal sensor (B11) is not calibrated. A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4
4 3 2
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
X46-F4 X46-G4
H043 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
A (SIGNAL 1)
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 2) E (GND 1)
2 3 4
1
1
TX1216753
TX1216753 —UN—11JUL16
B11
X13 H042 GRN
Left Pedal Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B11— Left Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X13— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (left)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—F4—Signal X46—G4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Possible Causes: 1. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000732 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=171
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516193.16 — Left Pedal In 1 Moderately High Left pedal sensor (B11) is out of range high. A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B11
X13
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H042 GRN
X46-G4
H043 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 2) E (GND 1)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216753
TX1216753 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-F4
Left Pedal Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B11— Left Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X13— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (left)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—F4—Signal X46—G4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NR81152,0001827 -19-02JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=172
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516193.18 — Left Pedal In 1 Moderately Low Left pedal sensor (B11) is out of range low. A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B11
X13
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H042 GRN
X46-G4
H043 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 2) E (GND 1)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216753
TX1216753 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-F4
Left Pedal Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B11— Left Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X13— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (left)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—F4—Signal X46—G4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000734 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=173
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516194.03 — Left Pedal In 2 Circuit Fault Left pedal sensor (B11) is short to power (above 4.5 V). A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4
4 3 2
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
X46-F4 X46-G4
H043 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
A (SIGNAL 1)
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 2) E (GND 1)
2 3 4
1
1
TX1216753
TX1216753 —UN—11JUL16
B11
X13 H042 GRN
Left Pedal Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B11— Left Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X13— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (left)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—F4—Signal X46—G4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit short to power. 2. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000737 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=174
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516194.04 — Left Pedal In 2 Circuit Fault Left pedal sensor (B11) is short to ground (below 0.5 V). A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4
4 3 2
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
X46-F4 X46-G4
H043 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
A (SIGNAL 1)
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 2) E (GND 1)
2 3 4
1
1
TX1216753
TX1216753 —UN—11JUL16
B11
X13 H042 GRN
Left Pedal Sensor (B11) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B11— Left Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X13— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (left)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—F4—Signal X46—G4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000738 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-19
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=175
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516195.03 — Right Pedal In 2 Circuit Fault Right pedal sensor (B12) is short to power (above 4.5 V). A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B12
X14
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H044 GRN
X46-G3
H045 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 1) E (GND 2)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216771
TX1216771 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-H4
Right Pedal Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B12— Right Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X14— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (right)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—G3—Signal X46—H4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit short to power. 2. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000739 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-20
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=176
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516195.04 — Right Pedal In 2 Circuit Fault Right pedal sensor (B12) is short to ground (below 0.5 V). A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B12
X14
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H044 GRN
X46-G3
H045 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 1) E (GND 2)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216771
TX1216771 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-H4
Right Pedal Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B12— Right Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X14— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (right)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—G3—Signal X46—H4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000073A -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-21
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=177
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516196.03 — Right Pedal In 1 Circuit Fault Right pedal sensor (B12) is short to power (above 4.5 V). A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B12
X14
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H044 GRN
X46-G3
H045 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 1) E (GND 2)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216771
TX1216771 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-H4
Right Pedal Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B12— Right Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X14— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (right)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—G3—Signal X46—H4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit short to power. 2. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000073B -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=178
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516196.04 — Right Pedal In 1 Circuit Fault Right pedal sensor (B12) is short to ground (below 0.5 V). A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B12
X14
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H044 GRN
X46-G3
H045 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 1) E (GND 2)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216771
TX1216771 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-H4
Right Pedal Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B12— Right Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X14— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (right)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—G3—Signal X46—H4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000073C -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-23
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=179
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516196.07 — Right Pedal In 1 Fault Right pedal sensor (B12) is not calibrated. A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B12
X14
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H044 GRN
X46-G3
H045 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 1) E (GND 2)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216771
TX1216771 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-H4
Right Pedal Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B12— Right Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X14— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (right)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—G3—Signal X46—H4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000073D -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-24
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=180
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516196.16 — Right Pedal In 1 Moderately High Right pedal sensor (B12) is out of range high. A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B12
X14
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H044 GRN
X46-G3
H045 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 1) E (GND 2)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216771
TX1216771 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-H4
Right Pedal Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B12— Right Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X14— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (right)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—G3—Signal X46—H4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NR81152,0001829 -19-02JUN17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-25
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=181
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516196.18 — Right Pedal In 1 Moderately Low Right pedal sensor (B12) is out of range low. A BC DE F G H 4
X46
3 2 1
F E D C B A
A4 B12
X14
X45 A BC DE F G H J K L M
H044 GRN
X46-G3
H045 GRN
X45-J1
P049 RED
X45-J2
R044 BLK
H042 GRN
2
H043 GRN
F (SIGNAL 2)
P049 RED
P049 RED P049 RED
D (+5V D) C (+5V C)
M006 VLT
M006 VLT M006 VLT
B (GND 1) E (GND 2)
3 4
A (SIGNAL 1)
1
1
TX1216771
TX1216771 —UN—11JUL16
4 3 2
X46-H4
Right Pedal Sensor (B12) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B12— Right Pedal Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X14— Right Main Harness-toX45—J1—Supply Pedal Interface Harness X45—J2—Return Connector (right)
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 3 X46—G3—Signal X46—H4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Pedal out of calibration. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000073F -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-26
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=182
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516197.06 — Hyd Port Lock Sol Circuit Fault Port lock solenoid (Y4) circuit is shorted to ground. X46 A BC DE F G H 4
A4 H041 GRN
X46-E1
A
B
3 2
TX1216797 —UN—12JUL16
B
1
Y4 A
G004 BLK
W36
TX1216797
Port Lock Solenoid (Y4) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46— Hydraulic Control Unit W36—Right Frame Ground (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3
X46—E1—Supply Y4— Port Lock Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000740 -19-25JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=183
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520652.05 — Bucket Curl Sol Circuit Fault Bucket curl solenoid (Y21) circuit is open or shorted to ground. A4 X46
2
X46-C1
1
A BC DE F G H 4
2
TX1218988 —UN—12JUL16
H033 GRN
Y21
3 2 1
1
X46-B1
R037 BLK
TX1218988 Bucket Curl Solenoid (Y21) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—B1—Return X46—C1—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NM95233,0000741 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-28
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=184
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520652.06 — Bucket Curl Sol Circuit Fault Bucket curl solenoid (Y21) circuit is shorted to power. A4 X46
2
X46-C1
1
A BC DE F G H 4
2
TX1218988 —UN—12JUL16
H033 GRN
Y21
3 2 1
1
X46-B1
R037 BLK
TX1218988 Bucket Curl Solenoid (Y21) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—B1—Return X46—C1—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000742 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-29
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=185
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520653.05 — Bucket Dump Sol Circuit Fault Bucket dump solenoid (Y22) circuit is open or shorted to ground.
A4 2
X46 X46-F1
1
A BC DE F G H 4
2
XJ1249479 —UN—15FEB18
H032 GRN
Y22
3 2 1
1
X46-F2
R036 BLK
XJ1249479 Bucket Dump Solenoid (Y22) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—C2—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit X46—F2—Return (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NM95233,0000743 -19-04JAN18-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-30
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=186
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520653.06 — Bucket Dump Sol Circuit Fault Bucket dump solenoid (Y22) circuit is shorted to power.
A4 2
X46 X46-F1
1
A BC DE F G H 4
2
XJ1249479 —UN—15FEB18
H032 GRN
Y22
3 2 1
1
X46-F2
R036 BLK
XJ1249479 Bucket Dump Solenoid (Y22) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—C2—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit X46—F2—Return (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000744 -19-04JAN18-1/1
520882.13 — Loader Threshold Calibration
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Loader threshold calibration data error or calibration has not been performed.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Calibration malfunction. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,0000745 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-31
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=187
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522377.03 — Boom Position In 1 Circuit Fault Boom position sensor (B13) is short to power (above 4.5 V).
X45
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
R062 BLK
3 (G2)
X45-C2
H046 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
X45-G3
H047 GRN
4 (SIGNAL 2)
X45-K1
P050 RED
1 (V1)
B13
2
1
4
3
TX1216806 —UN—12JUL16
A4 X45-K2
TX1216806 Boom Position Sensor (B13) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B13— Boom Position Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
X45—K2—Return
X45—C2—Signal X45—G3—Signal X45—K1—Supply
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit short to power. 2. Boom is out of calibration. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000746 -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-32
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=188
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522377.04 — Boom Position In 1 Circuit Fault Boom position sensor (B13) is short to ground (below 0.5 V).
X45
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
R062 BLK
3 (G2)
X45-C2
H046 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
X45-G3
H047 GRN
4 (SIGNAL 2)
X45-K1
P050 RED
1 (V1)
B13
2
1
4
3
TX1216806 —UN—12JUL16
A4 X45-K2
TX1216806 Boom Position Sensor (B13) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B13— Boom Position Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
X45—K2—Return
X45—C2—Signal X45—G3—Signal X45—K1—Supply
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Boom is out of calibration. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000747 -19-12JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-33
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=189
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522377.12 — Boom Position In 1 Fault Boom position sensor (B13) inputs are out of range.
X45
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
R062 BLK
3 (G2)
X45-C2
H046 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
X45-G3
H047 GRN
4 (SIGNAL 2)
X45-K1
P050 RED
1 (V1)
B13
2
1
4
3
TX1216806 —UN—12JUL16
A4 X45-K2
TX1216806 Boom Position Sensor (B13) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B13— Boom Position Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K2—Return
X45—C2—Signal X45—G3—Signal X45—K1—Supply
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Boom is out of calibration. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000748 -19-09JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-34
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=190
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522377.13 — Boom Position In 1 Calibration Boom position sensor (B13) is not calibrated.
X45
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
R062 BLK
3 (G2)
X45-C2
H046 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
X45-G3
H047 GRN
4 (SIGNAL 2)
X45-K1
P050 RED
1 (V1)
B13
2
1
4
3
TX1216806 —UN—12JUL16
A4 X45-K2
TX1216806 Boom Position Sensor (B13) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B13— Boom Position Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K2—Return
X45—C2—Signal X45—G3—Signal X45—K1—Supply
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Boom is out of calibration. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000749 -19-09JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-35
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=191
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522378.03 — Boom Position In 2 Circuit Fault Boom position sensor (B13) is short to power (above 4.5 V).
X45
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
R062 BLK
3 (G2)
X45-C2
H046 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
X45-G3
H047 GRN
4 (SIGNAL 2)
X45-K1
P050 RED
1 (V1)
B13
2
1
4
3
TX1216806 —UN—12JUL16
A4 X45-K2
TX1216806 Boom Sensor (B13) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B13— Boom Position Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
X45—K2—Return
X45—C2—Signal X45—G3—Signal X45—K1—Supply
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit short to power. 2. Boom is out of calibration. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,000074B -19-28JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-36
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=192
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522378.04 — Boom Position In 2 Circuit Fault Boom position sensor (B13) is short to ground (below 0.5 V).
X45
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
R062 BLK
3 (G2)
X45-C2
H046 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
X45-G3
H047 GRN
4 (SIGNAL 2)
X45-K1
P050 RED
1 (V1)
B13
2
1
4
3
TX1216806 —UN—12JUL16
A4 X45-K2
TX1216806 Boom Position Sensor (B13) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B13— Boom Position Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
X45—K2—Return
X45—C2—Signal X45—G3—Signal X45—K1—Supply
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Circuit Information:
Possible Causes:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Boom is out of calibration. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,000074C -19-12JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-37
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=193
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522436.03 — Bucket Position In 1 Circuit Fault X45 ABC D E FG H J K 4 3 2 1
A
B C D E F G H J K
Bucket position sensor (B14) is short to power (above 4.5 V).
X46 L
L
M 4 3 2
4
1
1
A BC DE F G H
3 2
M 1
B14 4
X30 H049 GRN
X46-E3
H048 GRN
X45-K1
P050 RED
X45-K2
R062 BLK
3 2 1 4
X58 H049 GRN
3
H048 GRN
H048 GRN
2
P050 RED
P050 RED
1
R062 BLK
B14
X37 H049 GRN
R062 BLK
4
1 2 3 4
H049 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
H048 GRN
5 (SIGNAL 2)
P050 RED
4 (V1)
R062 BLK
6 (G2)
TX1237772
TX1237772 —UN—02JUN17
A4 X46-E4
Bucket Position Sensor (B14) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X37— Quik-Tatch™ Boom B14— Bucket Position Sensor Harness-to-Bucket X30— Right Main HarnessPosition Sensor Harness to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame 4-Pin Connector Harness (self level) 4-Pin X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Connector (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K1—Supply X45—K2—Return X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 X46—E3—Signal X46—E4—Signal X58— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness 4-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (Boom Performance) (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit short to power. 2. Bucket is out of calibration. See Angle Sensor Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001820 -19-19MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-38
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=194
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522436.04 — Bucket Position In 1 Circuit Fault X45 ABC D E FG H J K 4 3 2 1
A
B C D E F G H J K
Bucket position sensor (B14) is short to ground (below 0.5 V).
X46 L
L
M 4 3 2
4
1
1
A BC DE F G H
3 2
M 1
B14 4
X30 H049 GRN
X46-E3
H048 GRN
X45-K1
P050 RED
X45-K2
R062 BLK
3 2 1 4
X58 H049 GRN
3
H048 GRN
H048 GRN
2
P050 RED
P050 RED
1
R062 BLK
B14
X37 H049 GRN
R062 BLK
4
1 2 3 4
H049 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
H048 GRN
5 (SIGNAL 2)
P050 RED
4 (V1)
R062 BLK
6 (G2)
TX1237772
TX1237772 —UN—02JUN17
A4 X46-E4
Bucket Position Sensor (B14) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X37— Quik-Tatch™ Boom B14— Bucket Position Sensor Harness-to-Bucket X30— Right Main HarnessPosition Sensor Harness to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame 4-Pin Connector Harness (self level) 4-Pin X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Connector (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K1—Supply X45—K2—Return X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 X46—E3—Signal X46—E4—Signal X58— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness 4-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (Boom Performance) (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Bucket is out of calibration. See Angle Sensor Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001822 -19-11MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-39
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=195
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522436.12 — Bucket Position In 1 Fault Bucket position sensor (B14) inputs are out of range. X45 ABC D E FG H J K 4 3 2 1
A
B C D E F G H J K
X46 L
L
M 4 3 2
4
1
1
A BC DE F G H
3 2
M 1
B14 4
X30
X46-E4
H049 GRN
X46-E3
H048 GRN
X45-K1
P050 RED
X45-K2
R062 BLK
3 2 1 4
X58 H049 GRN
H049 GRN
3
H048 GRN
H048 GRN
2
P050 RED
P050 RED
1
R062 BLK
B14
X37
R062 BLK
4
1 2 3 4
H049 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
H048 GRN
5 (SIGNAL 2)
P050 RED
4 (V1)
R062 BLK
6 (G2)
TX1237772
TX1237772 —UN—02JUN17
A4
Bucket Position Sensor (B14) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X37— Quik-Tatch™ Boom B14— Bucket Position Sensor Harness-to-Bucket X30— Right Main HarnessPosition Sensor Harness to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame 4-Pin Connector Harness (self level) 4-Pin X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Connector (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K1—Supply X45—K2—Return X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 X46—E3—Signal X46—E4—Signal X58— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness 4-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (Boom Performance)
Possible Causes: 1. Bucket is out of calibration. See Angle Sensor Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001823 -19-11MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-40
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=196
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522436.13 — Bucket Position In 1 Calibration Bucket position sensor (B14) is not calibrated. X45 ABC D E FG H J K 4 3 2 1
A
B C D E F G H J K
X46 L
L
M 4 3 2
4
1
1
A BC DE F G H
3 2
M 1
B14 4
X30
X46-E4
H049 GRN
X46-E3
H048 GRN
X45-K1
P050 RED
X45-K2
R062 BLK
3 2 1 4
X58 H049 GRN
H049 GRN
3
H048 GRN
H048 GRN
2
P050 RED
P050 RED
1
R062 BLK
B14
X37
R062 BLK
4
1 2 3 4
H049 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
H048 GRN
5 (SIGNAL 2)
P050 RED
4 (V1)
R062 BLK
6 (G2)
TX1237772
TX1237772 —UN—02JUN17
A4
Bucket Position Sensor (B14) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X37— Quik-Tatch™ Boom B14— Bucket Position Sensor Harness-to-Bucket X30— Right Main HarnessPosition Sensor Harness to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame 4-Pin Connector Harness (self level) 4-Pin X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Connector (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K1—Supply X45—K2—Return X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 X46—E3—Signal X46—E4—Signal X58— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness 4-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (Boom Performance)
Possible Causes: 1. Bucket is out of calibration. See Angle Sensor Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001824 -19-11MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-41
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=197
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522437.03 — Bucket Position In 2 Circuit Fault X45 ABC D E FG H J K 4 3 2 1
A
B C D E F G H J K
Bucket position sensor (B14) is short to power (above 4.5 V).
X46 L
L
M 4 3 2
4
1
1
A BC DE F G H
3 2
M 1
B14 4
X30 H049 GRN
X46-E3
H048 GRN
X45-K1
P050 RED
X45-K2
R062 BLK
3 2 1 4
X58 H049 GRN
3
H048 GRN
H048 GRN
2
P050 RED
P050 RED
1
R062 BLK
B14
X37 H049 GRN
R062 BLK
4
1 2 3 4
H049 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
H048 GRN
5 (SIGNAL 2)
P050 RED
4 (V1)
R062 BLK
6 (G2)
TX1237772
TX1237772 —UN—02JUN17
A4 X46-E4
Bucket Position Sensor (B14) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X37— Quik-Tatch™ Boom B14— Bucket Position Sensor Harness-to-Bucket X30— Right Main HarnessPosition Sensor Harness to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame 4-Pin Connector Harness (self level) 4-Pin X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Connector (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K1—Supply X45—K2—Return X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 X46—E3—Signal X46—E4—Signal X58— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness 4-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (Boom Performance) (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit short to power. 2. Bucket is out of calibration. See Angle Sensor Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001825 -19-11MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=198
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522437.04 — Bucket Position In 2 Circuit Fault X45 ABC D E FG H J K 4 3 2 1
A
B C D E F G H J K
Bucket position sensor (B14) is short to ground (below 0.5 V).
X46 L
L
M 4 3 2
4
1
1
A BC DE F G H
3 2
M 1
B14 4
X30 H049 GRN
X46-E3
H048 GRN
X45-K1
P050 RED
X45-K2
R062 BLK
3 2 1 4
X58 H049 GRN
3
H048 GRN
H048 GRN
2
P050 RED
P050 RED
1
R062 BLK
B14
X37 H049 GRN
R062 BLK
4
1 2 3 4
H049 GRN
2 (SIGNAL 1)
H048 GRN
5 (SIGNAL 2)
P050 RED
4 (V1)
R062 BLK
6 (G2)
TX1237772
TX1237772 —UN—02JUN17
A4 X46-E4
Bucket Position Sensor (B14) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X37— Quik-Tatch™ Boom B14— Bucket Position Sensor Harness-to-Bucket X30— Right Main HarnessPosition Sensor Harness to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame 4-Pin Connector Harness (self level) 4-Pin X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Connector (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K1—Supply X45—K2—Return X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 X46—E3—Signal X46—E4—Signal X58— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness 4-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (Boom Performance) (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Bucket is out of calibration. See Angle Sensor Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001826 -19-11MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-43
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=199
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522447.05 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Circuit Fault
Right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) return circuit is open or shorted to ground.
A4
2
1
X45 X45-D3
1
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
TX1218989 —UN—12JUL16
T031 BLU
Y16
1
2
X45-C3
R031 BLK
TX1218989 Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y16) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—C3—Return X45— Hydraulic Control Unit X45—D3—Supply (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NM95233,0000753 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-44
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=200
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522447.06 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Circuit Fault
Right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) return circuit is shorted to power.
A4
2
1
X45 X45-D3
1
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
TX1218989 —UN—12JUL16
T031 BLU
Y16
1
2
X45-C3
R031 BLK
TX1218989 Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y16) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—C3—Return X45— Hydraulic Control Unit X45—D3—Supply (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000754 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-45
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=201
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522448.05 — Right Pump Rev Sol Circuit Fault
Right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) circuit is open or shorted to ground.
A4
2
X45-A4
T030 BLU 1
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218990 —UN—12JUL16
X45
Y15
1
2
X45-B4
R030 BLK
TX1218990 Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y15) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—A4—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit X45—B4—Return (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NM95233,0000755 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-46
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=202
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522448.06 — Right Pump Rev Sol Circuit Fault
Right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) circuit is shorted to power.
A4
2
X45-A4
T030 BLU 1
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218990 —UN—12JUL16
X45
Y15
1
2
X45-B4
R030 BLK
TX1218990 Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y15) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—A4—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit X45—B4—Return (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000756 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-47
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=203
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522449.05 — Left Pump Rev Sol Circuit Fault Left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17) circuit is open or shorted to ground. 2
1
A4 X46-C2
T032 BLU 1
Y17
XJ1249476 —UN—03JAN18
X46 A BC DE F G H 4 3 2 1
2
X46-A1
R032 BLK
XJ1249476 Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y17) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—A1—Return X46—F1—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NM95233,0000757 -19-03JAN18-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-48
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=204
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522449.06 — Left Pump Rev Sol Circuit Fault Left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17) circuit is shorted to power. 2
1
A4 X46-C2
T032 BLU 1
Y17
XJ1249476 —UN—03JAN18
X46 A BC DE F G H 4 3 2 1
2
X46-A1
R032 BLK
XJ1249476 Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y17) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—A1—Return X46—F1—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000758 -19-03JAN18-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-49
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=205
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522450.05 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Circuit Fault Left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18) circuit is open or shorted to ground. 2
1
X46
X46-B2
T033 BLU 1
TX1218991 —UN—12JUL16
A4 Y18
A BC DE F G H 4 3 2 1
2
X46-A2
R033 BLK
TX1218991 Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y18) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—A2—Return X46—B2—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NM95233,0000759 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-50
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=206
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522450.06 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Circuit Fault Left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18) circuit is shorted to power. 2
1
X46
X46-B2
T033 BLU 1
TX1218991 —UN—12JUL16
A4 Y18
A BC DE F G H 4 3 2 1
2
X46-A2
R033 BLK
TX1218991 Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y18) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—A2—Return X46—B2—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000075A -19-11JUL16-1/1
522507.13 — Loader Angle Calibration
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Loader angle sensor calibration data error or calibration has not been performed.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Calibration malfunction. See Angle Sensor Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NR81152,000182F -19-11MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-51
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=207
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523108.13 — Transmission Calibration
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Transmission calibration error or transmission calibration has not been performed.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Possible Causes:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
1. Calibration failed. See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Calibration aborted. See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000075B -19-04JUN16-1/1
523217.03 — Hyd Valve Power 3 Circuit Fault Hydraulic valve power 3 supply from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) is shorted to power or
the hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) and EMU valve power interlock is not working correctly. Hydraulic valve power 3 status expected to be off, but is on for a predetermined amount of time. TX1218992 —UN—12JUL16
X44 X43 A BC DE F G H 4
A4
A2
3 2 1
X2 X44-H4
P032 RED
F E D C B A
P032 RED
4
X43-F
M L K J H G
TX1218992 Hydraulic Valve Power 3 Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X44—H4—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X43—F—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000075C -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-52
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=208
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523217.04 — Hyd Valve Power 3 Circuit Fault Hydraulic valve power 3 from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) is shorted to ground, has open circuit,
or the EMU and hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) valve power interlock is not working correctly. Hydraulic valve power 3 status expected to be on, but is off for a predetermined amount of time. TX1218992 —UN—12JUL16
X44 X43 A BC DE F G H 4
A4
A2
3 2 1
X2 X44-H4
P032 RED
F E D C B A
P032 RED
4
X43-F
M L K J H G
TX1218992 Hydraulic Valve Power 3 Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X43—F—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1
X44—H4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000075D -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-53
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=209
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Hydrostatic valve power 2 supply from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) is shorted to power or the hydraulic
control unit (HCU) (A4) and EMU valve power interlock is not working correctly. Valve power 2 status expected to be off, but is on for a predetermined amount of time. X41
X45
A4 4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
TX1218993 —UN—12JUL16
523218.03 — Hst Valve Power Circuit Fault
A2 X2
X45-L4
P033 RED
P033 RED
5
X41-H
H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
1
TX1218993 Hydrostatic Valve Power 2 Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X45—L4—Signal
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X41—H—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000075E -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-54
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=210
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Hydrostatic valve power 2 from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) is shorted to ground, has open
circuit, or the EMU and hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) valve power interlock is not working correctly. Propel valve power 2 status expected to be off, but is on for a predetermined amount of time. X41
X45
A4 4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
TX1218993 —UN—12JUL16
523218.04 — Hst Valve Power Circuit Fault
A2 X2
X45-L4
P033 RED
P033 RED
5
X41-H
H S
G R
F P
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
1
TX1218993 Hydrostatic Valve Power 2 Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1
X41—H—Supply X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—L4—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000075F -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-55
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=211
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523219.03 — Hyd Valve Power 1 Circuit Fault Hydraulic valve power 1 supply from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) is shorted to power or
the hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) and EMU valve power interlock is not working correctly. Hydraulic valve power 1 status expected to be off, but is on for a predetermined amount of time.
TX1218994 —UN—12JUL16
X43
X46 A BC DE F G H 4
A4
A2 X2
3 2
X46-H1
P032 RED
1
F E D C B A
X43-F
M L K J H G
X43—F—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3
X46—H1—Signal
P032 RED
4
TX1218994 Hydraulic Valve Power 1 Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000760 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-56
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=212
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523219.04 — Hyd Valve Power 1 Circuit Fault Hydraulic valve power 1 from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) is shorted to ground, has open circuit,
or the EMU and hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) valve power interlock is not working correctly. Hydraulic valve power 1 status expected to be on, but is off for a predetermined amount of time.
TX1218994 —UN—12JUL16
X43
X46 A BC DE F G H 4
A4
A2 X2
3 2
X46-H1
P032 RED
1
F E D C B A
X43-F
M L K J H G
X43—F—Supply X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3
X46—H1—Signal
P032 RED
4
TX1218994 Hydraulic Valve Power 1 Circuit Schematic A2—Engagement and Monitor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) Harness 47-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is shorted to ground. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000761 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-57
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=213
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523411.05 — Boom Down Sol Circuit Fault Boom down solenoid (Y20) return circuit is open or shorted to ground. A4 X44
2
X44-D4
1
A BC DE F G H 4
2
TX1218995 —UN—12JUL16
H031 GRN
Y20
3 2 1
1
X44-E4
R035 BLK
TX1218995 Boom Down Solenoid (Y20) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—D4—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—E4—Return (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Y20— Boom Down Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NM95233,0000762 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-58
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=214
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523411.06 — Boom Down Sol Circuit Fault Boom down solenoid (Y20) return circuit is shorted to power. A4 X44
2
X44-D4
1
A BC DE F G H 4
2
TX1218995 —UN—12JUL16
H031 GRN
Y20
3 2 1
1
X44-E4
R035 BLK
TX1218995 Boom Down Solenoid (Y20) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—D4—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—E4—Return (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Y20— Boom Down Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000763 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-59
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=215
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523411.16 — Boom Down Sol Moderately High
Boom down solenoid (Y20) current is out of range high.
A4 X44
2
X44-D4
1
A BC DE F G H 4
2
TX1218995 —UN—12JUL16
H031 GRN
Y20
3 2 1
1
X44-E4
R035 BLK
TX1218995 Boom Down Solenoid (Y20) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—D4—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X44—E4—Return (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Y20— Boom Down Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NR81152,0001830 -19-27APR17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-60
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=216
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523414.05 — Boom Up Sol Circuit Fault Boom up solenoid (Y19) return circuit is open or shorted to ground. A4 2
X44 X44-C4
1
A BC DE F G H
2
4
TX1218997 —UN—12JUL16
H030 GRN
Y19
3 2 1
1
X44-B4
R034 BLK
TX1218997 Boom Up Solenoid (Y19) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—B4—Return X44—C4—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Y19— Boom Up Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Circuit is open. Circuit is shorted to ground. Software malfunction. Program controller. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NM95233,0000764 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-61
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=217
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523414.06 — Boom Up Sol Circuit Fault Boom up solenoid (Y19) return circuit is shorted to power. A4 2
X44 X44-C4
1
A BC DE F G H
2
4
TX1218997 —UN—12JUL16
H030 GRN
Y19
3 2 1
1
X44-B4
R034 BLK
TX1218997 Boom Up Solenoid (Y19) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—B4—Return X44—C4—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Y19— Boom Up Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000765 -19-11JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-62
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=218
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523414.16 — Boom Up Sol Moderately High Boom up solenoid (Y19) current out of range high. A4 2
X44 X44-C4
1
A BC DE F G H
2
4
TX1218997 —UN—12JUL16
H030 GRN
Y19
3 2 1
1
X44-B4
R034 BLK
TX1218997 Boom Up Solenoid (Y19) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—B4—Return X44—C4—Supply X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Y19— Boom Up Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is shorted to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NR81152,0001831 -19-27APR17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-63
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=219
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-30-64
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=220
Group 40
Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 002697.03, 002697 is the SPN and 03 is the FMI number.
NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all left joystick controller (JSL) DTCs, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions may affect diagnostics and test results.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
CH57540,000167A -19-02JUN16-1/1
002697.03 — Left Joystick X Circuit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Either or both X-axis sensors are out of range high (above 4.8 V). Left joystick internal malfunction.
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Component Location:
CH57540,000167B -19-26OCT15-1/1
002697.04 — Left Joystick X Circuit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Either or both X-axis sensors are out of range low (below 0.2 V). Left joystick internal malfunction.
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted to ground. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component. CH57540,000167C -19-20NOV15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-40-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=221
Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002697.13 — Left Joystick X Calibration
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Either or both X-axis sensors are not giving the expected output. X-axis calibration data is missing or corrupt.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Possible Causes:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Calibration malfunction. See Hydrostatic System Calibration or see Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,000167D -19-20NOV15-1/1
002697.14 — Left Joystick X Fault
Component Location:
Two X-axis sensor readings do not correspond with respect to one another within an acceptable range. Left joystick internal malfunction.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component. CH57540,000167E -19-20NOV15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-40-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=222
Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002698.03 — Left Joystick Y Circuit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Either or both Y-axis sensors are out of range high (above 4.8 V). Left joystick internal malfunction.
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Component Location:
CH57540,000167F -19-20NOV15-1/1
002698.04 — Left Joystick Y Circuit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Either or both Y-axis sensors are out of range low (below 0.2 V). Left joystick internal malfunction.
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted to ground. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component. CH57540,0001680 -19-20NOV15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-40-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=223
Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002698.13 — Left Joystick Y Calibration
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Either or both Y-axis sensors are not giving the expected output. Y-axis calibration data is missing or corrupt.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Possible Causes:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Calibration malfunction. See Hydrostatic System Calibration or see Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,0001681 -19-30NOV15-1/1
002698.14 — Left Joystick Y Fault
Component Location:
Two Y-axis sensor readings do not correspond with respect to one another within an acceptable range. Left joystick internal malfunction.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component. CH57540,0001682 -19-20NOV15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-40-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=224
Group 50
Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 002660.03, 002660 is the SPN and 03 is the FMI number.
NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all right joystick controller (JSR) DTCs, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions may affect diagnostics and test results.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company
CH57540,0001683 -19-02JUN16-1/1
002660.03 — Right Joystick X Circuit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Either or both X-axis sensors are out of range high (above 4.8 V). Right joystick internal malfunction.
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Component Location:
CH57540,0001684 -19-27JAN16-1/1
002660.04 — Right Joystick X Circuit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Either or both X-axis sensors are out of range low (below 0.2 V). Right joystick internal malfunction.
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted to ground. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component. CH57540,0001685 -19-26OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-50-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=225
Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002660.13 — Right Joystick X Calibration
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Either or both X-axis sensors are not giving the expected output. X-axis calibration data is missing or corrupt.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Possible Causes:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Calibration malfunction. See Boom and Bucket Calibration or see Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,0001686 -19-26OCT15-1/1
002660.14 — Right Joystick X Fault
Component Location:
Two X-axis sensor readings do not correspond with respect to one another within an acceptable range. Right joystick internal malfunction.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component. CH57540,0001687 -19-26OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-50-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=226
Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002661.03 — Right Joystick Y Circuit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Either or both Y-axis sensors are out of range high (above 4.8 V). Right joystick internal malfunction.
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is shorted to power. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Component Location:
CH57540,0001688 -19-26OCT15-1/1
002661.04 — Right Joystick Y Circuit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
Either or both Y-axis sensors are out of range low (below 0.2 V). Right joystick internal malfunction.
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
9015-10.)
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted to ground. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component. CH57540,0001689 -19-26OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-50-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=227
Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002661.13 — Right Joystick Y Calibration
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Either or both Y-axis sensors are not giving the expected output. Y-axis calibration data is missing or corrupt.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Possible Causes:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Calibration malfunction. See Boom and Bucket Calibration or see Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Component malfunction. Replace component.
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
CH57540,000168A -19-26OCT15-1/1
002661.14 — Right Joystick Y Fault
Component Location:
Two Y-axis sensor readings do not correspond with respect to one another within an acceptable range. Right joystick internal malfunction.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Code-Induced Condition:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Component malfunction. Replace component. CH57540,000168B -19-26OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-50-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=228
Group 60
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
ADVISOR™. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000629.12, 629 is the SPN and 12 is the FMI number.
Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SSM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement monitor unit (EMU) or by using Service Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company CH57540,00015FB -19-28OCT15-1/1
000629.12 — Control Unit Fault
Component Location:
Sealed switch module (SSM) controller area network (CAN) communication attempt has timed out.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Red Stop Lamp
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015D7 -19-18SEP15-1/1
002033.09 — VCU Communication Fault Controller area network (CAN) communication error; sealed switch module (SSM) has lost communication with vehicle control unit (VCU).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Amber Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NM95233,000071B -19-01JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=229
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002634.04 — Ignition Relay Circuit Fault Sealed switch module (SSM) (A1) switched power relay (K8) signal circuit is shorted to ground.
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
A1 1
6
2
5
3
4
V2
X2 A1-3
J006 TAN
J006 TAN
42
J007 TAN B4
K8
X82 12
1 TX1217799 —UN—28JUN16
A
G004 BLK
C3 E
W36
TX1217799 Switched Power Relay (K8) Signal Circuit Schematic A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) V2— Polarity Sensing Diode A1—3—Signal W36—Right Frame Ground K8—Switched Power Relay
X2— Cab Harness-to-Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X82— Main Harness Fuse Block Right
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is shorted to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
NM95233,000071C -19-20JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=230
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002634.05 — Ignition Relay Circuit Fault
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Sealed switch module (SSM) (A1) switched power relay (K8) signal circuit is open.
A1 1
6
2
5
3
4
V2
X2 A1-3
J006 TAN
J006 TAN
42
J007 TAN B4
K8
X82 12
1 TX1217799 —UN—28JUN16
A
G004 BLK
C3 E
W36
TX1217799 Switched Power Relay (K8) Signal Circuit Schematic A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) V2— Polarity Sensing Diode A1—3—Signal W36—Right Frame Ground K8—Switched Power Relay
X2— Cab Harness-to-Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X82— Main Harness Fuse Block Right
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is open. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
NM95233,000071D -19-20JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=231
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003997.04 — Wake Up Output Circuit Fault
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Sealed switch module (SSM) (A1) accessory relay (K4) signal circuit is short to ground.
A1
2
5
3
4
V2
X2
6 A1-3
J006 TAN
J006 TAN
42
J007 TAN B2
X82 12
1
K4
A
E
TX1216686 —UN—28JUN16
1
G004 BLK
C1
W36
TX1216686 Accessory Relay (K4) Signal Circuit Schematic A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) V2— Polarity Sensing Diode A1—3—Signal W36—Right Frame Ground K4—Accessory Relay
X2— Cab Harness-to-Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X82— Main Harness Fuse Block Right
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
NM95233,000071E -19-20JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=232
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003997.05 — Wake Up Output Circuit Fault
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Sealed switch module (SSM) (A1) accessory relay (K4) signal circuit is open.
A1
2
5
3
4
V2
X2
6 A1-3
J006 TAN
J006 TAN
42
J007 TAN B2
X82 12
1
K4
A
E
TX1216686 —UN—28JUN16
1
G004 BLK
C1
W36
TX1216686 Accessory Relay (K4) Signal Circuit Schematic A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) V2— Polarity Sensing Diode A1—3—Signal W36—Right Frame Ground K4—Accessory Relay
X2— Cab Harness-to-Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X82— Main Harness Fuse Block Right
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Alarm Level:
(Group 9015-10.)
• Amber Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
1. Circuit is open. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
9015-10.)
NM95233,000071F -19-20JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=233
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523850.04 — SSM Button 15 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Return-to-dig switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NR81152,0001819 -19-20APR17-1/1
523850.09 — SSM Button 15 Communication Fault
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
No LED response from return-to-dig switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NR81152,000181A -19-20APR17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=234
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523852.04 — SSM Button 14 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Return-to-carry switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NR81152,000181B -19-20APR17-1/1
523852.09 — SSM Button 14 Communication Fault
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
No LED response from return-to-carry switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NR81152,000181C -19-20APR17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=235
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523854.04 — SSM Button 13 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Boom height kick out (BHKO) switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015E1 -19-14SEP15-1/1
523854.09 — SSM Button 13 Communication Fault No LED response from boom height kick out (BHKO) switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015E2 -19-14SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=236
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523855.04 — SSM Button 12 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Electronic self leveling switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Machine Response:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NR81152,000181D -19-20APR17-1/1
523855.09 — SSM Button 12 Communication Fault No LED response from electronic self leveling switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NR81152,000181E -19-20APR17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=237
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523856.04 — SSM Button 11 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015E5 -19-14SEP15-1/1
523856.09 — SSM Button 11 Communication Fault No LED response for ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015E6 -19-14SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=238
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523857.04 — SSM Button 10 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Hydraulic response switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015E7 -19-14SEP15-1/1
523857.09 — SSM Button 10 Communication Fault No LED response for hydraulic response switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015E8 -19-14SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=239
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523858.04 — SSM Button 9 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Pattern select switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015E9 -19-24SEP15-1/1
523858.09 — SSM Button 9 Communication Fault
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
No LED response for pattern select switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015EA -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=240
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523860.04 — SSM Button 8 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Accelerator/decelerator switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015EB -19-24SEP15-1/1
523860.09 — SSM Button 8 Communication Fault No LED response from accelerator/decelerator switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015EC -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=241
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523861.04 — SSM Button 7 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Transmission response switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015ED -19-24SEP15-1/1
523861.09 — SSM Button 7 Communication Fault No LED response for transmission response switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015EE -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=242
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523862.04 — SSM Button 6 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Switch 6 on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015EF -19-24SEP15-1/1
523862.09 — SSM Button 6 Communication Fault
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
No LED response for switch 6 on sealed switch module (SSM).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F0 -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=243
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523863.04 — SSM Button 5 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Switch 5 on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F1 -19-24SEP15-1/1
523863.09 — SSM Button 5 Communication Fault
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
No LED response for switch 5 on sealed switch module (SSM).
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F2 -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=244
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523864.04 — SSM Button 4 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Park brake switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F3 -19-24SEP15-1/1
523864.09 — SSM Button 4 Communication Fault No LED response for park brake switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F4 -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=245
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523865.04 — SSM Button 3 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Hydraulic enable switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F5 -19-24SEP15-1/1
523865.09 — SSM Button 3 Communication Fault No LED response for hydraulic enable switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F6 -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=246
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523867.04 — SSM Button 2 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F7 -19-24SEP15-1/1
523867.09 — SSM Button 2 Communication Fault No LED response for engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F8 -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-19
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=247
Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523868.04 — SSM Button 1 Circuit Fault
Component Location:
Engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
9015-10.)
• Not Applicable Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Code-Induced Condition:
Possible Causes:
• None
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. 2. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015F9 -19-24SEP15-1/1
523868.09 — SSM Button 1 Communication Fault No LED response for engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NOTE: The SSM does not store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs); when switched power is restored, the SSM resets and all codes are lost.
Additional References:
Alarm Level:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• No Warning Indicator Code-Induced Condition:
• None Circuit Information:
• Not Applicable
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace SSM.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CH57540,00015FA -19-24SEP15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-60-20
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=248
Group 70
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000158.03, 000158 is the SPN and 03 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all vehicle control unit (VCU) diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions may affect diagnostics and test results. NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,0000708 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=249
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000100.03 — Oil Pressure Circuit Fault Engine oil pressure switch (B5115) voltage is above normal.
1 F15 X55 P010 RED
6
A 1.2K OHM
A
X5501 38
19
1
A5500
60
R5600
B
X5501-29 80
B
N001 YEL
TX1238214 —UN—02MAY17
P010 RED
N001 YEL N001 YEL
40
1
B5115
A
TX1238214 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (B5115) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B5115—Engine Oil Pressure Switch
F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—29—Signal R5600—Engine Oil Pressure Main Harness Connector 3 Switch Resistor X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 80-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to power. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller. NR81152,0001832 -19-12MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=250
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.03 — System Voltage Circuit Fault Switched power (1) circuit voltage is above normal.
1
A BC DE F G H J K L M
TX1218812 —UN—07JUL16
X45 F15
4 3 2
A4
1
X45-M1
P010 RED
TX1218812 Switched Power (1) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse X45—M1—Supply A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Component malfunction. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,00006F8 -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=251
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000158.04 — System Voltage Circuit Fault Switched power (1) circuit voltage is below normal.
1
A BC DE F G H J K L M
TX1218812 —UN—07JUL16
X45 F15
4 3 2
A4
1
X45-M1
P010 RED
TX1218812 Switched Power (1) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse X45—M1—Supply A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator • Audible Alarm
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• None
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,00006F9 -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=252
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.03 — Battery Voltage Circuit Fault Unswitched power (2) circuit voltage is above normal.
2 TX1217962 —UN—07JUL16
X45 F1 4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
A4 X53 X45-L1
P004 RED
P004 RED
6
1
TX1217962 Unswitched Power (2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Fuse X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—L1—Supply X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 1
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
1. Component malfunction. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.) • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00006FA -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=253
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04 — Battery Voltage Circuit Fault Unswitched power (2) circuit voltage is below normal.
2 TX1217962 —UN—07JUL16
X45 F1 4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
A4 X53 X45-L1
P004 RED
P004 RED
6
1
TX1217962 Unswitched Power (2) Circuit Schematic 2— Unswitched Power F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Fuse X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
X45—L1—Supply X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 1
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Component Location:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Circuit is open. Circuit is short to ground. Circuit is short to power. Component malfunction. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,00006FB -19-22JUN16-1/1
000628.12 — Programming Fault
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
The vehicle control unit (VCU) is stuck in boot lock. Application software is not running.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,00006FC -19-31MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=254
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000977.05 — Fan Direction Sol Circuit Fault
NOTE: Malfunction of hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) will cause DTCs 000977.05 and 521466.05 to become active.
Hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) circuit is open, or the return side of the coil is short to ground. A4
X101
A BC DE F G H J K L M
E043 WHT
X45-G4
2
E043 WHT
7
1
2
1
TX1238219 —UN—02MAY17
4 3 2
Y32
X45
1
G004 BLK
W37
TX1238219
Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid (Y32) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—G4—Signal W37—Fuel Tank Ground X101— Right Main Harness-toX45— Hydraulic Control Unit Rear Engine Harness (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 12-Pin Connector
Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
1. Circuit is open. 2. Coil short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller. NR81152,0001835 -19-03MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=255
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000977.06 — Fan Direction Sol Circuit Fault
NOTE: Malfunction of hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) will cause DTCs 000977.06 and 521466.06 to become active.
Hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) circuit is short to ground. A4
X101
A BC DE F G H J K L M
E043 WHT
X45-G4
2
E043 WHT
7
1
2
1
TX1238219 —UN—02MAY17
4 3 2
Y32
X45
1
G004 BLK
W37
TX1238219
Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid (Y32) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—G4—Signal W37—Fuel Tank Ground X101— Right Main Harness-toX45— Hydraulic Control Unit Rear Engine Harness (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 12-Pin Connector
Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NR81152,0001836 -19-03MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=256
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001071.05 — Fan Speed Sol Circuit Fault Hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) circuit is short to ground.
X44
2
A4 4 3
X44-B3
E042 WHT
X44-A3
R050 BLK
3
E042 WHT
TX1238220 —UN—02MAY17
Y30
X101
A BC DE F G H
1
2 1
8
2
R050 BLK
1
TX1238220 Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid (Y30) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—A3—Return X44—B3—Signal X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X101— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector
Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation.
(Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed Test. (Group 9025-25.)
Component Location:
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NR81152,0001837 -19-03MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=257
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001071.06 — Fan Speed Sol Circuit Fault Hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) circuit is short to power.
X44
2
A4 4 3
X44-B3
E042 WHT
X44-A3
R050 BLK
3
E042 WHT
TX1238220 —UN—02MAY17
Y30
X101
A BC DE F G H
1
2 1
8
2
R050 BLK
1
TX1238220 Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid (Y30) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44—A3—Return X44—B3—Signal X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X101— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector
Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation.
(Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed Test. (Group 9025-25.)
Component Location:
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NR81152,0001838 -19-03MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=258
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001508.00 — Hydraulic Oil Temp Very High Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) circuit voltage is 1.176 volts or less for more than 5 seconds. X44 A BC DE F G H
A4
3
A
B2
2 1
X44-F1
X002 YEL
B2
X45-K2
R062 BLK
B B
X45
A
TX1218820 —UN—26SEP16
4
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218820 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Sensor
Alarm Level:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Machine Response:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
X45—K2—Return
Additional References:
• Red Stop Lamp
(Group 9015-10.)
X44—F1—Signal X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Possible Causes: 1. Hydraulic oil is overheating. See Hydraulic Oil Overheats. (Group 9015-15.) 2. Circuit is short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• Not Applicable NM95233,00006FD -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=259
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001508.03 — Hydraulic Oil Temp Circuit Fault Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) circuit voltage is greater than 4.96 volts for more than 4 seconds. X44 A BC DE F G H
A4
3
A
B2
2 1
X44-F1
X002 YEL
B2
X45-K2
R062 BLK
B B
X45
A
TX1218820 —UN—26SEP16
4
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218820 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Sensor
Alarm Level:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Machine Response:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
X45—K2—Return
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
(Group 9015-10.)
X44—F1—Signal X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is open. 2. Circuit is short to power. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• Not Applicable NM95233,00006FE -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=260
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001508.04 — Hydraulic Oil Temp Circuit Fault Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) circuit voltage is less than 0.27 volts for more than 4 seconds. X44 A BC DE F G H
A4
3
A
B2
2 1
X44-F1
X002 YEL
B2
X45-K2
R062 BLK
B B
X45
A
TX1218820 —UN—26SEP16
4
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
TX1218820 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Sensor
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
X45—K2—Return
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
(Group 9015-10.)
X44—F1—Signal X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,00006FF -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=261
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001713.00 — Hyd Filter Switch Very High Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) circuit voltage is greater than or equal to 0.76 volts and less than X45
or equal to 4.5 volts for more than 60 seconds after engine has been running for 10 seconds and hydraulic oil temperature is greater than 38°C (100°F).
A4 X45-F2
4 3 2
+
-
G004 BLK
B3
TX1216838 —UN—07JUL16
A BC DE F G H J K L M
F002 YEL
1
W36
TX1216838 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B3) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) W36—Right Frame Ground B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Restriction Switch (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• No Warning Indicator Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
X45—F2—Signal
Possible Causes: 1. Hydraulic oil filter is restricted. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Circuit is open. 3. Circuit is short to power. 4. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 5. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: NM95233,0000700 -19-25JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=262
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001713.03 — Hyd Filter Switch Circuit Fault Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) circuit voltage is greater than 4.5 volts for more than 1 second. X45
A4 X45-F2
4 3 2
+
-
G004 BLK
B3
TX1216838 —UN—07JUL16
A BC DE F G H J K L M
F002 YEL
1
W36
TX1216838 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B3) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) W36—Right Frame Ground B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Restriction Switch (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X45—F2—Signal
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000701 -19-08JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=263
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003512.03 — Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Fault Sensor supply 4 circuit voltage is above normal. A4
A BC DE F G H 4
X44-H2
B16 P035 RED
P035 RED
1
B16 1
4
2
3
TX1218822 —UN—07JUL16
X44
3 2 1
B17 P035 RED
1
B17 1
4
2
3
TX1218822 Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor X44—H2—Supply B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000702 -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=264
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003512.04 — Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Fault Sensor supply 4 circuit voltage is below normal. A4
A BC DE F G H 4
X44-H2
B16 P035 RED
P035 RED
1
B16 1
4
2
3
TX1218822 —UN—07JUL16
X44
3 2 1
B17 P035 RED
1
B17 1
4
2
3
TX1218822 Sensor Supply 4 Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor X44—H2—Supply B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000703 -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=265
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003597.03 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault Sensor supply 1 circuit voltage is above normal.
X45-K1
P050 RED
V1 (1)
P050 RED
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
2
1
4
3
TX1216620 —UN—07JUL16
B13
A4
X45
X30
1
P050 RED
1
TX1216620 Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B13— Boom Position Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X30— Right Main HarnessX45—K1—Supply to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (self level) 4-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. • See Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (W40) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,0000704 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=266
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003597.04 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault Sensor supply 1 circuit voltage is below normal.
X45-K1
P050 RED
V1 (1)
P050 RED
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
2
1
4
3
TX1216620 —UN—07JUL16
B13
A4
X45
X30
1
P050 RED
1
TX1216620 Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B13— Boom Position Sensor (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X30— Right Main HarnessX45—K1—Supply to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (self level) 4-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. • See Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (W40) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Possible Causes: 1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,0000705 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-19
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=267
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003598.03 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault Sensor supply 2 circuit voltage is above normal. X45
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
B11
A4 P049 RED
C (+5V C)
P049 RED
P049 RED
D (+5V D)
P049 RED
C (+5V C)
P049 RED
P049 RED
D (+5V D)
X13 P049 RED
P049 RED
4
F E D C B A
X14 P049 RED
4
TX1216622
TX1216622 —UN—07JUL16
X45-J1
F E D C B A
B12 Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Schematic
A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X13— Right Main Harness-toPedal Interface Harness B11— Left Pedal Sensor Connector (left) B12— Right Pedal Sensor X14— Right Main Harness-toPedal Interface Harness Connector (right)
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. • See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X45—J1—Supply
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000706 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-20
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=268
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003598.04 — Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Fault Sensor supply 2 circuit voltage is below normal. X45
4 3 2 A BC DE F G H J K L M
1
B11
A4 P049 RED
C (+5V C)
P049 RED
P049 RED
D (+5V D)
P049 RED
C (+5V C)
P049 RED
P049 RED
D (+5V D)
X13 P049 RED
P049 RED
4
F E D C B A
X14 P049 RED
4
TX1216622
TX1216622 —UN—07JUL16
X45-J1
F E D C B A
B12 Sensor Supply 2 Circuit Schematic
A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X13— Right Main Harness-toPedal Interface Harness B11— Left Pedal Sensor Connector (left) B12— Right Pedal Sensor X14— Right Main Harness-toPedal Interface Harness Connector (right)
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. • See Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X45—J1—Supply
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000707 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-21
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=269
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004056.05 — 2-Speed Output Circuit Fault Two-speed solenoid (Y6) circuit current is below normal. Y6
A BC DE F G H 4
A4 X46-G2
T005 BLU
2 1
X46-G1
R003 BLK
2
1
3
TX1218824 —UN—07JUL16
X46
2
1
TX1218824 Two-Speed Solenoid (Y6) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—G1—Return X46— Hydraulic Control Unit X46—G2—Supply (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000709 -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=270
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004056.06 — 2-Speed Output Circuit Fault Two-speed solenoid (Y6) circuit current is above normal. Y6
A BC DE F G H 4
A4 X46-G2
T005 BLU
2 1
X46-G1
R003 BLK
2
1
3
TX1218824 —UN—07JUL16
X46
2
1
TX1218824 Two-Speed Solenoid (Y6) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46—G1—Return X46— Hydraulic Control Unit X46—G2—Supply (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000070A -19-07JUL16-1/1
516249.04 — Sensor Supply 1 Circuit Fault
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
Controller power source is below specified value.
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Machine Response:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Replace controller. NR81152,0001842 -19-08MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-23
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=271
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520194.13 — Vehicle ID Calibration
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) and hydraulic control unit (HCU) model identification numbers do not match. Machine hydraulic and travel functions are disabled when this diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is active. Alarm Level:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable Additional References: NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Machine Response:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
NOTE: Program machine controllers with latest software for the machine in which they are installed. When programming controllers, the EMU must be programmed first. After EMU programming, the remaining controllers can be programmed in any order.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
(Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000070B -19-20MAR17-1/1
520194.14 — Vehicle ID Fault
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) and hydraulic control unit (HCU) model identification numbers for machine options do not match.
• Not Applicable Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Alarm Level:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
NOTE: Program machine controllers with latest software for the machine in which they are installed. When programming controllers, the EMU must be programmed first. After EMU programming, the remaining controllers can be programmed in any order.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
1. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000070C -19-20MAR17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-24
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=272
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520714.05 — Self Level Circuit Fault Self leveling solenoid (Y38) circuit current is below normal. X46 A BC DE F G H 4
A4 H007 GRN
X46-D1
A
B
3 2
TX1216649 —UN—07JUL16
B
1
Y38 A
G004 BLK
W36
TX1216649
Self Leveling Solenoid (Y38) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46— Hydraulic Control Unit W36—Right Frame Ground (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
X46—D1—Supply Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000070D -19-01JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-25
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=273
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520714.06 — Self Level Circuit Fault Self leveling solenoid (Y38) circuit current is above normal. X46 A BC DE F G H 4
A4 H007 GRN
X46-D1
A
B
3 2
TX1216649 —UN—07JUL16
B
1
Y38 A
G004 BLK
W36
TX1216649
Self Leveling Solenoid (Y38) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X46— Hydraulic Control Unit W36—Right Frame Ground (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
X46—D1—Supply Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,000070E -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-26
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=274
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520849.03 — Right JS Trigger Circuit Fault Float switch (S27) circuit voltage is above normal.
1 F17
X1
X22
P022 RED
P022 RED F
X44
8
S27
A4 X2
4 3
X44-G1
2
X22
H023 GRN
H023 GRN 26
TX1218825 —UN—07JUL16
A BC DE F G H
4
1
X22 6
5
4
3
2
1
7
8
9 10 11 12
TX1218825 Float Switch (S27) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S27— Float Switch A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1
X44—G1—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Component Location:
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Float switch has been held down for too long. 2. Circuit is short to power. 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,000070F -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=275
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520849.04 — Right JS Trigger Circuit Fault Float switch (S27) circuit voltage is below normal.
1 F17
X1
X22
P022 RED
P022 RED F
X44
8
S27
A4 X2
4 3
X44-G1
2
X22
H023 GRN
H023 GRN 26
TX1218825 —UN—07JUL16
A BC DE F G H
4
1
X22 6
5
4
3
2
1
7
8
9 10 11 12
TX1218825 Float Switch (S27) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power S27— Float Switch A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector
X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1
X44—G1—Signal
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,0000710 -19-07JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-28
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=276
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521466.05 — Fan Direction Sol Circuit Fault Hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) or circuit is open, or the return side of the coil is short to ground.
NOTE: Malfunction of hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) will cause DTCs 000977.05 and 521466.05 to become active.
A4 X101
A BC DE F G H J K L M
E043 WHT
X45-G4
2
E043 WHT
7
1
2
1
TX1238219 —UN—02MAY17
4 3 2
Y32
X45
1
G004 BLK
W37
TX1238219
Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid (Y32) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—G4—Signal W37—Fuel Tank Ground X101— Right Main Harness-toX45— Hydraulic Control Unit Rear Engine Harness (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 12-Pin Connector
Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
1. Circuit is open. 2. Coil short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller. NR81152,0001839 -19-03MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-29
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=277
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521466.06 — Fan Direction Sol Circuit Fault
NOTE: Malfunction of hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) will cause DTCs 000977.06 and 521466.06 to become active.
Hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) circuit has short to ground. A4
X101
A BC DE F G H J K L M
E043 WHT
X45-G4
2
E043 WHT
7
1
2
1
TX1238219 —UN—02MAY17
4 3 2
Y32
X45
1
G004 BLK
W37
TX1238219
Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid (Y32) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—G4—Signal W37—Fuel Tank Ground X101— Right Main Harness-toX45— Hydraulic Control Unit Rear Engine Harness (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 12-Pin Connector
Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid
Alarm Level:
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• No Warning Indicator
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None Circuit Information:
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NR81152,000183A -19-03MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-30
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=278
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521806.05 — Hst Bypass Sol Circuit Fault Hydrostatic bypass solenoid (Y9) circuit is open.
X44
2
A4 4 3
X44-C3
H050 GRN
X44-A4
R060 BLK
1
H050 GRN
TX1216653 —UN—07JUL16
Y9
X15
A BC DE F G H
1
2 1
2
2
R060 BLK
1
TX1216653 Hydrostatic Bypass Solenoid (Y9) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X15— Right Main Harness-to(HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Engine Interface Harness X44—A4—Return 8-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X44—C3—Signal Y9— Hydrostatic Bypass Solenoid
1. Circuit is open. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000713 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-31
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=279
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521806.06 — Hst Bypass Sol Circuit Fault Hydrostatic bypass solenoid (Y9) circuit has short to ground.
X44
2
A4 4 3
X44-C3
H050 GRN
X44-A4
R060 BLK
1
H050 GRN
TX1216653 —UN—07JUL16
Y9
X15
A BC DE F G H
1
2 1
2
2
R060 BLK
1
TX1216653 Hydrostatic Bypass Solenoid (Y9) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X15— Right Main Harness-to(HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Engine Interface Harness X44—A4—Return 8-Pin Connector
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location: Location. (Group 9015-10.)
X44—C3—Signal Y9— Hydrostatic Bypass Solenoid
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Diagnostic Test Box Information: NM95233,0000714 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-32
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=280
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522329.00 — Water In Fuel Very High Water-in-fuel sensor (B5600) data is above normal operating range, but data is valid. 1
X5502 B5600 1
F15
2
6
A5500
Q
X5502–20
1
P010 RED
2
F003 YEL
TX1238353 —UN—02JUN17
X55
F003 YEL
TX1238353 Water-in-Fuel Sensor (B5600) Circuit Schematic 1— Switched Power A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor
F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse X5502—Engine Control Unit X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left (ECU) 80-Pin Connector 2 Main Harness Connector 3 X5502—20—Signal
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None Component Location:
Possible Causes:
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location.
• Water in the fuel. Drain filter. • Component malfunction. Check float. • Excess water in fuel tank. Drain and refill fuel tank.
(Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
NR81152,000183E -19-12MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-33
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=281
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522820.05 — High Flow Sol Circuit Fault High flow solenoid (Y10) circuit is open, or the return side of the coil is short to ground. A4
A BC DE F G H J K L M
2
H003 GRN
X45-J4
1
1
1
TX1216658 —UN—07JUL16
4 3 2
Y10 2
X45 G004 BLK
W36
TX1216658
High Flow Solenoid (Y10) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—J4—Signal X45— Hydraulic Control Unit W36—Right Frame Ground (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
Y10— High Flow Solenoid
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of
Possible Causes:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
1. Circuit is open. 2. Coil short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• Not Applicable NM95233,0000715 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-34
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=282
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522820.06 — High Flow Sol Circuit Fault High flow solenoid (Y10) circuit has short to ground. A4
A BC DE F G H J K L M
2
H003 GRN
X45-J4
1
1
1
TX1216658 —UN—07JUL16
4 3 2
Y10 2
X45 G004 BLK
W36
TX1216658
High Flow Solenoid (Y10) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X45—J4—Signal X45— Hydraulic Control Unit W36—Right Frame Ground (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Alarm Level:
Y10— High Flow Solenoid
Additional References:
• No Warning Indicator
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
Machine Response:
• None Circuit Information:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Possible Causes:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Coil short to ground. 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
• Not Applicable NM95233,0000716 -19-08JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-35
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=283
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524084.00 — Hst Oil Temp Very High Hydrostatic oil temperature is above 115°C (239°F) for more than 4 minutes. A4 X44
X45
X013 YEL
X44-C2
B
A
A BC DE F G H
4 3 2
3 2 1
A BC DE F G H J K L M
A
TX1216669 —UN—07JUL16
4
B20
1
B
R062 BLK
X45-K2
TX1216669
Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B20) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit B20— Hydrostatic Oil (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Temperature Sensor
Alarm Level:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Circuit Information:
• Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• Not Applicable
X45—K2—Return
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• Red Stop Indicator
(Group 9015-10.)
X44—C2—Signal X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
Possible Causes: 1. Hydraulic oil level is low. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Excessive debris buildup in hydraulic oil cooler. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) 3. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 4. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Additional References: NM95233,0000717 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-36
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=284
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524084.03 — Hst Oil Temp Circuit Fault Hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B20) input voltage is greater than 4.96 volts for 5 seconds or is short to power. A4 X44
X45
X013 YEL
X44-C2
B
A
A BC DE F G H
4 3 2
3 2 1
A BC DE F G H J K L M
A
TX1216669 —UN—07JUL16
4
B20
1
B
R062 BLK
X45-K2
TX1216669
Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B20) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit B20— Hydrostatic Oil (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Temperature Sensor
Alarm Level:
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. Diagnostic Test Box Information:
X45—K2—Return
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
(Group 9015-10.)
X44—C2—Signal X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
1. Circuit is short to power. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000718 -19-22JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-37
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=285
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524084.04 — Hst Oil Temp Circuit Fault Hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B20) input voltage is less than 4.96 volts for 4 seconds or is short to ground. A4 X44
X45
X013 YEL
X44-C2
B
A
A BC DE F G H
4 3 2
3 2 1
A BC DE F G H J K L M
A
TX1216669 —UN—07JUL16
4
B20
1
B
R062 BLK
X45-K2
TX1216669
Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B20) Circuit Schematic A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit B20— Hydrostatic Oil (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Temperature Sensor
Alarm Level:
X44—C2—Signal X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X45—K2—Return
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• None Circuit Information:
• Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
1. Circuit is short to ground. 2. Component malfunction. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) 3. Software malfunction. Program controller. NM95233,0000719 -19-22JUN16-1/1
524264.11 — Checksum Error
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Checksum error when writing to EEPROM.
Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• No Warning Indicator
Additional References:
Machine Response:
Circuit Information:
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
• None
Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
Possible Causes: 1. Software malfunction. Program controller.
Component Location: NM95233,000071A -19-01JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-70-38
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=286
Group 80
Rear Camera Display (VC1) Diagnostic Trouble Codes 000629.12 — Control Unit Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Rear camera display (A9) controller area network (CAN) communication attempt has timed out.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Circuit is open or shorted. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace rear camera display.
Component Location: BJ21193,00001F0 -19-12SEP17-1/1
516628.10 — Monitor Button Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Up arrow button on rear camera display has been active for 2 continuous minutes.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Release button. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace rear camera display.
Component Location: BJ21193,00001BF -19-18AUG17-1/1
516629.10 — Monitor Button Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Down arrow button on rear camera display has been active for 2 continuous minutes.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Release button. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace rear camera display.
Component Location: BJ21193,00001C0 -19-28AUG17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-80-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=287
Rear Camera Display (VC1) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
516630.10 — Monitor Button Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Select button on rear camera display has been active for 2 continuous minutes.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Release button. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace rear camera display.
Component Location: BJ21193,00001C1 -19-28AUG17-1/1
520760.02 — Camera Signal Invalid
• See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location.
Video signal is not present.
• See Rear Camera Harness (W10) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
(Group 9015-10.)
Alarm Level:
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box Information:
• None
• Not Applicable
Machine Response:
Additional References:
• None
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble
Circuit Information:
Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• See Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group
Possible Causes:
Component Location:
1. Circuit is open or shorted. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace rear camera display.
9015-05.)
• See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
BJ21193,00001C2 -19-12SEP17-1/1
521857.10 — Monitor Button Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Right arrow button on rear camera display has been active for 2 continuous minutes.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Release button. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace rear camera display.
Component Location: BJ21193,00001C3 -19-31AUG17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-80-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=288
Rear Camera Display (VC1) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
521858.10 — Monitor Button Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Left arrow button on rear camera display has been active for 2 continuous minutes.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Release button. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace rear camera display.
Component Location: BJ21193,00001C5 -19-31AUG17-1/1
521859.10 — Monitor Button Fault
• See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Menu screen button on rear camera display has been active for 2 continuous minutes.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box Information:
Alarm Level:
• Not Applicable
• None
Additional References:
Machine Response:
• Intermittent DTCs: See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.)
• None
Possible Causes:
Circuit Information:
• See Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. Release button. 2. Software malfunction. Program controller. 3. Hardware malfunction. Replace rear camera display.
Component Location: BJ21193,00001C4 -19-31AUG17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-80-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=289
Rear Camera Display (VC1) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9001-80-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=290
Contents
Section 9005 Operational Checkout Procedure
Page
Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout................................ 9005-10-1 Diagnostic Trouble Code Check................9005-10-1 Operational Checks—Switched Power OFF, Engine OFF Checks .....................9005-10-1 Operational Checks—Switched Power ON, Engine OFF Checks ......................9005-10-4 Operational Checks—Switched Power ON, Engine ON Checks ........................9005-10-9
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 10
Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout
be at normal operating temperatures. Some checks may require varied surfaces.
Use this procedure to perform a quick check of machine operation by doing a walk-around inspection and performing specific checks from the operator’s seat.
No special tools are necessary to perform checkout. If no problem is found, go to next check. If a problem is indicated, an additional check or repair procedure is suggested.
Complete visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring, and so on) before performing checkout. Most checks require machine to be on a level surface with adequate space to operate functions. Systems should
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-1/42
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-2/42
Display and Clear Always check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and correct them before Diagnostic Trouble Codes performing operational checkout. Check for active and stored DTCs. DTCs can be displayed by using one of the following methods:
• Engagement and monitor unit (EMU)
- To access DTCs using EMU, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
• Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application
YES: Correct all DTCs before proceeding.
LOOK: Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to next check.
- To access DTCs using Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-3/42
Operational Checks—Switched Power OFF, Engine OFF Checks RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-4/42
Periodic Maintenance Decal Check
Periodic maintenance decal check.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is periodic maintenance decal legible?
NO: Replace decal. RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-5/42
Cab Door and Window Open and close cab door and windows. Inspect seals. Seals Check (if equipped)
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Do cab door and windows seal properly?
NO: Adjust door and windows to close against seals properly. Replace seals as necessary.
LOOK/FEEL: Do cab door and windows latch properly?
NO: Adjust or replace latches as necessary. RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-6/42
Seat Belt Check
Latch seat belt. LISTEN: Is a “click” heard when seat belt is latched?
YES: Go to next check.
FEEL/LOOK: Does seat belt remain latched?
NO: See Use and Maintain Seat Belt. (Operator’s Manual.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-1
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-7/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=293
Operational Checkout Procedure YES: Go to next check.
Horn Circuit Check
TX1215154A —UN—03MAY16
Horn Switch S34— Horn Switch
NO: Check unswitched power 7.5 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Press horn switch (S34).
NO: Check horn 10 A fuse (F16). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
LISTEN: Does horn sound?
NO: Check horn circuit. See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-8/42
Seat Control Checks
NOTE: For seat adjustment procedures, see Operator Seat. (Operator's Manual.) Does seat angle change easily? Does lever move easily to unlock seat support? Does seat move forward and backward easily? Does lever lock seat support in position when released? Does seat lumbar knob (if equipped) turn easily? Does seat raise and lower easily while pressing button (if equipped) in front of seat?
YES: Go to next check.
Does lever unlock and lock easily to hold seat back in position?
NO: Inspect linkage and repair.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-2
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-9/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=294
Operational Checkout Procedure Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuits Check
1 2
00.0 3
5
4 TX1126613 —UN—26NOV12
EMU Display 1— MENU Button 2— BACK Button 3— NEXT Button 4— SELECT Button 5— EMU Display Sit in operator's seat. LOOK: Do all EMU display segments turn on, turn off, display TMC BY DEERE for 2 seconds, display correct machine model and speed setting for 2 seconds, and then display the hour meter?
14
15 16
17 18 19 13
21 6
7
8
9 10 11 12
20
TX1127054 —UN—03DEC12
EMU Display 6— Fuel Gauge 7— Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 8— STOP Indicator 9— Engine Low Oil Pressure Indicator 10— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator 11— Exhaust Filter Cleaning Indicator (not used) 12— Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator 13— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator 14— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Indicator 15— Seat Belt Switch Indicator 16— Cab Door Switch Indicator 17— Hydraulics OFF Indicator 18— Park Brake Indicator 19— Two-Speed Indicator 20— Creep Mode Indicator 21— Hydraulic High Flow Indicator
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Do all indicators illuminate and then go out depending on machine status?
NO: Check monitor unswitched power 10 A fuse (F2). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-3
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-10/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=295
Operational Checkout Procedure Lower interlocking seat bar.
NO: Check seat switch (S4) and interlocking seat bar switch (S5). See Diagnostics—Switches. (Group 9015-16.)
LOOK: Does interlocking seat bar switch indicator (14) go off?
NO: Check EMU circuits. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-11/42
Battery Check
Sit in operator's seat.
YES: Go to next check.
Observe battery voltage from operator's seat on the engagement monitor unit (EMU) using SELECT button.
NO: Clean and tighten battery terminals. Charge battery. See Using Battery Charger. (Operator's Manual.) Check battery maintenance system. See Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
LOOK: Does battery have a minimum of 12 volts when engine is not running?
NO: Check seat switch (S4) and interlocking seat bar switch (S5). See Diagnostics—Switches. (Group 9015-16.) RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-12/42
Operational Checks—Switched Power ON, Engine OFF Checks Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-4
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-13/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=296
Operational Checkout Procedure EMU Circuits Check
Press engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Do gauges move to the far right position, then move to the center position, and NO: Check unswitched then display the machine status? power 7.5 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) LOOK: Do switches on instrument panel illuminate?
NO: Check monitor unswitched power 10 A fuse (F2). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
LISTEN: Does EMU alarm sound?
NO: Check switched power 20 A fuse (F15). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Close cab door if equipped.
NO: Check cab door switch (S13) if equipped. For switch diagnostics, see Diagnostics—Switches. (Group 9015-16.)
LOOK: Does the cab door indicator go off?
NO: Check EMU circuits. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-5
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-14/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=297
Operational Checkout Procedure YES: Continue check.
Lights Circuit Check
TX1125104 —UN—02NOV12
Work Light Switch Press work light switch to middle position.
NO: Check lights 25 A fuse (F6). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
LOOK: Do front work lights and taillights come on?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Check work light relay (K6). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.) NO: Check work lights switch (S6). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.) NO: Check unswitched power 7.5 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) NO: Check light circuit. See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) NO: Check accessory relay (K4). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)
Press work light switch to upper position. LOOK: Do front work lights and taillights stay on and rear work light come on? Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-6
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-15/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=298
Operational Checkout Procedure YES: Go to next check.
Dual Flasher Light Check (if equipped)
TX1125311 —UN—06NOV12
Dual Flasher Light Switch Press dual flasher light switch to the upper position.
NO: Check left flasher light in-line 5 A fuse (F10). Check right flasher light in-line 5 A fuse (F11). Check switched power 20 A fuse (F15). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
LOOK: Do the dual flashers come on?
NO: Check dual flasher relay (K5). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) NO: Check dual flasher switch (S7). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-7
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-16/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=299
Operational Checkout Procedure YES: Go to next check.
Windshield Wiper Circuit Check (if equipped)
TX1125050 —UN—02NOV12
Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Close cab door.
NO: Check accessory 20 A fuse (F7). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Press windshield wiper and washer switch to the middle position.
NO: Check windshield wiper and washer switch (S12). See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
LOOK: Does wiper operate?
NO: Check accessory relay (K4). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NO: Check unswitched power 7.5 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) NO: Check windshield wiper circuit. See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-8
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-17/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=300
Operational Checkout Procedure Windshield Washer Circuit Check (if equipped)
YES: Go to next check.
TX1125050 —UN—02NOV12
Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Close cab door.
NO: Check washer fluid level.
Turn on windshield wiper.
NO: Check washer hose for kinks or obstructions.
Press and hold windshield wiper and washer switch in the upper position.
NO: Check accessory 20 A fuse (F7). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to washer motor. Washer motor may be damaged if washer switch is held for more than 20 seconds or continually operated with no fluid in the washer fluid tank.
NO: Check windshield wiper and washer switch (S12). See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
LOOK: Does washer operate?
NO: Check accessory relay (K4). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) NO: Check unswitched power 7.5 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) NO: Check windshield washer circuit. See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-18/42
Rear Camera Display Check
Press engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM).
YES: Checks complete.
Observe rear camera display.
NO: Check rear camera 5 A fuse (F33). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
LOOK: Does the rear camera display show real-time video of objects behind the machine?
NO: Check monitor unswitched power 10 A fuse (F2). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) NO: If fuses are OK, see Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-19/42
Operational Checks—Switched Power ON, Engine ON Checks Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-9
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-20/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=301
Operational Checkout Procedure Engine Start Check
TX1126582 —UN—26NOV12
Engine Speed Control Dial Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position. Start engine.
YES: Go to next check.
LISTEN/LOOK: Does engine speed increase briefly, then return to slow idle?
NO: Check slow idle and fast idle engine speeds. RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-21/42
Engine Idle Check
Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position.
YES: Check primary fuel filter and water separator. See Check and Drain Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator. (Operator's Manual.)
LISTEN: Does engine idle poorly?
YES: Test diesel fuel. See Testing Diesel Fuel. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Check for air leaks on suction side of air intake system. For machines with 4TNV94FHT engines, see Check Air Intake System. (CTM136419.) For machines with 4TNV94CHT engines, see Check Air Intake System. (CTM116319.) NO: Go to next check. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-10
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-22/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=302
Operational Checkout Procedure Engine Speed Check
Set engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to display engine rpm. Set engine speed at slow idle with engine speed control dial and engine speed control pedal released. LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 1150—1250 rpm? Rotate engine speed control dial to set the engine speed at fast idle. Engine speed control pedal must be released. NOTE: Upon initial start-up, there may be a delayed increase in engine speed once the request for engine speed increase is given. LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 2650—2750 rpm? Fully depress engine speed control pedal to set engine speed at fast idle. Engine speed YES: Go to next check. control dial must be in slow idle position. LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 2650—2750 rpm?
NO: Check engine speed control dial (B18) and engine speed control pedal (B19). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-23/42
Auto-Idle Circuit Check (if equipped)
Verify auto-idle operation. See Auto-Idle (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does auto-idle function properly?
NO: Check auto-idle. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-11
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-24/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=303
Operational Checkout Procedure Hydraulic Control Enable Check
Close cab door if equipped. Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position.
NO: Continue check.
Engage park brake.
YES: Check park brake solenoid (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Actuate boom and bucket functions.
YES: Check hydraulic control unit (HCU). See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
LOOK: Do boom and bucket move?
YES: Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU). See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Press hydraulic enable switch on sealed switch module (SSM) to enable hydraulics.
YES: Go to next check.
Actuate boom and bucket functions.
NO: Check park brake solenoid (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
LOOK: Do boom and bucket move?
NO: Check hydraulic control unit (HCU). See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) NO: Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU). See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-12
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-25/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=304
Operational Checkout Procedure Power Quik-Tatch™ Check (if equipped)
Quick Tatch
TX1125100 —UN—02NOV12
Quik-Tatch Switch IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to Quik-Tatch™ motor. Damage to Quik-Tatch motor occurs if motor is immersed in liquid. Do not immerse in liquid. Close cab door if equipped.
YES: Go to next check.
Press and hold lower part of Quik-Tatch switch to unlock the Quik-Tatch latches.
NO: Check Quik-Tatch™ circuit. See Quik-Tatch™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-05.)
LOOK/LISTEN: Do Quik-Tatch latches release attachment?
NO: Check Quik-Tatch™ 30 A fuse (F14), switched power 20 A fuse (F15), and accessory 20 A fuse (F7). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Press and hold upper part of Quik-Tatch switch to lock the Quik-Tatch latches.
NO: Check Quik-Tatch™ switch (S26). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.)
LOOK/LISTEN: Do Quik-Tatch latches secure attachment?
NO: Check Quik-Tatch™ relay (lock) (K13) and Quik-Tatch relay (unlock) (K14). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-26/42
Backup Alarm Check
YES: Go to next check. CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine. Engine speed at slow idle.
NO: Check backup alarm (H1). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.)
Drive machine in reverse.
NO: Check switched power 20 A fuse (F15) and unswitched power 7.5 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
LOOK/LISTEN: Does backup alarm sound?
NO: Check backup alarm circuit theory. See Backup Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-13
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-27/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=305
Operational Checkout Procedure Steering Mistracking Check
CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine. Position engine speed control dial in fast idle position. Drive machine at full speed forward on a flat and level surface for 30.5 m (100 ft). Repeat procedure for reverse direction. Observe which direction and how much the machine mistracks from a straight line.
YES: Tracking misadjusted. See Mistracking. (Group 9026-15.)
LOOK: Does machine mistrack more than the width of the machine over 30.5 m (100 ft)? NO: Go to next check. RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-28/42
Two-Speed Check
TX1215163A —UN—03MAY16
Two-Speed Switch YES: Go to next check.
S25— Two-Speed Switch CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine. NOTE: Two-speed mode will not activate if creep mode is enabled. Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position.
NO: Check unswitched power 7.5 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Drive machine forward on a flat and level surface.
NO: Check switched power relay (K8). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Press two-speed switch to activate fast speed mode.
NO: Check two-speed switch (S25). See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: For wheeled machines, down shift requires machine to be stopped and park brake set if hydraulic oil temperature is less than 40°C (105°F). Once hydraulic oil temperature is 40°C (105°F) or greater, down shift is allowed without stopping machine and applying park brake.
NO: Check two-speed solenoid valve (Y6). See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.)
Press two-speed switch to activate slow speed mode.
NO: Check two-speed electrical circuit. See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
LOOK/FEEL: Does machine accelerate, then decelerate?
NO: Hydrostatic system malfunction. See Machine Will Not Shift Into or Out of High Speed. (Group 9026-15.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
NO: Check handle switches 5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
9005-10-14
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-29/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=306
Operational Checkout Procedure Reversing Fan Check (if equipped)
TX1125087 —UN—02NOV12
Reversing Fan Switch Press reversing fan switch to upper position.
YES: Go to next check.
LISTEN/LOOK: Does fan reverse direction and operate at full speed for 15 seconds?
NO: Check reversing fan circuit. See Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction. (Group 9025-15). RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-30/42
Transmission Response Check
CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine.
TX1125284 —UN—06NOV12
Transmission Response Switch Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position. NOTE: Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) displays the following rates:
• Precision rate—Machine moves at a slower rate suited for precise work (one LED illuminated).
• Utility rate—Machine moves at a rate suited for efficient work (two LEDs illuminated). • Production rate—Machine moves at a fast rate suited for quick work (three LEDs illuminated).
Press transmission response switch to select precision rate (one LED illuminated). Drive machine forward. Press transmission response switch to select utility rate (two LEDs illuminated). Drive machine forward. LOOK/FEEL: Does machine respond to joystick faster than precision rate? Press transmission response switch to select production rate (three LEDs illuminated).
YES: Go to next check.
Drive machine forward.
NO: See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
LOOK/FEEL: Does machine respond to joystick faster than utility rate?
NO: See Slow Response to Changes in Speed. (Group 9026-15.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-15
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-31/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=307
Operational Checkout Procedure Pattern Select Check (if equipped)
CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine.
I
H
F
TX1204766 —UN—30OCT15
Pattern Select Switch Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position. Press pattern select switch on sealed switch module (SSM) to change control pattern. EMU displays selected control pattern.
YES: Go to next check.
NOTE: The LEDs illuminate with corresponding control pattern. To enable fourth control pattern, see ISO Hand and Foot Controls—If Equipped (EH Only) (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.)
NO: See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• I—ISO pattern • H—H pattern • F—Hand and foot controls (H pattern, LED stays lit) • I and F—Hand and foot controls (ISO pattern) Operate machine controls.
NO: See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.)
LOOK/FEEL: Does machine follow selected control pattern?
NO: See Hydrostatic System Schematic. (Group 9026-10.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-16
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-32/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=308
Operational Checkout Procedure Hydraulic Response Check
TX1125304 —UN—06NOV12
Hydraulic Response Switch Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position. NOTE: Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) displays the following rates:
• Precision rate—Bucket moves at a rate suited for precise work (one LED illuminated). • Utility rate—Bucket moves at a rate suited for efficient work (two LEDs illuminated). • Production rate—Bucket moves at a rate suited for quick work (three LEDs illuminated).
Press hydraulic response switch to select precision rate (one LED illuminated). Operate boom and bucket functions. Press hydraulic response switch to select utility rate (two LEDs illuminated). Operate boom and bucket functions. LOOK/FEEL: Do boom and bucket move faster than precision rate?
YES: Go to next check.
Press hydraulic response switch to select production rate (three LEDs illuminated).
NO: See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Operate boom and bucket functions.
NO: See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.)
LOOK/FEEL: Do boom and bucket move faster than utility rate?
NO: See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.) RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-33/42
Ride Control Check (if equipped)
TX1125306 —UN—06NOV12
Ride Control Switch Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position. Load bucket with material. Press ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM). NOTE: One LED is illuminated once switch is pressed. The second LED illuminates once ride control is activated. Raise boom to maximum height. Lower boom down halfway to the ground. Stop suddenly by releasing controls.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Is boom cushioned when control is released?
NO: Check accumulator charge. See Ride Control Accumulator Gas Charge Procedure—If Equipped. (Group 9025-20.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-17
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-34/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=309
Operational Checkout Procedure Creep Mode Check (if equipped)
CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine.
TX1215168A —UN—03MAY16
Creep Mode Speed Switch Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position. Enable creep mode. Creep mode percentage displays on the EMU.
YES: Continue check.
Change creep mode speed percentage to 50% by pressing the lower portion of creep mode speed switch.
NO: Check creep mode speed switch (S36). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.)
Drive machine forward.
NO: See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
LOOK: Does machine move forward at 50% slower speed?
NO: See Slow Response to Changes in Speed. (Group 9026-15.)
Change creep mode speed percentage to 100% by pressing upper portion of creep mode speed switch.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Does machine move forward at normal speed?
NO: Check creep mode speed switch (S36). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-35/42
Self Leveling Valve Check NOTE: Self leveling function is only active for boom up function. (if equipped) Close cab door if equipped. Activate self leveling function. Lower boom to the ground. Position bottom of bucket on the ground.
YES: Go to next check.
Raise boom.
NO: Check adjustable orifice (102) screw. See Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.)
LOOK: Does bucket self level as boom is raised?
NO: Replace self leveling valve. See Self Leveling Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-18
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-36/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=310
Operational Checkout Procedure Heating and Air Conditioning System Check (if equipped)
TX1200985A —UN—09SEP15
Heater and Air Conditioner Controls R3—Heater Temperature Control Switch S9— Blower Motor Speed Switch S19— Air Conditioner Switch NOTE: Engine needs to be at operating temperature for this check. Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position. Turn blower motor speed switch (S9) from off to slow, medium, and high speeds. LISTEN/FEEL: Does fan speed increase and/or decrease as switch is moved? Turn blower speed switch to medium speed. Turn heater temperature control switch (R3) to hot (red).
YES: Go to next check.
FEEL: Does warm air come out of air ducts?
NO: Check air conditioner and heater 30 A fuse (F8). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Turn heater temperature control switch (R3) to cold (blue).
NO: Check blower motor speed switch (S9). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.)
FEEL: Does cool air come out of air ducts?
NO: Check heater temperature control switch (R3). See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Turn on air conditioner switch (S19).
NO: Check air conditioner switch (S19). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.)
FEEL/LISTEN: Does cold air come out of air duct after a couple of minutes?
NO: See Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate or see Heating System Does Not Operate. (Group 9031-15.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-19
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-37/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=311
Operational Checkout Procedure Boom Down Drift Check
NOTE: This check may require two people. NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check. Close cab door if equipped. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F Actuate boom function to lower boom to ground. Raise boom halfway. Engage park brake. Mark and record a distance on the boom cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel. Disengage park brake. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Engage park brake. NO: Go to next check.
T6222AM —UN—26MAY89
Function Drift Measurement Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod. Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)............................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min LOOK: Does boom drift down more than specification?
YES: Continue check.
Raise boom halfway. Engage park brake. Turn engine off. Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes. Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)............................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min LOOK: Does boom drift down more than specification? Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-20
YES: For troubleshooting information, see Boom Drifts Down. (Group 9025-15.) NO: Go to next check. RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-38/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=312
Operational Checkout Procedure Boom Up Drift Check
NOTE: This check may require two people. NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check. Close cab door if equipped. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F NOTE: Bucket may need to be in dump position. Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off of the ground. Engage park brake. Mark and record a distance on the boom cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel. Disengage park brake. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Engage park brake. Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod.
NO: Go to next check.
Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)............................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min LOOK: Does boom drift up more than specification?
YES: Continue check.
Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off of the ground. Engage park brake. Turn engine off. Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes. Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)............................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min LOOK: Does boom drift up more than specification? Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-21
YES: For troubleshooting information, see Boom Drifts Up. (Group 9025-15.)
NO: Go to next check. RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-39/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=313
Operational Checkout Procedure Bucket Dump Drift Check
NOTE: This check may require two people. NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check. Close cab door if equipped. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F Raise boom halfway. Fully roll back bucket. Dump bucket halfway. Engage park brake. Mark and record a distance on the bucket cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel. Disengage park brake. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Engage park brake. Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod.
NO: Go to next check.
Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)............................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min LOOK: Does bucket drift down more than specification?
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Raise boom halfway. Fully roll back bucket. Dump bucket halfway. Engage park brake. Turn engine off. Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes. Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)............................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min LOOK: Does bucket drift down more than specification? Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-22
YES: For troubleshooting information, see Bucket Drifts Down. (Group 9025-15.) NO: Go to next check. RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-40/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=314
Operational Checkout Procedure Bucket Curl Drift Check
NOTE: This check may require two people. NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check. Close cab door if equipped. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F Dump bucket halfway. Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off of the ground. Engage park brake. Mark and record a distance on the bucket cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel. Disengage park brake. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Engage park brake. Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod.
NO: Go to next check.
Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)............................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min LOOK: Does bucket drift up more than specification?
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Dump bucket halfway. Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off of the ground. Engage park brake. Turn engine off. Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes. Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)............................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min LOOK: Does bucket drift up more than specification? Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-23
YES: For troubleshooting information, see Bucket Drifts Up. (Group 9025-15.)
NO: Go to next check. RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-41/42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=315
Operational Checkout Procedure Cycle Times Check
NOTE: Operate machine without bucket or attachment for this check. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F Position engine speed control dial in fast idle position. Record cycle time for each function.
YES: Checks complete.
Does machine perform within specification?
NO: See Hydraulic Functions Slow or No Power. (Group 9025-15.)
330G Cycle Times—Specification Boom Raise—Cycle Time (maximum)..................................................................... 4.0 s Boom Lower—Cycle Time (maximum).................................................................... 2.2 s Bucket Curl—Cycle Time (maximum)...................................................................... 1.9 s Bucket Dump—Cycle Time (maximum)................................................................... 1.9 s 331G Cycle Times—Specification Boom Raise—Cycle Time (maximum)..................................................................... 4.0 s Boom Lower—Cycle Time (maximum).................................................................... 2.2 s Bucket Curl—Cycle Time (maximum)...................................................................... 2.4 s Bucket Dump—Cycle Time (maximum)................................................................... 2.4 s 332G and 333G Cycle Times—Specification Boom Raise—Cycle Time (maximum)..................................................................... 4.6 s Boom Lower—Cycle Time (maximum).................................................................... 2.7 s Bucket Curl—Cycle Time (maximum)...................................................................... 2.3 s Bucket Dump—Cycle Time (maximum)................................................................... 2.3 s
RG24095,0000235 -19-10JAN18-42/42
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9005-10-24
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=316
Section 9010 Engine Contents Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-05-1 Exhaust Aftertreatment.............................. 9010-05-1 Cold Start Operation.................................. 9010-05-2 Group 10—System Diagrams John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-10-1 Engine Cooling System Component Location ............................. 9010-10-3 Engine Fuel System Component Location ................................................. 9010-10-7 Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location ........................... 9010-10-11 Group 15—Diagnostic Information John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-15-1 Engine Hard to Start or Does Not Start When Cold ............................................9010-15-1 Engine Hard to Start or Does Not Start When Cold Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9010-15-1 Group 20—Adjustments John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-20-1 Service Filter Cleaning .............................. 9010-20-1 Group 25—Tests John Deere Engine.................................... 9010-25-1 Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ............................................... 9010-25-2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation John Deere Engine
• See EGR Valve Operation. (CTM136419.)
This machine uses a John Deere 3.0 L diesel engine, which is manufactured by Yanmar Co. The engine model is 4TNV94FHT (turbocharged, intercooled, and high-pressure common rail).
Aftertreatment System Information • See Aftertreatment System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Injector Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Unit Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Tank Header Operation. (CTM136419.) • See SCR Operation. (CTM136419.)
To identify engine model, see Engine Serial Number Plate Information. (CTM136419.) For theory of operation on John Deere 4TNV94FHT engine and components not contained in this group, see the following: General Engine Information • See General Engine Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cooling System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Lubrication System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) System Operation. (CTM136419.) Air Intake and Exhaust System Information • See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Air Throttle Actuator Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cold Start Aid Operation. (CTM136419.) • See EGR Cooler Operation. (CTM136419.)
Fuel System Information • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Common-Rail (HPCR) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Primary and Secondary Fuel Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) For additional information, see 4TNV94FHT Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4 Platform). (CTM136419.) NM95233,00006C1 -19-01SEP16-1/1
Exhaust Aftertreatment For more information, see Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) NM95233,00006C3 -19-05MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-05-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=319
Theory of Operation
Cold Start Operation Glow Plug Operation All machines are equipped with a glow plug cold weather starting aid system, which consists of the glow plug 80 A fuse (F31), glow plug relay (K2), and glow plugs (R5). When the operator switches power ON, the engine control unit (ECU) determines the amount of glow plug activation based on the temperature information received from engine coolant temperature sensor (B5208). When the glow plug system is needed, the ECU energizes the glow plug relay, which sends power to glow plugs located in each cylinder. When glow plug system is activated, the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) displays a glow plug icon, text stating WAIT TO START, and countdown of the seconds remaining before engine should be started. The ECU keeps the glow plug relay energized for an amount of time determined by measured temperatures. For temperatures in between listed values, preheat time is linear and will be in between low and high temperatures listed. Coolant Temperature
Preheat Time
Below -15°C Below 5°F
15 s (maximum)
-10°C 14°F
10 s
-5°C 23°F
5s
0°C 32°F
3s
Over 5°C Over 41°F
1s
When the ECU has determined that preheat time is adequate, it de-energizes the glow plug relay. The glow plug relay deactivation is delayed 5 seconds from when the EMU stops displaying WAIT TO START. This delay is to compensate for the time from when the operator notices the indicator is off and then starts cranking the engine. This delay also ensures the glow plugs are either still on or off shortly before the engine is cranked. If the operator switches power to ON by pressing the START button on the sealed switch module (SSM), the engine will crank and start. Depending on coolant temperature, the ECU can reenergize the glow plug relay once cranking has begun and will continue until the engine reaches 1100—1200 rpm. Any time the engine cranks but does not start, a switched power ON/OFF cycle will be required before preheating is allowed again. After-Glow After-glow feature allows glow plug relay to be energized for a maximum of 10 seconds after engine start as long as coolant temperature is below -15°C (5°F). Glow plug relay is de-energized when 10 seconds has passed or coolant exceeds -15°C (5°F).
Glow Plug Activation Time NM95233,00006C4 -19-17MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-05-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=320
Group 10
System Diagrams John Deere Engine
• See EGR Valve Operation. (CTM136419.)
This machine uses a John Deere 3.0 L diesel engine, which is manufactured by Yanmar Co. The engine model is 4TNV94FHT (turbocharged, intercooled, and high-pressure common rail).
Aftertreatment System Information • See Aftertreatment System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Injector Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Unit Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Tank Header Operation. (CTM136419.) • See SCR Operation. (CTM136419.)
To identify engine model, see Engine Serial Number Plate Information. (CTM136419.) For theory of operation on John Deere 4TNV94FHT engine and components not contained in this group, see the following: General Engine Information • See General Engine Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cooling System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Lubrication System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) System Operation. (CTM136419.) Air Intake and Exhaust System Information • See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Air Throttle Actuator Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cold Start Aid Operation. (CTM136419.) • See EGR Cooler Operation. (CTM136419.)
Fuel System Information • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Common-Rail (HPCR) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Primary and Secondary Fuel Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) For additional information, see 4TNV94FHT Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4 Platform). (CTM136419.) NM95233,00006C5 -19-01SEP16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=321
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=322
System Diagrams
Engine Cooling System Component Location TX1214617 —UN—24JUN16
21 11
6 8
12
7 A5508 5 11
13
12 11 11
2 1
A 15
14 19
A
17
14 16 18 12 4 11 B
10
3
20
9
B TX1214617 Engine Cooling System Component Location Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=323
NM95233,00006C6 -19-24JUN16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=324
System Diagrams 1— Radiator 2— Thermostat Housing-toRadiator Hose 3— Radiator-to-Coolant Pump Hose 4— Surge Tank-to-Radiator Hose 5— Surge Tank-to-Radiator Overflow Hose 6— Surge Tank Drain Hose 7— Surge Tank 8— Surge Tank Cap
9— Radiator Drain Hose 10— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header 11— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header-to-Exhaust Compression Tube Return Hose 12— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header-to-Exhaust Compression Tube Supply Hose
13— Coolant Pump-to-Exhaust 19— EGR Cooler-to-Thermostat Compression Tube Return Housing Hose Hose 20— Engine Oil Cooler 14— Engine Oil Cooler-to21— DEF Injector Coolant Exhaust Compression Tube Condenser Tube Supply Hose A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid 15— Thermostat Housing (DEF) Tank Coolant 16— Coolant Pump Control Valve 17— Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler 18— EGR Cooler-to-Engine Block Hose NM95233,00006C6 -19-24JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=325
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=326
System Diagrams
Engine Fuel System Component Location TX1215721 —UN—15JUN16
13
9
7
1
14
14 8
1 13
9
8
6 5
Y25
7 Y26
9
6 Y27
Y28 10
5 3
6
8
B4
10
3
12
4
11 Y5501
4 A 2 9 24
20
2
21
22 10
26 17 12
19
18
23 Y5501
25 11
15
B5100
16 Y5002
A TX1215721 Engine Fuel System Component Location Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=327
NM95233,00006C8 -19-14JUN16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=328
System Diagrams
1— Fuel Tank Cap 2— Fuel Tank 3— Auxiliary Fuel Tank 4— Lower Auxiliary Fuel Tank-to-Fuel Tank Hose 5— Fuel Tank Fill Hose 6— Fuel Tank Vent Hose 7— Fuel Cooler 8— Fuel Cooler-to-Fuel Tank Hose 9— Final Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Cooler Hose 10— Fuel Tank-to-Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Hose
11— Primary Fuel Filter and 20— Fuel Injector Return Line 26— Cylinder Head Water Separator 21— HPCR-to-Final Fuel Filter B4—Fuel Level Sensor 12— Final Fuel Filter Return Hose B5100—Fuel Rail Pressure 13— Auxiliary Fuel Tank Breather 22— Low-Pressure Fuel Sensor 14— Fuel Tank Breather Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Y25— Fuel Injector 1 15— High-Pressure Common Rail Hose Y26— Fuel Injector 2 (HPCR) 23— Final Fuel Filter-to-HighY27— Fuel Injector 3 16— High-Pressure Fuel Pump Pressure Fuel Pump Hose Y28— Fuel Injector 4 17— Cylinder Head-to-HPCR 24— Fuel Tank Drain Plug Y5002—Suction Control Valve Return Hose 25— Primary Fuel Filter and Water Y5501—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump 18— High-Pressure Fuel Separator-to-Low-Pressure Pump-to-HPCR Line Fuel Pump Hose 19— High-Pressure Fuel Supply Line (4 used) NM95233,00006C8 -19-14JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=329
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=330
System Diagrams
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location TX1214559 —UN—17MAY16
6 1
R15 B5215
5
22
18
3
2 B5111
14
13
20
7
17 4
A
12
9
8
B
10
8 10
Y5400 16
B5207 A
9
19
18
19 15
23 17 Y5401 21
11 B
TX1214559 Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=331
NM95233,00006C7 -19-31MAY16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=332
System Diagrams
1— Precleaner (if equipped) 2— Air Filter Housing 3— Exhaust Filter 4— Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) System 5— Exhaust Compression Tube 6— Exhaust Stack 7— Charge Air Cooler 8— Charge Air Cooler-toTurbocharger Tube 9— Charge Air Cooler-to-Air Throttle Actuator Tube
10— Air Filter Housing-toTurbocharger Tube 11— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank 12— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit 13— DEF Dosing Unit-to-DEF Dosing Injector Hose 14— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector 15— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Hose
16— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Return Hose 17— Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler 18— Turbocharger 19— EGR Cooler-to-EGR Valve Pipe 20— Dust Unloader Valve 21— Intake Manifold 22— Exhaust Manifold 23— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header B5111—Air Filter Restriction Switch
B5207—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor B5215—Intake Air Temperature Sensor R15— Crankcase Ventilation Heater Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Y5401—Air Throttle Actuator
NM95233,00006C7 -19-31MAY16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=333
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-10-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=334
Group 15
Diagnostic Information John Deere Engine
• See EGR Valve Operation. (CTM136419.)
This machine uses a John Deere 3.0 L diesel engine, which is manufactured by Yanmar Co. The engine model is 4TNV94FHT (turbocharged, intercooled, and high-pressure common rail).
Aftertreatment System Information • See Aftertreatment System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Injector Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Unit Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Tank Header Operation. (CTM136419.) • See SCR Operation. (CTM136419.)
To identify engine model, see Engine Serial Number Plate Information. (CTM136419.) For theory of operation on John Deere 4TNV94FHT engine and components not contained in this group, see the following:
Fuel System Information • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Common-Rail (HPCR) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Primary and Secondary Fuel Filter Operation. (CTM136419.)
General Engine Information • See General Engine Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cooling System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Lubrication System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) System Operation. (CTM136419.) Air Intake and Exhaust System Information • See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Air Throttle Actuator Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cold Start Aid Operation. (CTM136419.) • See EGR Cooler Operation. (CTM136419.)
For additional information, see 4TNV94FHT Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4 Platform). (CTM136419.) NM95233,00006CA -19-01SEP16-1/1
Engine Hard to Start or Does Not Start When Cold NR81152,0001859 -19-24MAY17-1/6
Engine Hard to Start or Does Not Start When Cold Diagnostic Procedure NR81152,0001859 -19-24MAY17-2/6
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Check for active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) using one of the following methods:
• Engagement and monitor unit (EMU). See Codes (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.) • Service ADVISOR™ application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
Are there any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present?
YES: Diagnose and repair malfunction causing code. NO: Go to Engine Software Check.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-15-1
NR81152,0001859 -19-24MAY17-3/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=335
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Engine Software Check
NOTE: Poor starting performance can occur if engine control unit (ECU) software is not correct version.
Verify that ECU is programmed with the correct software version.
YES: Go to Engine Oil Check.
Is ECU software the correct version?
NO: Program engine control unit (ECU) with correct software version. NR81152,0001859 -19-24MAY17-4/6
• 3
Engine Oil Check
Verify that oil viscosity is correct based on expected air temperature. See Diesel Engine YES: Go to Engine Oil — Interim Tier 4, Final Tier 4, Stage IIIB, and Stage IV. (Operator’s Manual.) Cranking Time Check. Is oil viscosity correct?
NO: Replace engine oil with correct type of oil. NR81152,0001859 -19-24MAY17-5/6
• 4
Engine Cranking Time Check
Record engine coolant temperature as displayed on engagement and monitor unit (EMU).
Record hydraulic oil temperature as displayed on EMU. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.) Record ambient air temperature. Cycle switched power and attempt to start machine. Crank engine until engine starts. Record engine cranking time. Using the coldest of the three temperatures recorded, use the table below to compare cranking time and temperature to evaluate cold start performance. Cold Start Performance Table (altitudes below 6000 ft) 0°C (32°F)
-10°C (14°F)
-15°C (5°F)
-20°C (-4°F)
-25°C (-13°F)
-30°C (-22°F)
<5s
<5s
< 15 s
< 30 s
< 30 s (1)
< 30 s (1)
(1) Block heater required for temperatures below -25°C (-13°F). Block heater must be plugged in for a minimum of 4 hours. Cold Start Performance Table (altitudes 6000—10 000 ft) 0°C (32°F)
-15°C (5°F)
< 30 s
< 15 s (1)
YES: Checks complete. Normal machine operation.
(1) Block heater required for temperatures below -15°C (5°F). Block heater must be plugged in for a minimum of 4 hours. Does machine cold start performance match table data?
NO: Program controller. NR81152,0001859 -19-24MAY17-6/6
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-15-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=336
Group 20
Adjustments John Deere Engine
• See EGR Valve Operation. (CTM136419.)
This machine uses a John Deere 3.0 L diesel engine, which is manufactured by Yanmar Co. The engine model is 4TNV94FHT (turbocharged, intercooled, and high-pressure common rail).
Aftertreatment System Information • See Aftertreatment System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Injector Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Unit Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Tank Header Operation. (CTM136419.) • See SCR Operation. (CTM136419.)
To identify engine model, see Engine Serial Number Plate Information. (CTM136419.) For theory of operation on John Deere 4TNV94FHT engine and components not contained in this group, see the following: General Engine Information • See General Engine Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cooling System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Lubrication System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) System Operation. (CTM136419.) Air Intake and Exhaust System Information • See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Air Throttle Actuator Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cold Start Aid Operation. (CTM136419.) • See EGR Cooler Operation. (CTM136419.)
Fuel System Information • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Common-Rail (HPCR) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Primary and Secondary Fuel Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) For additional information, see 4TNV94FHT Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4 Platform). (CTM136419.) AB06447,0000CC5 -19-24OCT16-1/1
Service Filter Cleaning For in depth details regarding cleaning states, see Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-05.) In addition to the cleaning procedures, the exhaust filter also requires maintenance to remove accumulated
ash, which is a noncombustible result of additives used in crankcase lubrication oils and the fuel. Ash removal CANNOT be performed by the operator. For more information on exhaust filter ash removal, see Diesel Particulate Filter — Maintenance and Service and see Exhaust Filter — Ash Handling and Disposal. (CTM136419) BS40810,000020E -19-24OCT16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-20-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=337
Adjustments
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-20-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=338
Group 25
Tests John Deere Engine
• See EGR Valve Operation. (CTM136419.)
This machine uses a John Deere 3.0 L diesel engine, which is manufactured by Yanmar Co. The engine model is 4TNV94FHT (turbocharged, intercooled, and high-pressure common rail).
Aftertreatment System Information • See Aftertreatment System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Injector Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Unit Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Tank Header Operation. (CTM136419.) • See SCR Operation. (CTM136419.)
To identify engine model, see Engine Serial Number Plate Information. (CTM136419.) For theory of operation on John Deere 4TNV94FHT engine and components not contained in this group, see the following: General Engine Information • See General Engine Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cooling System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Lubrication System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) System Operation. (CTM136419.) Air Intake and Exhaust System Information • See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Air Throttle Actuator Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cold Start Aid Operation. (CTM136419.) • See EGR Cooler Operation. (CTM136419.)
Fuel System Information • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Common-Rail (HPCR) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Primary and Secondary Fuel Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) For additional information, see 4TNV94FHT Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4 Platform). (CTM136419.) NM95233,00006CB -19-01SEP16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-25-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=339
Tests
Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
System Fluid Purge Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz
Fluid Sample Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz
TX1024519A —UN—01JUN07
This procedure is recommended for obtaining oil samples using the John Deere sampling valve. A cap probe, plastic bag, and oil sampling kit for the appropriate system are needed for this procedure. Part numbers for the required items can be found at the end of this procedure. Fluid systems should be sampled at the following intervals:
• Each system at every oil change before changing oil • Engine oil: 250 hours • Engine coolant: 500 hours • Hydraulic oil: 500 hours • Transmission oil: 500 hours • Power train oil (axles, gear cases): 500 hours
System Fluid Purge (excavator shown)
3. Properly dispose of collected waste fluid.
MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Start the machine and warm system to normal operating temperature. Operate machine functions so that the fluid is agitated throughout the system.
4. If oil flow needs to be increased to obtain a representative sample, accelerate the flow of the system by increasing the engine speed to high idle while taking the sample.
2. Once the system has reached operating temperature, operate engine at slow idle. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
3. Locate sample valve on unit and clean the area around the valve prior to removing dust cap. This will reduce additional fluid sample contamination. See Take Fluid Samples. (Operator's Manual.) 4. Once the area has been cleaned, remove the dust cap from the valve. Priming Sample Valve Oil must be purged from the system to ensure that a representative sample is collected in the test collection bottle. The appropriate amount of waste oil is determined by the distance of the sampling valve from the flow of the system. It is recommended one full sample bottle, equal to 100 mL (3.4 oz), be purged from a remotely mounted valve before collecting the sample. 1. Connect probe to sample valve by placing the probe end into the valve port. 2. Press and hold the probe to release an appropriate amount of fluid into a waste container. Specification System Fluid Purge—Volume (approximate)............................................................................... 100 mL 3.4 oz Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-25-2
NR81152,000185A -19-24MAY17-1/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=340
Tests Obtaining Fluid Sample NOTE: This step is best done in a clean environment, rather than at the sample site.
TX1024509A —UN—31MAY07
1. Place the sample bottle from the sample kit into plastic bag. Seal plastic bag.
Place Sample Bottle in Plastic Bag NR81152,000185A -19-24MAY17-2/6
2. Remove the lid from the sample container, while keeping bottle inside plastic bag. Move the lid aside within the plastic bag, so that the bottle opening is accessible.
TX1024510A —UN—31MAY07
When collecting hydraulic or power train oil samples, be careful to hold the sheet of plastic (located under the lid) to the top of the bottle. This ensures that the protective plastic is not removed when the lid is taken off.
Remove Lid of Sample Bottle (in plastic bag) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-25-3
NR81152,000185A -19-24MAY17-3/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=341
Tests
NOTE: The plastic bag creates a protective covering for the sample so that external contaminants are not introduced into the fluid sample.
TX1024514A —UN—01JUN07
3. Holding bag tight across bottle, puncture hole in bag with cap probe line and insert line about 13 mm (0.5 in) into the sample bottle.
Puncture Plastic Bag With Cap Probe Line Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-25-4
NR81152,000185A -19-24MAY17-4/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=342
Tests
4. While holding cap probe line inside the bottle, press and hold the cap probe to the valve to release the sample fluid into the bottle that is still secured within the plastic bag. 5. Fill the sample bottle about 3/4 full of fluid.
TX1024515A —UN—01JUN07
Specification Fluid Sample—Volume (approximate)................................................................................. 75 mL 2.5 oz
6. After a representative sample is obtained, remove the tube and return the lid to the container. Leave the lid and bottle inside the plastic bag and the protective sheet attached underneath the lid (if applicable). When properly performed, sample oil is warm, indicating that all stagnant fluid was removed during the purge process and not sent to the lab. Collect Sample Fluid (excavator shown)
NOTE: Cap probes are to be used for only one sampling procedure. 7. Install the dust cap to the sample valve, and properly dispose of the cap probe.
8. Fill out the sample information form completely, and submit the form and sample to the designated regional lab for testing.
Fluid Analysis Sampling Materials Summary Part Number
Description
AT317904
Engine Test Kit
AT303189
Hydraulic and Power Train Test Kit
AT180344
Diesel Fuel Test Kit
AT183016
Coolant Test Kit
TY26349
6 mm (0.25 in) Suction Pump Tubing, 30 m (100 ft)
AT308579
120 mL (4 oz) Sample Bottle
AT315231
Poly Cap Probe
AT321211
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -4 SAE O-ring
AT306111
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 SAE O-ring
TY26363
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/4-20 NPT
AT306133
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/8-27 NPT
AT320593
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 ORFS Female
AT312932
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -8 ORFS Female
TY26364
90° Push-Button Sample Valve with attached Cap, 1/8-27 NPT
TY26365
Sample Valve Actuator Tubing Adaptor Fitting, KST Series Probe
Non-Applicable
Plastic Bag Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-25-5
NR81152,000185A -19-24MAY17-5/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=343
Tests
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9010-25-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=344
Section 9015 Electrical System Contents Page Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Starting Circuit Theory of Operation............................................... 9015-05-1 Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation............................... 9015-05-5 Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-05-10 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-13 Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-27 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-05-35 Lighting Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-05-43 Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-47 Backup Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-05-62 Quik-Tatch™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped ....................... 9015-05-64 JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-05-66 Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-67 Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-05-79 Group 10—System Diagrams Electrical Diagram Information .................. 9015-10-1 Electrical Schematic Symbols ................... 9015-10-4 Fuse and Relay Specifications .................. 9015-10-7 System Functional Schematic, Component Location, and Wiring Diagram Master Legend ...................... 9015-10-10 System Functional Schematic ................. 9015-10-15 Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-18 Rear Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-20 Cab Harness (W2) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-24 Cab Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-28 Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-34 Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-40 Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-50
Right Main Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-56 Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-67 Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-69 JDLink™ Harness (W7) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-70 JDLink™ Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-71 Radio Harness (W8) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-74 Radio Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-75 Rear Camera Harness (W10) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-75 Rear Camera Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-10-76 Attachment Control Frame Harness (W11) Component Location ................. 9015-10-76 Attachment Control Frame Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram ......................... 9015-10-77 Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) Component Location................. 9015-10-78 Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram ......................... 9015-10-79 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location................. 9015-10-81 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram ......................... 9015-10-82 Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19) Component Location................. 9015-10-85 Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram ......................... 9015-10-86 Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-87 Engine Interface Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-10-88 Engine Harness (W21) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-91 Engine Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-94 Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) Component Location................. 9015-10-96 Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram ......................... 9015-10-97 Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-97 Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-10-98
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-100 Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-100 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-101 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-102 Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (W40) Component Location............... 9015-10-102 Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram ....................... 9015-10-103 Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-104 Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-105 Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Harness (W44) Component Location............... 9015-10-105 Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Harness (W44) Wiring Diagram ....................... 9015-10-106
Engagement and Monitor Unit Display Messages ............................... 9015-16-16 Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation............................................. 9015-16-18
Group 15—Diagnostic Information Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure .............................................. 9015-15-1 JDLink™ Connection Procedure ............... 9015-15-2 Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) ................................................... 9015-15-3 Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics........................ 9015-15-6 Group 16—Monitor Operation Service Mode............................................. 9015-16-1 Exhaust Filter Service Cleaning ................ 9015-16-2 Exhaust Filter Set Auto Clean ................... 9015-16-2 Shift Mode ................................................. 9015-16-2 Codes ........................................................ 9015-16-3 Diagnostics—Switches .............................. 9015-16-3 Diagnostics—Sensors ............................... 9015-16-4 Diagnostics—Left Joystick......................... 9015-16-4 Diagnostics—Right Joystick ...................... 9015-16-5 Diagnostics—Speeds ................................ 9015-16-5 Diagnostics—VCU Outputs ....................... 9015-16-6 Diagnostics—EMU Outputs....................... 9015-16-6 Diagnostics—ECU Outputs ....................... 9015-16-7 Diagnostics—VCU Power.......................... 9015-16-7 Diagnostics—EMU Power ......................... 9015-16-7 Diagnostics—ECU Power.......................... 9015-16-8 Diagnostics—Controller Info...................... 9015-16-8 Diagnostics—Cal Values ........................... 9015-16-9 Antitheft—Master Code ............................. 9015-16-9 Calibration ............................................... 9015-16-10 Owner Controls........................................ 9015-16-11 Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—If Equipped ................. 9015-16-12 Anti-Theft Security System Enable—If Equipped............................ 9015-16-14 Anti-Theft Security System Operation—If Equipped ....................... 9015-16-15 TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Group 17—Diagnostic Test Box Setup and Functional Test ......................... 9015-17-1 Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High ................... 9015-17-6 Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low.................... 9015-17-8 Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High ................... 9015-17-9 Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low.................. 9015-17-11 Group 20—Adjustments Hydrostatic System Calibration ................. 9015-20-1 Boom and Bucket Calibration .................... 9015-20-3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration ................. 9015-20-4 Manual Tracking Adjustment ..................... 9015-20-4 Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration ............................................. 9015-20-5 Group 25—Tests Electrical Component Checks ................... 9015-25-1 Electrical Components...............................9015-25-1 Electrical Component Specifications ........................................ 9015-25-9 Solenoid Test ........................................... 9015-25-13 Solenoid Observable Symptom Check ..................................................9015-25-13 Alternator Test ......................................... 9015-25-22 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test........................................... 9015-25-25 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics .........................................9015-25-26
9015-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Starting Circuit Theory of Operation TX1238209 —UN—03MAY17
J007 TAN
GRN 1 X001 YEL
X5502-26
X5502-73
X5502-51
E014 WHT
R067 BLK
E015 WHT
7
5
2
4
WHT 2
RED 1
M015 VLT
X5502-7 X5502-1
X5502-43
7
R068 BLK
R015 BLK X5502-19
6
8
BLU 2
SHIELD2 X5502-17
R058 BLK X5502-18
P048 RED
M014 VLT X5502-42
X5501-9
J007 TAN
X5502-3
J007 TAN
X5501-48
1
8
X5057 LEFT MAIN HARNESS-TOENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 1
X5502-39
PNK 5
X5059 LEFT MAIN HARNESS-TOENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 3
BLU 1
ORG 4
7
R055 BLK
BLK 7
RED 5
BLU 7
J007 TAN
8
X5501-47
P040 RED P040 RED
R019 BLK
X5501-5 X5501-6
R019 BLK
X5501-33
4
E013 WHT
X5501-39 M013 LT GRN
X5502-92
X5501-38
F001 YEL X5502-82
R004 BLK M012 YEL
P005 RED
X5501-54 X5502-90
X41-B
E001 WHT E003 WHT
X41-A
6
WHT 3
M
1
Y5 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID 2
R012 BLK
X2 X53
41 12 E001 WHT E003 WHT R004 BLK CAN 1
TX1238209
R012 BLK
R012 BLK
21
2
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
1
2
Y25 FUEL INJECTOR 1
1
2
Y26 FUEL INJECTOR 2
1
YEL 1
X1
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
1
X5502-25
G002 BLK
3
BLU 1
2
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
2
30
X5502-74
M013 LT GRN
86
5
E012 WHT
5
B5208 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1
WHT 1
M012 YEL
87a
3
2
X5502-49
6
87
1
8
R090 BLK
P004 RED
85
RED 2
V4 START SIGNAL DIODE
CAN 1
G003 BLK
1
M013 LT GRN
T003 BLU
X2
42
B-
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
K20 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU) RELAY
B5111 AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
B5301 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
D
X10 REMOTE START BOX CONNECTOR
G
J006 TAN
M012 YEL
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
B
X54
P052 RED P052 RED
P
S5 INTERLOCKING SEAT BAR SWITCH
X42-H
B
M009 BRN
S4 SEAT SWITCH
X42-G
M001 BRN X42-P X41-P
P010 RED X42-N
C
M003 BRN
E001 WHT
X42-E
B
E032 WHT E032 WHT
X43-L
A
B
X41-R
P004 RED
E032 WHT
P004 RED
S13 CAB DOOR SWITCH
B5302 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
2
X5501-34
J007 TAN 5
X2
3
P010 RED
P010 RED
J007 TAN J007 TAN
J007 TAN
B
24
X15
W
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
BATT_GND1
P005 RED
CAN 1
3~
F3 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE
6
A
G004 BLK
MTR_GND
U
B+
B
G1 BATTERY
-
A
E001 WHT
M1 STARTER MOTOR
P005 RED
D
X55
C
D+
G003 BLK
+
V2 POLARITY SENSING DIODE
R004 BLK
G2 ALTERNATOR
X2
V1 REMOTE START DIODE
J006 TAN
B001 RED
B004 RED
S
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
P003 RED
R004 BLK
B002 RED
1
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
E001 WHT E003 WHT R004 BLK
X15
BATT_PWR
3
V5 ALTERNATOR DIODE
E001 WHT 6
2
3
P002 RED
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
G004 BLK
E003 WHT
R004 BLK
B005 RED
R5 GLOW PLUGS
X1
E055 WHT
87
X15
4
P004 RED
85
K4 ACCESSORY RELAY
E001 WHT
1
30
F2 MONITOR UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
A
E032 WHT
5
E008 WHT
86
CAN 1
2
X1
J007 TAN
J006 TAN
5
K1 STARTER RELAY
K2 GLOW PLUG RELAY
B001 RED
2
J007 TAN P010 RED
A
G004 BLK
G001 BLK
3
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
P004 RED
6
J007 TAN
B010 RED
P008 RED
1
X53
P004 RED
W35 LEFT FRAME GROUND
J007 TAN
E001 WHT
3
F1 UNSWITCHED POWER 7.5A FUSE
F7 ACCESSORY 20A FUSE
P001 RED
B001 RED
F31 GLOW PLUG 80A FUSE
B010 RED
B001 RED
B004 RED
E003 WHT
1 B004 RED
B004 RED B001 RED
P010 RED
B001 RED
R092 BLK
B004 RED B001 RED B010 RED J007 TAN
X19
X5060 LEFT MAIN HARNESS-TOENGINE FUEL SYSTEM HARNESS CONNECTOR
2
Y27 FUEL INJECTOR 3
1
Y28 FUEL INJECTOR 4
CAN 1
Start and Charge Circuits Schematic
JK05397,00051B9 -19-08MAY17-1/3
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=347
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=348
Theory of Operation
A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) K2—Glow Plug Relay X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left A2—Engagement and Monitor K4—Accessory Relay Harness 47-Pin Connector Main Harness Connector 3 Unit (EMU) K8—Switched Power Relay X10— Remote Start Box X5057—Left Main HarnessA5500—Engine Control Unit K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector to-Engine Harness (ECU) Relay X15— Right Main Harness-toConnector 1 B5111—Air Filter Restriction M1—Starter Motor Engine Interface Harness X5059—Left Main HarnessSwitch R5—Glow Plugs 8-Pin Connector to-Engine Harness B5208—Engine Coolant S4— Seat Switch X19— Right Main Harness-toConnector 3 Temperature Sensor S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Engine Interface Harness X5060—Left Main Harness-toB5301—Crankshaft Position S13— Cab Door Switch 1-Pin Connector Engine Fuel System Sensor V1— Remote Start Diode X41— Engagement and Monitor Harness Connector B5302—Camshaft Position V2— Polarity Sensing Diode Unit (EMU) 16-Pin X5501—Engine Control Unit Sensor V4— Start Signal Diode Connector 1 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A V5— Alternator Diode X42— Engagement and Monitor X5502—Engine Control Unit Fuse W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground Unit (EMU) 14-Pin (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 F2— Monitor Unswitched Power W31—Starter Motor Ground Connector 2 Y5— Park Brake Solenoid 10 A Fuse W32—Cab Harness Ground X43— Engagement and Monitor Y25— Fuel Injector 1 F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 W35—Left Frame Ground Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Y26— Fuel Injector 2 A Fuse W36—Right Frame Ground Connector 3 Y27— Fuel Injector 3 F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y28— Fuel Injector 4 F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector Main Harness Connector 1 F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left G1—Battery Main Harness Connector 2 G2—Alternator K1—Starter Relay
Keyless Start
Power from fuse (F15) is supplied to pin A of cab door switch (S13), pin A of air filter restriction switch (B5111), and pin N of EMU connector (X42).
Unswitched power from battery (G1) is supplied to the following components:
Switched power is also supplied to engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) at pins 47 and 48 of ECU connector (X5501). This energizes the ECU and allows it to power up and ready itself for engine start. For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Alternator (G2) (B+ terminal) • Unswitched power 7.5 A fuse (F1) • Monitor unswitched power 10 A fuse (F2) • ECU unswitched power 25 A fuse (F3) • Accessory 20 A fuse (F7) • Glow plug 80 A fuse (F31) • Starter relay (K1) (pin 3) • Glow plug relay (K2) (pin 3) • Accessory relay (K4) (pin 30) • Switched power relay (K8) (pin 4) • Engine control unit (ECU) relay (K20) (pin 87) • Starter motor (M1)
Remote start diode (V1) is incorporated into the circuit to keep switched battery power from the remote start box connector (X10). Anti-Theft Security System
Unswitched power from fuse (F1) is supplied to pin 1 of sealed switch module (SSM) (A1) and pin A of remote start box connector (X10). Unswitched power from fuse (F2) is supplied to engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) at pin H of EMU connector (X42), pin A of seat switch (S4), and pin A of interlocking seat bar switch (S5). Unswitched power from fuse (F3) is supplied to pin 87 of engine control unit (ECU) relay (K20).
When switched power comes on, the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) checks if anti-theft security system is enabled. If enabled, the operator must enter a valid security code using either SSM switches or EMU menu buttons prior to starting the engine within 5 minutes. If anti-theft security system is not enabled, no PIN number is required to start the engine. If anti-theft is set to secured and a valid PIN is not entered within 5 minutes after switched power comes on, the EMU disables switched power. NOTE: The EMU is equipped with a shutdown timer setting that turns off switched power if left on without starting engine for 5 minutes if in secured mode and 60 minutes if in unsecured mode.
Unswitched power from fuse (F7) is supplied to pin 30 of accessory relay (K4). Switched Power ON When the engine start button on the SSM (A1) is pressed once and released, current flows from pin 3 of SSM to pin 2 of switched power relay (K8) and pin 86 of accessory relay (K4), energizing both relays. With relay (K8) energized, power is provided to switched power 20 A fuse (F15).
For more information on operating the anti-theft security system, see Anti-Theft—If Equipped (EMU). (Operator's Manual.) Engine Start
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-3
JK05397,00051B9 -19-08MAY17-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=349
Theory of Operation
When the engine start button is pressed a second time and held down, the SSM broadcasts a message across the controller area network (CAN) to request the EMU to begin the start process. The EMU first checks to make sure anti-theft security is clear for start, the park brake is engaged, and the engine is not currently running. If these conditions are met, the EMU then sends a start signal from pin R of EMU connector (X41) to the ECU at pin 54 of ECU connector (X5501). Start signal diode (V4) prevents remote start box signal from reaching the EMU. When the ECU receives the start signal, the ECU provides power at pin 54 of ECU connector (X5501) for pin 1 of starter relay (K1) and ground at pin 92 of ECU connector (X5502) for pin 2 of the starter relay, energizing the relay. With the starter relay energized, unswitched battery current flows to the starter motor (M1), activating starter motor. When the ECU detects the engine is cranking, it uses camshaft position sensor (B5302) to determine what cylinder is coming to top dead center at the end of the compression stroke. The ECU then uses the crankshaft position sensor (B5301) to control fuel injection timing. The ECU starts injecting fuel when the next cylinder in the firing order is at the correct position. Once engine starts, the ECU goes into the engine-running mode. The ECU considers the engine to be running once engine speed reaches approximately 800 rpm. Engine Stop When engine stop switch on SSM is pressed, ECU (A5500) de-energizes the electronic fuel injectors 1—4 (Y25—Y28), stopping the engine. Cold Start Aids The ECU (A5500) determines if glow plugs (R5) require energizing based upon readings it receives from engine coolant temperature sensor (B5208). The ECU provides power from pin 90 of ECU connector (X5502) to pin 1 of the glow plug relay (K2), energizing the relay. With the glow plug relay energized, current flows from battery (G1) through the glow plug 80 A fuse (F31) and glow plug relay to the glow plugs (R5). When glow plug system is activated, the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) displays a glow plug icon, text stating WAIT TO START, and countdown of the seconds remaining before engine should be started.
For more information on glow plug operation, see Cold Start Operation. (Group 9010-05.) The ECU also changes fuel injection during cold starting conditions by increasing the amount of fuel injected. This cold-temperature enrichment is based on the temperature measured by the engine coolant temperature sensor (B5208). If ambient temperature is below -10°C (14°F), the ECU limits initial engine speed to protect turbocharger during cold-weather operation. Engine speed is limited to 1500 rpm for the first 10 seconds after engine starts. Charge Circuit Unswitched power from battery (G1) is available at the B+ terminal of the alternator (G2) at all times. When switched power is ON, current flows to the coil of accessory relay (K4), energizing the relay. With the accessory relay energized, current flows through the accessory 20 A fuse (F7) to the D+ terminal of the alternator, energizing (exciting) the rotor field windings. The energized winding causes the alternator to generate power for the electrical system and charges the battery. The circuit is protected by fuse (F7) and the alternator diode (V5). The EMU (A2) monitors system voltage at pin H of EMU connector (X42). If the EMU detects voltage to be less than 11.7 V or greater than 16.2 V, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is activated. For information on battery voltage monitoring, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Remote Start The polarity sensing diode (V2) is incorporated into the circuit to keep switched power from SSM (A1) when using a remote start box. The EMU (A2) communicates to the hydraulic control unit (HCU) via CAN that a remote start box is being used and will not allow park brake release, hydraulic enable, or hydrostatic enable. For more information on EMU, HCU, VCU, or CAN, see the theory of operation of the specific component:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
JK05397,00051B9 -19-08MAY17-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=350
Theory of Operation
Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation XJ1225891 —UN—13OCT16
2
K
A018 ORG
1
R012 BLK
F
N
E
M013 LT GRN
CAN 1
B
P004 RED
A
G002 BLK
W7 JDLINK™ HARNESS
A5600 DOSING CONTROL UNIT (DCU)
X16 M012 YEL
X5602-15
M013 LT GRN R012 BLK
M012 YEL CAN 1
CAN 1
M013 LT GRN R012 BLK
4 5 6
M012 YEL M013 LT GRN R012 BLK
R012 BLK
CAN 1
CAN 1 3
4
0 CAN 1
M013 LT GRN
5
M012 YEL
6
R012 BLK
A6000 MODULAR H1 TELEMATICS GATEWAY H2 (MTG) CONTROL UNIT
4
CAN 1
CAN 1
CAN 1
3
R012 BLK
R012 BLK
R012 BLK
M012 YEL
X5602-14
X87
CAN 1
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
X23
1
P004 RED
1
G002 BLK
2 4
2
5
3
A6 RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSR)
C
B
A
6
-
7
8
9
120
HI
M013 LT GRN
M013 GRN
D
M013 GRN
M012 YEL
M012 YEL
C
G002 BLK
X5501-38
M013 LT GRN
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
X40 SERVICE ADVISOR™ CONNECTOR
R012 BLK
X5501-39
R012 BLK
40
3
CAN 1
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
W3 LEFT MAIN HARNESS
2
4
CAN 1
CAN 1
X55 1
M013 LT GRN 39
R012 BLK
M012 YEL
CAN 1
3
M012 YEL
38
CAN 1
M012 YEL
R012 BLK
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
X2
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
R012 BLK
M012 YEL CAN 1
CAN 1
CAN 1
CAN 1
M013 LT GRN
X88
CAN 1
3
4
M013 LT GRN
1
3
M012 YEL
M012 YEL
2 M012 YEL
X25
LO
2
R012 BLK
M013 LT GRN
A10 REAR CAMERA
R012 BLK
R074 BLK
M013 GRN
J
M012 YEL
R076 BLK
A5 LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSL)
M013 GRN
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
X41-A
R012 BLK
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
3
M013 LT GRN
A9 REAR CAMERA DISPLAY
M012 YEL
X52 R012 BLK
W2 CAB HARNESS
A5507 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK HEADER ASSEMBLY
X41-B
W1 REAR ENGINE HARNESS
X45-B1
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
X45-A1
W4 RIGHT MAIN HARNESS
+
R6 CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
XJ1225891 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=351
BJ21193,000011B -19-13OCT16-1/4
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=352
Theory of Operation A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit Unit (EMU) A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) R6—CAN Termination Resistor 1 W1—Rear Engine Harness A5—Left Joystick Controller W2—Cab Harness (JSL) W3—Left Main Harness A6—Right Joystick Controller W4—Right Main Harness (JSR) W7—JDLink™ Harness A9—Rear Camera Display W32—Cab Harness Ground A10— Rear Camera X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main A5500—Engine Control Unit Harness 47-Pin Connector (ECU) X16— Left Main HarnessA5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid to-JDLink™ Harness (DEF) Tank Header Connector Assembly A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)
X23— Right Joystick Controller (JSR) 6-Pin Connector X25— Left Joystick Controller (JSL) 6-Pin Connector X40— Service ADVISOR™ Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X52— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness Connector 2
X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 3 X87— Cab Harness-to-Right Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector X88— Cab Harness-to-Left Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5602—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 53 Way Connector
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-7
BJ21193,000011B -19-13OCT16-2/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=353
Theory of Operation
W21 ENGINE HARNESS 120
HI LO
+
PNK 3 BLU 5
BLU 6
C
Y5400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE
120
ENGINE CAN HIGH
X5501-51
E045 WHT
ENGINE CAN LOW
X5501-52
E046 WHT
PNK 2
BLU 2
+
TX1217893 —UN—21JUN16
-
HI
3
E046 WHT
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
2
E045 WHT
X5058
W3 LEFT MAIN HARNESS
LO
D
+
R5606 ENGINE CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR
PNK 4
TX1217893 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit W3—Left Main Harness (ECU) W21—Engine Harness R5606—Engine CAN Termination X5058—Left Main HarnessResistor to-Engine Harness Connector 2
X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
Controller Area Network (CAN) Overview The controller area network (CAN) provides a standardized means for electronic controllers and other devices to communicate with each other. The CAN consists of two wires: CAN high and CAN low. These two wires carry signals opposite to each other to overcome noise interference and minimize communication errors. The high and low wires, along with a ground wire, are woven together, forming what is called a twisted triple. The twisted triple provides an additional method of reducing interference and thus helps the devices communicate with minimal errors. To help prevent signal errors, the CAN data line uses 120 ohm termination resistors, at opposite ends of the CAN data line. The CAN is an arbitration-based system. This means that a low-priority message always allows a high-priority message to go first. Each CAN device check to see if the bus is idle before it transmits a signal. Whichever device gets on the bus first is able to transmit its signal. When two or more devices are transmitting at the same time, the device with the highest priority has access to the bus. The device that loses arbitration immediately transmits its signal again once the device with the higher priority has completed its transmission.
Each controller has the ability to generate a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) if CAN communication is lost. Refer to DTC diagnostics for each specific controller in Section 9001. For general CAN diagnostics, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-25.) There are two CANs used on these machines: machine CAN and engine CAN. Machine CAN Machine CAN provides communication link for the following devices:
• Sealed switch module (SSM) (A1) • Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) • Hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) • Left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) • Right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) • Rear camera display (A9) • Engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) • Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank header assembly (A5507)
• Dosing control unit (DCU) (A5600) • Modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit (A6000) Machine CAN also includes the following components:
• CAN termination resistor 1 (R6) • Service ADVISOR™ connector (X40) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-8
BJ21193,000011B -19-13OCT16-3/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=354
Theory of Operation
Operations and functions of the individual devices on CAN are covered separately.
• For the EMU, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Engine CAN Engine CAN provides the communication link for the following devices:
• For the ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit
• Engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) • Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve (Y5400)
• For the HCU, see Hydraulic System Control Circuit
The engine CAN also has two termination resistors: one located inside the ECU that is not accessible and engine CAN termination resistor (R5606) within the engine harness.
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Theory of Operation and see Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • For the DCU, see Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
The Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector provides an interface for connecting diagnostic equipment such as a laptop. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.)
Operations and functions of the individual devices on the engine CAN are covered separately. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company BJ21193,000011B -19-13OCT16-4/4
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=355
Theory of Operation
Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation
P010 RED
B001 RED
P010 RED B001 RED
P005 RED
L
P
F33 REAR CAMERA 5A FUSE
P062 RED
P010 RED
F2 MONITOR UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
3 R076 BLK
A10 REAR CAMERA
G
F
N
E
4
G004 BLK
1
R012 BLK
2
A018 ORG
M012 YEL
R074 BLK
M013 LT GRN
J K
G002 BLK
A9 REAR CAMERA DISPLAY
W37 FUEL TANK GROUND
XJ1225889 —UN—13OCT16
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
CAN 1
XJ1225889 Rear Camera Circuit Schematic A9—Rear Camera Display A10— Rear Camera
F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse
F33— Rear Camera 5 A Fuse W32—Cab Harness Ground
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-10
W37—Fuel Tank Ground BJ21193,0000119 -19-26OCT16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=356
Theory of Operation Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation When ignition power is ON, current flows to pin L of rear camera display (A9) connector and through rear camera 5 A fuse (F33) to pin 3 of rear camera (A10). Unswitched power flows through monitor unswitched power 10 A fuse (F2) to pin P of rear camera display (A9) connector. Ground for rear camera display (A9) is provided at cab ground (W32). Ground for rear camera (A10) is provided
at fuel tank ground (W37). When the rear camera display powers up, 12-volt power is supplied to pin 3 of rear camera (A10) connector. The rear camera then sends a video signal from pins 1 and 2 to the rear camera display connector pins K and J respectively. At power up, the rear camera is set to video only mode. For operation of the rear camera, see Rear Camera—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) BJ21193,0000119 -19-26OCT16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=357
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=358
Theory of Operation
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation XJ1248469 —UN—10DEC17
E001 WHT
P B
X54 J007 TAN
3
J006 TAN
1
P004 RED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
E003 WHT R004 BLK Continued on next page
9015-05-13
N001 YEL
X5501-38
X5501-39 M013 LT GRN
X5501-31
X5501-37
F003 YEL X5501-18
G031 BLK
X5501-3 G031 BLK
G031 BLK
X5501-2 G031 BLK
X5501-4
X5502-82
F001 YEL
E001 WHT
W33 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU) GROUND (IF EQUIPPED) G002 BLK
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=359
R012 BLK
1
X53 12
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (1 of 3)
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
X5501-54
M
5
XJ1248469
X5501-1
X1
6
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
G031 BLK
X10 REMOTE START BOX CONNECTOR
CAN 1
0
G003 BLK
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
C
M012 YEL
G2 ALTERNATOR
BATT_GND1
MTR_GND
STOP
G003 BLK
-
E003 WHT
G1 BATTERY
W
G
B-
B
R004 BLK
+
M1 STARTER MOTOR
U 3~
E001 WHT
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
X5502-92
B001 RED S
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
D+ B+
E032 WHT
B5600 WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR
D
42
6
B002 RED
A B
2
R004 BLK
B004 RED
X15
P004 RED
J007 TAN
V1 REMOTE START DIODE
R5600 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH RESISTOR
1
8
X5502-90
X2
12
Q
E001 WHT
1
N001 YEL
X5502-84
J007 TAN
V2 POLARITY SENSING DIODE
B5111 AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
E003 WHT
J006 TAN
6
X54
1.2K OHM
P010 RED
A
E032 WHT
P004 RED
X53
P010 RED
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
J007 TAN
R5 GLOW PLUGS
BATT_PWR
P010 RED
J007 TAN
2
D
1
B5115 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
W35 LEFT FRAME GROUND
Y5501 LOWPRESSURE FUEL PUMP
2
X5501-48
3
J007 TAN
K2 GLOW PLUG RELAY
1
B010 RED
4
X1
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
G031 BLK
B001 RED
B010 RED
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
J007 TAN
G001 BLK 1
W35 LEFT FRAME GROUND
E003 WHT
E008 WHT
E001 WHT 2
2
G004 BLK
R004 BLK
B005 RED
5
3
5
K1 STARTER RELAY
E001 WHT
B001 RED
5
P008 RED
E001 WHT
X15
1
F1 UNSWITCHED POWER 7.5A FUSE
F31 GLOW PLUG 80A FUSE
P010 RED
B001 RED
1
3
G001 BLK
B010 RED
X5501-47
X19
P010 RED
B004 RED
B004 RED
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-1/10
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=360
Theory of Operation
1— Controller Area Network K1—Starter Relay (CAN) K2—Glow Plug Relay A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) K8—Switched Power Relay A5500—Engine Control Unit M1—Starter Motor (ECU) R5—Glow Plugs B5111—Air Filter Restriction R5600—Engine Oil Pressure Switch Switch Resistor B5115—Engine Oil Pressure V1— Remote Start Diode Switch V2— Polarity Sensing Diode B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A W31—Starter Motor Ground Fuse W32—Cab Harness Ground F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse W33—Engine Control Unit (ECU) F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse Ground (if equipped) G1—Battery G2—Alternator
W35—Left Frame Ground W36—Right Frame Ground X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 14-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X10— Remote Start Box Connector X15— Right Main Harness-toEngine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector X19— Right Main Harness-toEngine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector
Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A5500)
location of the ECU. The BAP sensor helps the ECU determine the air density for calculating the correct air-fuel ratio. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing the ECU.
The engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) uses information received from various sensors to determine correct amount of fuel and injection timing based on load, temperatures, and operator input while keeping within emissions regulations. Some data calculated by the ECU is transmitted across controller area network (CAN) (1) to engagement and monitor unit (EMU), where it is displayed on the screen. ECU also controls exhaust aftertreatment circuit to control emissions.
The ECU also contains a temperature sensor that is located inside the ECU. This sensor is used to determine the internal temperature of the ECU. If the ECU temperature exceeds specification, the ECU limits the speed of the engine in an attempt to protect the ECU from permanent damage. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing the ECU. Also inside the ECU is a 120-ohm resistor, which is used to prevent signal errors on the engine CAN system. This resistor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing the ECU. For more information, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location or see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• For information on the EMU, see Engagement and
Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) • For information on the CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
ECU is made up of input components and controlled components. These components include:
• Analog-to-digital (A/D) converters • Digital-to-analog (D/A) converters • Microprocessor (CPU) • Memory (storage) • Internal power supplies for external components ECU also detects malfunctions in sensors and sensor circuits or abnormal operating conditions. When this happens, ECU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). For more information about engine DTCs, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-10.)
ECU allows for programming and diagnostic tests using Service ADVISOR™ as follows:
• Programming—ECU can be programmed with serial
numbers of the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC), diesel particulate filter (DPF), and fuel injectors if they are replaced. • Actuator Test—ECU can test the air throttle actuator (Y5401) and exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve (Y5400). • Cylinder Cutout Test—This test provides capability to cutout fuel to individual cylinders and provide a programmable fuel command to other cylinders for a programmable number of cylinder firing events. Total time for number of firing events is determined and made available to Service ADVISOR™ for analysis. • Service Regeneration—The ECU can be commanded to do three different exhaust regeneration modes under certain engine parameters. ECU Power Up (Power and Ground)
Whenever an engine DTC occurs, information is captured or recorded. Information generated is called a snapshot. Snapshot information is categorized in two types: snapshot capture and snapshot recording. For more information, see Snapshot Instructions. (CTM136419.) The ECU contains a barometric air pressure (BAP) sensor that is located inside the ECU. This sensor is used to determine the pressure of the ambient air at the mounting
Switched Power ON—Keyless Start Machines When operator presses engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) (A1), power is sent from pin 3 of the SSM to pins 47 and 48 of ECU connector (X5501). This energizes the ECU and allows it to power up and ready itself for engine start.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 1 X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 2 X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 Y5501—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
9015-05-15
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-2/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=361
Theory of Operation
Ground for ECU is provided at pins 1—4, 18, and 31 of ECU connector (X5501).
The water-in-fuel sensor uses pin 84 for signal on ECU connector (X5502) and power is supplied from terminal 3 of switched power relay (K8).
For more information on starting and charging, see Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Air Filter Restriction Switch (B5111) Air filter restriction switch (B5111) measures incoming air pressure drawn in by the engine. ECU uses signal from air filter restriction switch to determine if filter replacement is needed. If air filter restriction exceeds specification, ECU will send a signal to illuminate an indicator on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU). The ECU also uses this switch for engine protection purposes. Air filter restriction switch uses terminal 3 of switched power relay (K8) for supply voltage and pin 82 for signal voltage on ECU connector (X5502).
Engine oil pressure switch (B5115) is a normally closed switch. The switch opens when the engine oil pressure reaches specified pressure. The ECU detects the switch state and sends an oil pressure signal. If oil pressure signal drops below specification, the ECU uses this signal for engine protection purposes. The engine oil pressure switch uses terminal 3 of switched power relay for supply voltage through the engine oil pressure switch resistor (R5600). The engine oil pressure switch uses pin 37 for signal on ECU connector (X5501).
Water-in-Fuel Sensor (B5600) The ECU monitors water-in-fuel for engine protection. Water-in-fuel sensor (B5600) uses the resistance value to determine the amount of fuel and water in the fuel system. For information on water-in-fuel sensor, see B5600—Water-In-Fuel Sensor. (CTM136419.)
Engine oil pressure switch resistor (R5600) restricts amperage going to the engine oil pressure switch (B5115). NOTE: For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Glow plugs are used for warming combustion chamber air in cold weather starting. Glow plug relay (K2) energizes the glow plugs when the ECU determines an increased combustion chamber air temperature is required.
Engine Oil Pressure Switch (B5115)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Engine Oil Pressure Switch Resistor (R5600)
Glow Plugs (R5)
NOTE: For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Glow plugs receive power from terminal 5 of glow plug relay and use the cylinder head for ground. NOTE: For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For additional information, see Cold Start Operation. (Group 9010-05.) Low-Pressure Fuel Pump (Y5501) Low-pressure fuel pump (Y5501) draws fuel from the fuel tank through the primary fuel filter and water separator and pumps fuel to the final fuel filter and high-pressure fuel pump. Low-pressure fuel pump power is supplied from terminal 3 of switched power relay (K8) and ground at left frame ground (W35). For additional information about the low-pressure fuel pump, see Electric Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) NOTE: For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-16
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-3/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=362
Theory of Operation
XJ1248470 —UN—10DEC17
3
BLU 5
BLU 3
1
-
PNK 3
YEL 2
2
Y5400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE
BRN 2
3
A
ORG 2
RED 2
5
GRN 2
6
B
BLK 4
C
BLU 6
D
PNK 4
BRN 3 BLU 4
ORG 3
P052 RED P052 RED
BRN 4
BLK 5
BLU 2
BLK 3 RED 2
GRN 2
BRN 1
YEL 2
BLU 3
BLU 4
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10 11
5
G031 BLK
E045 WHT E046 WHT
P058 RED
X5602-12
X5602-11
E046 WHT
E045 WHT
P060 RED
P060 RED
A5600 DOSING CONTROL UNIT (DCU)
2
3
4
1
P060 RED E045 WHT
7
1
P041 RED
47
46
45
A
B
C
G001 BLK
W35 LEFT FRAME GROUND
X2 CAB HARNESS-TORIGHT MAIN HARNESS 47-PIN CONNECTOR
P060 RED
9
P041 RED
B19 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL PEDAL
K23 NOx SENSOR RELAY
G001 BLK
G001 BLK
X010 YEL
87
X5502-38
X011 YEL
X5501-28
E048 WHT
X5501-44
E047 WHT
X5501-57
M017 VLT
R021 BLK
X5502-57
X5502-63
P054 RED
X5502-44
E046 WHT
X5501-52
P040 RED
E045 WHT
X5501-51
P040 RED
X5501-6
X5501-5
X5501-23
X5501-24
85
P041 RED
R008 BLK
C
X9 SERVICE ENGINE SPEED CONTROL CONNECTOR
30
E046 WHT
E033 WHT
D
E033 WHT
X5502-21 P043 RED
X5502-32 F
7
86
X53 X55 X54
E033 WHT
B
10
X54 RIGHT MAIN HARNESS-TOLEFT MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR 2
R008 BLK
E
A
E034 WHT
X5502-58 4
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
X5501-25
R019 BLK
X5501-34 R010 BLK
X5501-10 9
W33 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU) GROUND (IF EQUIPPED)
R008 BLK
3
P042 RED
X5501-11 E035 WHT
R005 BLK
X5501-12
X5501-33
R019 BLK
P040 RED
5
B
B5207 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) TEMPERATURE SENSOR
E045 WHT
30
2
RED 3
X5058 LEFT MAIN HARNESSTO-ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 2
B
F27 NOx SENSOR 15A FUSE
B5206 MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE (MAT) SENSOR
E046 WHT
86
87a
1
PNK 2
87
R15 CRANKCASE VENTILATION HEATER
ORG 1
85
K20 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU) RELAY
A
A
G001 BLK
R5606 ENGINE CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR
Y5401 AIR THROTTLE ACTUATOR
G001 BLK
F3 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE
+
B004 RED
B004 RED
B004 RED
5
2
3
4
1
B5502 AFTERTREATMENT INLET NOx SENSOR
B18 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL DIAL
5
B5503 AFTERTREATMENT OUTLET NOx SENSOR
XJ1248470 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (2 of 3) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=363
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-4/10
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=364
Theory of Operation 3— Unswitched Power B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet A5500—Engine Control Unit NOx Sensor (ECU) F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 A5600—Dosing Control Unit A Fuse (DCU) F27— NOx Sensor 15 A Fuse B18— Engine Speed Control Dial K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) B19— Engine Speed Control Relay Pedal K23— NOx Sensor Relay B5206—Manifold Air Temperature R15— Crankcase Ventilation (MAT) Sensor Heater B5207—Exhaust Gas R5606—Engine CAN Termination Recirculation (EGR) Resistor Temperature Sensor W33—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Ground (if equipped) Sensor W35—Left Frame Ground
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X5501—Engine Control Unit Harness 47-Pin Connector (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X9— Service Engine Speed X5502—Engine Control Unit Control Connector (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5602—Dosing Control Unit Main Harness Connector 1 (DCU) 53 Way Connector X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y5400—Exhaust Gas Main Harness Connector 2 Recirculation (EGR) Valve X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y5401—Air Throttle Actuator Main Harness Connector 3 X5058—Left Main Harnessto-Engine Harness Connector 2
Engine Speed Control
which the ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. The ECU uses the signal from pedal to determine whether or not to increase engine speed.
There are up to three different inputs that can be used by the engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) for engine speed control, which include:
• Engine speed control dial (B18) • Engine speed control pedal (B19) • Engine speed control dial for service (included with JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box)
The ECU transmits engine speed control dial position and engine speed control pedal position information across the controller area network (CAN) to the engagement and monitor unit (EMU), where both can be displayed as live values. Requested engine speed is sent by the ECU via CAN to the hydraulic control unit (HCU). The HCU uses this signal from the ECU as part of the antistall function. For more information, see Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Engine speed control dial (B18) is a potentiometer-type sensor that sends a signal representing the desired engine speed (control knob position) to the ECU. The ECU compares the analog signal with values recorded during self-calibration and then responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly. The ECU defaults engine speed to slow idle on engine start-up regardless of engine speed control dial position. Operator must move engine speed control dial to slow idle position, and then increase the setting to the desired speed to get the engine speed to increase.
The engine speed control pedal uses pin 21 for supply voltage, pin 32 for signal voltage, and pin 58 for ground on ECU connector (X5502). The engine speed control pedal has a normal operating range from 12% (approximately 0.6 volts) to 88% (4.4 volts). The ECU starts self-calibration at 20% (1 volt) for full deceleration, 60% (3 volts) for full acceleration, and 50% (2.5 volts) for neutral. The input will be considered out-of-range if the signal is below 5% (0.25 volts) or above 95% (4.75 volts), at which point a DTC will be generated. Engine speed control dial for service (included with JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box) is similar to engine speed control dial (B18). The engine speed control dial uses pin 10 for supply voltage, pin 11 for signal voltage, and pin 12 for ground on ECU connector 2 (X5501). The engine speed control dial has a normal operating range from 15% (approximately 0.75 volts) at zero throttle to 86% (approximately 4.3 volts) at full throttle. The ECU starts self-calibration at 30% (1.5 volts) for zero throttle and 70% (3.5 volts) for full throttle. The input will be considered out-of-range if the signal is below 5% (approximately 0.25 volts) or above 95% (approximately 4.75 volts); however, no DTCs are generated. Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (B5206)
The engine speed control dial uses pin 23 for supply voltage, pin 24 for signal voltage, and pin 25 for ground on ECU connector (X5501). The engine speed control dial has a normal operating range from 15% (approximately 0.75 volts) at zero throttle to 86% (approximately 4.3 volts) at full throttle. The ECU starts self-calibration at 30% (1.5 volts) for zero throttle and 70% (3.5 volts) for full throttle. The input will be considered out-of-range if the signal is below 5% (approximately 0.25 volts) or above 95% (approximately 4.75 volts), at which point a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) will be generated. Engine speed control pedal (B19) is a Hall effect type sensor that sends a signal representing the pedal position to the ECU. This signal represents desired engine speed,
Manifold air temperature (MAT) sensor (B5206) measures intake air temperature, which is compared with temperatures of the recirculated exhaust gas and mixed air in the intake manifold. ECU determines if proper cooling and mixing is occurring. If the temperature is not correct, the ECU adjusts the signal to the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve (Y5400) to compensate the mixture. The MAT sensor helps the ECU calculate the correct fueling for the engine. The ECU also uses this sensor for engine protection purposes. MAT sensor uses pin 28 for signal voltage on ECU connector (X5501) and pin 57 for ground on ECU connector (X5502). NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-19
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-5/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=365
Theory of Operation
For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM136419.)
fuel delivery by 50% and generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
The EGR valve receives power from terminal 30 of ECU relay (K20). The ECU controls the EGR valve relay by applying power to pins 5 and 6 of ECU connector (X5501).
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor (B5207) The temperature of the exhaust gas entering the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve (Y5400) is measured. The ECU then compares the temperatures of the EGR exhaust gas, charge air cooler outlet air, and the intake manifold air to determine if proper cooling and mixing has occurred. If the temperature is not correct, the ECU adjusts the signal going to the EGR valve to compensate the mixture. The ECU also uses this sensor for engine protection purposes. The EGR temperature sensor uses pin 38 for signal voltage and pin 57 for ground on ECU connector (X5502). NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM136419.) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (Y5400) The EGR valve mixes exhaust gases with intake air through a reed valve. If the ECU detects an incorrect position or a learned value error (EGR valve not controllable), the ECU derates the
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For additional information on the EGR actuator, see EGR Valve Operation. (CTM136419.) Air Throttle Actuator (Y5401) Air throttle actuator (Y5401) is an electric motor that opens and closes a butterfly valve. To raise the exhaust gas temperature before and during exhaust filter cleaning, the ECU commands the air throttle actuator to close. The actual manifold air pressure may be negative if a vacuum develops in the intake manifold while the butterfly valve is closed. The ECU receives position feedback from a sensor located inside the air throttle actuator assembly. Air throttle actuator uses pin 44 for supply voltage and pin 63 for signal on ECU connector (X5502). The air throttle actuator uses pin 57 for ground on ECU connector (X5502). Air throttle actuator uses pins 44 and 57 for controlled movement on ECU connector (X5501). NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-20
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-6/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=366
Theory of Operation
TX1218856 —UN—19JUL16
B5114 MANIFOLD AIR AND EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR
BLK 2
B5215 INTAKE 1 AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR B5208 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PNK 1
2
B5216 EXHAUST TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1
2
3
B5302 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
2
1
Y25 FUEL INJECTOR 1
1
X5502-51 E015 WHT
7
5
2
4
2
Y26 FUEL INJECTOR 2
1
YEL 1
X5502-73
R054 BLK X5502-16
2
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
R067 BLK
N002 YEL 8
BLU 2
N002 YEL
X5502-41
X5502-3 E013 WHT
X5502-40
1
6
WHT 3
P055 RED X5502-45
B5301 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
X5502-25
1
2
R092 BLK
N006 YEL
3
BLU 1
N005 YEL
X5502-36
X5502-74
PNK 5
E012 WHT
ORG 4
X5059 LEFT MAIN HARNESS-TOENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 3
WHT 1
7
X5502-49
X5502-43 M015 VLT
8
R090 BLK
X5502-19 R015 BLK
4
6
RED 2
X5502-17 SHIELD2
6
11
2
RED 1
3
X5502-26
2
E014 WHT
P055 RED
1
X54
X5059 LEFT MAIN HARNESS-TOENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 3
WHT 2
N006 YEL
3
X5502-1
N005 YEL
2
R068 BLK
R051 BLK
1
BLK 6
3
GRN 3
4
RED 4
5
B5100 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
X5502-61
X006 YEL X5502-5 X5502-18
YEL 3
B5209 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR BRN 7
1
5
10
BLU 8
11
R058 BLK
8
RED 5
7
X5501-9
5
P048 RED
6
BLK 7
4
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
X5502-42
3
2
2
X54 RIGHT MAIN HARNESS-TOLEFT MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR 2
M014 VLT
X5502-62 X012 YEL
R051 BLK
X5502-31 X009 YEL
X5502-10
X5501-16 R061 BLK
X005 YEL
X5502-39
X5502-7 R055 BLK
X5502-34
X5502-66
X001 YEL
2
RED 1 YEL 1 WHT 1 BLK 1
B5109 AFTERTREATMENT PRESSURE SENSOR
R051 BLK
R051 BLK
YEL 4
X5502-13
R056 BLK
E049 WHT
X5502-14
X008 YEL
X5501-20
X5502-37
R053 BLK
E050 WHT
X5502-30
N004 YEL
X5501-7 X5502-24
N003 YEL
1
12
2
X53 11
8
BRN 6
3 5 4 2
10
X55
BRN 5
SUPPLY SIGNAL SIGNAL GND
9
1
B5202 DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC) OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
X53 10
P045 RED
X5057 LEFT MAIN HARNESS-TOENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 1
2
YEL 2 YEL 3
PNK 1 PNK 2
X5060 LEFT MAIN 11 12 HARNESS-TOENGINE FUEL SYSTEM HARNESS CONNECTOR
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
1
B5201 DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC) INLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BLU 7
1
PNK 3
2
Y5002 SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
X5060 LEFT MAIN HARNESS-TOENGINE FUEL SYSTEM HARNESS CONNECTOR
2
Y27 FUEL INJECTOR 3
1
Y28 FUEL INJECTOR 4
GRN 1 BLU 1
TX1218856 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (3 of 3) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-21
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=367
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-7/10
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=368
Theory of Operation
A5500—Engine Control Unit B5208—Engine Coolant X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Temperature Sensor Main Harness Connector 2 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 B5100—Fuel Rail Pressure B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5502—Engine Control Unit Sensor B5215—Intake Air Temperature Main Harness Connector 3 (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 B5109—Aftertreatment Pressure Sensor X5057—Left Main HarnessY25— Fuel Injector 1 Sensor B5216—Exhaust Temperature to-Engine Harness Y26— Fuel Injector 2 B5114—Manifold Air and Exhaust Sensor Connector 1 Y27— Fuel Injector 3 Pressure Sensor B5301—Crankshaft Position X5059—Left Main HarnessY28— Fuel Injector 4 B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Sensor to-Engine Harness Y5002—Suction Control Valve (DOC) Inlet Temperature B5302—Camshaft Position Connector 3 Sensor Sensor X5060—Left Main Harness-toB5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Engine Fuel System (DOC) Outlet Temperature Main Harness Connector 1 Harness Connector Sensor
Exhaust Filter Operation
uses the pressure reading from the manifold air and exhaust pressure sensor to determine how much EGR is introduced into the intake manifold.
The engine control unit (ECU) (A5500), along with the engagement and monitor unit (EMU), monitors several parameters to determine when an exhaust filter cleaning is required.
The manifold air and exhaust pressure sensor use pin 24 for supply voltage, pins 30 and 37 for signal, and pin 14 for ground on ECU connector (X5502).
For more information:
• See Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure. (CTM136419.)
The following components and sensors control and monitor the exhaust filter operation:
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
• Aftertreatment pressure sensor (B5109) • Manifold air and exhaust pressure sensor (B5114) • Diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) inlet temperature
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor (B5201)
sensor (B5201)
• Diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) outlet temperature
Diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) inlet temperature sensor (B5201) measures exhaust temperature before the DOC to determine if the correct amount of heating is achieved before the DPF while a regeneration is occurring.
sensor (B5202) • Manifold air temperature (MAT) sensor (B5206) • Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) temperature sensor (B5207) • Exhaust temperature sensor (B5216) • Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve (Y5400) • Air throttle actuator (Y5401)
The DOC inlet temperature sensor uses pin 34 for signal and pin 10 for ground on ECU connector (X5502). NOTE: For component location, see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Aftertreatment Pressure Sensor (B5109) Aftertreatment pressure sensor (B5109) measures pressure changes between the diesel particulate filter (DPF) inlet and outlet. The inlet pressure is compared to outlet pressure and used as an indicator of the quantity of accumulated soot present in the DPF. A DPF regeneration occurs when there is a large pressure difference between the inlet and outlet. This measurement is used by the ECU to determine when regeneration is complete and if the regeneration was successful.
For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM136419.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor (B5202)
The aftertreatment pressure sensor uses pin 45 for supply voltage and pin 10 for ground on ECU connector (X5502). Signal is sent to the ECU pins 36 and 61 of ECU connector (X5502).
The diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) outlet temperature sensor (B5202) measures outlet temperature of the DOC. A signal is sent to the ECU to determine if the correct amount of heating is achieved before the DPF during a regeneration and adjusts based on the DOC outlet temperature sensor signal.
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
The DOC outlet temperature sensor uses pin 5 for signal and pin 10 for ground on ECU connector (X5502).
Manifold Air and Exhaust Pressure Sensor (B5114)
NOTE: For component location, see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Manifold air and exhaust pressure sensor (B5114) measures intake and exhaust pressure. The ECU
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-23
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-8/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=369
Theory of Operation
For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM136419.)
For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Speed. (CTM136419.)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Exhaust Temperature Sensor (B5216)
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (B5100)
Exhaust temperature sensor (B5216) is used to control EGR valve position. It is also used to control post-injection volume for DPF regeneration.
Fuel rail pressure sensor (B5100) detects fuel pressure at the high-pressure common rail (HPCR). The ECU uses this pressure to control timing and amount of fuel being transferred from the high-pressure fuel pump to the high-pressure common rail (HPCR). The ECU uses this signal input to determine if fuel rail pressure is adequate for the current operating condition. The ECU will signal for more or less fuel from the high-pressure fuel pump by sending a signal to the suction control valve (Y5002). The fuel rail pressure sensor is also used to determine if there is an electronic injector malfunction. The fuel rail pressure sensor is used for engine protection.
Exhaust temperature sensor uses pin 62 of ECU connector (X5502) for signal voltage and pin 16 for ground on ECU connector (X5501). NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM136419.) Crankshaft Position Sensor (B5301)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Crankshaft position sensor (B5301) detects teeth on the crankshaft timing gear to help the ECU determine when cylinder number one or four is at top dead center (TDC) of its compression stroke.
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
The ECU then forwards the information across the controller area network (CAN) to the engagement and monitor unit (EMU), which displays engine speed.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B5208)
The ECU uses calculations from the crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor (B5302) to precisely control timing and duration of fuel injection. If a malfunction occurs with crankshaft position sensor, the ECU will use the camshaft position sensor to determine engine timing. This may result in a longer engine cranking time. The crankshaft position sensor uses pin 43 for signal and pin 19 for ground on ECU connector (X5502).
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM136419.) Camshaft Position Sensor (B5302) Camshaft position sensor (B5302) determines engine speed and when each cylinder is at top dead center (TDC) of its compression stroke. The ECU uses this information to determine injection timing. The camshaft position sensor uses pin 9 for supply voltage on ECU connector (X5501), pin 42 for signal, and pin 18 for ground on ECU connector (X5502).
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Engine coolant temperature sensor (B5208) monitors the engine coolant temperature for engine protection. Engine control unit (ECU) transmits engine coolant temperature information across the controller area network (CAN) to the engagement and monitor unit (EMU). EMU uses this information to move the engine coolant temperature gauge accordingly. Depending on the severity of temperature increase, ECU transmits a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) for either moderate or extreme temperature levels. The engine is derated for each level of temperature severity. When the engine coolant temperature reaches 108°C (226°F), engine coolant temperature gauge moves to red zone to alert the operator. When the engine coolant temperature reaches above 110°C (230°F), ECU generates DTC 110.00. If DTC 110.00 is active for 5 continuous seconds, engine will shut down.
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Fuel rail pressure sensor uses pin 45 for supply voltage, pins 40 and 41 for signal, and pin 16 for ground on ECU connector (X5502).
When the ECU determines the coolant temperature is too low for the current operating conditions, it will generate a DTC. This normally indicates a thermostat that is stuck open. Engine coolant temperature sensor uses pin 39 for signal voltage and pin 7 for ground on ECU connector (X5502). NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For more information on engine coolant temperature sensor, see Measuring Temperature and see B5208 — Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. (CTM136419.)
Continued on next page
9015-05-24
AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-9/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=370
Theory of Operation
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Fuel Temperature Sensor (B5209)
Fuel Injectors (Y25—Y28)
Fuel temperature sensor (B5209) sends a signal to the ECU to calculate fuel density and adjust fuel delivery.
The fuel injectors (Y25—Y28) are controlled electronically by the ECU for injection timing and amount of fuel by energizing and de-energizing the fuel injectors.
Fuel temperature sensor uses pin 31 for signal voltage on ECU connector (X5502) and pin 16 for ground on ECU connector (X5501). NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For more information on fuel injectors, see Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM136419.) Suction Control Valve (Y5002)
For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature. (CTM136419.)
Suction control valve (Y5002) receives a signal from the ECU that regulates fuel delivery to the high-pressure common rail (HPCR).
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
The suction control valve uses pins 7 and 20 on ECU connector (X5501) for signal to the ECU.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor (B5215)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Intake air temperature sensor (B5215) measures temperature, pressure, and humidity of the intake air. These measurements provide input for fueling calculations made by the ECU. Sensor communicates with the ECU over the engine CAN. Sensor uses pin 13 for supply voltage and pin 66 for ground on ECU connector (X5502).
For more information, see Y5002 — Suction Control Valve. (CTM136419.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
NOTE: For component location, see Engine Harness (W21) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) AW70195,000183F -19-11DEC17-10/10
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-25
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=371
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-26
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=372
Theory of Operation
Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System TX1220770 —UN—09AUG16
P057 RED X5602-8
B5506 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) CONCENTRATION SENSOR
P010 RED
P059 RED
B5601 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
A5507 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK HEADER ASSEMBLY
A18 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) HEADER MODULE 2
3
4
1
E046 WHT
E045 WHT
P060 RED
4
1
2
3
4
1
B5503 AFTERTREATMENT OUTLET NOx SENSOR
1
P010 RED
2
R012 BLK
1
M013 LT GRN
2
X28
R012 BLK 4
1
A5508 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK COOLANT CONTROL VALVE
CAN 1
Y5020 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) DOSING INJECTOR
B5203 SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR) INLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
M013 LT GRN
W38 DOSING CONTROL UNIT (DCU) GROUND
M012 YEL
W37 FUEL TANK GROUND
CAN 1
G001 BLK
3
X007 YEL
P060 RED
2
R098 BLK
E045 WHT
5
P039 RED
E082 WHT 2
R039 BLK
R041 BLK 1
E046 WHT
CAN 1 CAN 1
2
E5603 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) DOSING UNIT RETURN LINE HEATER
G004 BLK
P057 RED X5602-7
A5600 DOSING CONTROL UNIT (DCU)
1
M012 YEL
P057 RED X5602-6
R052 BLK
P010 RED X5602-52
X5602-41
R072 BLK X5601-18
P059 RED
X5601-33
X5601-34
N025 YEL X5601-17
E080 WHT
P088 RED X5601-19
P057 RED
R073 BLK X5601-65
X5602-9
P038 RED X5601-86
X5602-30
E037 WHT X5601-24 X5601-8
X5601-32
P037 RED X5601-46
X5601-12
R094 BLK X5601-26
X5601-85
R022 BLK X5601-3
X5602-11
G001 BLK
P036 RED G001 BLK
G001 BLK
W35 LEFT FRAME GROUND
R012 BLK
E046 WHT
G001 BLK
M012 YEL
X45-B1
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL CAN 1
87a
2
E5602 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) DOSING UNIT SUPPLY LINE HEATER
B5211 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
E045 WHT
B5502 AFTERTREATMENT INLET NOx SENSOR
CAN 1
87
X5602-12
85
K23 NOx SENSOR RELAY
X5601-5
P058 RED 30
P060 RED
X010 YEL
X5502-38
X011 YEL
X5501-28
E048 WHT
X5501-44
E047 WHT
X5501-57
M017 VLT
R021 BLK
X5502-57
X5502-63
X5502-44
P054 RED
E046 WHT
X5501-52
P040 RED
P040 RED
E045 WHT
X5501-51
X5501-6
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
86
87
2
1
M013 LT GRN
K22 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) HEATER RELAY
30
E5601 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) DOSING UNIT PRESSURE LINE HEATER
P060 RED X45-A1
X41-B
R012 BLK
M013 LT GRN
X41-A
M012 YEL
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
85
P059 RED 1
P059 RED
B004 RED 86
E045 WHT E046 WHT
X5501-5
R019 BLK
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
M012 YEL
R019 BLK
W33 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU) GROUND
A
B5207 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) TEMPERATURE SENSOR
G031 BLK
X5501-34
X5501-33
M013 LT GRN
B
R012 BLK
C
4
X5058
P040 RED
R6 CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
3
R096 BLK
10 11
2
X5601-2
9
BLU 4
BLU 3
YEL 2
8
12
R063 BLK
7
11
X5601-48
6
10
X5602-15
5
BRN 1
GRN 2
BLK 3 RED 2
4
9
X5602-14
3
8
M012 YEL
2
B
6
G031 BLK
1
A
X5501-39
30
2
RED 3
R012 BLK
86
87a
1
BLU 2
87
R15 CRANKCASE VENTILATION HEATER
ORG 1
85
K20 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU) RELAY
5
X5602-5
BRN 4
BLK 5
B
F25 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) HEATER 25A FUSE
R064 BLK
BLU 4
ORG 3
B5206 MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE (MAT) SENSOR
F26 DOSING CONTROL UNIT (DCU) 25A FUSE
X5601-1
BRN 3
A
F27 NOx SENSOR 15A FUSE
X5602-4
P052 RED P052 RED
GRN 2
6
G031 BLK
PNK 4
5
X5602-3
D
RED 2
B5501 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) DOSING UNIT
G031 BLK
BLU 6
3
G031 BLK
BLK 4
C
BRN 2
Y5401 AIR THROTTLE ACTUATOR
P010 RED
X5602-2
ORG 2
B
2
P010 RED
X5602-1
A
1
YEL 2
P010 RED
G031 BLK
Y5400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE
BLU 3
B004 RED
P056 RED
PNK 3
P010 RED
B004 RED
-
M013 LT GRN
R5606 ENGINE CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR
BLU 5
X5501-38
F3 ECU UNSWITCHED POWER 25A FUSE
+
PNK 2
B004 RED
2
B004 RED
B004 RED
B004 RED
B004 RED
P010 RED
1
CAN 1
TX1220770 Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=373
NR81152,000185B -19-02APR18-1/6
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-28
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=374
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid F27— NOx Sensor 15 A Fuse X5058—Left Main Harness2— Switched Power (DEF) Dosing Unit K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) to-Engine Harness A2—Engagement and Monitor B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Relay Connector 2 Unit (EMU) Sensor K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) X5501—Engine Control Unit A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet Heater Relay (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 A18— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) NOx Sensor K23— NOx Sensor Relay X5502—Engine Control Unit Header Module B5506—Diesel Exhaust Fluid R6—Can Termination Resistor 1 (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 A5500—Engine Control Unit (DEF) Concentration R15— Crankcase Ventilation X5601—Dosing Control Unit (ECU) Sensor Heater (DCU) 86 Way Connector A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid B5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid R5606—Engine CAN Termination X5602—Dosing Control Unit (DEF) Tank Header (DEF) Tank Fluid Level Resistor (DCU) 53 Way Connector Assembly Sensor W33—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Ground (if equipped) (DEF) Dosing Injector (DEF) Tank Coolant (DEF) Dosing Unit W35—Left Frame Ground Y5400—Exhaust Gas Control Valve Pressure Line Heater W37—Fuel Tank Ground Recirculation (EGR) Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid W38—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Y5401—Air Throttle Actuator (DCU) (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Ground B5203—Selective Catalytic Line Heater X28— Left Main Harness-toReduction (SCR) Inlet E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Temperature Sensor (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Control Valve Harness B5206—Manifold Air Temperature Line Heater Connector (MAT) Sensor F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 X41— Engagement and Monitor B5207—Exhaust Gas A Fuse Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Recirculation (EGR) F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Connector 1 Temperature Sensor Heater 25 A Fuse X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B5211—Diesel Exhaust Fluid F26— Dosing Control Unit (DCU) (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 (DEF) Tank Fluid 25 A Fuse Temperature Sensor
System Overview The aftertreatment system consists primarily of the dosing control unit (DCU) (A5600) and engine control unit (ECU) (A5500). The DCU and ECU communicate via controller area network (CAN).
• For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit
STOP pulse. The difference in time between START and STOP time-of-flight (TOF) indicates the concentration. The distance the ultrasonic signal travels and the TOF of a known correct concentration of DEF is used to compare to the signal produced from the actual fluid in the tank. If the concentration is too high or too low, a diagnostic trouble code will be setup and engine is derated.
(ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• For operation of DEF tank header, see DEF Tank
Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• For component location, see Rear Engine Harness
• For more information on CAN communication, see
Header Operation. (CTM136419.)
(W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
System Sensors and Components
• To purge the DEF tank header cooling system, see DEF
The diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system uses the following sensors and components:
• To remove and install DEF tank header assembly, see
Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.)
DEF Tank Header Assembly (A5507): The tank header routes DEF into and out of the DEF tank. The header assembly is equipped with a DEF tank fluid level sensor (B5601), DEF tank fluid temperature sensor (B5211), and DEF concentration sensor (B5506). The internal DEF fluid level and temperature sensors send data to the dosing control unit (DCU) (A5600) for monitoring conditions inside the tank. When the temperature of the DEF is below a predetermined threshold, the DCU commands the coolant control valve open. Coolant then flows through the coolant tubes until the DEF temperature rises above the predetermined threshold and the DCU commands the coolant control valve to close. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Concentration Sensor (B5506): DEF header excites the sensor and detects the echo once it returns. The transducer is excited when it is hit with a series of pulses and with frequencies in the range of kHz to MHz. The excitation of the sensor is marked with a START pulse, while the echo is denoted with a
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)
DEF Dosing Unit Heaters: The DEF heating system includes a DEF dosing unit pressure line heater (E5601), DEF dosing unit supply line heater (E5602), and DEF dosing unit return line heater (E5603). At cold temperatures, the DCU enables the electrical heaters in the DEF system and prevents DEF from freezing.
• For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector
information, see E5601 — DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater. (CTM136419.) • For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector information, see E5602 — DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater. (CTM136419.) • For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector information, see E5603 — DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater. (CTM136419.) • For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-29
NR81152,000185B -19-02APR18-2/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=375
Theory of Operation engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) and not accessible and engine CAN termination resistor (R5606) within the engine harness.
DEF Dosing Unit (B5501): The DEF dosing unit is an electrically controlled system for the delivery of DEF. The DEF dosing unit controls priming, pumping, pressure control, shutdown sequence, and cold weather DEF control. The DEF dosing unit interfaces with the DEF header module (A18).
• For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector
• For pinout information, see B5501 — DEF Dosing Unit. (CTM136419.)
• For operation of module, see DEF Dosing Unit
information, see B5503 — Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor. (CTM136419.) • For location of the sensor, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)—EXHAUST FILTER
Operation. (CTM136419.) • For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • To purge the fuel dosing system, see DEF Header Coolant Purge Test. (CTM136419.) DEF Dosing Injector (Y5020): The DEF dosing injector is an electrically controlled, normally closed, coolant-cooled injector that delivers pressurized DEF into the decomposition tube upon request from the DCU. The DEF dosing injector receives power on pin 32 and ground on pin 12 of dosing control unit (DCU) 86 way connector (X5601).
• For pinout information, see Y5020 — DEF Dosing
Injector. (CTM136419.) • For operation of DEF dosing injector, see DEF Dosing Injector Operation. (CTM136419.) • For component location, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • For DEF dosing injector cleaning, see DEF Dosing Injector — Cleaning. (CTM136419.) • For removal and installation of DEF dosing injector, see DEF Dosing Injector — Removal and see DEF Dosing Injector — Installation. (CTM136419.)
Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor (B5502): The ECU and DCU communicate with the aftertreatment inlet NOx sensor through the aftertreatment CAN. The aftertreatment inlet NOx sensor incorporates a heater element powered by switched power and controlled by the ECU.
NOTE: Unnecessary idling can cause exhaust filter soot to accumulate. For the best possible exhaust filter operation, which requires the least amount of operator interaction, idling should be kept to a minimum. NOTE: Engine sound, exhaust smoke appearance, and exhaust smoke scent may change during exhaust cleaning and is considered normal operation. NOTE: Exhaust filter cleaning indicator illuminates during exhaust filter cleaning only after exhaust temperature reaches 550°C (1021°F). The exhaust filter is a critical component of the engine's emissions control system, which is required to meet governmental emissions regulations. The exhaust filter captures soot and ash to prevent their release into the atmosphere. The soot and ash must be eliminated from the exhaust filter to keep it functioning properly. The process of eliminating collected soot is called exhaust filter cleaning. The EXHAUST FILTER menu on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has three submenus which include SOOT LEVEL, AUTO CLEANING, and PARKED CLEANING. SOOT LEVEL
NOx sensor information is communicated over an aftertreatment CAN. Aftertreatment CAN contains two 120-ohm termination resistors: one located inside the engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) and not accessible and engine CAN termination resistor (R5606) within the engine harness.
Soot level submenu allows operator to view current soot level. If selected, soot level is displayed as LOW, MODERATE, or HIGH to describe soot level restriction in exhaust filter.
• For operation of the sensor, pinout, and connector
NOTE: Disabling exhaust filter auto cleaning is not preferred. Whenever possible, auto cleaning should be enabled to keep soot buildup to a minimum and to increase overall machine uptime.
AUTO CLEANING
information, see B5502 — Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor. (CTM136419.) • For location of the sensor, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor (B5503): The ECU and DCU communicate with the aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor through the aftertreatment CAN. The aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor incorporates a heater element powered by switched power and controlled by the DCU. NOx sensor information is communicated over an aftertreatment CAN. Aftertreatment CAN contains two 120-ohm termination resistors: one located inside the
Auto cleaning allows operator to enable or disable cleaning states from initiating automatically as soot builds in the exhaust filter. Auto cleaning is set to enable from factory. If operating in conditions where it may be unsafe for elevated exhaust temperatures, auto cleaning can be disabled using the EMU. If the filter restriction reaches the MODERATE soot level with auto cleaning disabled, a pop-up will appear on the display monitor stating that auto cleaning needs to be enabled.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-30
NR81152,000185B -19-02APR18-3/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=376
Theory of Operation
Avoid disabling the auto cleaning process unless absolutely necessary. Repeated disabling of the auto cleaning process or ignoring prompts to perform a parked cleaning procedure will cause engine power limitations and can eventually lead to dealer required service cleaning. Different settings can be chosen for the default state after a power cycle. For more information, see Exhaust Filter Set Auto Clean. (Group 9015-16.) PARKED CLEANING CAUTION: Servicing machine during exhaust filter parked cleaning can result in serious personal injury. Avoid exposure and skin contact with hot gases and components. During exhaust filter parked cleaning, the engine may run at elevated idle and hot temperatures for an extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components may reach temperatures hot enough to burn people and ignite or melt common materials. Avoid death or serious injury from machine movement. Do not leave running machine unattended during exhaust filter cleaning. IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Always park machine in a well-ventilated, safe location and check for adequate fuel level before beginning exhaust filter parked cleaning.
Soot Level During State
Cleaning States NOTE: If auto cleaning is not disabled, passive, enhanced passive, and active cleaning are able to perform with no interaction from the operator. Parked cleaning and diesel particulate filter (DPF) recovery require action from the operator or technician to perform. There are five types of exhaust filter cleaning that can occur:
• Passive • Enhanced passive • Active • Parked • DPF recovery
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Engine cover must be closed during parked cleaning. Cleaning State
Parked cleaning is prompted by the EMU and initiated by the operator. Parked cleaning is most typically initiated after extended operation with exhaust filter auto cleaning disabled, frequent engine shutdowns have occurred while cleaning state was active, or if machine has been running at lower engine idles for extended periods of time. When parked cleaning is required, the engine may derate and the operator may be prompted to perform a parked cleaning. EMU displays exhaust filter restricted indicator for 5 seconds every 10 minutes until parked cleaning is performed. If selected and preconditions are met, EMU will prompt DISABLE SHUTDOWN or ENABLE SHUTDOWN. This function will either return the vehicle to idle or automatically shut down the machine after a parked cleaning is complete. EMU will then read PRESS SELECT TO BEGIN. Parked cleaning requires machine to be parked and may take up to 1 hour to complete. There is no need to initiate parked cleaning within 50 hours of last parked cleaning.
Dash Indicator/EMU Messages
Operator or Dealer Interaction Required?
Passive Cleaning
0—8 g/L (LOW)
None
No
Enhanced Passive Cleaning
6—8 g/L (LOW)
Active Cleaning
8—10 g/L (LOW) or every 100 hours (2)
Parked Cleaning
10—12 g/L (LOW/MODERATE)
• Exhaust filter cleaning indicator (1) No • Exhaust filter cleaning indicator (1) No • Elevated low idle • Exhaust filter cleaning indicator (1) • Exhaust filter restricted indicator (3) Yes (operator or dealer) • Exhaust filter cleaning on EMU with progress bar
DPF Recovery
12—16 g/L (HIGH)
• Exhaust filter cleaning indicator (1) • Exhaust filter restricted indicator (3) Yes (dealer) • Exhaust filter cleaning on EMU with progress bar (4)
(1) Illuminates when exhaust temperature sensor (B5216) reaches 550°C (1021°F) or greater. (2) Regardless of soot level, cleaning will take place every 100 hours. (3) Displayed for 5 seconds every 10 minutes until cleaning is performed. (4) If parked cleaning is initiated, EMU will display SERVICE REQUIRED.
Passive Cleaning During normal machine operation, the exhaust heat will naturally clean the soot buildup in the exhaust filter. The engine control unit (ECU) takes no action during passive cleaning. There is no fuel dosing or closing of the air throttle to increase exhaust gas temperatures. TM14062X19 (04APR18)
No machine requirements need to be met for passive cleaning to take place. Enhanced Passive Cleaning IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Do not stop engine during cleaning process. Continued on next page
9015-05-31
NR81152,000185B -19-02APR18-4/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=377
Theory of Operation
When soot level in DPF reaches a predetermined level and machine operating conditions are not resulting in sufficient exhaust gas temperatures to promote sufficient passive cleaning, ECU activates enhanced passive cleaning. When differential pressure in DPF inlet/outlet rises, aftertreatment pressure sensor (B5109) detects the increase. ECU changes fuel injection timing and closes air throttle to increase exhaust gas temperature to a level that promotes passive cleaning. During this time, exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve is closed. Engine can be operated normally and fuel is not dosed during enhanced passive cleaning. Enhanced passive cleaning can be initiated with Service ADVISOR™ for diagnostic purposes. In order for enhanced passive cleaning to take place, the following requirements must be met:
• Auto cleaning function must be enabled. • Engine must remain running.
cleaning menu allows operator to automatically shut down machine after a parked cleaning. When soot level reaches a predetermined level, the ECU derates the engine to indicate parked cleaning needs to be performed. EMU displays exhaust filter restricted indicator for 5 seconds every 10 minutes until parked cleaning is performed. During a parked cleaning, ECU increases engine speed to elevated low idle, changes fuel injection timing, and closes the air throttle to increase exhaust gas temperatures in order to promote rapid oxidation and removal of soot in DPF. ECU initiates in-cylinder fuel dosing if DOC inlet temperature is greater than 250°C (482°F). The following machine requirements need to be met for parked cleaning to take place:
• Auto cleaning must be enabled. • Engine must remain running until cleaning has ended. • Park brake must be enabled until cleaning has ended. • Coolant temperature must be 60°C (140°F) or greater. • Engine speed control dial (B18) must be set to low idle.
Active Cleaning IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Do not stop engine during cleaning process.
The cleaning process will continue until one of the following conditions exist:
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Engine cover must be closed during active cleaning.
• There is no soot restriction in the exhaust filter. • Auto cleaning is disabled. • Park brake released. • Engine speed control dial raised above lowest position. • Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) 000100.10 or
When soot level in DPF reaches a predetermined level or soot is accumulating at a rate greater than can be managed by enhanced passive cleaning, active cleaning will be initiated. During active cleaning, fuel injection timing is changed and air throttle is closed to increase exhaust gas temperature to a level that promotes rapid oxidation and removal of soot in DPF. ECU initiates in-cylinder fuel dosing if diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) inlet temperature is greater than 250°C (482°F). Exhaust gas temperatures during active cleaning are higher than the temperatures in the enhanced passive cleaning. During active cleaning, machine can be operated normally; however, ECU will incorporate elevated low idle. During elevated low idle, ECU will not allow engine speed to fall below 1800 rpm until active cleaning has completed. In order for active cleaning to take place, the following requirements must be met:
000110.00 are present.
• Engine runs out of fuel. • Engine is shut off by operator (not recommended). IMPORTANT: Avoid engine damage. If machine will NOT be returning to operation immediately after a parked cleaning procedure, allow the engine and exhaust filter time to return to normal operating temperatures BEFORE stopping engine. If operator decides not to return to operation after a parked cleaning procedure, allow the engine and exhaust filter time to return to normal operating temperatures before stopping engine.
• Auto cleaning function must be enabled. • Engine must remain running.
• For parked cleaning through EMU, see Exhaust Filter
Parked Cleaning
• For parked cleaning through Service ADVISOR™, see
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Do not stop engine during cleaning process.
DPF Recovery
Parked Cleaning (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.)
Service Regeneration — Instructions. (CTM136419.)
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Do not stop engine during cleaning process.
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Engine cover must be closed during parked cleaning. Parked cleaning can be initiated in EMU or with Service ADVISOR™ when the exhaust filter restriction reaches either LOW or MODERATE soot levels. The initial parked
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Engine cover must be closed during DPF recovery.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-32
NR81152,000185B -19-02APR18-5/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=378
Theory of Operation
When soot level in DPF reaches a predetermined level, DPF recovery is required. Operating machine with auto cleaning disabled or not performing regular parked cleaning can cause DPF to reach severe soot levels. DPF recovery can be initiated through the service menu in the EMU, or by using Service ADVISOR™. During a DPF recovery cleaning, fuel injection timing is changed and air throttle is closed to increase exhaust gas temperature to a level that promotes passive cleaning. No fuel is dosed during this stage of the DPF recovery cleaning. Once the soot level reaches a LOW level, the machine then performs a parked cleaning. Once this is complete, the DPF recovery has finished. DPF recovery takes approximately 3 hours to complete. In order for DPF recovery to take place, the following requirements must be met:
• Auto cleaning function must be enabled. • Engine must remain running. • Park brake must be engaged. • Coolant temperature must be at least 60°C (140°F). • Engine speed control dial (B18) must be set to low idle. • There must be no active DTCs. The cleaning process will continue until one of the following conditions exist:
• There is no soot restriction in the exhaust filter. • Auto cleaning is disabled. • Park brake released.
• Engine speed control dial raised above lowest position. • DTCs 000100.10 or 000110.00 are present. • Engine runs out of fuel. • Engine is shut off by operator (not recommended). DPF recovery can be performed either with EMU or using Service ADVISOR™.
• For DPF recovery through EMU, see Exhaust Filter Service Cleaning. (Group 9015-16.)
• For DPF recovery through Service ADVISOR™, see
DPF Service Recovery — Instructions. (CTM136419.)
Ash Removal In addition to the cleaning procedures, the exhaust filter also requires maintenance to remove accumulated ash, which is a noncombustible result of additives used in crankcase lubrication oils and the fuel. Ash removal CANNOT be performed by the operator. For more information on exhaust filter ash removal, see Diesel Particulate Filter — Maintenance and Service. (CTM136419.) For more information:
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Aftertreatment System. (CTM136419.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,000185B -19-02APR18-6/6
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-33
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=379
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-34
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=380
Theory of Operation
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation TX1218425 —UN—12JUL16
B004 RED
B001 RED
B010 RED
B010 RED
B010 RED
E032 WHT
P010 RED
P005 RED C
P005 RED X42-H
Y001 YEL Y001 YEL
R001 BLK
X41-L
E032 WHT
D
X2
X1
X15
BATT_GND1
G
Z001 GRY
G2 ALTERNATOR
G002 BLK
B-
B
MTR_GND
3~
W
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
G003 BLK
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
B
H4 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU) WARNING ALARM
B5302 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
X5501-39 R012 BLK
7
M013 LT GRN
1
A
X5059
B5301 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CAN 1
G1 BATTERY
M1 STARTER MOTOR
U
G003 BLK
S
+
B002 RED
B002 RED
CAN 1
BATT_PWR
X5501-38
PNK 5
2
8
D+ B+
M012 YEL
ORG 4
3
X5502-43
RED 5
2
M015 VLT
BLK 7
1
X5502-19
4
R015 BLK
X5501-9 P048 RED
6
X5502-17
X5502-18 R058 BLK
5
SHIELD2
X5502-42
D
M014 VLT
P003 RED
G002 BLK
C
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
BLU 7
V5 ALTERNATOR DIODE
X41-B
X10 REMOTE START B BOX CONNECTOR A
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
R012 BLK
3
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
M013 LT GRN
E032 WHT
R001 BLK
E032 WHT P004 RED
P002 RED
25
X42-A
87
18
E032 WHT
85
K4 ACCESSORY RELAY
24
X41-F
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
30
G004 BLK
V1 REMOTE START DIODE
86
X43-L
J007 TAN
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
P004 RED
1
J007 TAN
E032 WHT
J007 TAN
3
G004 BLK
B001 RED
2
B010 RED
B010 RED B001 RED
4
J007 TAN
X42-J
6
P001 RED
P004 RED
J007 TAN J007 TAN
B4 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
2
X53
P004 RED
1
P010 RED
F7 ACCESSORY 20A FUSE
F2 MONITOR UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
X42-N
F1 UNSWITCHED POWER 7.5A FUSE
P002 RED
1
B004 RED
B001 RED
X41-A
X19
B001 RED
M012 YEL
B001 RED
CAN 1
TX1218425 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-35
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=381
NR81152,0001853 -19-16OCT17-1/6
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-36
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=382
Theory of Operation A2—Engagement and Monitor H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm A5500—Engine Control Unit K4—Accessory Relay (ECU) K8—Switched Power Relay B4—Fuel Level Sensor M1—Starter Motor B5301—Crankshaft Position V1— Remote Start Diode Sensor V5— Alternator Diode B5302—Camshaft Position W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground Sensor W31—Starter Motor Ground F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A W32—Cab Harness Ground Fuse W36—Right Frame Ground F2— Monitor Unswitched Power X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main 10 A Fuse Harness 14-Pin Connector F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse G1—Battery G2—Alternator
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector X10— Remote Start Box Connector X15— Right Main Harness-toEngine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector X19— Right Main Harness-toEngine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2
X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3 X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 1 X5059—Left Main Harnessto-Engine Harness Connector 3 X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1
Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) (A2)
Engine Status
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) uses information from machine sensors and switches to display information to operator. The EMU uses operator input from switches and sensors to control certain machine functions. The EMU also uses information from other controllers and sensors, via the controller area network (CAN), to aid in operation.
Engine speed information is sent to the EMU from the engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) over the CAN. The ECU uses the crankshaft position sensor (B5301) or camshaft position sensor (B5302) (used as backup) to calculate engine speed.
Unswitched power is received from monitor unswitched power 10 A fuse (F2) at pin H of EMU 14-pin connector 2 (X42). Switched power is received from switched power relay (K8) through switched power 20 A fuse (F15) to pin N on EMU connector (X42). Ground is provided through pin J of EMU connector (X42). The EMU manages the following items:
• Operator interlocks to enable hydrostatic and hydraulic systems
The EMU determines that the engine is running if the engine speed sent from the ECU is above 800 rpm and switched power is ON. The engine is determined to be off when the engine speed is less than 30 rpm and switched power is OFF. Auto-Shutdown Auto-shutdown function requests the engine control unit (ECU) to shut down the engine upon command from the EMU. Auto-shutdown becomes active when any of the following are true:
• Valve power to the hydraulic control unit (HCU) for the hydraulic and hydrostatic solenoids
• Hydraulic oil temperature is above 105°C (221°F) for
• Operator display of information • Audible alarm to alert operator • Auxiliary hydraulics operation • Diagnostic troubles codes (DTCs) display • Turbo cool down function The EMU communicates with the other controllers using the controller area network (CAN). For additional information, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) For more information on EMU and engine starting, see Starting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) For more information on EMU and hydraulic system control, see Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) For more information on EMU and hydrostatic system control, see Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) For more information on EMU and lighting system, see Lighting Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
more than 5 seconds, generating a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). • Engine coolant temperature is above 110°C (230°F) for more than 5 seconds, generating a DTC. • Engine oil pressure switch (B5115) is turned ON, indicating engine oil pressure is low and generating a DTC. Auto-Idle Auto-idle automatically commands the engine to idle speed when certain preconditions are met. See Auto-Idle. (Operator’s Manual.) AUTO IDLE is displayed on the EMU when machine enters auto-idle mode. The request for engine idle speed is sent to the engine control unit (ECU) over the CAN. To deactivate auto-idle, see Auto-Idle. (Operator’s Manual.) Auto-idle can be enabled or disabled in the EMU menu. See Auto-Idle (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.) Limited Auto-Idle
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-37
NR81152,0001853 -19-16OCT17-2/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=383
Theory of Operation
Limited auto-idle function also sets engine to low idle speed, but under different preconditions than auto-idle. See Auto-Idle. (Operator’s Manual.) AUTO IDLE is displayed on the EMU when machine enters limited auto-idle mode. Requests for engine idle speed are sent to the ECU over CAN. To deactivate limited auto-idle, see Auto-Idle. (Operator’s Manual.) Limited auto-idle can be enabled or disabled in the EMU menu. See Auto-Idle (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.)
the fuel level to the operator and to warn the operator when the fuel level is low. When fuel is low, the operator is warned by two warnings. The first and second warnings consist of a message on the EMU display and the EMU warning alarm beeps. LOW FUEL displays until SELECT or MENU buttons are pressed. The fuel level sensor uses pin L of EMU connector (X41) for signal voltage and pin A of EMU connector (X42) for ground. NOTE: For component location, see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Remote Start Logic The only functions allowed to be done remotely using the remote start box are start and run engine and adjust engine speed. No connection is provided from the park brake release switch on remote start box to park brake release solenoid.
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) Turbo Cool Down
When the machine is started with the remote start box, power is sent to pin L of EMU 12-pin connector 3 (X43). Based on this input, the EMU control circuit does not allow park brake release, hydrostatic enable, or hydraulic enable. The remote start diode (V1) is used to keep switched power from the machine from feeding back into the signal sent to pin L of EMU connector (X43). Machine Identity Security Logic The EMU sends a signal to ensure that the ECU and HCU options match the options programmed in the EMU. Using the product identification number (PIN), the EMU compares the PIN returned to it to verify the ECU and HCU PINs match that of the EMU. If the PINs received by the EMU do not match the master PIN stored in the EMU, the engine derates and generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm (H4) The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) warning alarm is an audible alarm used to alert the operator. The EMU warning alarm has three audible patterns. The single pattern of the EMU warning alarm used for operator feedback and acknowledgment is 240 ms ON. The ON/OFF and ON/OFF/ON patterns of the EMU warning alarm are measured in 480 ms intervals. The frequency of the EMU warning alarm is based on the severity of possible machine damage. The EMU warning alarm uses pin F of EMU 16-pin connector 1 (X41) for supply voltage and cab harness ground (W32) for ground. NOTE: For component location, see Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Fuel Level Sensor (B4)
The turbo cool down function forces a delayed engine shutdown while engine speed is reduced, slowing the turbo down to a more manageable speed. Cool down is necessary to prevent damage to turbo components due to extreme rotary speed and friction-generated heat. The EMU monitors engine load percentage and current engine speed signals, which are sent by CAN from the ECU. For each second that the engine load at current engine speed is above high engine load threshold, a cool down timer is incremented by 1 time-step for a maximum of 120 seconds. For each second that the engine load at current engine speed is below low engine load threshold, the cool down timer is decremented by 1 time-step for a minimum of 0 seconds. When the sealed switch module (SSM) stop button is pressed once, the EMU initiates delayed engine shutdown if the cool down timer is greater than 0. During delayed engine shutdown, the following actions occur:
• Engine speed is forced to idle. • HCU turns off all SSM LED outputs. • EMU denies any EMU button input requests. • Cool down timer decrements by 1 time-step each second.
• EMU displays turbo cool down status. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Display Messages. (Group 9015-16.)
NOTE: If the SSM stop button is pressed a second time after delayed engine shutdown has been initiated, the engine shuts down, ignoring delayed engine shutdown requests. NOTE: If the SSM start button is pressed during delayed engine shutdown, turbo cool down cancels and normal engine operation resumes. Engine speed is held at idle until throttle is cycled back to idle. Once the cool down timer has expired, normal engine shutdown resumes.
The fuel level sensor is a variable-resistance fuel level sensor. Information from this sensor is used to display Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-38
NR81152,0001853 -19-16OCT17-3/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=384
Theory of Operation
Interlock Logic TX1218543 —UN—13JUL16
B004 RED
B010 RED
F2 MONITOR UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
P001 RED
3
7
5
8
6
9
M009 BRN
P005 RED
M001 BRN
P010 RED
Y4 PORT LOCK SOLENOID
P010 RED
P015 RED
2
4
6
5
3
M001 BRN
X46-E1 H041 GRN
G004 BLK
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND CAN 1
1
G002 BLK
X45-L4 P033 RED
Y5 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
M001 BRN
X44-H4 P032 RED
A
2
X45-B1
X46-H1 P032 RED
B
1
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
R012 BLK
X43-F P032 RED 4
X45-A1
X41-H P033 RED 5
M013 LT GRN
X41-P T003 BLU 21
M012 YEL
X43-L
X42-G
X42-H R012 BLK
E032 WHT
X42-P
X41-B
24
E032 WHT
G002 BLK
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
X2
CAN 1
4
M4 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
E032 WHT
R012 BLK
2
4
N
P005 RED
M013 LT GRN
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
3
X1
G002 BLK
5
B-
2
P032 RED
M012 YEL
1
P033 RED
6
G2 ALTERNATOR
T003 BLU
P004 RED
OPTION
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
S39 AIR SEAT SWITCH
G002 BLK
2
1
G
G003 BLK
1
J006 TAN
3~
X41-A
B002 RED
W
CAN 1
BATT_GND1
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
3
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
M013 LT GRN
B002 RED
G003 BLK 0
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
V5 ALTERNATOR DIODE
E032 WHT
MTR_GND
U
B+
F9 SEAT 10A FUSE B
D+
-
M001 BRN A
M003 BRN
W36 RIGHT FRAME X15 GROUND 3
42
B
OPTION
B
M001 BRN
P003 RED
M1 STARTER MOTOR
B
M012 YEL
X2
87
S5 INTERLOCKING SEAT BAR SWITCH
B
X42-E
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
85
K4 ACCESSORY RELAY
A
S4 SEAT SWITCH
S13 CAB DOOR SWITCH
X41-C
J007 TAN J006 TAN
P004 RED
J007 TAN G004 BLK
B001 RED
1
V2 POLARITY SENSING DIODE
V1 REMOTE START DIODE
30
A
D
A
P005 RED
P005 RED
M016 BRN
G1 BATTERY
3
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
86
C
X1
B002 RED S
+
2
J007 TAN
J006 TAN
BATT_PWR
4
B010 RED
B010 RED
B001 RED
B004 RED
J007 TAN
X1
P010 RED
J007 TAN
P004 RED
P002 RED
M
G004 BLK
6
J007 TAN
P004 RED
P010 RED
P010 RED
X1
E032 WHT
1
F7 ACCESSORY 20A FUSE
X42-N
F1 UNSWITCHED POWER 7.5A FUSE X53
X19
B001 RED
B010 RED
B001 RED
B001 RED
P010 RED
B001 RED
P005 RED
B001 RED
CAN 1
B001 RED
G004 BLK
B004 RED
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
CAN 1
TX1218543 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Interlock Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-39
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=385
NR81152,0001853 -19-16OCT17-4/6
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-40
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=386
Theory of Operation
A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) M1—Starter Motor X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main A2—Engagement and Monitor M4—Windshield Wiper Motor Harness 14-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) S4— Seat Switch X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Harness 47-Pin Connector F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A S13— Cab Door Switch X19— Right Main Harness-toFuse S39— Air Seat Switch Engine Interface Harness F2— Monitor Unswitched Power V1— Remote Start Diode 1-Pin Connector 10 A Fuse V2— Polarity Sensing Diode X41— Engagement and Monitor F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse V5— Alternator Diode Unit (EMU) 16-Pin F9— Seat 10 A Fuse W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground Connector 1 F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse W31—Starter Motor Ground X42— Engagement and Monitor G1—Battery W32—Cab Harness Ground Unit (EMU) 14-Pin G2—Alternator W36—Right Frame Ground Connector 2 K4—Accessory Relay X43— Engagement and Monitor K8—Switched Power Relay Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
Interlock Logic
X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 1 Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid
To release park brake and enable hydrostatic system, the EMU outputs power from pin P of EMU connector (X41) to the park brake solenoid (Y5) to release the park brake. The EMU sends power from pin H of EMU connector (X41) to the HCU for the hydrostatic pump solenoids.
NOTE: The connector to windshield wiper motor (M4) must be connected for proper operation of the cab door switch (S13). The seat switch (S4), interlocking seat bar switch (S5), and cab door switch (S13) must be connected to system voltage for the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) to allow the RUN and RELEASE input to enable the hydraulic and hydrostatic functions and release the park brake. On canopy machines without a cab door, or if the cab door is removed, pin C of the EMU 16-pin connector 1 (X41) will not be grounded. When ground is not present at pin C, the EMU disregards the status of cab door switch (S13). Hydraulic Interlock NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
For more information on hydrostatic interlock operation, see Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) If the seat switch drops power to the EMU for more than 1 second after either the hydraulic or hydrostatic and park brake outputs have been enabled, these outputs are turned off. This disables the hydraulics and hydrostatics, and engages the park brake. The 1 second delay is to prevent the hydraulics from disengaging and the park brake from engaging if the operator bounces in the seat while driving over rough terrain. If the interlocking seat bar switch or cab door switch momentarily drops power to the EMU after either the hydraulic or park brake outputs have been enabled, the outputs are turned off. This disables the hydraulics and engages the park brake.
The vehicle control unit (VCU) monitors the status of the hydraulic enable switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) (A1). If the operator presses the hydraulic enable switch, the VCU broadcasts this over the CAN to the EMU. This input, along with the seat interlock signal, allows the EMU to enable hydraulics.
Once power has been lost from the seat switch (S4) or interlocking seat bar switch (S5) to the EMU, power must be established from the seat switch first and then the interlocking seat bar switch. This sequence must be followed for the EMU to enable the hydraulic and hydrostatic functions to release the park brake.
To enable hydraulics, the EMU sends power to the hydraulic control unit (HCU) for the port lock solenoid (Y4) on the hydraulic control valve from pin E1 of the HCU 32-pin connector 3 (X46). The EMU also sends a hydraulic enable message over the CAN to the HCU to enable the hydraulics of the machine, but does not release the park brake.
The park brake output from the EMU must always be off when the engine is not running. Auxiliary Hydraulic Operation
For more information on hydraulic interlock operation, see Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
For information on auxiliary hydraulic circuits and auxiliary hydraulic functions, see Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
Hydrostatic Interlock
Auxiliary Hydraulic Interlock
The vehicle control unit (VCU) monitors the status of the park brake switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) (A1). If the operator presses the park brake switch, the VCU broadcasts this over the CAN to the EMU. This input, along with the seat interlock signal, allows the EMU to release the park brake and enable hydrostatic system.
The auxiliary hydraulic interlock function ensures that the operator is present in the machine and the door is closed before enabling the auxiliary hydraulics for attachments. After this, the operator can use the auxiliary hydraulic override function (AUX HYDRAULIC OVRRD menu option) to run auxiliary hydraulics without being in the seat.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-41
NR81152,0001853 -19-16OCT17-5/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=387
Theory of Operation
If the auxiliary proportional switch is not activated (centered) and the operator selects the AUX HYDRAULIC OVRRD menu option, the EMU enters bypass mode and AUX HYDRAULIC BYPASS appears on display. Once in bypass mode, the operator can exit the machine (interlocking seat bar switch open) for up to 15 seconds. If the operator exits the machine within the 15 seconds, auxiliary hydraulics remain enabled. If the operator does not exit the machine within 15 seconds, the EMU exits the bypass mode.
The EMU remains in bypass mode until either switched power is cycled off or seat interlock logic is not OK. See Interlock Logic in this story. Auxiliary Hydraulic Calibration The EMU controls the calibration of the threshold current required to actuate the auxiliary pilot oil solenoids. See Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) NR81152,0001853 -19-16OCT17-6/6
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-42
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=388
Theory of Operation
Lighting Circuit Theory of Operation TX1217372 —UN—22JUL16
B004 RED B001 RED P002 RED
H053 GRN G004 BLK
P002 RED
L001 BRN
L001 BRN
85
1
2
B
1
2
1
2
E3 RIGHT TAILLIGHT
1
2
G004 BLK
G002 BLK
1
2
R012 BLK
L002 BRN
E4 LEFT TAILLIGHT
M013 LT GRN
E2 RIGHT FRONT WORK LIGHT
L001 BRN
L001 BRN
L001 BRN
E1 LEFT FRONT WORK LIGHT
M012 YEL
2
E13 LEFT DELUXE LIGHT
L001 BRN
L002 BRN
L002 BRN 1
DELUXE
E5 REAR WORK LIGHT
W37 FUEL TANK GROUND
CAN 1
E9 DOME LIGHT
2
E12 RIGHT DELUXE LIGHT
X45-A1
L002 BRN
G004 BLK
S24 DOME LIGHT SWITCH
1
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) X45-B1
X45-H4
L001 BRN
L001 BRN
H053 GRN
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
G004 BLK
- ON
C
G002 BLK
P006 RED
B001 RED
P002 RED P010 RED
2 1 0
3
L007 BRN
X42-P
G002 BLK A
+
R012 BLK
L002 BRN
M001 BRN
G002 BLK
V9 DOME LIGHT DIODE
G002 BLK
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
6
G004 BLK
D
L001 BRN
L
87
L007 BRN
G002 BLK
M012 YEL
G001 BLK
G001 BLK
7
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
L007 BRN
L007 BRN
G002 BLK
2
X12
K
6
L002 BRN
G001 BLK
87a
L001 BRN
L001 BRN
S6 WORK LIGHTS SWITCH
G002 BLK
M013 LT GRN
2
G002 BLK
5
G002 BLK
5
86
X51
G002 BLK
M012 YEL
8
G002 BLK
BATT_GND1
6
G001 BLK
R012 BLK
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
P004 RED
X1 L001 BRN
G002 BLK
G001 BLK
1
P006 RED
0,1,2
CAN 1
MTR_GND
G001 BLK
G002 BLK
-
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
CAN 1
G1 BATTERY
R012 BLK
+
M1 STARTER MOTOR
B
P017 RED
P005 RED
2
L008 BRN
E7 RIGHT FLASHER LIGHT
E8 BEACON
BATT_PWR S
P005 RED
P010 RED P010 RED X42-N
1
30
K6 WORK LIGHT RELAY
L001 BRN
L009 BRN
2
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
R012 BLK
1
P010 RED
B
X41-B
E6 LEFT FLASHER LIGHT
F11 RIGHT FLASHER LIGHT IN-LINE 5A FUSE
F6 LIGHTS 25A FUSE
M
H P010 RED
S4 SEAT SWITCH
X41-A
F10 LEFT FLASHER LIGHT IN-LINE 5A FUSE
F5 DOME LIGHT AND ACCESSORY POWER OUTLET 10A FUSE
A
M013 LT GRN
2
C P010 RED
F19 BEACON IN-LINE 5A FUSE
LFHA2
L003 BRN G002 BLK
1
D
L003 BRN
B
LFHB1 30
B001 RED
B004 RED
G002 BLK
86
K5 DUAL FLASHER RELAY
87
LFHB2
85
L004 BRN
G002 BLK
L003 BRN
1
7
S7 DUAL FLASHER SWITCH
P002 RED
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
B010 RED
3
2
8
P004 RED
4
87
K4 ACCESSORY RELAY
J003 TAN
B001 RED
B010 RED
B004 RED B001 RED
85
30
LFHC1
C
X1
LFHC2
X12 3
P010 RED
33
F2 MONITOR UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
X41-S
44
2
86
OPTION
P010 RED
X2
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
P010 RED
A
LFHA1
OFF
J003 TAN
L005 BRN
ON
X12
OPTION
J003 TAN
P004 RED
G P004 RED
M
X1
P001 RED
P004 RED
X1
F7 ACCESSORY 20A FUSE
P010 RED
F1 UNSWITCHED POWER 7.5A FUSE
P002 RED
P004 RED
B001 RED P002 RED
P017 RED
B010 RED
P002 RED B010 RED
P017 RED
P010 RED B001 RED
DOOR
B010 RED
B001 RED
X42-L
B001 RED
G002 BLK CAN 1
CAN 1
TX1217372 Lighting Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-43
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=389
AW70195,0001842 -19-22JUN16-1/2
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-44
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=390
Theory of Operation A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) F2— Monitor Unswitched Power K8—Switched Power Relay 10 A Fuse A2—Engagement and Monitor M1—Starter Motor F5— Dome Light and Accessory S4— Seat Switch Unit (EMU) Power Outlet 10 A Fuse A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) S6— Work Lights Switch F6— Lights 25 A Fuse E1— Left Front Work Light S7— Dual Flasher Switch F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse E2— Right Front Work Light S24— Dome Light Switch F10— Left Flasher Light In-Line 5 V9— Dome Light Diode E3— Right Taillight A Fuse E4— Left Taillight W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground F11— Right Flasher Light In-Line W31—Starter Motor Ground E5— Rear Work Light 5 A Fuse E6— Left Flasher Light W32—Cab Harness Ground F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse W36—Right Frame Ground E7— Right Flasher Light F19— Beacon In-Line 5 A Fuse E8— Beacon W37—Fuel Tank Ground G1—Battery E9— Dome Light X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main K4—Accessory Relay E12— Right Deluxe Light Harness 14-Pin Connector K5—Dual Flasher Relay E13— Left Deluxe Light X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main K6—Work Light Relay F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A Harness 47-Pin Connector Fuse
Work Light Circuit The work lights are controlled by a work lights switch (S6), which is monitored by the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2), and work light relay (K6), which is controlled by the hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4). Work lights switch is a three-position rocker switch. If the operator presses the work lights switch from OFF position to middle position (front work and rear taillights on), power is sent from switch to EMU at pin L of EMU 14-pin connector 2 (X42). When the EMU receives this status signal from work lights switch, the EMU informs the HCU of switch status via a controller area network (CAN) message. The HCU activates a low side driver at pin H4 of HCU 48-pin connector 2 (X45) that connects the coil of work lights relay to ground, energizing the relay. With work light relay energized, power is sent from work light relay to front work lights (E1 and E2) and taillights (E3 and E4). Both the work lights switch and the EMU driver have to be active to power on the lights. If the operator presses the work lights switch to the upper position (front work and rear taillights on, rear work light on), power is sent from switch to rear work light (E5). Power is also sent to right and left deluxe lights (if equipped) (E12 and E13).
X12— Right Main Harness-toDual Flasher Harness Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X51— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness Connector 1
energize work light relay for selected amount of time (if courtesy lighting setting not equal to 0 seconds). Dome Light (E9) All machines are equipped with dome light (E9) that can be powered on by manually pressing the light or when the operator sits in the seat. This feature is intended to illuminate the sealed switch module (SSM) (A1) prior to starting the engine. When the EMU is powered up from the operator sitting in seat, the EMU sends power from pin S of EMU 16-pin connector 1 (X41) to the dome light. The EMU continues to send power to dome light until the engine has started. If the engine is not started within 5 minutes, the EMU removes power from dome light. The internal dome light switch (S24) is wired so that manually pressing switch powers on dome light, even if EMU is not sending power. With dome light switch closed (ON position), power from fuse (F5) is sent to dome light. Dome light diode (V9) is in the circuit to prevent power from fuse (F5) being sent to EMU when dome light switch is in ON position. Left and Right Flasher Lights (E6 and E7)—If Equipped Unswitched power for flasher lights (E6 and E7) is provided by fuse (F1). When dual flasher switch (S7) is pressed to ON position, power is sent from switch to dual flasher relay (K5).
Courtesy Lighting Courtesy lighting is a standard feature on all machines. Using this feature, the operator can choose to have front work lights and rear taillights remain on for 30, 45, 60, or 90 seconds after switched power is off. See Courtesy Lighting (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.) If work lights switch (S6) is in middle or upper position when switched power is shut off, the HCU continues to
Power is then sent from relay to fuses (F10 and F11), and then to flasher lights (E6 and E7). Beacon (E8)—If Equipped Switched power is sent from the switched power relay (K8) to fuses (F15 and F19), and then to beacon (E8). AW70195,0001842 -19-22JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-45
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=391
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-46
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=392
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation TX1236756 —UN—07APR17
B001 RED
A
S4 SEAT SWITCH
S5 INTERLOCKING SEAT BAR SWITCH
A
F9 SEAT 10A FUSE B
B
M001 BRN
P015 RED
P005 RED X42-H
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
P010 RED
X45-B1 M013 LT GRN
X46-E1
X45-A1
X44-H4 P032 RED
M012 YEL
X46-H1
M009 BRN X42-G
N
X1
X43-F
X41-B M013 LT GRN
M001 BRN X42-P
X41-A
P010 RED
M001 BRN
X42-N
M012 YEL
B001 RED
X42-E
M003 BRN
P010 RED
1
2
4
6
5
3
M001 BRN
B
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
P010 RED
P005 RED
A
S13 CAB DOOR SWITCH B
OPTION
P005 RED
G002 BLK
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
P005 RED
P010 RED
F2 MONITOR UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
C
X1
A
X19
P010 RED P005 RED
P005 RED
1
P010 RED
P032 RED
1
P005 RED
3
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY P010 RED
2
D
P010 RED
4
P010 RED
B001 RED
B001 RED
X1
B010 RED
B001 RED
B001 RED
P010 RED
B001 RED
B001 RED
B001 RED
P005 RED
B001 RED
S39 AIR SEAT SWITCH
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
MTR_GND
G003 BLK
6
M012 YEL
5
M013 LT GRN
X2 4
R012 BLK
CAN 1
CAN 1
A
CAN 1
G003 BLK
BATT_GND1
2
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
Y4 PORT LOCK SOLENOID
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
G002 BLK
M001 BRN
H041 GRN B
CAN 1
G002 BLK
3 1
G004 BLK
G1 BATTERY
B
R012 BLK
+
M1 STARTER MOTOR
R012 BLK
S
P032 RED
BATT_PWR
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
CAN 1
TX1236756 Hydraulic Enable Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-47
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=393
NR81152,0001885 -19-04JAN18-1/8
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-48
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=394
Theory of Operation
A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) S4— Seat Switch X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main A2—Engagement and Monitor S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Harness 47-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) S13— Cab Door Switch X19— Right Main Harness-toA4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) S39— Air Seat Switch Engine Interface Harness F2— Monitor Unswitched Power W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground 1-Pin Connector 10 A Fuse W31—Starter Motor Ground X41— Engagement and Monitor F9— Seat 10 A Fuse W32—Cab Harness Ground Unit (EMU) 16-Pin F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse W36—Right Frame Ground Connector 1 G1—Battery X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X42— Engagement and Monitor K8—Switched Power Relay Harness 14-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) 14-Pin M1—Starter Motor Connector 2 X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
Machine hydraulic functions are controlled by the hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) and the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2). The HCU controls the loader (boom and bucket) hydraulic functions and the EMU controls auxiliary hydraulic functions. Hydraulic Enable The hydraulic enable function in the HCU enables or disables the boom and bucket solenoids. The HCU enables or disables the hydraulic system in response to the input of valve power and an enable message sent from the EMU via controller area network (CAN).
X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y4— Port Lock Solenoid
(S5), and cab door switch (S13). For more information on switches and interlock function, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) The HCU disables the hydraulic system if the switched power input and the EMU CAN message do not agree. For example, switched power is supplied to HCU, but EMU is sending disable message via CAN. The HCU controls the port lock solenoid (Y4). The port lock solenoid receives power from pin E1 of HCU 32-pin connector 3 (X46). With the port lock solenoid de-energized, all boom and bucket motion is prevented.
The EMU transmits hydraulic enable message based on input from the seat switch (S4), interlocking seat bar switch Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-49
NR81152,0001885 -19-04JAN18-2/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=395
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-50
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=396
Theory of Operation
TX1244816 —UN—20SEP17
CAN 1
4 (SIGNAL 2)
H047 GRN X45-G3
X44-C4
P050 RED P050 RED
X44-B4 R034 BLK
H030 GRN
X44-D4 H031 GRN
X44-E4
X45-B1 M013 LT GRN
R035 BLK
X44-G1
X45-A1 M012 YEL
P032 RED
X2 4
CAN 1
CAN 1
CAN 1
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
CAN 1
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
CAN 1
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
CAN 1
G003 BLK
BATT_GND1
G003 BLK
CAN 1
G002 BLK
MTR_GND
X44-H4
X87
P032 RED
X46-H1
3
P032 RED
2
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
P032 RED
4
1
X23
R012 BLK
G002 BLK
M013 LT GRN
P010 RED
G002 BLK
M012 YEL
G1 BATTERY
B
M013 LT GRN
+
M1 STARTER MOTOR
R012 BLK
S
P010 RED
4
M013 LT GRN
BATT_PWR
X88
G002 BLK
1
3
M012 YEL
2
2
M012 YEL
3
1
P010 RED
4
B001 RED
X25
P010 RED
P010 RED
1
G002 BLK
2
M012 YEL
3
M013 LT GRN
4
X45-K1
4
X46-F1
3
H032 GRN
2
X46-F2
1
R036 BLK
1
X46-C1
2
H033 GRN
3
X46-B1
4
2
R037 BLK
R012 BLK
H023 GRN
M013 LT GRN
R012 BLK
5
A6 RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSR)
CAN 1
M012 YEL
CAN 1
6
A5 LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSL)
R062 BLK
26
R062 BLK
F
D
3
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
2 (SIGNAL 1)
X1
X2 1
1 (V1)
3 (G2)
P022 RED
8
H046 GRN
B13 BOOM POSITION SENSOR
4
H023 GRN
P022 RED
X43-F
TRIGGER
X45-C2
B010 RED
X22
X45-K2
X1
P032 RED
X41-B
B010 RED
S27 FLOAT SWITCH
F17 HANDLE SWITCHES 5A FUSE
R012 BLK
B010 RED
1
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
B010 RED
B001 RED
3
2
X41-A
4
M013 LT GRN
B010 RED
X19
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
P010 RED
1
B010 RED
B010 RED
B001 RED
B010 RED
M012 YEL
B001 RED
CAN 1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Y21 BUCKET CURL SOLENOID
Y22 BUCKET DUMP SOLENOID
Y20 BOOM DOWN SOLENOID
Y19 BOOM UP SOLENOID
TX1244816 Boom and Bucket Hydraulic Circuits Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-51
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=397
NR81152,0001885 -19-04JAN18-3/8
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-52
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=398
Theory of Operation
A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) S27— Float Switch A2—Engagement and Monitor W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground Unit (EMU) W31—Starter Motor Ground A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) W32—Cab Harness Ground A5—Left Joystick Controller X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main (JSL) Harness 14-Pin Connector A6—Right Joystick Controller X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main (JSR) Harness 47-Pin Connector B13— Boom Position Sensor X19— Right Main Harness-toF15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Engine Interface Harness F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse 1-Pin Connector G1—Battery X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin K8—Switched Power Relay Connector M1—Starter Motor
Boom and Bucket Hydraulic Operation The hydraulic control unit (HCU) controls the loader (boom and bucket) hydraulic functions by energizing or de-energizing the boom and bucket solenoids (Y19—Y22) on the hydraulic control valve. When energized, the solenoids shift to allow pilot pressure oil (internal to the control valve) to shift the control valve spool, actuating the hydraulic function. See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
X23— Right Joystick Controller (JSR) 6-Pin Connector X25— Left Joystick Controller (JSL) 6-Pin Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3 X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2
X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 X87— Cab Harness-to-Right Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector X88— Cab Harness-to-Left Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector Y19— Boom Up Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Solenoid Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid
Pressing the float switch while pivoting the joystick to the boom down enables boom float. During boom float operation, the boom down solenoid shifts the boom spool to allow the boom to move up and down with no up or down hydraulic force as ground contour deflects the front attachment. The boom float function is activated if all of the following conditions are met:
• Machine hydraulics are enabled. • No active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) on either the
NOTE: For component location of boom and bucket solenoids (Y19—Y22), see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
boom up or boom down solenoids.
• Joystick pivots to command boom down function (any amount).
The HCU energizes the pump solenoids based on operator movement of the left and right joysticks.
• Float switch (S27) transitions from opened to closed in
less than 1 second prior to joystick commanding boom down.
Joystick Controllers (A5 and A6) The joystick movements are communicated by left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) and right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) to HCU via CAN. For more information on joystick controls and joystick setup options, see the following:
The boom float function becomes inactive if any of the following conditions are met:
• Machine Control. (Operator’s Manual.) • Steering—EH Controls. (Operator’s Manual.) • Joystick Performance Package—If Equipped.
• Machine hydraulics are disabled. • A DTC occurs on either the boom up or boom down
• Commanding a boom up or down function with the joystick by more than 10%. solenoids.
(Operator’s Manual.)
• Switchable Controls—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) For example, with a machine using electrohydraulic (EH) hands only (ISO pattern) controls, the operator pulls back on the right joystick to raise the boom. The joystick movement is communicated by right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) to HCU via CAN. The HCU then energizes the boom up solenoid (Y19). With the solenoid energized, pilot oil inside the control valve is routed to one end of the boom spool, shifting the spool. As the spool shifts, high-pressure oil from the hydraulic pump flows to the boom cylinders to raise the boom. Boom Float Function The float switch (S27) is located on the trigger position on the right joystick. NOTE: For component location, see Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• A DTC occurs on either of the joysticks. Hydraulic Response Rate—If Equipped If machine is equipped with hydraulic response rate option, three rates of speed for boom and bucket controls can be selected by pressing the hydraulic response rate switch on the sealed switch module (SSM).
• Precision Rate—This rate reduces response of joystick
commands. Boom and bucket speed is limited by no less than 80%. • Utility Rate—This rate increases response of joystick commands. Functions attain 100% maximum speed at end of joystick travel. • Production Rate—This rate has quickest response of joystick commands. Functions attain 100% maximum speed for each function. The HCU controls the hydraulic response rates and communicates to the EMU, SSM, and joysticks via CAN to increase and decrease joystick functions.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-53
NR81152,0001885 -19-04JAN18-4/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=399
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-54
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=400
Theory of Operation
TX1218276 —UN—13JUL16
X24 LEFT JOYSTICK 8-PIN CONNECTOR
LOWER RIGHT 6
H011 GRN
H012 GRN
P022 RED
H010 GRN
H010 GRN
H024 GRN
P020 RED H020 GRN H021 GRN R020 BLK
6
H024 GRN
H024 GRN
7 3
29
G002 BLK H015 GRN
2
32
H014 GRN
31
H012 GRN H015 GRN H014 GRN
B F G E
H013 GRN
H013 GRN
H012 GRN
H012 GRN
H015 GRN
H015 GRN
H014 GRN
H014 GRN
2 6 7 5
H013 GRN
C
H012 GRN
G
H015 GRN
H
H014 GRN
F
H010 GRN
E
H011 GRN
D
G001 BLK
A
X49 ATTACHMENT HARNESS CONNECTOR A
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
P020 RED
H020 GRN
H021 GRN
R020 BLK
X43-A
X43-E
X43-D
X43-C
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
H034 GRN
8
H013 GRN
10
X43-H
30
12
H035 GRN
H013 GRN
X27
X26
11
X43-B
OFF
X2
S30 AUXILIARY SECOND FUNCTION SWITCH B B15 AUXILIARY PROPORTIONAL SWITCH
9
R038 BLK
P022 RED
S33 AUXILIARY FOURTH FUNCTION SWITCH
H024 GRN
P022 RED
S29 AUXILIARY SECOND FUNCTION SWITCH A
X43-G
H024 GRN
B
-
36
37
35
X2
G003 BLK
H011 GRN
D C
X55 G001 BLK
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
W35 LEFT FRAME GROUND
4
G001 BLK
A
H010 GRN
H010 GRN
H011 GRN
H011 GRN
G001 BLK
G001 BLK
G001 BLK
V7 ATTACHMENT CONTROL HARNESS 5-DIODE PACK
V6 LEFT HANDLE DIODE
A F E
C
B D
4 3 1
H010 GRN
B
H011 GRN
C
G001 BLK
A
X50 ATTACHMENT HARNESS CONNECTOR B
2
2
1
Y24 AUXILIARY PORT (FEMALE) SOLENOID
1
R038 BLK
28
H010 GRN
R038 BLK
27
H011 GRN
G003 BLK
BATT_GND1
H010 GRN
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
H013 GRN
X43-K
3
1
MTR_GND
H013 GRN
LOWER LEFT
P022 RED
G1 BATTERY
5
H012 GRN
H013 GRN
P022 RED
H012 GRN
M1 STARTER MOTOR
H012 GRN
H011 GRN
P022 RED
S
+
H012 GRN
F
X1
P022 RED
BATT_PWR
7
LOWER RIGHT
8
B001 RED
P022 RED
H013 GRN
S28 AUXILIARY FLOW SET SWITCH
H010 GRN
P022 RED
UPPER RIGHT
H012 GRN
B010 RED
5
UPPER RIGHT
P022 RED
P022 RED
S32 AUXILIARY THIRD FUNCTION SWITCH B
7
P022 RED
F17 HANDLE SWITCHES 5A FUSE
H011 GRN
B010 RED
1
S31 AUXILIARY THIRD FUNCTION SWITCH A
B010 RED
3
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
X22 RIGHT JOYSTICK 12-PIN CONNECTOR
P022 RED
2
P022 RED
4
B001 RED
B010 RED
B010 RED
B001 RED
1
X19
B010 RED
H010 GRN
B001 RED
Y23 AUXILIARY PORT (MALE) SOLENOID
R038 BLK
TX1218276 Auxiliary Hydraulic Circuits Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-55
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=401
NR81152,0001885 -19-04JAN18-5/8
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-56
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=402
Theory of Operation A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B15— Auxiliary Proportional Switch F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse G1—Battery K8—Switched Power Relay M1—Starter Motor S28— Auxiliary Flow Set Switch S29— Auxiliary Second Function Switch A S30— Auxiliary Second Function Switch B S31— Auxiliary Third Function Switch A
X19— Right Main Harness-toS32— Auxiliary Third Function Engine Interface Harness Switch B 1-Pin Connector S33— Auxiliary Fourth Function X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Switch Connector V6— Left Handle Diode V7— Attachment Control Harness X24— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector 5-Diode Pack W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground X26— Right Main Harness-toAttachment Control Frame W31—Starter Motor Ground Harness Connector W32—Cab Harness Ground X27— Attachment Control Frame W35—Left Frame Ground Harness-to-Attachment X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Control Boom Harness Harness 14-Pin Connector Connector X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X43— Engagement and Monitor Harness 47-Pin Connector Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3
X49— Attachment Harness Connector A X50— Attachment Harness Connector B X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 3 Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid
Auxiliary Hydraulic Operation
Auxiliary Switches (S29—S33)
Auxiliary hydraulic functions are controlled by the EMU. The EMU provides power to the two auxiliary pilot solenoids on the control valve: auxiliary port (male) solenoid (Y23) and auxiliary port (female) solenoid (Y24). Auxiliary hydraulics are enabled based on similar logic used for enabling the boom and bucket hydraulic functions.
Additional switches in the right and left joystick handles and in the control panel can be used to control attachment functions as needed.
If the operator actuates the auxiliary proportional switch (B15) on the right joystick handle, a signal is sent to the EMU. The EMU converts this signal and energizes the appropriate auxiliary pilot solenoid to produce flow to the attachment in the requested direction and volume.
If attachment is equipped with attachment harness connector B (X50), auxiliary third function switches (S31 and S32) are used to operate attachment. If attachment is equipped with attachment harness connector A (X49), auxiliary second function switches (S29 and S30), auxiliary third function switches (S31 and S32), and auxiliary fourth function switch (S33) are used to operate attachment.
Releasing the auxiliary proportional switch stops all auxiliary hydraulic flow.
Auxiliary Hydraulic Override
The auxiliary flow set switch (S28) in the left joystick handle is used to set continuous auxiliary flow. Continuous flow is set by pressing and releasing the auxiliary flow set switch while the proportional auxiliary control switch is actuated in the desired direction. This sets the auxiliary hydraulics to run at full flow in the direction selected. Continuous auxiliary hydraulic flow continues without pressing the auxiliary proportional switch.
Auxiliary hydraulic override function can be enabled through engagement and monitor unit (EMU), allowing auxiliary hydraulic functions to be run without operator in the seat. The AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC OVERRIDE option within the EMU main menu allows operator to enable auxiliary hydraulic override function. For more information, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
If continuous flow is active and the auxiliary proportional switch is moved in either direction or the flow set switch is pressed, continuous flow is cancelled and proportional auxiliary hydraulic flow resumes. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-57
NR81152,0001885 -19-04JAN18-6/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=403
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-58
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=404
Theory of Operation
TX1237228 —UN—18APR17
B010 RED
B001 RED
B001 RED
M012 YEL
5
M013 LT GRN
CAN 1
1
2
2
G004 BLK
CAN 1
G003 BLK
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
Y7 RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR SOLENOID
Y8 RIDE CONTROL RESERVOIR SOLENOID
X46-D1
R062 BLK X45-K2
X45-B1
X002 YEL
M013 LT GRN
H007 GRN
B3 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
B
A
Y38 SELF LEVELING SOLENOID
G004 BLK
6
1
G004 BLK
G003 BLK
-
3
2 BATT_GND1
X44-F1
1
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
R012 BLK
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
X41-G H051 GRN
+
B
MTR_GND
2
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
CAN 1
G1 BATTERY
M1 STARTER MOTOR
3
G004 BLK
S
+
X41-N
X2
H052 GRN
X41-B M013 LT GRN
BATT_PWR
R012 BLK
X41-A M012 YEL
B001 RED
1
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
X45-A1
P010 RED X42-N
X19
M012 YEL
D
B010 RED
X45-F2
B001 RED
B
X1
B2 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
F002 YEL
A
R012 BLK
C2 C1
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
P010 RED
B1 B2
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND CAN 1
TX1237228 Self Leveling, Ride Control, Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor, and Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Circuits Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-59
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=405
NR81152,0001885 -19-04JAN18-7/8
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-60
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=406
Theory of Operation
A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) K8—Switched Power Relay A2—Engagement and Monitor M1—Starter Motor Unit (EMU) W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) W31—Starter Motor Ground B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature W36—Right Frame Ground Sensor X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Harness 14-Pin Connector Restriction Switch X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Harness 47-Pin Connector G1—Battery
Ride Control—If Equipped Ride control function provides a cushioning effect, reducing rocking motion and improving machine ride. Operator activates ride control from the sealed switch module (SSM) (A1).
X19— Right Main Harness-toEngine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1
X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y7— Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid Y8— Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid
Hydraulic oil temperature is used by the HCU to derate the input values from the left and right joysticks if oil temperature readings received are extremely cold or hot. Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Joystick Input Value Derate Percentage
The ride control accumulator solenoid (Y7) receives power from pin N of EMU 16-pin connector 1 (X41). Ground is provided from right frame ground (W36).
0°C 32°F
50%
23°C 73°F
0%
The ride control reservoir solenoid (Y8) receives power from pin G of EMU connector (X41). Ground is provided from right frame ground (W36).
112°C 234°F
0%
115°C 239°F
30%
NOTE: For component location, see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For more information, see Ride Control Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.) Self Leveling—If Equipped Self level function levels bucket and attachments as boom is raised to reduce material spillage. The operator activates self leveling from the SSM. The self leveling solenoid (Y38) receives power from pin D1 of HCU 32-pin connector 3 (X46), and ground is provided from right frame ground (W36). For more information on self leveling, see Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.) Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2) The HCU reads reference voltage at pin F1 of HCU 32-pin connector 1 (X44) from hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). Ground is supplied to sensor at pin K2 of HCU 48-pin connector 2 (X45).
For hydraulic oil temperature sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.) Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B3) The hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) is a normally closed switch that opens if the restriction pressure builds up. When the switch opens, ground is removed from pin F2 of HCU connector (X45), signaling the HCU that the filter is becoming clogged. Because false triggers could occur from cold hydraulic oil, the HCU does not generate a filter restricted diagnostic trouble code (DTC) until oil temperature is at least 38°C (100°F) and the engine has been running for more than 70 seconds. The HCU communicates via controller area network (CAN) to the EMU to warn the operator if the hydraulic oil filter is restricted. For hydraulic oil filter restriction switch specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
NR81152,0001885 -19-04JAN18-8/8
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-61
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=407
Theory of Operation
Backup Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation 2 B010 RED
B004 RED
1
F1 UNSWITCHED POWER 7.5A FUSE
P010 RED
P004 RED
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
P010 RED
X53
A003 ORG
B
X45-K4
7 G004 BLK
P004 RED
A003 ORG
H1 BACKUP ALARM
W37 FUEL TANK GROUND
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
TX1217081 —UN—22JUN16
R012 BLK
M013 GRN
CAN 1
CAN 1
TX1217081
A
X52
P004 RED CAN 1
M013 GRN 4
R012 BLK
G002 BLK
P010 RED
M012 YEL
G002 BLK
3
G002 BLK
M012 YEL
2
CAN 1
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
1
M012 YEL
M013 GRN
X87
P010 RED
P010 RED 1
P010 RED
G002 BLK 2
P010 RED
M012 YEL 3
G002 BLK
M013 GRN 4
CAN 1
R012 BLK
X88
P004 RED
4
X45-M4
3
X45-B1
2
X45-A1
1
M013 LT GRN
X23
1
M012 YEL
2
P010 RED
3
X45-M1
4
D
X44-A2
X25
X1
A6 RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSR)
P010 RED
A5 LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSL)
6
X45-L1
P010 RED
Backup Alarm Circuit Schematic
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-62
AW70195,0001844 -19-22JUN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=408
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power H1—Backup Alarm 2— Switched Power W32—Cab Harness Ground A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) W37—Fuel Tank Ground A5—Left Joystick Controller X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main (JSL) Harness 14-Pin Connector A6—Right Joystick Controller X23— Right Joystick Controller (JSR) (JSR) 6-Pin Connector F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A X25— Left Joystick Controller Fuse (JSL) 6-Pin Connector F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse
Backup Alarm (H1) The backup alarm (H1) is controlled by the hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) and is energized based on movements from the left and right joysticks. The joystick movements are communicated by left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) and right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) to HCU, via controller area network (CAN). For more information on CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) The HCU provides power from pin K4 of HCU 48-pin connector 2 (X45) to the backup alarm, if all of the following conditions are met:
X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X87— Cab Harness-to-Right (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Joystick Jumper Harness X45— Hydraulic Control Unit 6-Pin Connector (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X88— Cab Harness-to-Left X52— Right Main Harness-toJoystick Jumper Harness Rear Engine Harness 6-Pin Connector Connector 2 X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 1
• Park brake is released. • Joystick commands a reverse motion from either side. If any of these conditions are not met, the HCU removes power from the backup alarm. NOTE: For component location, see Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) For more information on joystick controllers, see Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation and see Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• Engine is running. AW70195,0001844 -19-22JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-63
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=409
Theory of Operation
Quik-Tatch™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped B001 RED
1
B001 RED
P001 RED 30
85
87
X1
K4 ACCESSORY RELAY J
P010 RED
86
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE B001 RED
F7 ACCESSORY 20A FUSE
B010 RED
2
D
S26 QUIK-TATCH™ SWITCH
LOCK OFF UNLOCK
8
P002 RED
F14 QUIK-TATCH™ 30A FUSE
H004 GRN
3 2 1
13
12
X2
P018 RED
H004 GRN
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
H005 GRN
G002 BLK
7
P018 RED
86
87
G004 BLK 87a
K13 QUIK-TATCH™ RELAY (LOCK)
30
X7 J004 TAN
A
J004 TAN
X35
X57 1
J004 TAN
A
J004 RED
M10 QUIK-TATCH™ MOTOR J005 TAN G004 BLK
TX1216760
J005 TAN
B
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
J005 TAN
X56
A
M
B
1
J005 TAN
B
J005 TAN
TX1216760 —UN—06JUN16
30
P018 RED
H004 GRN
G004 BLK
85
J004 TAN
G004 BLK
G004 BLK
86
87a
G004 BLK
87
J005 TAN
85
P018 RED
K14 QUIK-TATCH™ RELAY (UNLOCK)
H005 GRN
G004 BLK
Quik-Tatch™ Circuit Schematic
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-64
AW70195,0001845 -19-25JUL16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=410
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power K14— Quik-Tatch™ Relay 2— Switched Power (unlock) F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor F14— Quik-Tatch™ 30 A Fuse S26— Quik-Tatch™ Switch F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse W32—Cab Harness Ground K4—Accessory Relay W36—Right Frame Ground K13— Quik-Tatch™ Relay (lock) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 14-Pin Connector
X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X56— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness 47-Pin Connector Harness-to-Quik-Tatch X7— Right Main Harness-to-QuikBoom Harness Connector Tatch™ Frame Harness 1 2-Pin Connector X57— Quik-Tatch™ Frame X35— Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Boom Harness Connector Actuator Harness 2 Connector
IMPORTANT: Damage to electric Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10) will occur if motor is immersed in liquid. DO NOT IMMERSE IN LIQUID.
on the Quik-Tatch™ cylinder. Each end of the cylinder is attached to one of the Quik-Tatch™ latches and takes the place of standard manual levers. The cylinder will extend or retract depending on whether the operator is latching or unlatching the attachment.
NOTE: Electric Quik-Tatch™ is optional equipment. Quik-Tatch™ switch (S26) is a three-position, momentary-contact switch that sends power to Quik-Tatch™ relays (K13 and K14). Pressing the upper position of the switch sends power to lock relay. Middle position of the switch is off. Pressing the lower position of switch sends power to unlock relay.
The Quik-Tatch™ motor uses pins A and B of Quik-Tatch™ boom harness-to-Quik-Tatch actuator harness connector (X35) for power and ground depending on if the LOCK or UNLOCK relay is being activated by the operator.
Both Quik-Tatch™ relays (K13 and K14) use pin 85 for switched power, pin 87 for fused power, pin 30 to supply the Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10), and pin 87A for ground.
• Quik-Tatch™ switch (S26). See Cab Harness (W2)
For more information on relay, see Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-25.) When either Quik-Tatch™ relay is energized, power is directed through the relay to the Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10)
For Quik-Tatch™ component locations, refer to the following: Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
• Quik-Tatch™ relay (lock) (K13) and Quik-Tatch™
relay (unlock) (K14). See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10). See Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Harness (W44) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company AW70195,0001845 -19-25JUL16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-65
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=411
Theory of Operation
B004 RED
2
P010 RED
P010 RED
1
B004 RED
JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation
F35 JDLINK™ UNSWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE P082 RED
P080 RED
F34 JDLINK™ SWITCHED POWER 5A FUSE
X16 2
G001 BLK
W35 LEFT FRAME GROUND
3
M2
G001 BLK
F3
G001 BLK
M1
4G SYSTEM ONLY
1 4 CAN 1
5
G001 BLK
F4
P080 RED
L1
M012 YEL
H1
M013 LT GRN
H2
A6000 MODULAR TELEMATICS GATEWAY (MTG) CONTROL UNIT
R012 BLK
XJ1248919 —UN—11FEB18
6
3
P082 RED
CAN 1
XJ1248919 JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-66
AW70195,0001847 -19-01FEB18-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=412
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Battery Power 2— Switched Battery Power 3— Controller Area Network (CAN) 1
A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit F34— JDLink™ Switched Power 5 A Fuse
F35— JDLink™ Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse W35—Left Frame Ground X16— Left Main Harnessto-JDLink™ Harness Connector
switched power 5 A fuse (F34) is supplied at pin L1 of MTG control unit connector. Ground is provided from left frame ground (W35) at pins F3 and M1 of MTG control unit connector.
JDLink™ transmits information via cellular connection from machine through modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit (A6000) to JDLink™ server. For more information, refer to the appropriate JDLink™ Technical Manual. MTG control unit receives battery power from JDLink™ unswitched power 5 A fuse (F35) at pin M2 of MTG control unit connector. When ignition is on, power from JDLink™
The MTG control unit transmits and receives data across controller area network (CAN) with systems controllers. For more information on the CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company AW70195,0001847 -19-01FEB18-2/2
Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation The hydrostatic system consists of two bidirectional, variable-displacement hydrostatic pumps and two hydrostatic motors. One pump drives the left hydrostatic
motor. The other pump drives the right motor. Hydrostatic motor speed and direction are controlled by the hydrostatic pump swash angle, which is controlled by the hydraulic control unit (HCU) in response to operator, engagement and monitor unit (EMU), and engine inputs. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-67
AW70195,0001846 -19-03JAN18-1/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=413
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-68
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=414
Theory of Operation
TX1217807 —UN—15JUL16
B004 RED
D
E032 WHT CAN 1
CAN 1
P005 RED CAN 1
B5302 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
P005 RED
P010 RED
P015 RED
5
3
2
1
G002 BLK
M001 BRN
X5059
B5301 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
R012 BLK
7
X5501-39
8
M013 LT GRN
X5502-43 M015 VLT
X45-B1
6
S39 AIR SEAT SWITCH
X5501-38
X5502-19 R015 BLK
3
X5502-17
2
SHIELD2
1
4
G002 BLK
M001 BRN
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
2
CAN 1
M4 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
PNK 5
2
4
1
G002 BLK
ORG 4
G004 BLK
R012 BLK
X45-A1 M012 YEL
P033 RED
M013 LT GRN
P005 RED X42-H
X41-H P033 RED R012 BLK
M012 YEL
X45-L4
P010 RED X42-N
3
X5501-9
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
4
P048 RED
T003 BLU
X41-B
M009 BRN X42-G M016 BRN
T003 BLU
X41-C
X41-A
M001 BRN
X42-E X41-P
X43-L
1 2
6
OPTION
B-
G003 BLK
5
RED 5
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
G2 ALTERNATOR
X5502-42
G002 BLK
G
X5502-18
3~
W
5
R058 BLK
9
2
E032 WHT
P003 RED B002 RED
U
1
Y5 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
X2
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
M014 VLT
8
6
21
D+
M013 LT GRN R012 BLK
7
W30 BATTERY-TOFRAME GROUND
E032 WHT
B+
5
X2
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
BLK 7
5
4
G004 BLK
3
M001 BRN
BLU 7
G001 BLK
2
P004 RED M012 YEL
M001 BRN
CAN 1
BATT_GND1
MTR_GND
1
1 6
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
N
B
M016 BRN
-
M003 BRN
P002 RED P002 RED
P004 RED
W31 STARTER MOTOR GROUND
E032 WHT
G1 BATTERY
M1 STARTER MOTOR
J006 TAN
CAN 1
+
3
B
S5 INTERLOCKING SEAT BAR SWITCH
M001 BRN
V5 ALTERNATOR DIODE
B002 RED
S4 SEAT SWITCH B
3
B001 RED
B004 RED
S
B
X1
A
S13 CAB DOOR SWITCH
X15
B002 RED 0
A
A
K4 ACCESSORY RELAY
B
X42-P
87
B002 RED
BATT_PWR
P010 RED P005 RED
P001 RED
J007 TAN
P004 RED J007 TAN
85
G004 BLK
G004 BLK
30
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
V1 REMOTE START DIODE
V2 POLARITY SENSING DIODE E032 WHT
1
K8 SWITCHED POWER RELAY
J006 TAN
3
B010 RED
2
J007 TAN
J007 TAN
B001 RED
B010 RED
4
86
F9 SEAT 10A FUSE
C
J007 TAN J007 TAN
OPTION A
M012 YEL
P004 RED
P004 RED
X1
P010 RED
1
X1
P010 RED
F1 UNSWITCHED POWER 7.5A FUSE
F2 MONITOR UNSWITCHED POWER 10A FUSE
P005 RED
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
F7 ACCESSORY 20A FUSE
X19
B001 RED P010 RED P005 RED
B001 RED
B001 RED B010 RED
P010 RED
B001 RED B010 RED
M013 LT GRN
B001 RED
CAN 1
B004 RED
CAN 1
TX1217807 Hydrostatic Enable Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-69
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=415
AW70195,0001846 -19-03JAN18-2/7
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-70
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=416
Theory of Operation
A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) G1—Battery W36—Right Frame Ground A2—Engagement and Monitor G2—Alternator X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Unit (EMU) K4—Accessory Relay Harness 14-Pin Connector A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) K8—Switched Power Relay X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main A5500—Engine Control Unit M1—Starter Motor Harness 47-Pin Connector (ECU) M4—Windshield Wiper Motor X15— Right Main Harness-toB5301—Crankshaft Position S4— Seat Switch Engine Interface Harness Sensor S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch 8-Pin Connector B5302—Camshaft Position S13— Cab Door Switch X19— Right Main Harness-toSensor S39— Air Seat Switch Engine Interface Harness F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A V1— Remote Start Diode 1-Pin Connector Fuse V2— Polarity Sensing Diode X41— Engagement and Monitor F2— Monitor Unswitched Power V5— Alternator Diode Unit (EMU) 16-Pin 10 A Fuse W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground Connector 1 F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse W31—Starter Motor Ground X42— Engagement and Monitor F9— Seat 10 A Fuse W32—Cab Harness Ground Unit (EMU) 14-Pin F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Connector 2
Hydrostatic Enable The hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) enables or disables the electrohydraulic (EH) control of the hydrostatic pumps in response to the input of switched power and an enable message sent from the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) via controller area network (CAN). NOTE: The connector to windshield wiper motor (M4) must be connected for proper operation of the cab door switch (S13). The seat switch (S4), followed by the interlocking seat bar switch (S5) and cab door switch (S13), must be connected to system voltage for the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) to allow the RELEASE input to enable hydrostatic functions and release the park brake. On machines equipped without a cab door, or the cab door is removed, pin C of the EMU 16-pin connector 1 (X41) will not be grounded. When ground is not present at pin C, the EMU disregards the status of the cab door switch (S13). For more information on seat interlock, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) In addition to the seat interlock, the engine must be running for hydrostatic system to be enabled. Engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) receives input from crankshaft position sensor (B5301) or camshaft position sensor (B5302) (used as backup) and converts input to
engine speed (rpm). The ECU sends this engine speed data via CAN. The EMU considers the engine to be running when switched power is on and engine speed is above 800 rpm. NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU. The EMU receives a park brake release message via CAN from the vehicle control unit (VCU). The EMU outputs power from pin P of EMU connector (X41) to the park brake solenoid (Y5) to release the park brake. The EMU sends power from pin H of EMU connector (X41) to pin L4 of HCU 48-pin connector 2 (X45) for the hydrostatic pump solenoids. The EMU also sends a hydrostatic enable message over the CAN to the HCU. The HCU disables the hydrostatic system if the switched power input and the EMU CAN message do not agree. For example, switched power is supplied to the HCU, but EMU is sending a disable message via CAN. The hydrostatic system is only enabled if the left and right joystick inputs indicate neutral, and a valid pattern is selected for joystick controls when the EMU requests system to be enabled. The HCU disables the hydrostatic system when the engine is shut off, requiring the system to be enabled again when the engine is started.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X5059—Left Main Harnessto-Engine Harness Connector 3 X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 Y5— Park Brake Solenoid
9015-05-71
AW70195,0001846 -19-03JAN18-3/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=417
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-72
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=418
Theory of Operation
P043 RED
R008 BLK
X54
P041 RED
46
E033 WHT
R008 BLK
7
C
E033 WHT
B
45
P041 RED
3 (GND)
E034 WHT
1 (+5V) P035 RED
R044 BLK
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
1 (+5V) P035 RED
2 (CW OUTPUT)
3 (GND)
4 (CCW OUTPUT)
R044 BLK
10
P033 RED
P033 RED
CAN 1
CAN 1
Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Schematic Continued on next page
9015-05-73
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=419
P033 RED
X2 5
P033 RED CAN 1
1
B5302 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
E033 WHT
P041 RED X5501-23
R008 BLK
1
R012 BLK
2
X5501-24
3
X5501-25
2
X5501-39
1
X5501-38
7
M013 LT GRN
8
M012 YEL
4
7
X5059
B5301 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CAN 1
P043 RED X5502-21 X5502-43 M015 VLT
E034 WHT
6
PNK 5
R010 BLK
X5502-32 X5502-19
X5502-58 X5502-17
Y17 LEFT C2 HYDROSTATIC PUMP SOLENOID
R015 BLK
2
SHIELD2
R031 BLK X45-C3
2
5
ORG 4
T031 BLU X45-D3
1
X5501-9
R030 BLK X45-B4 X46-C2 T032 BLU
T030 BLU X45-A4 X46-A1 R032 BLK
R003 BLK X46-G1 X46-B2 T033 BLU
T005 BLU X46-G2 X46-A2 1
Y18 LEFT C1 HYDROSTATIC PUMP SOLENOID CAN 1
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
R033 BLK
X013 YEL X44-F1
X45-B1
X45-M3
R062 BLK X45-K2
X45-M2
X002 YEL X44-C2
G034 BLK
M008 VLT
W36 RIGHT FRAME GROUND
X5502-18
4
P048 RED
4
R058 BLK
M013 LT GRN
3
G034 BLK
M007 VLT X44-B1
P035 RED X44-H2
X45-G2
M006 VLT
R044 BLK 3
A6 RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSR)
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
RED 5
4
2
M012 YEL
2
X45-L2
R012 BLK
G002 BLK
1
G034 BLK
M013 LT GRN
R012 BLK
3
1
X45-L4
M013 LT GRN
2
X45-J2
P004 RED X45-L1
M005 VLT
P004 RED X45-M4
M012 YEL
X44-A1
P010 RED
X44-B2
P010 RED X44-A2
X45-M1
M012 YEL
P010 RED
P033 RED
X41-A
XJ1249477
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
2
BLK 7
4
G002 BLK
1
R012 BLK
3
G002 BLK
CAN 1
9
2
X5502-42
M013 LT GRN
2
P010 RED
2
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
2
A
M014 VLT
4
M012 YEL
CAN 1
8
6
1
D
9
CAN 1
CAN 1
7
5
1
F
B
M013 LT GRN
3
P010 RED
R012 BLK 4
1
E
BLU 7
4
2
G002 BLK
1
CAN 1
M013 LT GRN
Y16 RIGHT C2 HYDROSTATIC PUMP SOLENOID
4
X45-A1
3
P010 RED
R012 BLK
M012 YEL
A
M012 YEL
2
1
1
5
A
X23
R012 BLK
1
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
X87
M013 LT GRN
A5 LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSL)
X88
M012 YEL
P033 RED R012 BLK
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
P010 RED
X42-M
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
3
6
Y15 RIGHT C1 HYDROSTATIC PUMP SOLENOID
X53 X55 X54
0
3
B20 HYDROSTATIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Y6 TWO-SPEED SOLENOID
B18 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL DIAL
47
P010 RED
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
2
B2 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
B
X25
1
P010 RED
P022 RED
8
2 (CW OUTPUT)
P010 RED
T004 BLU
T004 BLU
P022 RED
F
P010 RED
4
G002 BLK
X41-D
T004 BLU
4
B17 RIGHT MOTOR SPEED SENSOR
B16 LEFT MOTOR F1 UNSWITCHED SPEED SENSOR POWER 7.5A FUSE
B19 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL PEDAL
R062 BLK
X36
2
T004 BLU
D
P010 RED
R36 CREEP MODE SPEED SWITCH RESISTOR
T006 BLU
X36
500
X1
G002 BLK
T006 BLU
T006 BLU
X24
M012 YEL
900
X1
M013 LT GRN
G002 BLK
P022 RED
240
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
T004 BLU
3
S25 TWO-SPEED SWITCH
1
G002 BLK
F17 HANDLE SWITCHES 5A FUSE
X41-H
1 2
X36
P010 RED
P010 RED
8
X41-B
7
G002 BLK
S36 CREEP MODE SPEED SWITCH
3 2 1
B010 RED
T004 BLU
G002 BLK
G002 BLK
G002 BLK
B010 RED
P004 RED
2
B004 RED
1
R010 BLK
XJ1249477 —UN—03JAN18
CAN 1
AW70195,0001846 -19-03JAN18-4/7
X2
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-74
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=420
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A X41— Engagement and Monitor X88— Cab Harness-to-Left 2— Switched Power Fuse Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Joystick Jumper Harness A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Connector 1 6-Pin Connector A2—Engagement and Monitor F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse X42— Engagement and Monitor X5059—Left Main HarnessUnit (EMU) R36— Creep Mode Speed Switch Unit (EMU) 14-Pin to-Engine Harness A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Resistor Connector 2 Connector 3 A5—Left Joystick Controller S25— Two-Speed Switch X44— Hydraulic Control Unit X5501—Engine Control Unit (JSL) S36— Creep Mode Speed Switch (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 A6—Right Joystick Controller W32—Cab Harness Ground X45— Hydraulic Control Unit X5502—Engine Control Unit (JSR) W36—Right Frame Ground (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 A5500—Engine Control Unit X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X46— Hydraulic Control Unit Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid (ECU) Harness 14-Pin Connector (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Solenoid Sensor Harness 47-Pin Connector Main Harness Connector 1 Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor X23— Right Joystick Controller X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left Solenoid B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor (JSR) 6-Pin Connector Main Harness Connector 2 Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump B18— Engine Speed Control Dial X24— Left Joystick 8-Pin X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Solenoid B19— Engine Speed Control Connector Main Harness Connector 3 Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Pedal X25— Left Joystick Controller X87— Cab Harness-to-Right Solenoid B20— Hydrostatic Oil (JSL) 6-Pin Connector Joystick Jumper Harness Temperature Sensor X36— Cab Harness-to-Creep 6-Pin Connector B5301—Crankshaft Position Mode Speed Switch Sensor Harness 4-Pin Connector B5302—Camshaft Position Sensor
Hydrostatic System Operation Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (A4)—The HCU is supplied with unswitched power at pins L1 and M4 of HCU 48-pin connector 2 (X45) through unswitched power 7.5 A fuse (F1). HCU receives switched power at pin A2 of HCU 32-pin connector 1 (X44) and pin M1 of HCU connector (X45) through switched power 20 A fuse (F15).
• Machine Control. (Operator’s Manual.) • Steering—EH Controls. (Operator’s Manual.) • Joystick Performance Package—If Equipped.
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) supplies switched power for hydrostatic system control to HCU from pin H of EMU 16-pin connector 1 (X41) to pin L4 of HCU connector (X45).
(Operator’s Manual.)
Hydrostatic Pump Solenoids (Y15—Y18)—The HCU controls hydrostatic pump swash angle (which controls hydrostatic motor speed and direction) by energizing hydrostatic pump solenoids (Y15—Y18). The right (front) hydrostatic pump is controlled by solenoids (Y15 and Y16). Solenoids (Y17 and Y18) control the left (rear) hydrostatic pump. The two solenoids for each hydrostatic pump are located on each side of a three-position, four-way hydraulic spool. When energized, the solenoid applies a force to move hydraulic spool, directing hydraulic fluid to either side of a servo piston. Differential pressure across servo piston rotates swash plate, changing pump displacement and direction of flow as needed. For more information on hydrostatic operation, see Hydrostatic Pump Operation. (Group 9026-05.) HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SOLENOID ACTIVATION Y15
Y17
X
FORWARD DIRECTION REVERSE DIRECTION
Y16
X
Joystick Controllers (A5 and A6)—The HCU energizes the hydrostatic pump solenoids based on operator movement of the left and right joysticks. The joystick movements are communicated by left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) and right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) to HCU via CAN. For more information on joystick controls and joystick setup options, see the following:
• Switchable Controls—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) Motor Speed Sensors (B16 and B17)—Hydrostatic system feedback is provided to the HCU by motor speed sensors (B16 and B17). The hydrostatic motor speed sensors are used to determine the speed of each motor for hydrostatic system calibration and system diagnostics. The HCU supplies a 5-volt reference voltage to each speed sensor from pin H2 of HCU connector (X44). The HCU provides sensor ground at pin J2 of HCU connector (X45). Each sensor produces a clockwise (CW) and a counterclockwise (CCW) output signal. The planetary gear reduction for tracked machines causes motor rotation to be opposite that of wheeled machines with respect to the side the motor is driving. The HCU manages the differences between motor direction and machine direction by using either CW or CCW output signal as needed. Machine Type
Machine Direction
Left Motor Speed Sensor—Active Output Signal
Right Motor Speed Sensor—Active Output Signal
Wheeled
Forward
CCW
CW
Reverse
CW
CCW
Forward
CW
CCW
Reverse
CCW
CW
Y18 X
X
NOTE: For component location of hydrostatic pump solenoids (Y15—Y18), see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Tracked
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-75
AW70195,0001846 -19-03JAN18-5/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=421
Theory of Operation
For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
For hydrostatic oil temperature sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2)
Two-Speed Operation—If Equipped
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
The vehicle control unit (VCU) monitors the temperature in the hydraulic system using hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2).
When the operator presses the two-speed switch (S25) on the left joystick, power from handle switches 5 A fuse (F17) is sent to pin M of EMU 14-pin connector 2 (X42). The EMU then sends a message via CAN to vehicle control unit (VCU) that two-speed operation is requested.
The VCU communicates the temperature signal from the sensor to the HCU. The HCU uses the temperature value to determine if travel speed should be limited based on hydraulic oil temperature. Travel speed begins to be limited if hydraulic oil temperature reaches 90°C (194°F) to a maximum limit of 20% (80% travel speed allowed) at 110°C (230°F). The VCU reads reference voltage at pin C2 of HCU connector (X44) from hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). Ground is supplied to sensor at pin K2 of HCU connector (X45). Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Joystick Input Limit Percentage
90°C 194°F
0%
110°C 230°F
20%
Creep mode limits travel speed while maintaining engine speed based on selections by the operator. Creep mode selection is shown in the form of a percentage, which indicates the percentage of allowed maximum speed. Both EMU and HCU jointly manage creep mode. The HCU has primary control of creep mode, but uses the EMU to receive the status of the creep mode speed switch (S36) and for displaying selected creep mode percentage. Creep mode speed switch, located near right joystick, is used to both enable creep mode and select creep mode percentage.
Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B20) NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU. The vehicle control unit (VCU) monitors the temperature in the hydraulic system using hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B20). The VCU communicates the temperature signal from the sensor to the HCU. The HCU uses the temperature value to determine if travel speed should be limited based on hydraulic oil temperature. Travel speed begins to be limited if hydrostatic oil temperature reaches 90°C (194°F) to a maximum limit of 20% (80% travel speed allowed) at 110°C (230°F). The VCU reads reference voltage at pin F1 of HCU connector (X44) from hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). Ground is supplied to sensor at pin K2 of HCU connector (X45). Hydrostatic Oil Temperature
Joystick Input Limit Percentage 0%
110°C 230°F
20%
When two-speed solenoid is energized, hydraulic oil is provided to shift both left and right motors to high-speed range. When the two-speed solenoid is de-energized, both motors return to the low speed range. For more information, see Hydrostatic Motor Operation—Two-Speed. (Group 9026-05.) Creep Mode—If Equipped
For hydraulic oil temperature sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
90°C 194°F
The VCU then energizes two-speed solenoid (Y6) by sending power from pin G2 of HCU 32-pin connector 3 (X46). Solenoid return is provided at pin G1 of HCU connector (X46).
Creep mode speed switch (S36) receives power from P010 RED and T006 BLU. The P010 RED wire serves as a power source to power the two LEDs that are used for lighting the switch. The T006 BLU is a signal wire for the EMU to determine the position of the creep mode speed switch (S36). Creep mode speed switch resistor (R36) pack is used to vary the resistance to ground. As the resistance to ground changes, the corresponding voltage on the T006 BLU wire also changes, which allows the EMU to determine switch position. Creep Mode Speed Switch Neutral (open) Position—The T006 BLU signal wire from the EMU travels through the 500 Ω resistor to ground. The EMU is looking for a voltage of ≥ 2.23 V to < 4.5 V to indicate that the creep mode switch is in the neutral (open) position.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-76
AW70195,0001846 -19-03JAN18-6/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=422
Theory of Operation
Creep Mode Speed Switch Closed (decrease) Position—The T006 BLU signal wire from the EMU travels through both the 500 Ω resistor and the 240 Ω resistor in parallel, resulting in a circuit resistance of approximately 160 Ω. The EMU is looking for a voltage of ≥ 0.5 V to < 1.59 V to indicate that the creep mode speed switch is in the closed (decrease) position. Creep Mode Speed Switch Closed (increase) Position—The T006 BLU signal wire from the EMU travels through both the 500 Ω resistor and the 900 Ω resistor in parallel, resulting in a circuit resistance of approximately 320 Ω. The EMU is looking for a voltage of ≥ 1.59 V to < 2.23 V to indicate that the creep mode speed switch is in the closed (increase) position. Transmission Response Rate—If Equipped For machines equipped with joystick performance package, one of three transmission response rate settings can be selected for increased performance and to suit desired operator preference. The operator presses transmission response switch on sealed switch module (SSM) to select desired rate.
• Precision Rate—Provides reduced response to the
joystick command. Speed is limited to no less than 80%.
• Utility Rate—Provides increased response to the
joystick command. All functions attain 100% maximum speed at the end of joystick travel. This setting is the default setting from the factory.
• Production Rate—Provides quickest response to the
joystick command. All functions attain 100% maximum speed for each function.
Antistall Function The antistall function prevents engine from stalling by limiting the current sent to the hydrostatic pump solenoids by the HCU. The HCU determines how much to limit solenoid current by comparing the difference between actual engine speed and expected engine speed. The ECU sends engine speed information via CAN. Actual engine speed is provided to the ECU through the crankshaft position sensor (B5301) and camshaft position sensor (B5302). Expected engine speed is obtained from operator input using engine speed control dial (B18) and engine speed control pedal (B19), depending on how machine is equipped. Based on engine speed information, the HCU reduces current to hydrostatic pump solenoids to reduce engine load and prevent engine from stalling. Hill Hold Function The hill hold function provides controlled metering of forward and reverse travel while machine is operating on an incline with a load. Hill hold is accomplished by applying an adjusted joystick out-of-neutral value to the input of the command filter and setting the initial output of the command filter to an adjusted travel threshold value. Hill hold increases the deadband of the joysticks by lowering the out-of-neutral travel command below the calibrated travel threshold. AW70195,0001846 -19-03JAN18-7/7
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-77
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=423
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-78
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=424
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation TX1217659 —UN—30JUN16
1
B001 RED
X002 YEL
A
B
X5501-39
7
M013 LT GRN
8
X5501-38
X5502-39 X001 YEL
5
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
M012 YEL
X5502-7 R055 BLK
X44-B3 E042 WHT
X5502-66 X5502-13
X44-A3 R050 BLK
R056 BLK X008 YEL
X45-K2
R062 BLK
X45-B1 M013 LT GRN
X013 YEL
X45-A1
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
M012 YEL
P002 RED
P010 RED
S35 REVERSING FAN SWITCH
X002 YEL
87
D
X44-F1
85
K4 ACCESSORY RELAY
X44-C2
30
X45-C1
86
A008 ORG
X1
B
R062 BLK
P001 RED
P010 RED
F7 ACCESSORY 20A FUSE
B2 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
X45-G4
F15 SWITCHED POWER 20A FUSE
B20 HYDROSTATIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
E043 WHT
B010 RED
2
9
G002 BLK
ON
8 1
A005 ORG
7 2
3
A008 ORG
GRN 1
X52 X51
8
2
R012 BLK
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
5
X2
2
3
6
BLK 2
B
PNK 1
3
2
Y32 HYDRAULIC REVERSING FAN SOLENOID
4
CAN 1
G004 BLK
1
W37 FUEL TANK GROUND
CAN 1
TX1217659
Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation Schematic
9015-05-79
2
1
1 2
2 1
B5208 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR B5215 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Y30 HYDRAULIC FAN SPEED SOLENOID CAN 1
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
6
BLU 1
CAN 1
OFF
X5057
CAN 1
S19 AIR CONDITIONER SWITCH
E042 WHT
X42-D
S9 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SWITCH
X41-B
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
X42-C
E041 WHT
X41-A
6
R050 BLK
1 2
J
E043 WHT
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
E040 WHT
A008 ORG
3
P002 RED
5
R012 BLK
X1
4
E043 WHT
7
R012 BLK
8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=425
AW70195,0001848 -19-25JUL16-1/3
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-80
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=426
Theory of Operation 1— Unswitched Power F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse X41— Engagement and Monitor 2— Switched Power F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse Unit (EMU) 16-Pin A2—Engagement and Monitor K4—Accessory Relay Connector 1 Unit (EMU) S9— Blower Motor Speed Switch X42— Engagement and Monitor A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) S19— Air Conditioner Switch Unit (EMU) 14-Pin A5500—Engine Control Unit S35— Reversing Fan Switch Connector 2 (ECU) W32—Cab Harness Ground X44— Hydraulic Control Unit B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature W37—Fuel Tank Ground (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Sensor X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X45— Hydraulic Control Unit B20— Hydrostatic Oil Harness 14-Pin Connector (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 Temperature Sensor X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X51— Right Main Harness-toB5208—Engine Coolant Harness 47-Pin Connector Rear Engine Harness Temperature Sensor Connector 1 B5215—Intake Air Temperature X5057—Left Main HarnessSensor to-Engine Harness Connector 1
X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid
ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
NOTE: Vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU. The vehicle control unit (VCU) software controls machine cooling by varying fan speed using hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). Hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) controls a solenoid valve in the hydraulic circuit between the charge pump and the hydraulic fan motor.
The VCU uses reference values for each temperature and air conditioning state to determine the fan speed for each input. The VCU then selects the highest fan speed required and sends current out pin B3 of HCU 32-pin connector 1 (X44) to hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). The VCU provides solenoid return at pin A3 of HCU connector (X44).
When not energized, the hydraulic fan speed solenoid valve is open, allowing full pump flow to hydraulic fan motor and producing maximum fan speed. As the VCU increases current to the hydraulic fan speed solenoid, the solenoid valve closes (proportionally based on supplied current) and decreases the hydraulic flow to the hydraulic fan motor. The hydraulic fan speed decreases.
The fan speed requested by each input is calculated linearly between two temperature points: a low temperature point for minimum fan speed and upper temperature point for maximum fan speed. The engine coolant temperature and air conditioning state inputs are calculated linearly between three temperature points.
In the event of a fan system circuit malfunction, the VCU does not energize the hydraulic fan speed solenoid allowing the hydraulic fan to operate at full speed.
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
The VCU controls the speed of the fan by monitoring the following:
• Engine coolant temperature • Hydraulic oil temperature • Hydrostatic oil temperature • Ambient temperature and air conditioning state
Hydrostatic Case Drain Oil Temperature
(ON/OFF)
Maximum Fan Speed (2450 rpm)
82°C 179°F
102°C 215°F
Minimum Fan Speed (840 rpm)
Maximum Fan Speed (2450 rpm)
100°C 212°F
110°C 230°F
Minimum Fan Speed (840 rpm)
NOTE: Engine control unit (ECU) (A5500) uses intake air temperature sensor (B5215) for ambient temperature reading.
90% Fan Speed (2290 rpm)
Maximum Fan Speed (2450 rpm)
98°C 208°F
100°C 212°F
Minimum Fan Speed (840 rpm)
Intermediate Fan Speed (1700 rpm)
Maximum Fan Speed (2450 rpm)
28°C 82°F
40°C 104°F
46°C 115°F
Engine Coolant Temperature 92°C 197°F
• Exhaust filter cleaning The hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2), hydrostatic oil temperature sensor (B20), blower motor speed switch (S9), and air conditioner switch (S19) are connected to VCU. The blower motor speed switch and air conditioner switch must both be ON to indicate to the VCU that the air conditioning system is ON. The engine coolant temperature sensor (B5208) and intake air temperature sensor (B5215) are connected to engine control unit (ECU), which continuously transmits sensor information across the controller area network (CAN) to the VCU. For information on engine sensors and
Ambient Temperature (with air conditioner on)
NOTE: ECU uses intake air temperature sensor (B5215) for ambient temperature reading. VCU applies a 5ºC (9°F) subtraction to ambient temperature input from ECU to account for sensor location in air intake system.
At low engine speeds and low engine loads, it is not possible for the engine to generate enough exhaust heat to clean the exhaust filter. The VCU controls fan speed when exhaust filter cleaning is active to help generate the exhaust heat needed for cleaning.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Minimum Fan Speed (840 rpm)
9015-05-81
AW70195,0001848 -19-25JUL16-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=427
Theory of Operation to hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32), energizing the solenoid. The energized solenoid causes the fan to reverse direction. With the fan now operating in the reverse direction, the VCU decreases the current applied to the hydraulic fan speed solenoid until maximum fan speed is reached. The VCU operates the fan at maximum speed in reverse direction, then increases current to hydraulic fan speed solenoid until the fan is at minimum speed. When fan slows to minimum speed, the VCU de-energizes hydraulic reversing fan solenoid, causing the fan to operate in normal direction. With the fan operating in the normal direction, the VCU decreases current to hydraulic fan speed solenoid until normal operating fan speed is obtained.
Exhaust Filter Cleaning Active Engine Speed
1200 rpm
1700 rpm
2500 rpm
2700 rpm
Fan Speed
1500 rpm
1900 rpm
2300 rpm
2400 rpm
For hydraulic operation of the hydraulic fan circuit, see Hydraulic Fan Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
3. 4.
Reversing Fan—If Equipped The reversing fan function reverses the fan direction to purge the cooling system of dirt and debris. The reversing fan function is controlled by a three-position rocker switch (OFF, AUTO, or MANUAL), which is connected to the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2). The EMU communicates reversing fan switch (S35) position over CAN to the VCU. For more information, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) The variable speed reversing fan operation can be activated in two ways: automatic mode or manual mode. In automatic mode (AUTO switch position) the fan reverses based on the selected cycle time. Cycle times of 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, and 90 minutes are selectable using the EMU. See Fan Reverse Interval (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.)
5. 6.
Fan reversal will not be activated if any of the following conditions are met:
• Engine coolant temperature is greater than or equal to 100°C (212°F).
• Hydraulic oil temperature is greater than or equal to 102°C (215°F).
• Hydrostatic oil temperature is greater than or equal to 110°C (230°F).
• Exhaust filter cleaning is active.
In manual mode (MANUAL switch position), the fan may be reversed by pressing the reversing fan switch (S35) momentarily to the MANUAL position.
If reversing fan switch (S35) is held for more than 60 seconds, the manual reversing mode is deactivated and the EMU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
When either the applicable cycle time has passed or manual mode is selected, the VCU controls the reversing sequence as follows:
If the machine is powered down while the fan is in reversing mode, the hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) shall remain energized for 5 seconds to allow the fan to come to a stop before hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) is de-energized.
1. The VCU increases current to hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) to slow the fan to minimum fan speed. 2. When fan speed is at minimum, the VCU sends current out pin G4 of HCU 48-pin connector 2 (X45)
For hydraulic operation of the reversing fan circuit, see Hydraulic Fan Operation. (Group 9025-05.) AW70195,0001848 -19-25JUL16-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-82
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=428
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-05-83
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=429
Group 10
System Diagrams
TX1001190 —19—26MAR10
Electrical Diagram Information
1— Continuity Chart 4— Wire Identification 2— Power Wires 5— Ground Wires 3— Routing Location Information 7— Section Number
8— Component Name 9— Component Identification Number Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-1
10— Component Schematic Symbol JR05199,0000920 -19-11JAN13-1/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=430
System Diagrams NOTE: All System Functional Schematics, Circuit Schematics, and Wiring Diagrams are shown with key switch in the off position. System Functional Schematic Diagram The System Functional Schematic is made up of sections which contain one or more Subsystem Functional Schematics laid out side by side in a logical sequence of related functions. Each subsystem is a major group of components like starting components or charging components. Each section of the System Functional Schematic is assigned a number (7). The System Functional Schematic is formatted with power supply wires (2) shown across the top of the drawing and ground wires (5) across the bottom. The schematic contains no harness and limited connector information.
identification number (9). A component identification number and name will remain the same throughout the Operation and Test Technical Manual. This will allow for easy cross-referencing of all electrical drawings (Schematics, Wiring Diagrams, and Component Location). A continuity chart (1) is included for each multi-terminal switch. Routing location information (3) is presented to let the reader know when a wire is connected to a component in another section. TO and FROM statements identify when power is going “To” or coming “From” a component in a different location. The section and component number are given in parenthesis at the bottom of the statement. In the example, power is going to component F15 Horn Fuse, in section SE15.
Each electrical component is shown by a schematic symbol (10), the component name (8), and a component Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-2
JR05199,0000920 -19-11JAN13-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=431
System Diagrams Wiring Diagram
4
X278 1 2 3 4 5 6
6
1 H14Z H13A H19A G31AA H19ZZ H58B
SIDE A G31CC G31DD SIDE B G31AA G31BB
Y52 1 2
H19ZZ G31BB
2
X277
1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SIDE A H58C H58D SIDE B H58B
10
END #1 X52 Y52 X278 X278 X52 S52 X52 X52 X52 X52 X277 X277
NUMBER G31AA G31BB G31CC G31DD H13A H14Y H14Z H19A H19ZZ H58B H58C H58D
COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN
END #2 X278 X278 Y58 Y59 S52 S52 S52 S52 Y52 X277 Y59 Y58
8
9
6
5 4
7
— H14Y H14Z H19A — H14Y H13A — — — —
5 H5
BC
D
9
G31D
8
21
S52
3 7
3
Y58 1 2
H58D G31CC
Y59
TX1020361 —UN—19MAR07
X52
10
TX1020361 Wiring Diagram Example 1— Component Identification Number 2— Connector 3— Connector End View
4— Wire Harness 5— Wire Number 6— Wire Splice 7— Wire End #1 Termination Location
Each harness on the machine is drawn showing connectors, wires, and splices. A “W” component identification number identifies harnesses. (W6, Etc.) The harness is drawn showing spatial arrangement of components and branches. A component identification or connector number (1) identifies each component. The harness branch (4) is terminated by a top or side view of the connector (2). If more than one wire is supplied to the connector, a harness side connector end view (3) is provided. Each wire number is labeled for the appropriate pin. If only one wire is supplied to the connector, the wire number (5) is indicated. An “X” component identification number of 100 or higher identifies splices (6). Each splice lists side A wires and side B wires to differentiate the side of the harness that the wires come from.
8— Wire Number 9— Wire Color 10— Wire End #2 Termination Location
A wire legend is provided for each harness. A component identification number is listed in the “END #1” column (7) to indicate the termination location of one end of a wire. In the center, the wire number (8) and wire color (9) are listed. A component identification number in the “END #2” column (10) identifies the opposite end of the wire. Component Location Diagram The Component Location Diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram. JR05199,0000920 -19-11JAN13-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=432
System Diagrams
Electrical Schematic Symbols T143000 —UN—21JUN01
JR05199,0000921 -19-11JAN13-1/2
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=433
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=434
System Diagrams 1— Battery 2— Wire Splice 3— Fuse 4— Circuit Breaker 5— Fusible Link 6— Power Outlet 7— Alternator 8— Air Conditioner Compressor 9— Compressor 10— Liquid Pump 11— Antenna 12— Diode 13— Zener Diode 14— Capacitor 15— Magnet 16— Flasher 17— Buzzer 18— Horn 19— Alarm 20— Clock 21— Internal Ground 22— Single Point Ground 23— External Ground 24— Sensor 25— Sensor with Normally Open Switch 26— Speed Sensor 27— Rotary Sensor 28— Single Element Bulb 29— Dual Element Bulb
30— Solenoid Operated Hydraulic Valve With Suppression Diode 31— Solenoid Normally Open 32— Solenoid Normally Closed 33— Starter Motor 34— Starter Motor 35— DC Motor 36— DC Stepping Motor 37— Wiper Motor 38— Blower Motor 39— Servo Motor 40— Speedometer 41— Tachometer 42— Temperature Gauge 43— Liquid Level Gauge 44— Gauge 45— Hourmeter 46— Resistor 47— Variable Resistor 48— Manually Adjusted Variable Resistor 49— Multi-Pin Connector 50— Single Pin Connector
51— Connector 66— Toggle Switch Normally 52— 4 Pin Relay Closed 53— 5 Pin Relay 67— 2 Way Toggle Switch 54— 5 Pin Relay With Internal Normally Open Suppression Diode 68— 2 Way Toggle Switch 55— 5 Pin Relay With Internal Normally Closed Suppression Resistor 69— Manual Switch Operation 56— Key Switch 70— Push Switch Operation 57— Temperature Switch 71— Pull Switch Operation Normally Open 72— Turn Switch Operation 58— Temperature Switch 73— Toggle Switch Operation Normally Closed 74— Pedal Switch Operation 59— Pressure Switch Normally 75— Key Switch Operation Open 76— Detent Switch Operation 60— Pressure Switch Normally 77— Temperature Sensor Closed 78— Solar Sensor 61— Liquid Level Switch 79— Pressure Sensor Normally Open 80— Liquid Level Sensor 62— Liquid Level Switch Normally Closed 63— Momentary Switch Normally Open 64— Momentary Switch Normally Closed 65— Toggle Switch Normally Open
JR05199,0000921 -19-11JAN13-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=435
System Diagrams
Fuse and Relay Specifications IMPORTANT: Prevent possible electrical system damage from overload. Install fuses with
12
11
10
9
correct amperage ratings and relays in correct orientation.
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
A F1
B C
F34
F35
F27
F3
F25
F26
D K20
K22 TX1217153 —UN—09JUN16
K23
E
TX1217153 Main Harness Fuse Block Left (X81) F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A F26— Dosing Control Unit (DCU) F35— JDLink™ Unswitched K23— NOx Sensor Relay Fuse Power 5 A Fuse 25 A Fuse F3— Engine Control Unit (ECU) K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) F27— NOx Sensor 15 A Fuse Unswitched Power 25 A Relay F34— JDLink™ Switched Power Fuse K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) 5 A Fuse F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater Relay Heater 25 A Fuse JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-7
JL05046,0000232 -19-25OCT16-1/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=436
System Diagrams
12
11
A
F9
B
F2
C
10
9 F17
F14
7
8
6
5
F16
F8
F33
F5
V1
V2
4
3
2
1
F15
F7
K8
K4
F6
D K14 TX1217155 —UN—09JUN16
K13
E
TX1217155 Main Harness Fuse Block Right (X82) F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse F5— Dome Light and Accessory Power Outlet 10 A Fuse F6— Lights 25 A Fuse F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse
F8— Air Conditioner and Heater F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse K14— Quik-Tatch™ Relay 30 A Fuse F33— Rear Camera 5 A Fuse (unlock) F9— Seat 10 A Fuse K4—Accessory Relay V1— Remote Start Diode F14— Quik-Tatch™ 30 A Fuse K8—Switched Power Relay V2— Polarity Sensing Diode F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse K13— Quik-Tatch™ Relay (lock) F16— Horn 10 A Fuse
NOTE: The following items are located outside the fuse blocks.
K16—Blower motor (low speed) relay, see Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
F10—Left flasher light in-line 5 A fuse, see Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) F11—Right flasher light in-line 5 A fuse, see Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) F12—Radio in-line 3 A fuse, see Radio Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) F19—Beacon in-line 5 A fuse, see Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) F31—Glow plug 80 A fuse, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) K1—Starter relay, see Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) K2—Glow plug relay, see Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) K5—Dual flasher relay, see Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) K6—Work light relay, see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
K17—Blower motor (medium low speed) relay, see Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) K18—Blower motor (medium high speed) relay, see Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) K19—Blower motor (high speed) relay, see Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) V4—Start signal diode, see Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) V5—Alternator diode, see Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) V6—Left handle diode, see Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) V7—Attachment control harness 5-diode pack, see Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-8
JL05046,0000232 -19-25OCT16-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=437
System Diagrams
V9—Dome light diode, see Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
V13—Air conditioner compressor clutch diode, see Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000232 -19-25OCT16-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=438
System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic, Component Location, and Wiring Diagram Master Legend
• A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (SE2) (W2) • A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) (SE4, SE5,
• B5301—Crankshaft Position Sensor (SE18) (W21) • B5302—Camshaft Position Sensor (SE18) (W21) • B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit (SE20) (W3)
• B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor (SE19, SE20)
SE6)
• A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (SE22, SE23, SE24) (W4)
• A5—Left Joystick Controller (JSL) (W2) • A6—Right Joystick Controller (JSR) (W2) • A7—Radio (SE11) (W8) • A9—Rear Camera Display (SE26) (W2) • A10—Rear Camera (SE26) (W10) • A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (SE16, SE17, SE18, SE19) (W3)
• A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly (SE21) (W1)
• A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve (SE20) (W3)
• A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) (SE20, SE21) (W3) • A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control
Unit (SE25) (W7) • A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna (W7) • B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE23) (W4) • B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (SE22) (W4) • B4—Fuel Level Sensor (SE6) (W4) • B9—Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch (SE14) (W3) • B10—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (SE15) (W17) • B11—Left Pedal Sensor (SE22) (W23) • B12—Right Pedal Sensor (SE22) (W23) • B13—Boom Position Sensor (SE23) (W4) • B15—Auxiliary Proportional Switch (SE9) (W2) • B16—Left Motor Speed Sensor (SE22, SE23) (W4) • B17—Right Motor Speed Sensor (SE23) (W4) • B18—Engine Speed Control Dial (SE19) (W2) • B19—Engine Speed Control Pedal (SE19) (W4) • B20—Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE23) (W4) • B26—Left Speaker (SE11) (W8) • B27—Right Speaker (SE11) (W8) • B5100—Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (SE17) (W21) • B5109—Aftertreatment Pressure Sensor (SE17) (W4) • B5111—Air Filter Restriction Switch (SE16) (W3) • B5114—Manifold Air and Exhaust Pressure Sensor (SE16) (W21) • B5115—Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE16) (W3) • B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor (SE16) (W4) • B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor (SE17) (W4) • B5203—Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Inlet Temperature Sensor (SE21) (W3) • B5206—Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (SE18) (W21) • B5207—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor (SE18) (W21) • B5208—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE17) (W21) • B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor (SE17) (W21) • B5215—Intake Air Temperature Sensor (SE17) (W21) • B5216—Exhaust Temperature Sensor (SE18) (W21)
(W3)
• B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor (SE20) (W3) • B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor (SE16) (W3) • E1—Left Front Work Light (SE10) (W2) • E2—Right Front Work Light (SE10) (W2) • E3—Right Taillight (SE10) (W1) • E4—Left Taillight (SE10) (W1) • E5—Rear Work Light (SE10) (W1) • E6—Left Flasher Light (SE12) (W5) • E7—Right Flasher Light (SE12) (W5) • E8—Beacon (SE12) (W5) • E9—Dome Light (SE13) (W2) • E12—Right Deluxe Light (SE10) (W2) • E13—Left Deluxe Light (SE10) (W2) • E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater (SE21) (W3)
• E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater (SE21) (W3)
• E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Line Heater (SE21) (W3)
• F1—Unswitched Power 7.5 A Fuse (SE2). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• F2—Monitor Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse (SE5) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• F3—ECU Unswitched Power 25 A Fuse (SE17) (W3). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• F5—Dome Light and Accessory Power Outlet 10 A
Fuse (SE13) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F6—Lights 25 A Fuse (SE10) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F7—Accessory 20 A Fuse (SE3). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F8—Air Conditioner and Heater 30 A Fuse (SE14). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F9—Seat 10 A Fuse (SE12) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F10—Left Flasher Light In-Line 5 A Fuse (SE12) (W5) • F11—Right Flasher Light In-Line 5 A Fuse (SE12) (W5) • F12—Radio In-Line 3 A Fuse (SE11) (W8) • F14—Quik-Tatch™ 30 A Fuse (SE13) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F15—Switched Power 20 A Fuse (SE4) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F16—Horn 10 A Fuse (SE7) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F17—Handle Switches 5 A Fuse (SE8) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F19—Beacon In-Line 5 A Fuse (SE12) (W5) • F25—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater 25 A Fuse (SE21) (W3). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F26—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 25 A Fuse (SE20) (W3). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • F27—NOx Sensor 15 A Fuse (SE20) (W3). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-10
NR81152,0001887 -19-07DEC17-1/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=439
System Diagrams
• F31—Glow Plug 80 A Fuse (SE1) (W3) • F33—Rear Camera 5 A Fuse (SE26) (W4). See Fuse
• S9—Blower Motor Speed Switch (SE14) (W2) • S12—Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch (W2) and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • S13—Cab Door Switch (SE5) (W2) • F34—JDLink™ Switched Power 5 A Fuse (SE25) (W3). • S19—Air Conditioner Switch (SE14) (W2) See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • S24—Dome Light Switch (W2) • F35—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse (SE25) • S25—Two-Speed Switch (SE7) (W2) (W3). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group • S26—Quik-Tatch™ Switch (SE13) (W2) 9015-10.) • S27—Float Switch (SE9) (W2) • G1—Battery (SE1) (W3) • S28—Auxiliary Flow Set Switch (SE7) (W2) • G2—Alternator (SE3) (W20) • S29—Auxiliary Second Function Switch A (SE9) (W2) • G3—12-Volt Auxiliary Power Outlet (SE13) (W2) • S30—Auxiliary Second Function Switch B (SE9) (W2) • H1—Backup Alarm (SE23) (W1) • S31—Auxiliary Third Function Switch A (SE7) (W2) • H3—Horn (SE7) (W2) • S32—Auxiliary Third Function Switch B (SE7) (W2) • H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning • S33—Auxiliary Fourth Function Switch (SE8) (W2) Alarm (SE6) (W2) • S34—Horn Switch (SE7) (W2) • K1—Starter Relay (SE1) (W20) • S35—Reversing Fan Switch (SE4) (W2) • K2—Glow Plug Relay (SE1) (W3) • S36—Creep Mode Speed Switch (SE4) (W19) • K4—Accessory Relay (SE3) (W4) (W4). See Fuse and • S39—Air Seat Switch (SE12) (W2) Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • SP_A005_A—A005 ORG Splice 1 (W2) • K5—Dual Flasher Relay (SE12) (W2) • SP_A008_A—A008 ORG Splice 1 (W4) • K6—Work Light Relay (SE10, SE11) • SP_A010_A—A010 ORG Splice 1 (W20) • K8—Switched Power Relay (SE2) (W4). See Fuse and • SP_B001_A—B001 RED Splice 1 (W4) Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • SP_B001_B—B001 RED Splice 2 (W20) • K13—Quik-Tatch™ Relay (lock) (SE13) (W4). See • SP_B004_A—B004 RED Splice 1 (W3) Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • SP_B010_A—B010 RED Splice 1 (W4) • K14—Quik-Tatch™ Relay (unlock) (SE13) (W4). See • SP_BLK_A—BLK Splice 1 (W17) Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)) • SP_BLK_B—BLK Splice 2 (W17) • K16—Blower Motor (low speed) Relay (SE15) (W17) • SP_BLK_C—BLK Splice 3 (W17) • K17—Blower Motor (medium low speed) Relay (SE15) • SP_BLU_A—BLU Splice 1 (W21) (W17) • SP_BRN_A—BRN Splice 1 (W21) • K18—Blower Motor (medium high speed) Relay (SE15) • SP_BRN_B—BRN Splice 2 (W21) (W17) • SP_E001_A—E001 WHT Splice 1 (W4) • K19—Blower Motor (high speed) Relay (SE15) (W17) • SP_E032_A—E032 WHT Splice 1 (W4) • K20—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Relay (SE17) (W3). • SP_E043_A—E043 WHT Splice 1 (W4) See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • SP_E045_B—E045 WHT Splice 2 (W3) • K22—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heater Relay (SE21) • SP_E046_B—E046 WHT Splice 2 (W3) (W3). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group • SP_E049_A—E049 WHT Splice 1 (W3) 9015-10.) • SP_E050_A—E050 WHT Splice 1 (W3) • SP_G001_A—G001 BLK Splice 1 (W3) • K23—NOx Sensor Relay (SE19, SE20) (W3). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) • SP_G001_C—G001 BLK Splice 3 (W7) • M1—Starter Motor (SE1) (W20) • SP_G001_D—G001 BLK Splice 4 (W11) • M3—Blower Motor (SE15) (W17) • SP_G001_E—G001 BLK Splice 5 (W12) • M4—Windshield Wiper Motor (SE11) (W2) • SP_G002_C—G002 BLK Splice 3 (W2) • M5—Windshield Washer Motor (SE11) (W2) • SP_G002_E—G002 BLK Splice 5 (W2) • M6—Heater Valve Motor (SE14) (W3) • SP_G003_A—G003 BLK Splice 1 (W20) • M10—Quik-Tatch™ Motor (SE13) (W42) • SP_G004_C—G004 BLK Splice 3 (W4) • R3—Heater Temperature Control Switch (SE14) (W2) • SP_G004_D—G004 BLK Splice 4 (W4) • R4—Blower Motor Speed Resistor (SE15) (W17) • SP_G004_F—G004 BLK Splice 6 (W1) • R5—Glow Plugs (SE1) (W3) • SP_G031_A—G031 BLK Splice 1 (W3) • R6—CAN Termination Resistor 1 (SE9) (W2) • SP_G031_B—G031 BLK Splice 2 (W3) • R15—Crankcase Ventilation Heater (SE17, SE18) • SP_G034_A—G034 BLK Splice 1 (W4) (W21) • SP_H010_A—H010 GRN Splice 1 (W12) • R36—Creep Mode Speed Switch Resistor (SE4) (W19) • SP_H010_B—H010 GRN Splice 2 (W11) • R5600—Engine Oil Pressure Switch Resistor (SE16) • SP_H011_A—H011 GRN Splice 1 (W12) (W3) • SP_H011_B—H011 GRN Splice 2 (W11) • R5606—Engine CAN Termination Resistor (SE17) • SP_H012_A—H012 GRN Splice 1 (W11) (W21) • SP_H013_A—H013 GRN Splice 1 (W11) • S4—Seat Switch (SE5) (W2) • SP_H014_A—H014 GRN Splice 1 (W11) • S5—Interlocking Seat Bar Switch (SE5) (W2) • SP_H015_A—H015 GRN Splice 1 (W11) • S6—Work Lights Switch (SE10) (W2) • SP_J003_A—J003 TAN Splice 1 (W2) • S7—Dual Flasher Switch (SE11) (W2) • SP_J007_A—J007 TAN Splice 1 (W4) • S8—High Flow Switch (SE5) (W2) • SP_J007_B—J007 TAN Splice 2 (W3) Continued on next page NR81152,0001887 -19-07DEC17-2/5 TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=440
System Diagrams
• SP_L001_A—L001 BRN Splice 1 (W2) • SP_L001_B—L001 BRN Splice 2 (W1) • SP_L001_C—L001 BRN Splice 3 (W4) • SP_L002_A—L002 BRN Splice 1 (W2) • SP_L003_A—L003 TAN Splice 1 (W2) • SP_L003A1_A—L003A1 BRN Splice 1 (W5) • SP_L003A2_A—L003A2 BRN Splice 1 (W5) • SP_L004_A—L004 BRN Splice 1 (W5) • SP_L005_A—L005 BRN Splice 1 (W5) • SP_M001_A—M001 BRN Splice 1 (W2) • SP_M006_B—M006 VLT Splice 2 (W23) • SP_M006_C—M006 VLT Splice 3 (W23) • SP_M012_A—M012 YEL Splice 1 (W3) • SP_M012_B—M012 YEL Splice 2 (W2) • SP_M012_C—M012 YEL Splice 3 (W2) • SP_M012_E—M012 YEL Splice 5 (W2) • SP_M012_G—M012 YEL Splice 7 (W2) • SP_M012_I—M012 YEL Splice 9 (W2) • SP_M012_K—M012 YEL Splice 11 (W2) • SP_M012_L—M012 YEL Splice 12 (W3) • SP_M012_N—M012 YEL Splice 14 (W4) • SP_M013_A—M013 YEL Splice 1 (W3) • SP_M013_B—M013 GRN Splice 2 (W4) • SP_M013_C—M013 GRN Splice 3 (W2) • SP_M013_D—M013 GRN Splice 4 (W2) • SP_M013_F—M013 GRN Splice 6 (W2) • SP_M013_G—M013 GRN Splice 7 (W2) • SP_M013_H—M013 GRN Splice 8 (W2) • SP_M013_Q—M013 YEL Splice 17 (W3) • SP_N001_A—N001 YEL Splice 1 (W3) • SP_N002_A—N002 YEL Splice 1 (W3) • SP_ORG_A—ORG Splice 1 (W21) • SP_P002_A—P002 RED Splice 1 (W2) • SP_P002_B—P002 RED Splice 2 (W4) • SP_P004_A—P004 RED Splice 1 (W4) • SP_P004_B—P004 RED Splice 2 (W2) • SP_P005_A—P005 RED Splice 1 (W2) • SP_P009_C—P009 RED Splice 3 (W4) • SP_P010_A—P010 RED Splice 1 (W5) • SP_P010_B—P010 RED Splice 2 (W5) • SP_P010_C—P010 RED Splice 3 (W3) • SP_P017_A—P017 RED Splice 1 (W2) • SP_P018_A—P018 RED Splice 1 (W4) • SP_P022_A—P022 RED Splice 1 (W2) • SP_P032_A—P032 RED Splice 1 (W4) • SP_P035_A—P035 RED Splice 1 (W4) • SP_P040_A—P040 RED Splice 1 (W3) • SP_P049_A—P049 RED Splice 1 (W23) • SP_P049_B—P049 RED Splice 2 (W23) • SP_P049_C—P049 RED Splice 3 (W4) • SP_P050_B—P050 RED Splice 2 (W4) • SP_P052_A—P052 RED Splice 1 (W3) • SP_P055_A—P055 RED Splice 1 (W3) • SP_P057_A—P057 RED Splice 1 (W3) • SP_P059_A—P059 RED Splice 1 (W3) • SP_P060_A—P060 RED Splice 1 (W3) • SP_PNK_A—PNK Splice 1 (W21) • SP_R012_A—R012 BLK Splice 1 (W4) • SP_R012_B—R012 BLK Splice 2 (W2) • SP_R012_D—R012 BLK Splice 4 (W2) • SP_R012_E—R012 BLK Splice 5 (W4) • SP_R012_F—R012 BLK Splice 6 (W2) TM14062X19 (04APR18)
• SP_R012_G—R012 BLK Splice 7 (W2) • SP_R012_J—R012 BLK Splice 10 (W2) • SP_R012_K—R012 BLK Splice 11 (W2) • SP_R012_Q—R012 BLK Splice 17 (W3) • SP_R019_A—R019 BLK Splice 1 (W3) • SP_R038_A—R038 BLK Splice 1 (W4) • SP_R044_C—R044 BLK Splice 3 (W4) • SP_R051_A—R051 BLK Splice 1 (W4) • SP_R062_B—R062 BLK Splice 2 (W4) • SP_RED_A—RED Splice 1 (W17) • SP_SHIELD2_C—SHIELD BLK Splice 3 (W3) • SP_SHIELD2_D—SHIELD BLK Splice 4 (W3) • SP_YEL_A—YEL Splice 1 (W22) • V1—Remote Start Diode (SE3) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• V2—Polarity Sensing Diode (SE2) (W4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
• V4—Start Signal Diode (SE4) (W2) • V5—Alternator Diode (SE3) (W20) • V6—Left Handle Diode (SE8) (W12) • V7—Attachment Control Harness 5-Diode Pack (SE8) (W12)
• V9—Dome Light Diode (SE4) (W2) • V13—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode (SE14) (W20)
• W1—Rear Engine Harness (W1) • W2—Cab Harness (W2) • W3—Left Main Harness (W3) • W4—Right Main Harness (W4) • W5—Dual Flasher Harness (W5) • W7—JDLink™ Harness (W7) • W8—Radio Harness (W8) • W10—Rear Camera Harness (W10) • W11—Attachment Control Frame Harness (W11) • W12—Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) • W17—Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) • W19—Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19) • W20—Engine Interface Harness (W20) • W21—Engine Harness (W21) • W22—Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) • W23—Pedal Interface Harness (W23) • W25—Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) • W29—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29)
• W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground (SE1) • W31—Starter Motor Ground (SE1, SE3, SE14) (W20) • W32—Cab Harness Ground (SE2, SE4, SE5, SE6, SE9, SE12, SE13, SE14, or SE26) (W2)
• W33—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Ground (if equipped) (SE17 or SE18) (W3)
• W34—Antenna (W8) • W35—Left Frame Ground (SE1, SE14, or SE16, SE19, SE25) (W3)
• W36—Right Frame Ground (SE2, SE3, SE4, SE10,
SE11, SE12, SE13, SE14, SE22, SE24, or SE26) (W4)
• W37—Fuel Tank Ground (SE10, SE21, SE23) (W1) • W38—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Ground (SE21) (W3) • W40—Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (W40) • W42—Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) • W44—Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Harness (W44) • X1—Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 14-Pin Connector (W2), (W4)
Continued on next page
9015-10-12
NR81152,0001887 -19-07DEC17-3/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=441
System Diagrams
• X2—Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin
Connector (SE5) (W2), (W4) • X7—Right Main Harness-to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness 2-Pin Connector (W4), (W40) • X9—Service Engine Speed Control Connector (SE17) (W4) • X10—Remote Start Box Connector (SE3) (W4) • X12—Right Main Harness-to-Dual Flasher Harness Connector (W4), (W5) • X13—Right Main Harness-to-Pedal Interface Harness Connector (left) (SE22) (W4), (W23) • X14—Right Main Harness-to-Pedal Interface Harness Connector (right) (SE22) (W4), (W23) • X15—Right Main Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector (W4), (W20) • X16—Left Main Harness-to-JDLink™ Harness Connector (W3), (W7) • X19—Right Main Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector (W4), (W20) • X21—Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness 4-Pin Connector (W2), (W8) • X22—Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector (SE9) (W2) • X23—Right Joystick Controller (JSR) 6-Pin Connector (SE9) (W2) • X24—Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector (SE7) (W2) • X25—Left Joystick Controller (JSL) 6-Pin Connector (SE7) (W2) • X26—Right Main Harness-to-Attachment Control Frame Harness Connector (W4), (W11) • X27—Attachment Control Frame Harness-toAttachment Control Boom Harness Connector (W11), (W12) • X28—Left Main Harness-to-Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness Connector (W3), (W29) • X30—Right Main Harness-to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (self level) 4-Pin Connector (SE23) (W4), (W40) • X35—Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Actuator Harness Connector (SE13) (W42), (W44) • X36—Cab Harness-to-Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness 4-Pin Connector (W2), (W19) • X40—Service ADVISOR™ Connector (SE6) (W2) • X41—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 (SE4, SE5, SE6) (W2) • X42—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 (SE4, SE5, SE6) (W2) • X43—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3 (SE4, SE5, SE6) (W2) • X44—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 (SE22, SE23, SE24) (W4) • X45—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 (SE22, SE23, SE24) (W4) • X46—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 (SE22, SE23, SE24) (W4) • X49—Attachment Harness Connector A (SE9) (W12) • X50—Attachment Harness Connector B (SE9) (W12) • X51—Right Main Harness-to-Rear Engine Harness Connector 1 (W1), (W4) • X52—Right Main Harness-to-Rear Engine Harness Connector 2 (W1), (W4) • X53—Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 1 (W3), (W4)
• X54—Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 2 (SE17) (W3), (W4)
• X55—Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 3 (W3), (W4)
• X56—Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Boom Harness Connector 1 (W40), (W42)
• X57—Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Boom Harness Connector 2 (W40), (W42)
• X60—Accessory Power Switch 1-Pin Connector (W4) • X72—Fuel Injector Connector (W22) • X81—Main Harness Fuse Block Left (W3) • X82—Main Harness Fuse Block Right (W4) • X85—Rear Camera Harness-to-Rear Engine Harness Connector (W1), (W10)
• X86—Right Main Harness-to-Heater and Air Conditioner Harness 4-Pin Connector (SE14) (W4), (W17)
• X87—Cab Harness-to-Right Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector (W2), (W25)
• X88—Cab Harness-to-Left Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector (W2), (W25)
• X98—Right Main Harness-to-Heater and Air Conditioner Harness 6-Pin Connector (SE14) (W4), (W17)
• X5057—Left Main Harness-to-Engine Harness Connector 1 (SE16) (W3), (W21)
• X5058—Left Main Harness-to-Engine Harness Connector 2 (SE18) (W3), (W21)
• X5059—Left Main Harness-to-Engine Harness Connector 3 (SE18) (W3), (W21)
• X5060—Left Main Harness-to-Engine Fuel System Harness Connector (SE19) (W3), (W22)
• X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 (SE16, SE17, SE18, or SE19) (W3)
• X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 (SE16, SE17, SE18, or SE19) (W3)
• X5601—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 86 Way Connector (SE20 or SE21) (W3)
• X5602—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 53 Way Connector (SE20 or SE21) (W3)
• Y4—Port Lock Solenoid (SE22) (W4) • Y5—Park Brake Solenoid (SE4) (W4) • Y6—Two-Speed Solenoid (SE24) (W4) • Y7—Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid (SE4) (W4) • Y8—Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid (SE4) (W4) • Y9—Not Used (SE24) (W20) • Y10—High Flow Solenoid (SE22) (W4) • Y13—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid (SE14) (W20)
• Y15—Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (SE24) (W4) • Y16—Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (SE24) (W4) • Y17—Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (SE24) (W4) • Y18—Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (SE24) (W4) • Y19—Boom Up Solenoid (SE24) (W4) • Y20—Boom Down Solenoid (SE23, SE24) (W4) • Y21—Bucket Curl Solenoid (SE23) (W4) • Y22—Bucket Dump Solenoid (SE23) (W4) • Y23—Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid (SE5) (W4) • Y24—Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid (SE5) (W4) • Y30—Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid (SE24) (W1) • Y32—Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid (SE23) (W1) • Y38—Self Leveling Solenoid (SE22) (W4) • Y5002—Suction Control Valve (SE16) (W22)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-13
NR81152,0001887 -19-07DEC17-4/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=442
System Diagrams
• Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector (SE20) (W3) • Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (SE17, SE18) (W21)
• Y5401—Air Throttle Actuator (SE18) (W21) • Y5501—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump (SE16) (W3)
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001887 -19-07DEC17-5/5
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=443
System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic NAME
330G, 331G, 332G, AND 333G ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SCHEMATIC G-SERIES SKID STEER COPYRIGHT © 2018
DEERE & COMPANY MOLINE, ILLINOIS 61265 ART NUMBER
XJ1249484
EFFECTIVE DATE
03JAN2018 SCHEMATIC DRAWING EXISTS THIS DRAWING IS A PLACE HOLDER TO REPRESENT THE FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC LOCATED BACK OF MANUAL
UN SCHÉMA EXISTE CE SCHÉMA REPRÉSENTE UN ESPACE RÉSERVÉ POUR LE SCHÉMA DE CIRCUIT ÉLECTRIQUE SITUÉ À LA FIN DE CE LIVRET
SCHALTPLAN VORHANDEN DIESER PLAN IST EIN PLATZHALTER FÜR DEN SCHALTPLAN DER ELEKTRISCHEN ANLAGE, DER SICH IM HINTEREN TEIL DIESES HANDBUCHS BEFINDET.
SCHEMA PRESENTE QUESTO DISEGNO È UN SEGNAPOSTO PER LO SCHEMA ELETTRICO SITUATO SUL RETRO DEL PRESENTE MANUALE.
DESENHOS ESQUEMÁTICOS EXISTEM ESTE DESENHO É UM ESPAÇO RESERVADO PARA O DIAGRAMA DE SISTEMA ELÉTRICO LOCALIZADO NA PARTE DE TRÁS DESTE MANUAL
EL ESQUEMA EXISTE ESTE DIAGRAMA ES UN MARCADOR PARA EL ESQUEMA DEL SISTEMA ELÉCTRICO UBICADO EN LA PARTE FINAL DEL PRESENTE MANUAL.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-15
NR81152,0001889 -19-08FEB18-1/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=444
XJ1249484 —UN—1
System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-16
NR81152,0001889 -19-08FEB18-2/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=445
System Diagrams A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) E13— Left Deluxe Light R36— Creep Mode Speed Switch X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin A2—Engagement and Monitor E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Resistor Connector 2 Unit (EMU) (DEF) Dosing Unit R5600—Engine Oil Pressure X43— Engagement and Monitor A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Pressure Line Heater Switch Resistor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin A7—Radio E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid R5606—Engine CAN Termination Connector 3 A9—Rear Camera Display (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Resistor X44— Hydraulic Control Unit A10— Rear Camera Line Heater S4— Seat Switch (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 A5500—Engine Control Unit E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (ECU) (DEF) Dosing Unit Return S6— Work Lights Switch (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater S7— Dual Flasher Switch X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (DEF) Tank Header F1— Unswitched Power 7.5 A S8— High Flow Switch (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Assembly Fuse S9— Blower Motor Speed Switch X49— Attachment Harness A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid F2— Monitor Unswitched Power S13— Cab Door Switch Connector A (DEF) Tank Coolant 10 A Fuse S19— Air Conditioner Switch X50— Attachment Harness Control Valve F3— ECU Unswitched Power 25 S25— Two-Speed Switch Connector B A5600—Dosing Control Unit A Fuse S26— Quik-Tatch™ Switch X86— Right Main Harness-to(DCU) F5— Dome Light and Accessory S27— Float Switch Heater and Air Conditioner A6000—Modular Telematics Power Outlet 10 A Fuse S28— Auxiliary Flow Set Switch Harness 4-Pin Connector Gateway (MTG) Control F6— Lights 25 A Fuse S29— Auxiliary Second Function X98— Right Main Harness-toUnit F7— Accessory 20 A Fuse Switch A Heater and Air Conditioner B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature F8— Air Conditioner and Heater S30— Auxiliary Second Function Harness 6-Pin Connector Sensor 30 A Fuse Switch B X5057—Left Main HarnessB3—Hydraulic Oil Filter F9— Seat 10 A Fuse S31— Auxiliary Third Function to-Engine Harness Restriction Switch F10— Left Flasher Light In-Line 5 Switch A Connector 1 B4—Fuel Level Sensor A Fuse S32— Auxiliary Third Function X5058—Left Main HarnessB9—Air Conditioner F11— Right Flasher Light In-Line Switch B to-Engine Harness High/Low-Pressure Switch 5 A Fuse S33— Auxiliary Fourth Function Connector 2 B10— Air Conditioner Freeze F12— Radio In-Line 3 A Fuse Switch X5059—Left Main HarnessControl Switch F14— Quik-Tatch™ 30 A Fuse S34— Horn Switch to-Engine Harness B11— Left Pedal Sensor F15— Switched Power 20 A Fuse S35— Reversing Fan Switch Connector 3 B12— Right Pedal Sensor F16— Horn 10 A Fuse S36— Creep Mode Speed Switch X5060—Left Main Harness-toB13— Boom Position Sensor F17— Handle Switches 5 A Fuse S39— Air Seat Switch Engine Fuel System B15— Auxiliary Proportional F19— Beacon In-Line 5 A Fuse V1— Remote Start Diode Harness Connector Switch F25— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) V2— Polarity Sensing Diode X5501—Engine Control Unit B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor Heater 25 A Fuse V4— Start Signal Diode (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor F26— Dosing Control Unit (DCU) V5— Alternator Diode X5502—Engine Control Unit B18— Engine Speed Control Dial 25 A Fuse V6— Left Handle Diode (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 B19— Engine Speed Control F27— NOx Sensor 15 A Fuse V7— Attachment Control Harness X5601—Dosing Control Unit Pedal F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse 5-Diode Pack (DCU) 86 Way Connector B20— Hydrostatic Oil F33— Rear Camera 5 A Fuse V9— Dome Light Diode X5602—Dosing Control Unit Temperature Sensor F34— JDLink™ Switched Power V13— Air Conditioner (DCU) 53 Way Connector B26— Left Speaker 5 A Fuse Compressor Clutch Diode B27— Right Speaker F35— JDLink™ Unswitched W30—Battery-to-Frame Ground Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid B5100—Fuel Rail Pressure Power 5 A Fuse W31—Starter Motor Ground Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid Sensor G1—Battery W32—Cab Harness Ground B5109—Aftertreatment Pressure G2—Alternator W33—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Y7— Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid Sensor G3—12 Volt Auxiliary Power Ground (if equipped) Y8— Ride Control Reservoir B5111—Air Filter Restriction Outlet W35—Left Frame Ground Solenoid Switch H1—Backup Alarm W36—Right Frame Ground Y9— Not Used B5114—Manifold Air and Exhaust H3—Horn W37—Fuel Tank Ground Pressure Sensor H4—Engagement and Monitor W38—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Y10— High Flow Solenoid Y13— Air Conditioner B5115—Engine Oil Pressure Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm Ground Compressor Clutch Switch K1—Starter Relay X9— Service Engine Speed Solenoid B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst K2—Glow Plug Relay Control Connector Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump (DOC) Inlet Temperature K4—Accessory Relay X10— Remote Start Box Solenoid Sensor K5—Dual Flasher Relay Connector Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst K6—Work Light Relay X12— Right Main Harness-toSolenoid (DOC) Outlet Temperature K8—Switched Power Relay Dual Flasher Harness Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Sensor K13— Quik-Tatch™ Relay (lock) Connector Solenoid B5203—Selective Catalytic K14— Quik-Tatch™ Relay X13— Right Main Harness-toY18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Reduction (SCR) Inlet (unlock) Pedal Interface Harness Solenoid Temperature Sensor K16— Blower Motor (low speed) Connector (left) Y19— Boom Up Solenoid B5206—Manifold Air Temperature Relay X14— Right Main Harness-toY20— Boom Down Solenoid (MAT) Sensor K17— Blower Motor (medium low Pedal Interface Harness Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid B5207—Exhaust Gas speed) Relay Connector (right) Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid Recirculation (EGR) K18— Blower Motor (medium X16— Left Main HarnessY23— Auxiliary Port (male) Temperature Sensor high speed) Relay to-JDLink™ Harness Solenoid B5208—Engine Coolant K19— Blower Motor (high speed) Connector Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Temperature Sensor Relay X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Solenoid B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor K20— Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector B5215—Intake Air Temperature Relay X23— Right Joystick Controller Y25— Fuel Injector 1 Y26— Fuel Injector 2 Sensor K22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (JSR) 6-Pin Connector Y27— Fuel Injector 3 B5216—Exhaust Temperature Heater Relay X24— Left Joystick 8-Pin Y28— Fuel Injector 4 Sensor K23— NOx Sensor Relay Connector Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed B5301—Crankshaft Position M1—Starter Motor X25— Left Joystick Controller Solenoid Sensor M3—Blower Motor (JSL) 6-Pin Connector Continued on next page NR81152,0001889 -19-08FEB18-3/4 Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan B5302—Camshaft Position M4—Windshield Wiper Motor X30— Right Main HarnessSolenoid Sensor M5—Windshield Washer Motor to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame Y38— SelfCompact Leveling Solenoid B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid M6—Heater Valve Motor 4-Pinand TM14062X19 (04APR18) 333G Track Loader 9015-10-17 Harness (self level)331G Y5002—Suction Control Valve 040418 (DEF) Dosing Unit M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor Connector Y5020—Diesel Exhaust FluidPN=446 B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx R3—Heater Temperature Control X35— Quik-Tatch™ Boom (DEF) Dosing Injector Sensor Switch Harness-to-Quik-Tatch
System Diagrams JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001889 -19-08FEB18-4/4
Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location X52
X51 X85 W10
W37 W1 E3
E5 E4
A10 H1 Y32 Y30
TX1214259 —UN—10MAY16
A5507
TX1214259 Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location A10— Rear Camera A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly E3— Right Taillight E4— Left Taillight E5— Rear Work Light
H1—Backup Alarm W1—Rear Engine Harness W10—Rear Camera Harness W37—Fuel Tank Ground X51— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness Connector 1
X52— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness Connector 2 X85— Rear Camera Harness-to-Rear Engine Harness Connector Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid
Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid
JL05046,0000204 -19-24MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=447
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-19
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=448
System Diagrams
Rear Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram XJ1237369 —UN—11SEP17
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X52
A003B
ORG
H1A
X51
X85
A018D
ORG
X52
CAV WIRE
Y30
E042A
WHT
X52
1
G004Y
X85
Y32
E043A
WHT
X51
2
E043A
CAV WIRE
E3
G004Q
BLK
SP_G004_A
3
R050B
1
A018D
W37
G004R
BLK
SP_G004_A
4
P062C
2
R074D
A5507
G004S
BLK
SP_G004_A
5
L002A
3
R076C
E5
G004T
BLK
SP_G004_A
6
L001H
4
G004Z
E3
E5
E4
Y32
E4
G004U
BLK
SP_G004_A
7
P010Y
5
P062C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
Y32
G004V
BLK
SP_G004_A
8
PLUG
6
PLUG
1
L001F
1
L002A
1
L001G
1
G004V
H1B
G004W BLK
SP_G004_A
2
G004Q
2
G004T
2
G004U
2
E043A
SP_G004_A
G004Y
BLK
X51
X85
G004Z
BLK
SP_G004_A
4
3 2 1
3 2 1
2
E3
L001F
BRN
SP_L001_B
E4
L001G
BRN
SP_L001_B
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
6 5 4
8 7 6 5
SP_G004_A X85
X51
E3
E5
E4
Y32
CAV WIRE
X51
L001H
BRN
SP_L001_B
X51
L002A
BRN
E5
L
G004T
A5507
M012R
YEL
X52
L
G004U
A5507
M013Q LGRN
X52
W37
L
G004V
A5507
P010Y
X51
CAV WIRE
R
G004Q
X51
1
R
G004R
R
G004S
R
G004W
Y30
R
G004Y
CAV WIRE
R
G004Z
1
R050B
SP_G004_A
2
E042A
A5507A
R012T
RED BLK
X52
R050B
BLK
X51
X52
R074D
BLK
X85
X85
R076C
BLK
X52
H1A
H1B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
A003B 1
G004W
H1A H1 B
Y30
37
P062C
G004R
W
X85
RED
X52 4
3 2 1
2
1
8 7 6 5
Y30
SP_L001_B X52 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_L001_B
1
M012R
5
R076C
CAV WIRE
2
M013Q
6
E042A
L
L001F
3
R012T
7
A003B
L
L001G
4
R074D
8
A018D
R
L001H
A5507 CAV WIRE
2T
R01
A5507
2
3
4
1
1
P010Y
2
M013Q
3
M012R
4
G004S
XJ1237369 Rear Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-20
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=449
BJ21193,0000197 -19-12SEP17-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-21
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=450
System Diagrams A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly E3— Right Taillight E4— Left Taillight E5— Rear Work Light H1—Backup Alarm
SP_G004_A—G004 BLK Splice 6 X52— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness SP_L001_B—L001 BRN Splice 2 Connector 2 W37—Fuel Tank Ground X85— Rear Camera X51— Right Main Harness-toHarness-to-Rear Engine Rear Engine Harness Harness Connector Connector 1
Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid
BJ21193,0000197 -19-12SEP17-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=451
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-23
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=452
System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W2) Component Location TX1214303 —UN—24MAY16
E13
A
E1
H3
H4
X42
R6
W2
X43
S34
S31
S29 B15
S32
S30
B
S28
E2 H3 X41
A9 W2
V4
M4
S27
E9,S24
E1
S12
S25 E13
X21
V9 E12 A9
X2
X1
W32
G3
S5 S13
X40 A
C S19
A5
S7
S8
S35 S33 S6 S26
W2
A6
A6
S9 D R3
A5 X23 X22
K5 E2
B18
X36
E12 X25
X88 W25
M5
A1
S39
X24 W2
S4
W25 B
TX1214303
Cab Harness (W2) Component Location Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-24
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=453
C
X87
W2 D
JL05046,0000206 -19-03MAY16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-25
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=454
System Diagrams
A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) S4— Seat Switch (if equipped) S32— Auxiliary Third Function A5—Left Joystick Controller S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Switch B (JSL) S6— Work Lights Switch S33— Auxiliary Fourth Function A6—Right Joystick Controller S7— Dual Flasher Switch Switch (JSR) S8— High Flow Switch S34— Horn Switch A9—Rear Camera Display S9— Blower Motor Speed Switch S35— Reversing Fan Switch B15— Auxiliary Proportional S12— Windshield Wiper and S39— Air Seat Switch (if Switch Washer Switch equipped) B18— Engine Speed Control Dial S13— Cab Door Switch V4— Start Signal Diode E1— Left Front Work Light S19— Air Conditioner Switch V9— Dome Light Diode E2— Right Front Work Light S24— Dome Light Switch W2—Cab Harness E9— Dome Light S25— Two-Speed Switch W25—Joystick Jumper Harness E12— Right Deluxe Light S26— Quik-Tatch™ Switch W32—Cab Harness Ground E13— Left Deluxe Light S27— Float Switch X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main G3—12-Volt Auxiliary Power S28— Auxiliary Flow Set Switch Harness 14-Pin Connector Outlet S29— Auxiliary Second Function X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main H3—Horn Switch A Harness 47-Pin Connector H4—Engagement and Monitor S30— Auxiliary Second Function X21— Cab Harness-to-Radio Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm Switch B Harness 4-Pin Connector K5—Dual Flasher Relay S31— Auxiliary Third Function X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin M4—Windshield Wiper Motor Switch A Connector M5—Windshield Washer Motor X23— Right Joystick Controller R3—Heater Temperature Control (JSR) 6-Pin Connector Switch X24— Left Joystick 8-Pin R6—CAN Termination Resistor 1 Connector
X25— Left Joystick Controller (JSL) 6-Pin Connector X36— Cab Harness-to-Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness 4-Pin Connector X40— Service ADVISOR™ Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3 X87— Cab Harness-to-Right Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector X88— Cab Harness-to-Left Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000206 -19-03MAY16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-26
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=455
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=456
System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram TX1212257 —UN—15JUN16
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
M5
A002A
ORG
M4
X88
G002E BLK
X24
A004A
ORG
H3A
M5
S9
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
COLOR END#2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1 WIRE
SP_G002_E
S6
L001E
BRN
SP_L001_A
R6
M013T
LT GRN SP_M013_D
S26
P010G
RED
S6
X2
R074C BLK
A9
G002F BLK
SP_G002_C
X1
L001I
BRN
SP_L001_A
SP_M013_C M013U
LT GRN SP_M013_B
X36
P010H
RED
SP_P010_B
X2
R076C BLK
A9-DRAIN
COLOR END#2
A005C
ORG
SP_A005_A
A9
G002G BLK
SP_G002_E
E13
L002C
BRN
SP_L002_A
SP_M013_F M013W LT GRN SP_M013_C
X88
P010J
RED
SP_P010_B
X41
T003D BLU
X2
SP_A005_A A005D
ORG
S19
E2
G002H BLK
SP_G002_C
SP_L002_A L002D
BRN
E12
SP_M013_B M013X
LT GRN X41
S35
P010K
RED
S35
X42
T004A BLU
X24
X2
A005E
ORG
SP_A005_A
S8
G002I
S7
S6
L002E
BRN
SP_L002_A
X2
M013Y
LT GRN SP_M013_H
X1
P015B
RED
S39
X41
T006A BLU
X36
S9
A006C
ORG
X2
R3
G002J BLK
SP_G002_C
X2
L002F
BRN
SP_L002_A
SP_M013_D M013Z
LT GRN SP_M013_B
SP_P017_A P017B
RED
E9A
X41
Y001B YEL
X2
S9
A007C
ORG
X2
E13
G002K BLK
SP_G002_E
SP_L003_A L003E
TAN
X2
X41
M016A
BRN
M4
X1
P017C
RED
SP_P017_A
X41
Z001A GRY
H4
S19
A008E
ORG
X2
H3B
G002L BLK
SP_G002_E
X2
L003F
TAN
SP_L003_A
M4
P002G
RED
SP_P002_A
G3A
P017D
RED
SP_P017_A
R3
A011B
ORG
X2
A1
G002M BLK
SP_G002_C
K5
L003G
TAN
SP_L003_A
SP_P002_A P002H
RED
R3
X43
P020A
RED
X22
S9
A013C
ORG
X2
S26
G002O BLK
S6
X42
L007A
BRN
S6
S6
P002I
RED
SP_P002_A
X24
P022B
RED
SP_P022_A
A9
A018E
ORG
X1
X36
G002Q BLK
SP_G002_E
X41
L008A
BRN
V9
S26
P002J
RED
SP_P002_A
X1
P022C
RED
SP_P022_A
V4
E001E
WHT
X2
W32
G002R BLK
SP_G002_C
V9
L009A
BRN
E9C
X1
P002K
RED
SP_P002_A
S33
P022D
RED
SP_P022_A
X43
E032D
WHT
X2
X40
G002S BLK
SP_G002_E
SP_M001_A M001A
BRN
S39
S9
P002L
RED
SP_P002_A
SP_P022_A P022E
RED
X22
X2
E033B
WHT
B18
X43
H002A GRN
S8
X42
M001B
BRN
SP_M001_A
X21
P002M
RED
SP_P002_A
X24
P022F
RED
SP_P022_A
S35
E040A
WHT
X42
S26
H004B GRN
X2
S4
M001C
BRN
SP_M001_A
SP_P004_B P004F
RED
X1
S33
P022G
RED
SP_P022_A
S35
E041A
WHT
X42
S26
H005B GRN
X2
S13
M003A
BRN
X42
X40
P004G
RED
SP_P004_B
X22
P022H
RED
SP_P022_A
X41
E055A
WHT
V4
X24
H010E GRN
X2
S5
M009A
BRN
X42
A1
P004H
RED
SP_P004_B
X24
P023B
RED
X1
SP_G002_C G002A
BLK
BLK
X1
X24
H011E GRN
X2
R6
M012AA YEL
SP_M012_E
S7
P004I
RED
SP_P004_B
X43
P032D
RED
X2
X21
G002AD BLK
SP_G002_C
X2
H012C GRN
X22
SP_M012_G M012AB YEL
SP_M012_C
A9
P005B
RED
SP_P005_A
X41
P033B
RED
X2
S7
G002AE BLK
S19
X2
H013C GRN
X22
A9
M012AC YEL
SP_M012_E
SP_P005_A P005C
RED
S39
X2
P041B
RED
B18
SP_G002_E G002AF BLK
SP_G002_C
S33
H014C GRN
X2
SP_M012_K M012AD YEL
SP_M012_I
X1
P005D
RED
SP_P005_A
X2
R001B
BLK
X42
S39
G002AG BLK
SP_G002_E
S33
H015C GRN
X2
X87
SP_M012_I
S5
P005E
RED
SP_P005_A
X2
R008B
BLK
B18
E9B
G002AH BLK
SP_G002_C
X43
H020A GRN
X22
SP_M012_B M012AG YEL
X41
X42
P005F
RED
SP_P005_A
A1-DRAIN
R012A
BLK
SP_R012_K
E1
G002AI
BLK
SP_G002_E
X43
H021A GRN
X22
SP_M012_E M012AJ YEL
SP_M012_B
S4
P005G
RED
SP_P005_A
R6
R012AE BLK
SP_R012_B
K5
G002AJ BLK
SP_G002_C
X2
H023B GRN
X22
SP_M012_I
M012C
YEL
SP_M012_G
S39
P010AC RED
SP_P010_B
SP_R012_B R012AF BLK
SP_R012_F
S33
G002AK BLK
S6
X24
H024A GRN
X43
A1
M012T
YEL
SP_M012_K
S19
P010AD RED
SP_P010_B
X41-DRAIN R012AH BLK
SP_R012_F
S39
G002AL BLK
SP_G002_E
X43
H034C GRN
X2
X88
M012U
YEL
SP_M012_G
S7
P010AE RED
S19
X2
R012AI
BLK
SP_R012_K
X1
G002AM BLK
SP_G002_C
X43
H035C GRN
X2
SP_M012_C M012V
YEL
SP_M012_B
S13
P010AF RED
SP_P010_B
A9
R012C
BLK
SP_R012_B
X87
G002AN BLK
SP_G002_E
X2
H051B GRN
X41
X2
M012W
YEL
SP_M012_K
S8
P010AG RED
S8
SP_R012_G R012D
BLK
SP_R012_D
H4
G002AO BLK
SP_G002_E
X2
H052B GRN
X41
X40
M012Y
YEL
SP_M012_C
X87
P010AH RED
SP_P010_B
X23-DRAIN R012G
BLK
SP_R012_J
S33
G002AP BLK
S35
SP_J003_A J003B TAN
S7
A9
M013AB LT GRN SP_M013_D
S35
P010AI RED
S6
X25-DRAIN R012H
BLK
SP_R012_G
E12
G002AQ BLK
SP_G002_C
X1
J003D TAN
SP_J003_A
X87
M013AC LT GRN SP_M013_G
SP_P010_B P010AJ RED
A9
SP_R012_D R012I
BLK
SP_R012_F
X42
G002AR BLK
SP_G002_E
K5
J003E
SP_J003_A
X88
M013AE LT GRN SP_M013_F
X42
P010B
RED
SP_P010_B
SP_R012_K R012J
BLK
SP_R012_J
M4
G002AS BLK
SP_G002_E
X2
J006B TAN
A1
SP_M013_H M013AG LT GRN SP_M013_G
S8
P010C
RED
S7
SP_R012_G R012K
BLK
SP_R012_J
S19
G002AT BLK
SP_G002_C
X1
L001B BRN
SP_L001_A
X40
M013AI
LT GRN SP_M013_C
X1
P010D
RED
SP_P010_B
X40-DRAIN R012L
BLK
SP_R012_D
S35
G002AU BLK
S8
E2
L001C BRN
SP_L001_A
A1
M013AJ LT GRN SP_M013_H
S35
P010E
RED
S8
X43
R020A
BLK
X22
G3B
SP_L001_A L001D BRN
E1
SP_M013_F M013C
S35
P010F
RED
S35
X43
R038D
BLK
X2
SP_G002_E G002B
BLK
TAN
M012AF YEL
LT GRN SP_M013_G
TX1212257
SHEET 1 OF 3 Cab Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (1 of 3) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-28
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=457
AW70195,000182D -19-05APR17-1/5
System Diagrams
TX1215072 —UN—15JUN16
5
3
2
6
7
1
8
3
4
4
2
3
A
Z001A
1
B
G002AO
1
P010J
2
G002E
3
M012U
4
M013AE
A
X24
C
PLUG G002Q
CAV WIRE
SP_M012_G
1
P023B
5
H010E
CAV WIRE
S5
2
A004A
6
H011E
L
M012AB
CAV WIRE
3
H024A
7
P022B
L
M012C
A
P005E
4
T004A
8
P022F
R
M012U
B
M009A
R6
PLUG
B
1
L001D
2
G002AI
M009A
P
M001B
H S
L
P022D
L
P005B
L
G002AF
R
G002AR
2
G002AN
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
R
M013AE
L
P022G
L
P005D
L
G002AG
R
G002AS
3
M012AF
L
L
R
P022B
L
P005F
L
G002AL
R
G002B
6
PLUG
1
6
2
5
3
4
R
M012AF
SP_M012_I
R
R012G
SP_R012_J
R
P005C
L
G002AN
R
G002G
R
P022F
R
P005E
L
G002E
R
G002K
L
R012D
R
P022H
R
P005G
L
G002Q
R
G002L
L
R012K
SP_P022_A
SP_P005_A
R
G002AI
R
G002S
R
R012H
R
G002AO
SP_M001_A
2G R 01
SP_M013_G CAV WIRE
R
M013AG M013C M013AC
S4 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
P005G
L
M001B
B
M001C
R
M001A
R
M001C A
B
S4
S39 CAV WIRE P005C
1
7
2
P010AC
8
P022H P022E
3
PLUG
9
P020A
4
H023B
10
R020A
5
H012C
11
H020A
6
H013C
12
H021A
3
X22 M5 12 11 10 9 8 7
2
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
M5
1
6
2
5
CAV WIRE
3
4
1
A002A
2
G002F
S39
B K
A J
SP_R012_D
SP_M012_C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R012D
L
M012AB
SP_R012_F
SP_M013_B
SP_M012_B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R012I
L
M012V
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
M012AG
E
PLUG
J
PLUG
N
H052B
R
R012L
R
M012Y
L
R012AF
L
M013U
L
M012AJ
B
M013X
F
Z001A
K
PLUG
P
T003D
L
R012I
L
M013Z
L
M012V
C
M016A
G
H051B
L
Y001B
R
E055A
R
R012AH
R
M013X
R
M012AG
D
T006A
H
P033B
M
PLUG
S
L008A
SP_R012_D
SP_M012_C
1 E13 SP_G002_E
E13 2
1
CAV WIRE
SP_M013_C
1
L002C
SP_M013_C
2
G002K
CAV WIRE
M L K J H G
L
M013U
L
M013W
R
M013AI
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
C L
SP_M012_B
SP_P010_B
CAV WIRE
2
D M
F E D C B A
CAV WIRE PLUG
E N
SP_P010_B
SP_M001_A
X22
F P
G R
X41
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_M013_G
L
CAV WIRE
SP_M013_B
SP_G002_E
P022E
X87
L
SP_R012_F SP_G002_E
R
SP_R012_G
X41
1
M013W
R012K
L007A
G
L
L
PLUG
L
P010B
P010AH
M012C
K
E040A
N
1
L
E041A
D
PLUG
CAV WIRE
PLUG
C
F
P022C
5
G002AR
R012AE
L
SP_R012_G
J
C
M013C
M013AC
PLUG
T004A
L
4
B
M
CAV WIRE
R012J
P005F
M003A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
H
E
S5 SP_P005_A
R001B
M013T
E1 2
A
B
CAV WIRE A
CAV WIRE
M012AA
X87
M012AD
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
CAV WIRE
A
SP_P022_A
SP_R012_J
X42
G002L
B
CAV WIRE
SP_M013_F
SP_M012_I
1
X42
E1
SP_M012_G
SP_M013_F
CAV WIRE
A004A
A
PLUG
6
H3B
H4
X36
5
CAV WIRE
B
H3A
R6
T006A
4
5
CAV WIRE
01 2A
1
P010H
3
2
CAV WIRE
2H
CAV WIRE
2
6
01 R
X36
1
1
H3A
CAV WIRE
R
4
H4
H
X24
X88
H 3B
X88
M001A
4
P015B
5
G002AL
6
G002AG
L
P010AD
L
P010AF
L
P010B
L R
X21 B A
P010AC P010AH
R
P010H
R
P010AJ
R
P010J
PIN
V4 CAV
WIRE
X21
SOCKET E055A
CAV WIRE
PIN
A
E001E
P002M
B
G002AD
C
—
D
—
SP_P017_A
X43
SOCKET C D
P010D
R
X43
V4
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
P020A
G
H034C
L
P017B
B
R038D
H
H035C
L
P017C P017D
C
R020A
J
PLUG
R
D
H021A
K
H024A
SP_P017_A
E
H020A
L
E032D
F
P032D
M
H002A
2
TX1215072
SHEET 2 OF 3 Cab Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (2 of 3)
AW70195,000182D -19-05APR17-2/5
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-29
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=458
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 3 SP_M012_B—M012 YEL Splice 2 SP_R012_D—R012 BLK Splice 4 2— Continued on Sheet 3 SP_M012_C—M012 YEL Splice 3 SP_R012_F—R012 BLK Splice 6 E1— Left Front Work Light SP_M012_G—M012 YEL Splice 7 SP_R012_G—R012 BLK Splice 7 E13— Left Deluxe Light SP_M012_I—M012 YEL Splice 9 SP_R012_J—R012 BLK Splice 10 H3—Horn SP_M013_B—M013 GRN Splice 2 V4— Start Signal Diode H4—Engagement and Monitor SP_M013_C—M013 GRN Splice 3 X21— Cab Harness-to-Radio Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm SP_M013_F—M013 GRN Splice 6 Harness 4-Pin Connector M5—Windshield Washer Motor SP_M013_G—M013 GRN Splice 7 X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin R6—Can Termination Resistor 1 SP_P005_A—P005 RED Splice 1 Connector S4— Seat Switch SP_P010_B—P010 RED Splice 2 X24— Left Joystick 8-Pin S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch SP_P017_A—P017 RED Splice 1 Connector S39— Air Seat Switch SP_P022_A—P022 RED Splice 1 X36— Cab Harness-to-Creep SP_G002_E—G002 BLK Splice 5 Mode Speed Switch SP_M001_A—M001 BRN Splice 1 Harness 4-Pin Connector X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-30
X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3 X87— Cab Harness-to-Right Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector X88— Cab Harness-to-Left Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector
AW70195,000182D -19-05APR17-3/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=459
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-31
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=460
System Diagrams
XJ1236936 —UN—06APR17
X1
A9
A
E
R0 SP_M012_E
PLUG
G
B
PLUG
SP_M012_E
C
PLUG
CAV WIRE
D
PLUG
L
M012AA
E
R012C
SP_M013_D
L
M012AJ
F
M013AB
CAV WIRE
R
M012AC
G
G002G
L
M013T
H
PLUG
L
M013Z
J
R074C
R
K
A018E
L
P010AJ
M
PLUG
N
G002AM
1
R074C
17
A013C
33
L003E
A
B
G002A
2
H051B
18
R001B
34
PLUG
C
P005D
3
H052B
19
PLUG
35
H034C
G002S N
P004G
B
C
X40
F A
P005B
L
R012AE
L
R012AF
R
R012C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
J006B
6
M012T
S7
A
P010AF A
B
M4
M003A 4 3
1 2
P002I
M013Y
7
G002AE
6
—
7
G002AE
5
P010K
5
L001E
E041A
6
L002E
J003D
7
A005E
23
PLUG
SP_M012_K
SP_R012_K
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
9 6
5
4 7
10 3
2
1
H
P017C
8
A008E
24
E032D
40
R012AI
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
7
G002I
7
G002AU
7
G002AT
PLUG
J
P002K
9
PLUG
25
Y001B
41
E001E
L
M012T
L
R012A
8
P010AE
7
G002I
8
P010AD
7
G002AP
7
G002AK
PLUG
K
L001B
10
A011B
26
H023B
42
J006B
R
M012AD
R
R012AI
8
P010C
8
P010AG
8
P010AE
7
G002AU
7
G002O
L
L001I
11
R076C
27
H010E
43
PLUG
R
M012W
R
R012J
9
—
8
P010E
9
—
8
P010AI
8
P010AI
—
8
P010K
8
P010G
9
—
9
—
10
—
10
—
G
PLUG
H J
X1
M
P004F
12
H004B
28
H011E
44
L003F
N
P015B
13
H005B
29
H012C
45
P041B
P
A018E
14
PLUG
30
H013C
46
E033B
15
A006C
31
H014C
47
R008B
16
A007C
32
H015C
SP_M012_K
47
SP_J003_A
5
CAV WIRE
41
L
J003B
L
J003E
R
J003D
E9B CAV WIRE
1
1
P017B
C E9
SP_L002_A
CAV WIRE
L
P002I
SP_P004_B
L
L002D
L
L001E
L
P002L
L
CAV WIRE
R
L003E
L
L002E
R
L001B
R
P002G
L
L003F
SP_L003_A
R R
L002C L002F
SP_L002_A
R R
L001D L001I
SP_L001_A
R R
P002K P002M
SP_P002_A
R R
P004H P004I P004F P004G
SP_P004_B
CAV WIRE
10 3
2
1
R
M013AG
R
M013Y
CAV WIRE
1
L
A005C
L
A005D
R
A005E
L009A
SP_G002_C
SP_G002_C
SP_G002_C
SP_G002_C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
G002AJ
R
G002A
R
L
G002AQ
R
G002AD
E2
2
E12 B18
1
2
R3
1
E12
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
C
B
A
A B C
G002AT
R
G002AF
1
L001C
1
L002D
B18
R3
L
G002H
R
G002AH
2
G002H
2
G002AQ
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
G002J
R
G002AM
A
R008B
A
G002J
L
G002M
R
G002F
B
E033B
B
A011B
C
P041B
C
P002H
CAV V9
W32
XJ1236936
WIRE
SOCKET L008A
SOCKET
PIN
L009A
H014C
2
P022D
3
H015C
4
—
5
—
6
—
7
G002AK
7
G002AP
8
P022G
9
—
10
—
—
85
J003E
86
G002AJ
87
L003G
87a — 30 86
87A
85
87
K5
S26 CAV WIRE 1
H005B
2
P002J
3
H004B
S9
4
—
CAV WIRE
5
—
1
A005C
6
—
2
A006C
7
G002O
3
A007C
8
P010G
4
A013C
9
—
B
P002L
10
—
1
B 4
L
PIN
S9
1
30
3
E2
V9
G002R
CAV WIRE S33 CAV WIRE
G002R
CAV WIRE
K5
8
M013AJ
W32
1
—
4 7
SP_A005_A
L003G
10
10
5
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE P002H
—
SP_A005_A
SP_P002_A
L
R
E9B E9C
L
9
9 6
L
G002AH
X2
SP_L001_A
—
S33
CAV WIRE
E9A
10
SP_M013_H
SP_M013_H E9A
34
SP_R012_K
8
S6
6
2
2
S26
8
SHEET 3 OF 3 Cab Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (3 of 3) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
—
2
39
G
M4
A002A
1
E040A
—
CAV WIRE
4
P010F
4
P002J
M016A
2
P010F
L
3
CAV WIRE
5
L001C
P002G
P010E
—
L
2
2
6
CAV WIRE
G002AS
S6
—
CAV WIRE
1
B
S35
—
5
PLUG
3B
3
A008E
1
9 6
8
—
PLUG
G
S1
3
1
6
22
SP_L003_A
CAV WIRE
S19
A005D
2
M012W
L002F
SP_J003_A
S13
P010C
2
10 3
38
6
1
G002B
2
8
4 7
L007A
A1
8 2
1
P010AG
1
5
3
P022C
20
CAV WIRE
S8
2
2
9 6
—
F
R
G3B
10 3
—
4
PLUG
L
G3A
J003B
8
1
—
37
2 01
P017D
3
1
4 7
5
T003D
1
1
P004I
2
5
9 6
—
—
21
SP_R012_B
CAV WIRE
2
10 3
1
4
P033B
SP_M013_D
G3A
—
4 7
—
5
F
3
1
5
5
P023B
E
M013AJ
8
9 6
H035C
E
H
5
1
CAV WIRE
—
R038D
J
G002M
2
CAV WIRE
4
36
K
4
2
10 3
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
H002A
PLUG
M013AI
3
PLUG
S35
3
20
D
5
4
S19
—
P032D
G
B
6
2
P004H
4 7
S8
4
4
L
1
1
5
9 6
CAV WIRE
S7
3
P010D
M012Y
M013AB
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
D
C
J H
E
D
M
C
P
SP_R012_B
M012AC
P
CAV WIRE
A
B
D A
F
CAV WIRE
A
C 76
CAV WIRE
X40
12
A9
A1
R0
G F E D C B A P N M L K J H
X2
9015-10-32
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=461
AW70195,000182D -19-05APR17-4/5
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-33
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=462
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 S6— Work Lights Switch 2— Continued on Sheet 2 S7— Dual Flasher Switch A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) S8— High Flow Switch A9—Rear Camera Display S9— Blower Motor Speed Switch B18— Engine Speed Control Dial S13— Cab Door Switch E2— Right Front Work Light S19— Air Conditioner Switch E9— Dome Light S26— Quik-Tatch™ Switch E12— Right Deluxe Light S33— Auxiliary Fourth Function G3—12-Volt Auxiliary Power Switch Outlet S35— Reversing Fan Switch K5—Dual Flasher Relay SP_A005_A—A005 ORG Splice 1 M4—Windshield Wiper Motor SP_G002_C—G002 BLK Splice 3 R3—Heater Temperature Control Switch
SP_J003_A—J003 TAN Splice 1 SP_R012_K—R012 BLK Splice 11 SP_L001_A—L001 BRN Splice 1 V9— Dome Light Diode SP_L002_A—L002 BRN Splice 1 W32—Cab Harness Ground SP_L003_A—L003 TAN Splice 1 X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main SP_M012_E—M012 YEL Splice 5 Harness 14-Pin Connector SP_M012_K—M012 YEL Splice 11 X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main SP_M013_D—M013 GRN Splice 4 Harness 47-Pin Connector SP_M013_H—M013 GRN Splice 8 X40— Service ADVISOR™ SP_P002_A—P002 RED Splice 1 Connector SP_P004_B—P004 RED Splice 2 SP_R012_B—R012 BLK Splice 2
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AW70195,000182D -19-05APR17-5/5
Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location NOTE: Wheeled and tracked machines are equipped with the same left main harness.
NOTE: Some relays contained within main harness fuse block left (X81). For more information, see Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-34
NR81152,0001864 -19-13MAR18-1/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=463
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-35
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=464
System Diagrams
TX1253902 —UN—13MAR18
X81 F31
A5500
B5502
B9
B5203
K2
B5111
B5503
W33 E5602 X5502
Y5020
X5501
X54 X53
E5603
W35
X55
E5601
X16
A5600
X5601
X5057 X5060
W3
R5600
R5
X28 W29
X5059
A5508
B5501 W38 X5602
X5058 Y5501
B5115 B5600
M6
G1
TX1253902 Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-36
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=465
NR81152,0001864 -19-13MAR18-2/3
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-37
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=466
System Diagrams
A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) B9—Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch B5111—Air Filter Restriction Switch B5115—Engine Oil Pressure Switch B5203—Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Inlet Temperature Sensor B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater
E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid X28— Left Main Harness-toX5501—Engine Control Unit (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Line Heater Control Valve Harness X5502—Engine Control Unit E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Connector (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 (DEF) Dosing Unit Return X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5601—Dosing Control Unit Line Heater Main Harness Connector 1 (DCU) 86 Way Connector F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left X5602—Dosing Control Unit G1—Battery Main Harness Connector 2 (DCU) 53 Way Connector K2—Glow Plug Relay X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid M6—Heater Valve Motor Main Harness Connector 3 (DEF) Dosing Injector R5—Glow Plugs X81— Main Harness Fuse Block Y5501—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump R5600—Engine Oil Pressure Left Switch Resistor X5057—Left Main HarnessW3—Left Main Harness to-Engine Harness W29—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Connector 1 Control Valve Harness X5058—Left Main HarnessW33—Engine Control Unit (ECU) to-Engine Harness Ground (if equipped) Connector 2 W35—Left Frame Ground X5059—Left Main HarnessW38—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) to-Engine Harness Ground Connector 3 X16— Left Main HarnessX5060—Left Main Harness-toto-JDLink™ Harness Engine Fuel System Connector Harness Connector
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001864 -19-13MAR18-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-38
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=467
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-39
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=468
System Diagrams
Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram TX1212258 —UN—15JUN16
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
B9
A009B ORG
X53
B9
A010B ORG
X53
M6
A011C ORG
X81
B004A RED
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
END#1
WIRE
SP_E050_A E050A
WHT
X5060
SP_M012_A M012AC YEL
X5060
E050D
WHT
SP_E050_A
SP_M012_L M012N
YEL
X53
X5501
E050F
WHT
SP_E050_A
SP_M012_A M012P
SP_B004_A
X5602
E080A
WHT
X81
X5501
M012Q
SP_B004_A B004B RED
X81
X5601
E082B
WHT
X28
X5602
X81
B004C RED
SP_B004_A
B5111
F001A
YEL
X5502
X81
B004D RED
SP_B004_A
X5502
F003A
YEL
B5600
SP_M013_Q M013N
X81
B004E RED
SP_B004_A
W35-1
G001L
BLK
SP_G001_A
X5501
G1A
B004F RED
SP_B004_A
M6
G001M
BLK
SP_G001_A
X81
B004G RED
SP_B004_A
X81
G001N
BLK
SP_G001_A
F31
B004H RED
SP_B004_A
Y5501
G001O
BLK
X5501
E001D WHT
X54
B5502
G001P
K2
E003A WHT
X5502
B5502
G001Q
K2
E008A WHT
R5
B5503
X5502
E012B WHT
X5502 X5502
COLOR END#2
SP_M012_L
Y5020
P039A RED
X16
SP_P040_A P040A RED
YEL
X55
X5501
YEL
SP_M012_L
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1
X5601
X5502
R010B
BLK
X54
SP_SHIELD2_C SHIELD184 BLK
SP_SHIELD2_D
X5501
SP_R012_F
R012AB
BLK
SP_R012_Q
X5502
X001A
YEL
X5057
P040B RED
SP_P040_A
X5602-DRAIN R012AF
BLK
SP_R012_F
X5502
X005A
YEL
X53
X81
P040D RED
SP_P040_A
X5501-DRAIN R012AG
BLK
SP_R012_Q
X5502
X006A
YEL
X53
M013AA LT GRN SP_M013_A
X5058
P040E RED
SP_P040_A
W35-2
R012AH
BLK
SP_R012_B
B5203
X007A
YEL
X5601
SP_M013_A M013AD LT GRN SP_M013_Q
X5501
P041C RED
X54
SP_R012_F
R012U
BLK
X55
X5502
X008A
YEL
X5057
LT GRN X16
X54
P042A RED
X5501
SP_R012_B
R012V
BLK
X16
X5502
X009A
YEL
X5059
LT GRN SP_M013_Q
X5502
P043B RED
X54
SP_R012_Q
R012Z
BLK
SP_R012_B
X5502
X010A
YEL
X5058
SP_M013_A M013P
LT GRN X55
X5502
P045B RED
X5057
X5502
R015B
GRN
X5059
X5501
X011A
YEL
X5058
X5502
M014B
VLT
X5059
X5501
P048B RED
X5059
SP_R019_A
R019A
BLK
X5501
X5502
X012A
YEL
X5059
SP_G001_A
X5502
M015B
YEL
X5059
X81
P052A RED
SP_P052_A
X5501
R019B
BLK
SP_R019_A
BLK
SP_G001_A
X5502
M017B
BRN
X5058
SP_P052_A P052B RED
X81
X81
R019C
BLK
SP_R019_A
BLK
SP_G001_A
X5501
N001A
YEL
SP_N001_A
X81
P052C RED
SP_P052_A
X5502
R021E
BLK
X5058
G001R
BLK
SP_G001_A
B5115
N001B
YEL
SP_N001_A
X5502
P054B RED
X5058
X5601
R022A
BLK
B5501
X5060
SP_G001_A G001S
BLK
X16
R5600
N001C
YEL
SP_N001_A
X54
P055A RED
SP_P055_A
Y5020
R039A
BLK
X5601
E013B WHT
X5060
SP_G001_A G001T
BLK
X55
X5502
N002A
YEL
SP_N002_A
X5502
P055C RED
SP_P055_A
X5601
R041B
BLK
X28
E014B WHT
X5060
K2
G001V
BLK
SP_G001_A
SP_N002_A N002B
YEL
X5502
X5059
P055E RED
SP_P055_A
X5502
R051D
BLK
X55
X5502
E015B WHT
X5060
X5501
G031B
BLK
SP_G031_B
X5059
N002D
YEL
SP_N002_A
X81
P056A RED
X81
X5602
R052A
BLK
X81
X5501
E033C WHT
X55
SP_G031_B G031C
BLK
X5501
X5502
N003B
YEL
X5057
X5602
P057A RED
SP_P057_A
X5502
R053B
BLK
X5057
X5502
E034B WHT
X54
X5501
G031D
BLK
SP_G031_B
X5502
N004B
YEL
X5057
SP_P057_A P057B RED
X5602
X5502
R054B
BLK
X5059
X54
E035A WHT
X5501
X5501
G031E
BLK
SP_G031_B
X5502
N005A
YEL
X54
X5602
P057C RED
SP_P057_A
X5502
R055B
BLK
X5057
B5501
E037A WHT
X5601
X5501
G031F
BLK
SP_G031_B
X5502
N006A
YEL
X54
X5602
P057D RED
SP_P057_A
X5502
R056B
BLK
X5057
X5501
E045C WHT
SP_E045_B
X5501
G031G
BLK
SP_G031_B
B5501
N025A
YEL
X5601
X81
P057E RED
SP_P057_A
X5502
R058B
BLK
X5059
X5602
E045E WHT
SP_E045_B
W35-3
G031H
BLK
SP_G031_A
M6
P002N
RED
X55
X81
P058A RED
X81
X5501
R061D
BLK
X5059
B5502
E045F WHT
SP_E045_B
X5602
G031I
BLK
SP_G031_B
X81
P004M
RED
X53
E5602
P059A RED
SP_P059_A
E5602
R063A
BLK
X5601
B5503
E045G WHT
SP_E045_B
X5602
G031J
BLK
SP_G031_B
F31
P008A
RED
K2
E5601
P059B RED
SP_P059_A
E5601
R064A
BLK
X5601
X5058
E045H WHT
SP_E045_B
X5602
G031K
BLK
SP_G031_B
SP_P010_C P010AB RED
X55
E5603
P059C RED
SP_P059_A
X5502
R067B
BLK
X5060
X5501
E046B WHT
SP_E046_B
X5602
G031L
BLK
SP_G031_B
X81
P010AI
RED
SP_P010_C
X81
P059D RED
SP_P059_A
X5502
R068B
BLK
X5060
X5602
E046E WHT
SP_E046_B
X5602
G031M
BLK
SP_G031_B
X81
P010B
RED
SP_P010_C
B5502
P060A RED
SP_P060_A
B5501
R072A
BLK
X5601
B5502
E046F WHT
SP_E046_B
SP_G031_A G031N
BLK
SP_G031_B
B5600
P010C
RED
SP_P010_C
B5503
P060B RED
SP_P060_A
B5501
R073A
BLK
X5601
B5503
E046G WHT
SP_E046_B
X5058
G031O
BLK
SP_G031_A
Y5501
P010F
RED
SP_P010_C
X81
P060C RED
SP_P060_A
X5502
R090B
BLK
X5060
X5058
E046H WHT
SP_E046_B
W33
G031P
BLK
SP_G031_A
R5600
P010G
RED
SP_P010_C
X81
P080B RED
X16
X5502
R092B
BLK
X5060
X5501
E047B WHT
X5058
W38
G031Q
BLK
SP_G031_A
X5602
P010H
RED
SP_P010_C
X81
P082B RED
X16
X5601
R094A
BLK
B5501
X5501
E048B WHT
X5058
SP_J007_B J007A
TAN
X5501
B5111
P010I
RED
SP_P010_C
X5601
P088A RED
B5501
E5603
R096A
BLK
X5601
SP_E049_A E049A WHT
X5060
X5501
J007G
TAN
SP_J007_B
B5501
P036A
RED
X5601
X5502
R004B BLK
X53
B5203
R098A
BLK
X5601
X5060
E049D WHT
SP_E049_A
X54
J007H
TAN
SP_J007_B
B5501
P037A
RED
X5601
X54
R005A BLK
X5501
X5502
SHIELD2B BLK
SP_SHIELD2_C
X5501
E049F WHT
SP_E049_A
X5602
M012AA YEL
SP_M012_A
B5501
P038A
RED
X5601
X5501
R008C BLK
X53
X5059
SHIELD2C BLK
SP_SHIELD2_D
M013O
COLOR END#2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
TX1212258
COLOR END#2
SHEET 1 OF 4 Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram (1 of 4) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
WIRE
9015-10-40
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=469
AW70195,0001832 -19-07DEC17-1/7
System Diagrams
TX1215233 —UN—15JUN16
B5503 E5603
1
P060B
CAV WIRE
2
G001R
1
P059C
3
E046G
2
R096A
4
E045G
5
B5111 CAV WIRE A
PLUG
K2
F31
E5602
CAV WIRE
Y5020
CAV WIRE 1
P059A
2
R063A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
P008A
8
1
P039A
2
B004H
2
2
R039A
B
2 1
F001A
1
2
Y5020
1
2
G001V
3
P008A
5
E008A
6
2
K2
03
SP_P060_A CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
P060C
L
P059D
P060A
R
P059A
P060B
R
P059B
R
P059C
R
B
A010B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
G031H W35-3
A009B
A
SP_P060_A
W35-1
1
G001L
W35-2 CAV WIRE
W3
5-1
1
R012AH
-2
6 E5
A
W35-3
1
CAV WIRE SP_P059_A
R
F31
B9
B
B5111
SP_G001_A
B
SP_P010_C
L
G001M
CAV WIRE
L
G001O
L
P010AB
L
G001S
SP_E046_B
SP_E045_B
L
P010C
L
G001T
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
P010F
R
G001L
L
E046B
L
E045C
L
P010G
R
G001N
L
E046E
L
E045E
L
P010H
R
G001P
L
E046H
L
E045H
R
P010AI
R
G001Q
R
E046F
R
E045F
R
P010B
R
G001R
R
E046G
R
E045G
R
P010I
R
G001V
35
A
B5503
1
W
2
E003A
CAV WIRE
E5602 3
1
P010I 1
4
9
3 7
2 1
5
5
B9
SP_P059_A
SP_E046_B
SP_E045_B
SP_P010_C
SP_G001_A
1 SP_P057_A B5501
SP_P057_A
B5502
B5203
E5601
5
4
3
1
2
2
1
X28 2 1
B5203 CAV WIRE 1
X007A
2
R098A
B5502
2
CAV WIRE 1
P060A
2
G001Q
3
E046F
4
TX1215233
1
5
E045F
E5601 X28
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
1
R041B
2
E082B
G001P
2
P059B R064A
W33
4
3
2
1
CAV WIRE
12 11 10
9
8
7
L
P057A
L
P057B
B5501
L
P057C
L
P057D
SP_P052_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
P057E
CAV WIRE
PLUG
B1
PLUG
C1
B004C
D1
P059D
E1
E080A
PLUG
R
A1
1
P052A
PLUG
B2
PLUG
C2
P057E
D2
PLUG
E2
PLUG
P088A
R
A2
2
SP_B004_A
B3
PLUG
C3
B004B
D3
R052A
E3
P056A
N025A
P052B
PLUG
3
R
A3
R
P052C
PLUG
B4
PLUG
C4
P056A
D4
P040D
E4
P052C
R072A
SP_B004_A
A4
4
SP_P052_A
PLUG
B5
B004E
C5
B004A
D5
PLUG
E5
PLUG
P036A
CAV WIRE
A5
5
A6
PLUG
B6
P004M
C6
P052A
D6
R019C
E6
P052B
6
R022A
A7
PLUG
B7
PLUG
C7
B004D
D7
P060C
E7
P010B
7
PLUG
A8
PLUG
B8
PLUG
C8
P058A
D8
G001N
E8
P058A
8
R094A
A9
PLUG
B9
PLUG
C9
B004G
D9
PLUG
E9
PLUG
9
P037A
10
E037A
11
P038A
12
R073A
6
5
L
CAV WIRE 1
G031P X81
W33
A 1
B004F
L
B004H
R
B004A
R
B004B
R
B004C
R
B004D
R
B004E
R
B004G
12
X81
E
A10 PLUG
B10 PLUG
C10 P082B
D10 PLUG
E10 PLUG
A11 PLUG
B11 PLUG
C11 P010AI
D11 PLUG
E11 PLUG
A12 PLUG
B12 PLUG
C12 P080B
D12 PLUG
E12 PLUG
SHEET 2 OF 4
Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram (2 of 4)
AW70195,0001832 -19-07DEC17-2/7
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-41
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=470
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 3 B9—Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch B5111—Air Filter Restriction Switch B5203—Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Inlet Temperature Sensor B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor
E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid SP_E046_B—E046 WHT Splice 2 (DEF) Dosing Unit SP_G001_A—G001 BLK Splice 1 Pressure Line Heater SP_P010_C—P010 RED Splice 3 E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid SP_P052_A—P052 RED Splice 1 (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply SP_P057_A—P057 RED Splice 1 Line Heater SP_P059_A—P059 RED Splice 1 E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid SP_P060_A—P060 RED Splice 1 (DEF) Dosing Unit Return W33—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Line Heater Ground (if equipped) F31— Glow Plug 80 A Fuse W35—Left Frame Ground K2—Glow Plug Relay SP_B004_A—B004 RED Splice 1 SP_E045_B—E045 WHT Splice 2 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-42
W39—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) and Engine Control Unit (ECU) Ground X28— Left Main Harness-toDiesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness Connector X81— Main Harness Fuse Block Left Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector
AW70195,0001832 -19-07DEC17-3/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=471
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-43
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=472
System Diagrams
TX1215235 —UN—02JUN16
2 X5501 X5501
X5601 86
67 47
66 46
27
26
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
5
7 20
19
33
45
6 46
58
CAV WIRE
PLUG
42
PLUG
54
E001D
7
E050F
19
PLUG
31
G031D
43
PLUG
55
PLUG
8
PLUG
20
E049F
32
PLUG
44
E048B
56
PLUG
9
P048B
21
PLUG
33
R019B
45
PLUG
57
E047B
10
P042A
22
PLUG
34
R019A
46
PLUG
58
PLUG
11
E035A
23
P041C
35
PLUG
47
J007G
12
R005A
24
E033C
36
PLUG
48
J007A
57
—
65
R073A
73
—
81
—
2
R096A
10
—
18
R072A
26
R094A
34
R098A
42
—
50
—
58
—
66
—
74
—
82
—
3
R022A
11
—
19
P088A
27
—
35
—
43
—
51
—
59
—
67
—
75
—
83
—
4
PLUG
12
R039A
20
—
28
—
36
—
44
—
52
—
60
—
68
—
76
—
84
—
5
P036A
13
—
21
—
29
—
37
—
45
—
53
—
61
—
69
—
77
—
85
E082B
6
PLUG
14
—
22
—
30
—
38
—
46
P037A
54
—
62
—
70
—
78
—
86
P038A
7
—
15
—
23
—
31
—
39
—
47
—
55
—
63
—
71
—
79
—
8
R041B
16
—
24
E037A
32
P039A
40
—
48
R063A
56
—
64
—
72
—
80
—
R
SHIELD2B
L
G031O
P040E
R
N002A
R
N001A
R
R012V
R
P040A
R
N002B
R
N001C
R
R012Z
R
P040B
L
G031P
R
G031N
R
G031Q
E045C
30
—
L
51
G031G
49
N002D
M013O
18
—
L
39
P040A
41
P040D
PLUG
6
X007A
L
27
PLUG
33
G031H
PLUG
E046B
—
L
15
53
25
SHIELD184
G031E
52
N025A
L
3
PLUG
17
CAV WIRE
PLUG
PLUG
—
R012AH
50
41
9
L
M012Q
40
R064A
CAV WIRE
38
PLUG
1
N001B
PLUG
X011A
CAV WIRE
L
26
29
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
PLUG
28
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
14
PLUG
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
G031B
R061D
CAV WIRE
SP_SHIELD2_C
2
17
CAV WIRE
SP_R012_B
PLUG
16
CAV WIRE
SP_N001_A
49
P040B
CAV WIRE
SP_N002_A
N001A
G031C
SP_G031_B CAV WIRE L
G031B
L
G031C
L
G031D
SP_P055_A
SP_R019_A
SP_R012_Q
SP_M013_Q
SP_M012_L
L
G031E
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
G031F
L
P055C
L
R019C
L
R012AB
L
M013AD
L
M012AC
L
G031G
L
P055E
R
R019A
L
R012Z
L
M013N
L
M012N
L
G031N
R
P055A
R
R019B
R
R012AG
R
M013O
R
M012Q
R
G031I
SP_R012_F
SP_M013_A
SP_M012_A
SP_M012_L
R
G031J
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
R
G031K
L
R012AB
L
M013AD
L
M012AC
R
G031L
L
R012U
L
M013P
L
M012P
R
G031M
R
R012AF
R
M013AA
R
M012AA
SP_P055_A
SP_R019_A
SP_R012_Q
SP_M013_Q
1
SP_P040_A
37
5
CAV WIRE
SP_G031_A
R008C
4
CAV WIRE
SP_G031_A
25
1
CAV WIRE
SP_SHIELD2_C
CAV WIRE
PLUG
3
X5601
SP_R012_B
CAV WIRE
13
2
G
SP_N001_A
CAV WIRE
G031F
4
2A
SP_N002_A
CAV WIRE
1
32
1 R0
SP_P040_A
CAV WIRE
SP_G031_B
SP_J007_B
SP_R012_F
SP_M013_A
CAV WIRE X5502 1
2
3
4
5 6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
25 26 27 28 29 30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49 50 51 52 53 54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
73 74 75 76 77 78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
L
J007A
L
J007G
R
J007H
3
X53 SP_J007_B
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 9 10 11 12
X5502 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
9
17
25
33
41
49
57
65
73
81
89
2 3
R068B PLUG E013B
10 11
PLUG R051D PLUG
18 19
SHIELD2B R058B R015B
26 27
R092B E014B PLUG
34 35
PLUG X005A PLUG
42 43
N002B M014B M015B
50 51
R090B PLUG E015B
58 59
R021E R010B PLUG
66 67
PLUG R056B PLUG
74 75
R067B E012B PLUG
82 83
PLUG F001A PLUG
90 91
X16
PLUG E003A PLUG
1
6
2
5
3
4
1
7
X54
4
PLUG
12
PLUG
20
PLUG
28
PLUG
36
N006A
44
P054B
52
PLUG
60
PLUG
68
PLUG
76
PLUG
84
F003A
92
R004B
X16
5
X006A
13
X008A
21
P043B
29
PLUG
37
N004B
45
P055C
53
PLUG
61
N005A
69
PLUG
77
PLUG
85
PLUG
93
PLUG
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
6
PLUG
14
R053B
22
PLUG
30
N003B
38
X010A
46
PLUG
54
PLUG
62
X012A
70
PLUG
78
PLUG
86
PLUG
94
PLUG
1
4
7
R055B
15
PLUG
23
PLUG
31
X009A
39
X001A
47
PLUG
55
PLUG
63
M017B
71
PLUG
79
PLUG
87
PLUG
95
PLUG
2
P080B P082B
5
M012N
1
2 3 4 5 6
M013N 7 8
8
PLUG
16
R054B
24
P045B
32
E034B
40
N002A
48
PLUG
56
PLUG
64
PLUG
72
PLUG
80
PLUG
88
PLUG
96
PLUG
3
G001S
6
R012V
TX1215235
9 10 11 12
2 3 4 5 6
8 9 10 11 12
X53
X54
X55
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
PLUG
1
P041C
1
M012P
2
A011C
2
N005A
2
M013P
3
A009B
3
E035A
3
R012U
4
PLUG
4
R010B
4
G001T
5
A010B
5
R005A
5
P002N
6
P004M
6
N006A
6
P010AB
7
PLUG
7
P043B
7
E033C
8
PLUG
8
J007H
8
R051D
9
R008C
9
P042A
9
PLUG
10
X005A
10
E034B
10
PLUG
11
X006A
11
P055A
11
PLUG
12
R004B
12
E001D
12
PLUG
X55
SHEET 3 OF 4 Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram (3 of 4) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
SP_M012_A
9015-10-44
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=473
AW70195,0001832 -19-07DEC17-4/7
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-45
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=474
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 SP_M013_Q—M013 YEL Splice 17 SP_SHIELD2_C—SHIELD BLK X5501—Engine Control Unit 2— Continued on Sheet 4 SP_N001_A—N001 YEL Splice 1 SPLICE 3 (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 3— Continued on Sheet 4 SP_N002_A—N002 YEL Splice 1 X16— Left Main HarnessX5502—Engine Control Unit SP_G031_A—G031 BLK Splice 1 SP_P040_A—P040 RED Splice 1 to-JDLink™ Harness (ECU) 96-Pin Connector 1 SP_G031_B—G031 BLK Splice 2 SP_P055_A—P055 RED Splice 1 Connector X5601—Dosing Control Unit SP_J007_B—J007 TAN Splice 2 SP_R012_B—R012 BLK Splice 2 X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left (DCU) 86 Way Connector SP_M012_A—M012 YEL Splice 1 SP_R012_F—R012 BLK Splice 6 Main Harness Connector 1 SP_M012_L—M012 YEL Splice 12 SP_R012_Q—R012 BLK Splice 17 X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left SP_M013_A—M013 YEL Splice 1 SP_R019_A—R019 BLK Splice 1 Main Harness Connector 2 X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 3 JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-46
AW70195,0001832 -19-07DEC17-5/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=475
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-47
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=476
System Diagrams
TX1215236 —UN—02JUN16
B5600
2
CAV WIRE 2
1
SP_SHIELD2_D SP_SHIELD2_D
CAV WIRE L R
SHIELD2C
CAV WIRE
X5058
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
P045B
1
7
1
7
2
N003B
M015B
2
N002D
8
R015B
3
R054B
9
SHIELD2C
4
P048B
10
X012A
5
M014B
11
X009A
12
2
X5059
3
6 5 4
R058B
F003A
A
CAV WIRE 1
N001B
5
11
B5
CAV WIRE
X5059
6
2
B5115
SP_E049_A
X5057
P055E
P010C
B5600
SP_E049_A
SHIELD184
1
3 2 1
P040E E045H E046H
8 9
R021E E047B
X5058
E048B
4
G031O
10
X011A
5
P054B
11
X010A
12 11 10 9 8
6
M017B
12
PLUG
4
3 2 1
7 12 11 10 9 8
8
7
3 2 1
E049A
L
E049D
R
E049F
R5 1
R5
N004B
4
6 5 4
R061D
3
X5057
L
SP_E050_A
R053B
5
R056B
6
X008A
7
X001A
8
R055B
7 6 5
E012B
CAV WIRE
2
R067B
L
E050A
3
R090B
L
E050D
4
E015B
E050F
5
E014B
6
R092B
7
R068B
8
E013B
9
E049A
10
E049D
11
E050A
12
E050D
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
31 20
2
6 5 4
3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8
53 42
3
1
21 10
X5602
43 32
R
1
1
X5060 01
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_E050_A
R
F 2A
X5060
7
E008A
G1A CAV WIRE
G1
A
1
B004F
M6 CAV WIRE
M6 X5602 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
G031I
10
—
19
—
28
—
37
—
46
—
2
G031J
11
E045E
20
—
29
—
38
—
47
—
3
G031K
12
E046E
21
—
30
E080A
39
—
48
—
4
G031L
13
—
22
—
31
—
40
—
49
—
R5600
5
G031M
14
M012AA
23
—
32
—
41
R052A
50
—
CAV WIRE
6
P057A
15
M013AA
24
—
33
—
42
—
51
—
A
P010G
7
P057B
16
—
25
—
34
—
43
—
52
P010H
B
N001C
8
P057C
17
—
26
—
35
—
44
—
53
—
9
P057D
18
—
27
—
36
—
45
—
W 38
W38 CAV WIRE 1
G031Q
R5600
A
B
Y5501
TX1215236
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-48
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=477
P002N
B
PLUG
C
G001M
D
A011C PLUG PLUG
D
E
F
E
C
B
A
F
1
2
Y5501 CAV WIRE 1
P010F
2
G001O
SHEET 4 OF 4 Left Main Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram (4 of 4)
Continued on next page
A
AW70195,0001832 -19-07DEC17-6/7
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-49
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=478
System Diagrams
2— Continued on Sheet 3 3— Continued on Sheet 3 B5115—Engine Oil Pressure Switch B5600—Water-in-Fuel Sensor G1—Battery M6—Heater Valve Motor R5—Glow Plugs
R5600—Engine Oil Pressure X5057—Left Main HarnessSwitch Resistor to-Engine Harness SP_E049_A—E049 WHT Splice 1 Connector 1 SP_E050_A—E050 WHT Splice 1 X5058—Left Main HarnessSP_SHIELD2_D—SHIELD BLK to-Engine Harness Splice 4 Connector 2 W38—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) X5059—Left Main HarnessGround to-Engine Harness Connector 3
X5060—Left Main Harness-toEngine Fuel System Harness Connector X5602—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 53 Way Connector Y5501—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump
AW70195,0001832 -19-07DEC17-7/7
Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location NOTE: Wheeled and tracked machines are equipped with the same right main harness.
NOTE: Some relays contained within main harness fuse block right (X82). For more information, see Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-50
NR81152,0001846 -19-16NOV17-1/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=479
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-51
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=480
System Diagrams
TX1239075 —UN—19MAY17
X12
X12 B13 B13 X1
X1 X2
X2
W4 B5109 X86
X98
A
K6
X82
B5201
X15 A4
X82
X19
B5202
B4 X44
X51
W36
X45 X52
X46
K6
B20
A
Y18
X10 B17
Y17
X9
B12 X26
X30
X60 Y5
W4
Y16
X7
B11
X55 B16
W4 W23
B2
Y15
Y10
B3
X54 X26
B19
X53 Y22 Y20
Y6
X14
Y38
Y4
W23 Y8
Y19 Y21
Y7
X13
Y7 Y23
Y24 B
B TX1239075 Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-52
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=481
NR81152,0001846 -19-16NOV17-2/3
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-53
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=482
System Diagrams
A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main X44— Hydraulic Control Unit Y4— Port Lock Solenoid B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Harness 47-Pin Connector (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Sensor X7— Right Main Harness-to-Quik- X45— Hydraulic Control Unit Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Tatch™ Frame Harness (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 Y7— Ride Control Accumulator Restriction Switch 2-Pin Connector X46— Hydraulic Control Unit Solenoid B4—Fuel Level Sensor X9— Service Engine Speed (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3 Y8— Ride Control Reservoir B11— Left Pedal Sensor (if Control Connector X51— Right Main Harness-toSolenoid equipped) X10— Remote Start Box Rear Engine Harness Y10— High Flow Solenoid B12— Right Pedal Sensor (if Connector Connector 1 Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump equipped) X12— Right Main Harness-toX52— Right Main Harness-toSolenoid B13— Boom Position Sensor Dual Flasher Harness Rear Engine Harness Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor Connector Connector 2 Solenoid B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor X13— Right Main Harness-toX53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal Interface Harness Main Harness Connector 1 Solenoid Pedal Connector (left) X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump B20— Hydrostatic Oil X14— Right Main Harness-toMain Harness Connector 2 Solenoid Temperature Sensor Pedal Interface Harness X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y19— Boom Up Solenoid B5109—Aftertreatment Pressure Connector (right) Main Harness Connector 3 Y20— Boom Down Solenoid Sensor X15— Right Main Harness-toX60— Accessory Power Switch Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Engine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid (DOC) Inlet Temperature 8-Pin Connector X82— Main Harness Fuse Block Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Sensor X19— Right Main Harness-toRight Solenoid B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Engine Interface Harness X86— Right Main Harness-toY24— Auxiliary Port (female) (DOC) Outlet Temperature 1-Pin Connector Heater and Air Conditioner Solenoid Sensor X26— Right Main Harness-toHarness 4-Pin Connector Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid K6—Work Light Relay Attachment Control Frame X98— Right Main Harness-toW4—Right Main Harness Harness Connector Heater and Air Conditioner W23—Pedal Interface Harness X30— Right Main HarnessHarness 6-Pin Connector W36—Right Frame Ground to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness (self level) 4-Pin Harness 14-Pin Connector Connector Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001846 -19-16NOV17-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-54
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=483
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-55
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=484
System Diagrams
Right Main Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram XJ1237371 —UN—31AUG17
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X45
A003A ORG
X52
X2
A005E ORG
X2
A006C ORG
X2
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
SP_E043_A E043D
WHT
X51
X2
H015A GRN
X86
B3A
F002A
YEL
X45
X44
X86
X26
G001D
BLK
X55
Y19
A007C ORG
X86
W36-2
G002AR BLK
X1
X2
A008A ORG
SP_A008_A
X12
G002X
BLK
X45
A008D ORG
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
END#1
X26
B16
M005A
VLT
X44
X44
P010E
RED
SP_P010_B
SP_R012_A R012Y BLK
X52
X53
X005B YEL
B5201
H023B GRN
X2
B16
M006B
VLT
X44
X51
P010Z
RED
SP_P010_B
X45
R030A BLK
Y15
X53
X006B YEL
B5202
H030A GRN
X44
B17
M007A
VLT
X44
X82
P015A
RED
X1
Y16
R031A BLK
X45
B20
X013A YEL
X44
Y20
H031A GRN
X44
B17
M008A
VLT
X45
X82
P017A
RED
X1
Y17
R032A BLK
X46
B4
Y001A YEL
X2
X1
Y22
H032A GRN
X46
SP_M012_N M012AD YEL
X52
SP_P018_A P018A
RED
X82
Y18
R033A BLK
X46
SP_A008_A
X82
G004A
BLK
SP_G004_C
Y21
H033A GRN
X46
SP_M012_N M012AE YEL
SP_M012_K
X82
P018B
RED
SP_P018_A
Y19
R034A BLK
X44
SP_A008_A A008E ORG
X98
K6
G004AA BLK
SP_G004_C
X2
H034A GRN
Y23
SP_M012_K M012AG YEL
X55
X82
P018C
RED
SP_P018_A
Y20
R035A BLK
X44
X53
A009C ORG
X86
Y5
G004AB BLK
SP_G004_D
X2
H035A GRN
Y24
X45
M012S
YEL
SP_M012_K
X82
P022A
RED
X1
X46
R036A BLK
Y22
X53
A010C ORG
X15
Y10
G004AC BLK
SP_G004_D
Y4
H041A GRN
X46
SP_M012_N M012T
YEL
X2
X82
P023A
RED
X1
Y21
R037A BLK
X46
X2
A011A ORG
X53
B3B
G004AD BLK
SP_G004_D
X46
H042B GRN
X13
SP_M013_B M013AB LT GRN X52
SP_P032_A P032A
RED
X44
Y23
R038A BLK
SP_R038_A
X2
A013C ORG
X98
SP_G004_D G004AE BLK
X98
X46
H043B GRN
X13
SP_M013_B M013AE LT GRN SP_M013_D
X46
P032B
RED
SP_P032_A
X2
R038B BLK
SP_R038_A
X1
A018A ORG
X52
Y4
SP_G004_C
X46
H044B GRN
X14
SP_M013_D M013AG LT GRN X55
X2
P032D
RED
SP_P032_A
SP_R038_A R038C BLK
Y24
X82
B001A RED
SP_B001_A
SP_G004_C G004AG BLK
X82
X46
H045B GRN
X14
X45
LT GRN SP_M013_D
X45
P033B
RED
X2
B16
R044D BLK
SP_R044_C
X82
B001B RED
SP_B001_A
SP_G004_D G004AH BLK
SP_G004_C
B13
H046A GRN
X45
SP_M013_B M013S
LT GRN X2
B16
P035A
RED
SP_P035_A
X13
R044E BLK
SP_R044_C
X82
B001C RED
SP_B001_A
W36-1
G004AI
BLK
SP_G004_C
B13
H047A GRN
X45
X54
N005B
YEL
B5109
X44
P035B
RED
SP_P035_A
X14
R044F
BLK
SP_R044_C
SP_B001_A B001D RED
X82
Y7
G004AJ BLK
SP_G004_C
X46
H048D GRN
X30
X54
N006B
YEL
B5109
B17
P035C
RED
SP_P035_A
B17
R044G BLK
SP_R044_C
X82
B001E RED
SP_B001_A
SP_G004_C G004AK BLK
X98
X46
H049D GRN
X30
X82
P001A
RED
X82
X54
P041A
RED
X2
X45
R044H BLK
SP_R044_C
X82
B001F RED
SP_B001_A
Y8
G004B
BLK
SP_G004_C
X44
H050B GRN
X15
X82
P002B
RED
SP_P002_B
X9
P042B
RED
X54
X44
R050A BLK
X51
X82
B001G RED
SP_B001_A
X82
G004C
BLK
SP_G004_C
Y8
H051A GRN
X2
X55
P002C
RED
SP_P002_B
X54
P043A
RED
B19
B5201
R051A BLK
SP_R051_A
X82
B001H RED
SP_B001_A
X82
G004D
BLK
SP_G004_C
Y7
H052A GRN
X2
SP_P002_B P002D
RED
X1
SP_P049_C P049C
RED
X14
B5109
R051B BLK
SP_R051_A
X82
B001I
G004AF BLK
M013R
SP_B001_A
Y38
G004E
BLK
SP_G004_C
X45
H053A GRN
K6
X60
P002M
RED
SP_P002_B
X13
P049H
RED
SP_P049_C
B5202
R051C BLK
SP_R051_A
SP_B001_A B001J RED
X19
X82
G004F
BLK
SP_G004_C
X12
J003D TAN
X1
SP_P002_B P002O
RED
X15
X45
P049I
RED
SP_P049_C
X55
R051E BLK
SP_R051_A
X82
SP_B010_A
X82
G004G
BLK
SP_G004_C
X7
J004A TAN
X82
X45
P004A
RED
SP_P004_A
B13
P050A
RED
SP_P050_B
X44
R060B BLK
X15
SP_B010_A B010B RED
X82
X51
G004O
BLK
SP_G004_D
X7
J005A TAN
X82
SP_P004_A P004B
RED
X45
X30
P050F
RED
SP_P050_B
B13
R062A BLK
SP_R062_B
X82
B010C RED
SP_B010_A
X45
G034A
BLK
SP_G034_A
X82
J006A TAN
X2
X10
P004L
RED
SP_P004_A
X45
P050H
RED
SP_P050_B
X30
R062F
BLK
SP_R062_B
X2
E001A WHT
SP_E001_A
SP_G034_A G034B
BLK
X45
X82
J007B TAN
SP_J007_A
X53
P004N
RED
SP_P004_A
B5109
P055D
RED
X54
X45
R062H BLK
SP_R062_B
X54
E001B WHT
SP_E001_A
X45
G034C
BLK
SP_G034_A
X82
J007C TAN
SP_J007_A
X1
P004O
RED
SP_P004_A
X82
P062A
RED
X51
B20
R062I
BLK
SP_R062_B
X10
E001F WHT
SP_E001_A
W36-3
G034D
BLK
SP_G034_A
SP_J007_A J007D TAN
X82
X82
P005A
RED
X1
B4
R001B
BLK
X2
B2
R062J
BLK
SP_R062_B
SP_E001_A E001G WHT
X15
Y10
H003A
GRN
X45
X54
J007E TAN
SP_J007_A
X82
P006A
RED
K6
X46
R003A
BLK
Y6
X52
R074A BLK
X2
X2
E032A WHT
SP_E032_A
X2
H004A
GRN
X82
X82
J007F
TAN
SP_J007_A
X82
P009G
RED
SP_P009_C
X53
R004C
BLK
X15
X2
R076B BLK
X52
X82
E032B WHT
SP_E032_A
X2
H005A
GRN
X82
X51
L001A BRN
SP_L001_C
X98
P009H
RED
SP_P009_C
X9
R005B
BLK
X54
X2
T003A
BLU
Y5
X10
E032D WHT
SP_E032_A
Y38
H007A
GRN
X46
X1
L001I
BRN
SP_L001_C
SP_P009_C P009J
RED
X98
X53
R008A
BLK
X2
X46
T005A
BLU
Y6
X55
E033A WHT
X2
X2
H010A
GRN
X26
X1
L001K BRN
SP_L001_C
X82
P010AA RED
SP_P010_B
X54
R010A
WHT
B19
X45
T030A
BLU
Y15
X54
E034A WHT
B19
X2
H011A
GRN
X26
K6
L001L BRN
SP_L001_C
X55
P010AE RED
SP_P010_B
SP_R012_A R012AC BLK
SP_R012_E
Y16
T031A
BLU
X45
X9
E035B WHT
X54
X26
H012A
GRN
X2
X51
L002B BRN
X2
SP_P010_B P010AF RED
X1
SP_R012_E R012AE BLK
X55
Y17
T032A
BLU
X46
X44
E042B WHT
X52
X26
H013A
GRN
X2
X2
L003C TAN
X12
X82
P010AG RED
SP_P010_B
X45-DRAIN R012B
SP_R012_E
Y18
T033A
BLU
X46
X45
E043B WHT
SP_E043_A
X2
H014A
GRN
X26
X12
L003D TAN
X2
X45
P010D
SP_P010_B
SP_R012_A R012W BLK
X2
B2
X002A
YEL
X44
RED
B010A RED
RED
XJ1237371
BLK
END#1 WIRE
COLOR END#2
SHEET 1 OF 4 Right Main Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (1 of 4) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
9015-10-56
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=485
BJ21193,0000198 -19-08SEP17-1/7
System Diagrams
XJ1237370 —UN—07SEP17
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
D
J003D L003D
E
PLUG
C
L003C
F
PLUG
SP_G004_D
X12
CAV WIRE
G002X
B
D C
E B
F
B13
A
CAV WIRE 1
P050A
2 X2 47
20
2
1
4
3
H046A
3
R062A
4
B13
H047A
2
B5109
L
G004AE
L
G004O
B5202
SP_P009_C
R
G004AB
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
R
G004AC
1
X006B
L
P009H
R
G004AD
2
R051C
L
P009J
R
G004AH
R
P009G
CAV WIRE
SP_G004_D
30
D
F
M C
A G
J
SP_E001_A
L
B H
X2
N
K
CAV WIRE
X1 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
R074A
11
R076B
21
T003A
31
H014A
41
E001A
A
G002AR
H
P017A
2
H051A
12
H004A
22
PLUG
32
H015A
42
J006A
B
G002X
J
P002D
SP_B001_A
3
H052A
13
H005A
23
PLUG
33
L003D
43
PLUG
C
P005A
K
L001I
CAV WIRE
L001K
L
B001A B001B B001C
P032D
14
PLUG
24
E032A
34
PLUG
44
L003C
D
P010AF
L
5
P033B
15
A006C
25
Y001A
35
H034A
45
P041A
E
P023A
M
P004O
L
6
L002B
16
A007C
26
H023B
36
R038B
46
E033A
F
P022A
N
P015A
L
7
A005E
17
A013C
27
H010A
37
H035A
47
R008A
G
J003D
P
A018A
L
B001D
L
B001E
8 9 10
A008A PLUG A011A
18 19 20
R001B PLUG PLUG
28 29 30
H011A H012A H013A
38 39 40
M012T
L
M013S
L
R012W
X15 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
H050B
5
E001G
2
R060B
6
R004C 8
3
P002O
7
PLUG
4
A010C
8
PLUG
E001A
R
E001B
R
E001F
R
E001G
L
B001H
L
B001I
R
B001J
2
R051B
3
P055D
4
N006B
5
N005B
6
—
X98 CAV WIRE
6 5 4 3 2 1
B5109
X98
SP_R012_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
R051A
L
R012Y
L
R051B
R
R012AC
SP_G004_C
L
R051C
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
R
R051E
R
SP_M013_B
X51
R012W
6
2
5
3
4
P009J
2
P009H
3
A013C
4
A008E
5
G004AK
6
G004AE
7 6
2
A006C
3
A005E
4
A007C
5
3 4
6 7 8
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
G004O
5
L002B
2
E043D
6
L001A
3
R050A
7
P010Z
X82 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
P001A
B4
J007F
C7
J007D
D10 J004A
A2
B001G
B5
P017A
C8
J006A
D11 PLUG
J007C
D12 G004C
L
G004AF
L
A008E
L
G004AH
SP_M013_B
SP_M012_N
A3
P010AA
B6
B001C
C9
SP_L001_C
R
A008D
L
G004AI
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A4
B010C
B7
P062A
C10 E032B
E1
PLUG
CAV WIRE
SP_A008_A
L
G004AJ
L
M013AB
L
M012AD
A5
P009G
B8
P010AG
C11 P018C
E2
PLUG
M012AE
A6
B001E
B9
PLUG
C12 B001A
E3
PLUG
M012T
A7
P023A
B10 PLUG
D1
PLUG
E4
PLUG
L
L001A
L
L001I
L
L001K L001L
SP_E001_A
SP_L001_C
L
G004AK
R
M013AE
L
G004B
R
M013S
R
L
G004E
R R R
SP_E032_A CAV WIRE
SP_E032_A
4
R
R
G004A G004AA G004AG
P062A
8
PLUG
A8
B001F
B11 P005A
D2
PLUG
E5
PLUG
SP_J007_A
B5201
A9
P022A
B12 B001I
D3
PLUG
E6
PLUG
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A10 B010A
C1
G004G
D4
PLUG
E7
H005A
1
X005B
A11 P015A
C2
P002B
D5
PLUG
E8
G004A
2
R051A
A12 B001H
C3
G004AG
D6
PLUG
E9
P018B
B1
P001A
C4
B010B
D7
J005A
E10 H004A
B2
J007B
C5
P006A
D8
PLUG
E11 G004D
B3
B001B
C6
B001D
D9
G004F
E12 P018A
L R
J007B J007C J007D
L
E032A
R
G004D
R
R
E032B
R
G004F
R
R
E032D
R
G004G
R
X52
J007E
G004C
SP_G004_C
J007F
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
5
M012AD
2
1
X52
R076B
2
M013AB
6
E042B
1
2
3
4
3
R012Y
7
A003A
5
6
7
8
4
R074A
8
A018A
B5201
1
SP_J007_A
B4 CAV WIRE
K6
1
Y001A
CAV WIRE
2
R001B
30
P006A
85
G004AA
86
H053A
87
L001L
CAV WIRE 1
B001J X19
A009C
A008A
5
X15
1
X51 1 2
SP_M012_N
1
1
3 4
X19
1
SP_R051_A
SP_A008_A
B001F B001G
3
L
R
SP_B001_A 1 2
L
2
CAV WIRE
—
X1 P
4
X86
SP_R012_A
SP_R051_A E
CAV WIRE
1 SP_P009_C
1
40
1
1
2
4
X86
B5202
X12
2
SP_P018_A
SP_B010_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
R
86
P018A
SP_P018_A
SP_B010_A
R
B010A
A
X82
SP_P002_B SP_P002_B
R
P018B
R
B010B
CAV WIRE
R
P018C
R
B010C
L
P002B
L
P002D
L
P002O
R
P002C
R
P002M
30
87 87A 85
1
B4
1
E
12
K6
87A PLUG
XJ1237370 Right Main Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (2 of 4)
SHEET 2 OF 4
BJ21193,0000198 -19-08SEP17-2/7
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-57
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=486
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 3 SP_E001_A—E001 WHT Splice 1 SP_R051_A—R051 BLK Splice 1 B4—Fuel Level Sensor SP_E032_A—E032 WHT Splice 1 X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main B13— Boom Position Sensor SP_G004_C—G004 BLK Splice 3 Harness 14-Pin Connector B5109—Aftertreatment Pressure SP_G004_D—G004 BLK Splice 4 X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Sensor SP_J007_A—J007 TAN Splice 1 Harness 47-Pin Connector B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst SP_L001_C—L001 BRN Splice 3 X12— Right Main Harness-to(DOC) Inlet Temperature SP_M012_N—M012 YEL Splice 14 Dual Flasher Harness Sensor SP_M013_B—M013 LT GRN X15— Right Main Harness-toB5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Splice 2 Engine Interface Harness (DOC) Outlet Temperature SP_P002_B—P002 RED Splice 2 8-Pin Connector Sensor SP_P009_C—P009 RED Splice 3 X19— Right Main Harness-toK6—Work Light Relay SP_P018_A—P018 RED Splice 1 Engine Interface Harness SP_A008_A—A008 ORG Splice 1 SP_R012_A—R012 BLK Splice 1 1-Pin Connector SP_B001_A—B001 RED Splice 1 X51— Right Main Harness-toSP_B010_A—B010 RED Splice 1 Rear Engine Harness Connector 1 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-58
X52— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness Connector 2 X82— Main Harness Fuse Block Right X86— Right Main Harness-toHeater and Air Conditioner Harness 4-Pin Connector X98— Right Main Harness-toHeater and Air Conditioner Harness 6-Pin Connector
BJ21193,0000198 -19-08SEP17-3/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=487
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-59
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=488
System Diagrams
XJ1244298 —UN—07SEP17
Y6
B2
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
A
T005A
2
R003A
B
X002A
1
R062J
B
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE 2
1
1
Y17 2
1
T032A
2
R032A
H003A A BC DE F G H J K L M
2
B2
2
1
2
T030A
2
R030A
1
Y18
Y10
CAV WIRE 2
1
Y1 5
1
T033A
Y1 8
2
R033A
Y16
2
1
Y16
CAV WIRE 1
A BC DE F G H
4 3 2
4
1
1
3 2
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
M012S
C1
A008D
E1
PLUG
G1
PLUG
J1
P049I
L1
P004B
A2
PLUG
C2
H046A
E2
PLUG
G2
M008A
J2
R044H
L2
G034A
A3
PLUG
C3
R031A
E3
PLUG
G3
H047A
J3
PLUG
L3
PLUG
A4
T030A
C4
PLUG
E4
PLUG
G4
E043B
J4
H003A
L4
P033B
B1
M013R
D1
PLUG
F1
PLUG
H1
PLUG
K1
P050H
M1
P010D
B2
PLUG
D2
PLUG
F2
F002A
H2
PLUG
K2
R062H
M2
G034B
CAV WIRE
B3
PLUG
D3
T031A
F3
PLUG
H3
PLUG
K3
PLUG
M3
G034C
1
T031A
B4
R030A
D4
PLUG
F4
PLUG
H4
H053A
K4
A003A
M4
P004A
2
R031A
X44
SP_M012_K
SP_M013_D
SP_R012_E
CAV WIRE
G004AD 2
1
1
B
B3A
X46
T003A
2
G004AB
3
1
P002M
M006B
C1
PLUG
E1
PLUG
G1
H023B
A2
P010E
C2
X013A
E2
PLUG
G2
PLUG
L
M012AE
A3
R050A
C3
H050B
E3
PLUG
G3
PLUG
L
M012AG
A4
R060B
C4
H030A
E4
R035A
G4
PLUG
R
M012S
B1
M007A
D1
PLUG
F1
X002A
H1
PLUG
B2
M005A
D2
PLUG
F2
PLUG
H2
P035B
B3
E042B
D3
PLUG
F3
PLUG
H3
PLUG
B4
R034A
D4
H031A
F4
PLUG
H4
P032A
CAV WIRE L
M013AE
L
M013AG
R
M013R
L
CAV WIRE
SP_P010_B
X46
A
P004L
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
B
E032D
SP_R062_B
L
P010AA
A1
C
E001F
CAV WIRE
L
P010AF
A2
R033A
C2
T032A
E2
PLUG
G2
T005A
D
PLUG
L
L
P010AG
SP_P050_B
A3
PLUG
C3
PLUG
E3
H048D
G3
H045B
PLUG
C4
PLUG
E4
H049D
G4
H043B
B20
B
R062A
A
CAV WIRE
R032A
C1
H033A
CAV WIRE E1
H041A
CAV WIRE G1
R003A
L
R062I
L
P010Z
SP_E043_A
CAV WIRE
A4
L
R062J
R
P010AE
CAV WIRE
L
P050A
B1
R037A
D1
H007A
F1
H032A
H1
P032B
CAV WIRE
R
R062F
R
P010D
L
E043D
R
P050F
B2
T033A
D2
PLUG
F2
R036A
H2
PLUG
A
X013A
R
R062H
R
P010E
R
E043B
R
P050H
B3
PLUG
D3
PLUG
F3
PLUG
H3
PLUG
B
R062I
SP_R062_B
SP_P050_B
B4
PLUG
D4
PLUG
F4
H042B
H4
H044B
X1 0
A
A1
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
X10
A
CAV WIRE
X6
B20
X30
SP_R012_E
F002A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
4
2
X60
CAV WIRE
A BC DE F G H
Y5
CAV WIRE 1
CAV WIRE SP_M012_K
SP_M013_D
Y5
B3
B3A
2B
X45
1
B3B
X44
R01
G004AC
Y15
A
CAV WIRE
Y6
X45
Y10 Y17
0
SP_P010_B
SP_E043_A
SP_G034_A
1
4
2
3
X30
R012AC
L
R012AE
R
R012B
CAV WIRE 1
P050F
2
H048D
3
H049D
4
R062F
X7 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE L
G034D
R
G034A
R
G034B
R
G034C
A
J004A
B
J005A
A
B
X7
SP_G034_A
1
2
36
-3
W36-1
1
X9
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
G034D
A
R005B
W36-2
B
E035B
CAV WIRE
C
P042B
36 -
G004AI
W36-3
W
1
W36-2
1
X9
C
B
G002AR Right Main Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (3 of 4)
Continued on next page
9015-10-60
SP_P004_A
SP_P032_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
P004L
L
P032D
L
P004O
R
P032A
R
P004A
R
P032B
R
P004B
R
P004N
A
XJ1244298
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
SP_P032_A B17
W
CAV WIRE
SP_P004_A
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=489
CAV WIRE 1
P035C
2
M007A
3
R044G
4
M008A
1
4
2
3
B17
SHEET 3 OF 4 BJ21193,0000198 -19-08SEP17-4/7
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-61
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=490
System Diagrams
1— Continued on Sheet 2 SP_P004_A—P004 RED Splice 1 X9— Service Engine Speed 2— Continued on Sheet 4 SP_P010_B—P010 RED Splice 2 Control Connector B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature SP_P032_A—P032 RED Splice 1 X10— Remote Start Box Sensor SP_P050_B—P050 RED Splice 2 Connector B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter SP_R012_E—R012 BLK Splice 5 X30— Right Main HarnessRestriction Switch SP_R062_B—R062 BLK Splice 2 to-Quik-Tatch™ Frame B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor W36—Right Frame Ground Harness (self-level) 4-Pin B20— Hydrostatic Oil X7— Right Main Harness-to-QuikConnector Temperature Sensor Tatch™ Frame Harness X44— Hydraulic Control Unit SP_E043_A—E043 WHT Splice 1 2-Pin Connector (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1 SP_G034_A—G034 BLK Splice 1 X45— Hydraulic Control Unit SP_M012_K—M012 YEL Splice 11 (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 SP_M013_D—M013 LT GRN X46— Hydraulic Control Unit Splice 4 (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3
X60— Accessory Power Switch 1-Pin Connector Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid Y10— High Flow Solenoid Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-62
BJ21193,0000198 -19-08SEP17-5/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=491
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-63
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=492
System Diagrams
TX1215596 —UN—11MAY16
Y19
Y4
B19
CAV WIRE A
G004AF
B
H041A
L
R044D
L
R044G
L
R044H
R
R044E
R
R044F
A
PLUG
B
PLUG
C
SP_R044_C CAV WIRE
A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
D
B
Y4
1 2 F
2
1
X13
R034A Y19
H030A
B19
P043A R010A
F
E034A
1
R044E
2
H042B
3
H043B
4
P049H
A
PLUG
E
Y7
CAV WIRE
4 3
1 2
Y22
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
H052A
1
R036A
2
G004AJ
2
H032A 2
2
X1
B16
1
B16
1
3 Y7
Y22
1
4
2
3
CAV WIRE 1
P035A
2
M005A
3
R044D
4
M006B
Y24
SP_R044_C
2
1
X54 Y24
SP_R038_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE L
R038B
R
R038A
R
R038C
SP_R038_A
2
H035A
6 5 4
CAV WIRE
2
H044B
SP_P049_C
3
H045B
CAV WIRE
4
P049C
R
R038C
3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8
R044F
R
1 X14
1
L
CAV WIRE
Y8 Y21
Y20
Y23
X14
CAV WIRE 2
4 3
Y20
1 2
1 2
1
R035A
2
H031A
2
1
Y38
X54
P049C P049H
SP_P049_C
Y23
1
R037A
CAV WIRE
2
H033A
1
R038A
2
H034A
2
N005B
3
E035B
4
R010A
5
R005B
X26
7
CAV WIRE
6
N006B
CAV WIRE
1
H051A
A
G004E
7
P043A
A
G001D
2
G004B
B
H007A
8
J007E
B
H013A
9
P042B
C
H011A
10
E034A
D
H010A
11
P055D
E
H014A
12
E001B
F
H012A
G
H015A
H
PLUG
1
CAV WIRE
P041A
CAV WIRE
Y21
P049I
1
2
1
A
Y38
Y8
B
2 X53 SP_P035_A
F
G
H
C
B
A
X55
X26
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_P035_A
1
PLUG
7
PLUG
1
M012AG
7
E033A
CAV WIRE
2
A011A
8
PLUG
2
M013AG
8
R051E
L
P035B
3
A009C
9
R008A
3
R012AE
9
PLUG
L
P035C
4
G001D
10
PLUG
R
P035A
5
P002C
11
PLUG
6
P010AE
12
PLUG
6 5
4
PLUG
10
4
6 5
3 2 1
4
3 2 1
X005B
5
A010C
11
X006B
6
P004N
12
R004C
TX1215596
12 11 10 9 8 7
12 11 10 9 8 7
X53
X55
SHEET 4 OF 4 Right Main Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (4 of 4) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
E D
9015-10-64
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=493
BJ21193,0000198 -19-08SEP17-6/7
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-65
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=494
System Diagrams
2— Continued on Sheet 3 B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor B19— Engine Speed Control Pedal SP_P035_A—P035 RED Splice 1 SP_P049_C—P049 RED Splice 3 SP_R038_A—R038 BLK Splice 1 SP_R044_C—R044 BLK Splice 3 X13— Right Main Harness-toPedal Interface Harness Connector (left)
X14— Right Main Harness-toX55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid Pedal Interface Harness Main Harness Connector 3 Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Connector (right) Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Solenoid X26— Right Main Harness-toY7— Ride Control Accumulator Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Attachment Control Frame Solenoid Solenoid Harness Connector Y8— Ride Control Reservoir Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid X53— Right Main Harness-to-Left Solenoid Main Harness Connector 1 Y19— Boom Up Solenoid X54— Right Main Harness-to-Left Y20— Boom Down Solenoid Main Harness Connector 2 Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid BJ21193,0000198 -19-08SEP17-7/7
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-66
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=495
System Diagrams
Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location
E7
E6 F11 F10 W5 X12 F19
E7
E6
TX1221009 —UN—11AUG16
E8
TX1221009 Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location F11— Right Flasher Light In-Line W5—Dual Flasher Harness E6— Left Flasher Light 5 A Fuse X12— Right Main Harness-toE7— Right Flasher Light F19— Beacon In-Line 5 A Fuse Dual Flasher Harness E8— Beacon Connector F10— Left Flasher Light In-Line 5 A Fuse
JL05046,000020C -19-12AUG16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-67
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=496
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-68
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=497
System Diagrams
Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X12
G001A BLK
SP_G001_A
E7
G001B BLK
SP_G001_A
E8
G001C BLK
SP_G001_A
E6
G001D BLK
SP_G001_A
X12
L003A1 BRN
SP_L003A1_A
X12
L003A2 BRN
SP_L003A2_A
E6
L004
SP_L004_A
SP_L005_A
L005
BRN
E7
SP_L005_A
LFHA1 BLK
F11
F11
LFHA2 BLK
SP_L003A1_A
SP_L003A2_A LFHB1 BLK
F10
F10
LFHB2 BLK
SP_L004_A
SP_P010_A
LFHC1 BLK
F19
F19
LFHC2 BLK
SP_P010_B
X12
P010
SP_P010_A
SP_P010_B
P010A RED
RED
CAV WIRE A
P010
B
L003A1
C
L003A2
D
G001A
E
—
F
—
E8 CAV WIRE
SP_P010_B F
E
D
A
B
C
1
P010A
2
G001C
CAV WIRE
X12
E8
SP_P010_A
L
LFHC2
R
P010A
SP_P010_B
2
1
E8
BRN
X12
SP_G001_A
L
LFHC1
R
P010
F1
CAV WIRE
9
CAV WIRE
SP_P010_A
SP_L005_A CAV WIRE
F11
L
LFHA1
CAV WIRE
R
L005
1
LFHA1
2
LFHA2
SP_L005_A
L
G001A
R
G001B
R
G001C
R
G001D
F19 CAV WIRE 1
LFHC1
2
LFHC2
SP_G001_A
E6 CAV WIRE
F10
F11
1
L004
2
G001D
E7 2
1
F10 SP_L003A1_A
SP_L003A2_A
CAV WIRE
SP_L004_A
SP_L003A1_A
SP_L003A2_A
1
LFHB1
SP_L004_A
2
LFHB2
CAV WIRE
E7 CAV WIRE 1
L005
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
2
G001B
L
LFHA2
L
LFHB1
L
LFHB2
R
L003A1
R
L003A2
R
L004
TX1215182
1
E6
TX1215182 —UN—03JUN16
2
Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-69
AW70195,0001838 -19-31MAY16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=498
System Diagrams F19— Beacon In-Line 5 A Fuse E6— Left Flasher Light SP_G001_A—G001 BLK Splice 1 E7— Right Flasher Light SP_L003A1_A—L003A1 BRN E8— Beacon Splice 1 F10— Left Flasher Light In-Line 5 SP_L004_A—L004 BRN Splice 1 A Fuse F11— Right Flasher Light In-Line 5 A Fuse
SP_L004_B—L004 BRN Splice 2 SP_L005_A—L005 BRN Splice 1 SP_P010_A—P010 RED Splice 1 SP_P010_B—P010 RED Splice 2
X12— Right Main Harness-toDual Flasher Harness Connector
AW70195,0001838 -19-31MAY16-2/2
JDLink™ Harness (W7) Component Location 4G SYSTEM
3G SYSTEM
A6001
A
A
A A6000 X16 XJ1248961 —UN—31JAN18
W7
XJ1249961 JDLink™ Harness (W7) Component Location A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit
A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna W7—JDLink™ Harness
X16— Left Main Harnessto-JDLink™ Harness Connector
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,000020E -19-18DEC17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-70
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=499
System Diagrams
JDLink™ Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram 3G System CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
A6000
G001A BLK
SP_G001_C
X16
A6000
G001B BLK
SP_G001_C
CAV WIRE
SP_G001_C
G001C BLK
X16
1
P080A
A6000
M012A YEL
X16
2
P082A
A6000
M013I
LT GRN X16
3
G001C
X16
P080A RED
A6000
4
M012A
X16
P082A RED
A6000
5
M013I
X16
6
R012G
A6000-DRAIN R012G BLK
6
1
5
2
4
3
X16
A6000 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
PLUG
C1
PLUG
E1
PLUG
G1
PLUG
J1
PLUG
L1
P080A
A2
PLUG
C2
PLUG
E2
PLUG
G2
PLUG
J2
PLUG
L2
PLUG
A3
PLUG
C3
PLUG
E3
PLUG
G3
PLUG
J3
PLUG
L3
PLUG
A4
PLUG
C4
PLUG
E4
PLUG
G4
PLUG
J4
PLUG
L4
PLUG
B1
PLUG
D1
PLUG
F1
PLUG
H1
M012A
K1
PLUG
M1
G001B
B2
PLUG
D2
PLUG
F2
PLUG
H2
M013I
K2
PLUG
M2
P082A
B3
PLUG
D3
PLUG
F3
G001A
H3
PLUG
K3
PLUG
M3
PLUG
B4
PLUG
D4
PLUG
F4
PLUG
H4
PLUG
K4
PLUG
M4
PLUG
4 3 2 1
A BC DE F G H J K L M
A6000 R0
G 12
TX1212261
SP_G001_C CAV WIRE L
G001A
L
G001B
R
G001C
SP_G001_C
TX1212261 —UN—03MAY16
CAV WIRE
JDLink™ Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-71
AW70195,000182E -19-31JAN18-1/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=500
System Diagrams A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit
SP_G001_C—G001 BLK Splice 3 X16— Left Main Harnessto-JDLink™ Harness Connector
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-72
AW70195,000182E -19-31JAN18-2/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=501
System Diagrams 4G System CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
A6000
G001A BLK
COLOR END#2 SP_G001_C
X16
A6000
G001B BLK
SP_G001_C
CAV WIRE
SP_G001_C
G001C BLK
X16
1
P080A
A6000
G001D BLK
SP_G001_C
2
P082A
A6000
M012A YEL
X16
3
G001C
A6000
M013I
LT GRN X16
4
M012A
X16
P080A RED
A6000
5
M013I
X16
P082A RED
A6000
6
R012G
A6000A
R012G BLK
X16
6
1
5
2
4
3
X16
A6000 CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A1
PLUG
C1
PLUG
E1
PLUG
G1
PLUG
J1
PLUG
L1
P080A
SP_G001_C
A2
PLUG
C2
PLUG
E2
PLUG
G2
PLUG
J2
PLUG
L2
PLUG
CAV WIRE
A3
PLUG
C3
PLUG
E3
PLUG
G3
PLUG
J3
PLUG
L3
PLUG
L
G001A
A4
PLUG
C4
PLUG
E4
PLUG
G4
PLUG
J4
PLUG
L4
PLUG
L
G001B
B1
PLUG
D1
PLUG
F1
PLUG
H1
M012A
K1
PLUG
M1
G001B
B2
PLUG
D2
PLUG
F2
PLUG
H2
M013I
K2
PLUG
M2
P082A
R L
G001C G001D
B3
PLUG
D3
PLUG
F3
G001A
H3
PLUG
K3
PLUG
M3
PLUG
B4
PLUG
D4
PLUG
F4
G001D
H4
PLUG
K4
PLUG
M4
PLUG
1
A BC DE F G H J K L M
A6000 R0
G 12
XJ1248962
XJ1248962 —UN—31JAN18
4 3 2
SP_G001_C
JDLink™ Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-73
AW70195,000182E -19-31JAN18-3/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=502
System Diagrams A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit
SP_G001_C—G001 BLK Splice 3 X16— Left Main Harnessto-JDLink™ Harness Connector
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company AW70195,000182E -19-31JAN18-4/4
Radio Harness (W8) Component Location
A7
B26 F12 X21
B27
TX1214400 —UN—22APR16
W8
W34
TX1214400 Radio Harness (W8) Component Location A7—Radio B26— Left Speaker B27— Right Speaker
F12— Radio In-Line 3 A Fuse W8—Radio Harness
W34—Antenna X21— Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness 4-Pin Connector JL05046,0000210 -19-25APR16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-74
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=503
System Diagrams
Radio Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram F12
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
A7
A014
WHT
CAV WIRE
B27
A7
A015
GRY
B26
A7
G002
BLK
X21
F12
P002
RED
X21
A7
P016
RED
F12
A7
R014
BLK
B27
A7
R015
BLK
B26
A
P016
B
P002
A
B
F12
3
2
1
6
5
4
9
8
7
B27
B27
A7
CAV WIRE A
A7
B
A
A014
B
R014
—
2
R015
3
—
4
B26 C
D
B
A
X21
A014 R014
CAV WIRE
6
A015
A
P002
B26
7
G002
B
G002
CAV WIRE
8
—
C
—
A
A015
P016
D
—
B
R015
5
9
A
B
TX1215259
TX1215259 —UN—03JUN16
1
X2
1
CAV WIRE
Radio Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram A7—Radio B26— Left Speaker B27— Right Speaker
F12— Radio In-Line 3 A Fuse X21— Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness 4-Pin Connector AW70195,0001831 -19-13MAY16-1/1
Rear Camera Harness (W10) Component Location For information regarding rear camera harness (W10) component location, see Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) JL05046,0000212 -19-26APR16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-75
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=504
System Diagrams
Rear Camera Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 WIRE
COLOR END#2
A10
A018C ORG
X85
A10
G004X BLK
X85
A10
P062B RED
X85
A10
R074C BLK
X85
X85
R076D BLK
A10-DRAIN
X85 1 2 3
CAV WIRE
A10
1
A018C
2
R074C
3
P062B
4
G004X
A018C
2
R074C
3
R076D
4
G004X
5
P062B
6
PLUG
4 5 6
X85
TX1212263 —UN—16JUN16
CAV WIRE
1
R07
6D
2 1
3 4
A10
TX1212263 Rear Camera Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram A10— Rear Camera X85— Rear Camera Harness-to-Rear Engine Harness Connector
BJ21193,0000199 -19-30JUN17-1/1
Attachment Control Frame Harness (W11) Component Location
Control Boom Harness (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For information regarding attachment control frame harness (W11) component location, see Attachment JL05046,0000214 -19-19APR16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-76
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=505
System Diagrams
Attachment Control Frame Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE X27
WIRE
COLOR END#2
V7
G001H BLK
SP_G001_D
X27
G001J BLK
SP_G001_D
1 2
5
SP_G001_D G001K BLK
X26
V6
G001Z BLK
SP_G001_D
X26
H010F GRN
SP_H010_B
SP_H010_B H010G GRN V6
H010K GRN
X26
H011F GRN
SP_H011_B H011G GRN V7
H011H GRN
V7
H012D GRN
SP_H010_B SP_H011_B X27 SP_H011_B SP_H012_A X26
X27
H012F GRN
SP_H012_A
X27
H013D GRN
SP_H013_A
V7
H013E GRN
SP_H013_A
SP_H013_A H013F GRN X27
H014D GRN
CAV WIRE
SP_G001_D
1
G001J
SP_G001_D
2
H013D
CAV WIRE
3
H011G
L
G001J
4
H010G
R
G001H
5
H014D
R
G001K
6
H012F
R
G001Z
7
H015E
8
PLUG
SP_H010_B SP_H010_B CAV WIRE
X26 SP_H014_A
SP_H014_A H014E GRN
V7
X26
SP_H014_A
H014F GRN
6 7 8
X27
X27
SP_H012_A H012E GRN
3 4
SP_H015_A H015D GRN
V7
X27
H015E GRN
SP_H015_A
X26
H015F GRN
SP_H015_A
E
A
B
C
D
SP_H013_A
L
H015D
L
H013D
SP_H011_B
L
H015E
L
H013E
CAV WIRE
R
H015F
R
H013F
L
H011G
SP_H013_A
R
H011F
R
H011H
SP_H011_B
SP_H012_A
CAV WIRE
SP_H014_A
SP_H012_A
A
G001K
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
B
H013F
L
H014D
L
H012D
C
H011F
L
H014E
L
H012F
D
H010F
R
H014F
R
H012E
E
H014F
F
H012E
G H
H010K
CAV WIRE
SP_H014_A
X26
R
V7 CAV WIRE
V6
F
H010F
SP_H015_A
X26 G
H010G
R
CAV WIRE
SP_H015_A H
L
PIN SOCKET
H015F
V7
V6
PLUG
CAV
WIRE
SOCKET G001Z PIN
TX1212264
H010K
A
H011H
B
H012D
C
G001H
D
H013E
E
H015D
F
H014E
TX1212264 —UN—25APR16
END#1
Attachment Control Frame Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-77
AW70195,0001833 -19-06MAY16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=506
System Diagrams SP_G001_D—G001 BLK Splice 4 SP_H010_B—H010 GRN Splice 2 SP_H011_B—H011 GRN Splice 2 SP_H012_A—H012 GRN Splice 1
SP_H013_A—H013 GRN Splice 1 V7— Attachment Control Harness X27— Attachment Control Frame SP_H014_A—H014 GRN Splice 1 5-Diode Pack Harness-to-Attachment SP_H015_A—H015 GRN Splice 1 X26— Right Main Harness-toControl Boom Harness V6— Left Handle Diode Attachment Control Frame Connector Harness Connector AW70195,0001833 -19-06MAY16-2/2
Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) Component Location
W12 X50
V7 X49 X26
V6 TX1214450 —UN—22APR16
W11 X27
TX1214450 Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) Component Location V6— Left Handle Diode W12—Attachment Control Boom X27— Attachment Control Frame X50— Attachment Harness Connector B V7— Attachment Control Harness Harness Harness-to-Attachment 5-Diode Pack X26— Right Main Harness-toControl Boom Harness W11— Attachment Control Frame Attachment Control Frame Connector Harness Harness Connector X49— Attachment Harness Connector A
JL05046,0000216 -19-25APR16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-78
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=507
System Diagrams
Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram X50
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
X50
G001E BLK
X27
CAV WIRE
COLOR END#2 SP_G001_E
A
G001E
SP_G001_E G001F BLK
X27
B
H010C
X49
G001G BLK
SP_G001_E
C
H011C
X49
H010B GRN
SP_H010_A
SP_H010_A H010C GRN
X50
X27
H010D GRN
SP_H010_A
X49
H011B GRN
CAV WIRE 4
1
G001F
2
H013B
3
H011D
4
H010D
5
H014B
6
H012B
3 2 1
8 7 6 5
X27
A C
B
SP_H011_A
7
H015B
SP_H011_A H011C GRN
X50
8
PLUG
X27
H011D GRN
SP_H011_A
X49
H012B GRN
X27
X49
H013B GRN
X27
X49
H014B GRN
X27
X49
H015B GRN
X27
X50
SP_G001_E CAV WIRE
N
P
L
A
SP_H010_A
R
G001F
CAV WIRE
SP_G001_E
L
H010B
L
H010C
R
H010D
J
F G
B K
G001G
E
D C
G001E
L
SP_H010_A
X49 M
L
H
SP_H011_A SP_H011_A X49
CAV WIRE CAV WIRE
L
H011B
A
G001G
H
H015B
L
H011C
B
PLUG
J
PLUG
R
H011D
C
H013B
K
PLUG
D
H011B
L
PLUG
E
H010B
M
PLUG
F
H014B
N
PLUG
G
H012B
P
PLUG
TX1212265 —UN—11MAY16
CAV WIRE
TX1212265 Attachment Control Boom Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-79
AW70195,0001834 -19-06MAY16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=508
System Diagrams SP_G001_E—G001 BLK Splice 5 X27— Attachment Control Frame X49— Attachment Harness Connector A SP_H010_A—H010 GRN Splice 1 Harness-to-Attachment X50— Attachment Harness SP_H011_A—H011 GRN Splice 1 Control Boom Harness Connector B Connector AW70195,0001834 -19-06MAY16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-80
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=509
System Diagrams
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location
K16
K17
K18
R4 K19 A
M3 A
W17
X86
TX1215569 —UN—13MAY16
B10
X98
TX1215569 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location B10— Air Conditioner Freeze K18— Blower Motor (medium W17—Heater and Air Conditioner X98— Right Main Harness-toHeater and Air Conditioner Control Switch high speed) Relay Harness Harness 6-Pin Connector K16— Blower Motor (low speed) K19— Blower Motor (high speed) X86— Right Main Harness-toRelay Relay Heater and Air Conditioner K17— Blower Motor (medium low M3—Blower Motor Harness 4-Pin Connector speed) Relay R4—Blower Motor Speed Resistor
JL05046,0000218 -19-16MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-81
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=510
System Diagrams
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram TX1215228 —UN—06JUN16
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
COLOR
END#2
X98
BLK 1
BLK
SP_BLK_A
X98
BLK 2
BLK
SP_BLK_A
SP_BLK_B BLK 3
BLK
SP_BLK_C
1
4
2
3
X86
X86
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
SP_BLK_A BLK 4
BLK
SP_BLK_C
SP_BLK_C BLK 5
BLK
K16
CAV WIRE
SP_BLK_C BLK 6
BLK
K17
1
GRN 1
SP_BLK_B BLK 7
BLK
B10
2
YEL
K19
SP_BLK_A BLK 8
BLK
M3
3
PUR
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_BLK_B BLK 9
BLK
K19
4
BLU
1
ORG 1
1
BLU
1
YEL
1
PUR
SP_BLK_B BLK 10
BLK
K18
2
BLK 9
2
BLK 10
2
BLK 6
2
BLK 5
K19
BLK/WHT BLK/WHT R4
3
RED 3,RED 5
3
RED 4,RED 6
3
RED 5
3
RED 6
X86
BLU
BLU
K18
4
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
K18
BRN
BRN
R4
5
BLK/WHT
5
BRN
5
GRN 2
5
WHT
X86
GRN 1
GRN
B10
K17
GRN 2
GRN
R4
X98
ORG 1
ORG
K19
X98
ORG 2
ORG
B10
X86
PUR
PUR
K16
2 4
1
K19
2 4
1
K18
2 4
K17
1
2 4
1
K16
K18
K17
K16
2 1 SP_RED_A
SP_BLK_A
SP_BLK_B
SP_BLK_C
SP_BLK_A
SP_BLK_B
SP_BLK_C
BLK 7
X98
RED 1
RED
SP_RED_A
SP_RED_A
X98
RED 2
RED
SP_RED_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
K19
L
RED 1
L
BLK 1
L
BLK 9
L
BLK 3
CAV WIRE
K18
L
RED 2
L
BLK 2
L
BLK 10
L
BLK 4
1
GRN 1
R
RED 3
R
BLK 4
R
BLK 3
R
BLK 5
2
ORG 2
R
RED 4
R
BLK 8
R
BLK 7
R
BLK 6
SP_RED_A RED 3 SP_RED_A RED 4
RED RED
K17
RED 5
RED
K19
X98
K16
RED 6
RED
K18
CAV WIRE
K16
WHT
WHT
R4
1
RED 1
K17
2
RED 2
3
ORG 1
4
ORG 2
5
BLK 2
6
BLK 1
X86
YEL
YEL
X98
1 2 3
6 5 4
B10
B10
BLK 8 M3
R4 CAV WIRE 1
BLK/WHT
2
BRN
3
GRN 2
4
WHT
R4
1
2
3
4
TX1215228 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-82
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=511
AW70195,0001839 -19-11MAY16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-83
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=512
System Diagrams
B10— Air Conditioner Freeze K19— Blower Motor (high speed) SP_BLK_C—BLK Splice 3 Control Switch Relay SP_RED_A—RED Splice 1 K16— Blower Motor (low speed) M3—Blower Motor X86— Right Main Harness-toRelay R4—Blower Motor Speed Heater and Air Conditioner K17— Blower Motor (medium low Resistor Harness 4-Pin Connector speed) Relay SP_BLK_A—BLK Splice 1 X98— Right Main Harness-toK18— Blower Motor (medium SP_BLK_B—BLK Splice 2 Heater and Air Conditioner high speed) Relay Harness 6-Pin Connector AW70195,0001839 -19-11MAY16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-84
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=513
System Diagrams
Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19) Component Location
R36
S36 R36
X36
W19
A S36
TX1201212 —UN—11SEP15
A
TX1201212 Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19) Component Location R36— Creep Mode Speed Switch W19—Creep Mode Speed Switch Resistor Harness S36— Creep Mode Speed Switch X36— Cab Harness-to-Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness 4-Pin Connector
For resistor specifications, see System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) JR05199,0000D51 -19-19NOV15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-85
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=514
System Diagrams
Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 WIRE
COLOR END#2
X36
G002A BLK
R36
R36
G002B BLK
S36
R36
G002C BLK
S36
R36
G002D BLK
S36
X36
P010
RED
S36
X36
T006A BLU
R36
R36
R36
T006B BLU
S36
CAV WIRE L
G002A
L
T006A
R
G002B
R
G002C
R
G002D
R
T006B
1
3
2
X36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
S36
CAV WIRE 1
P010
2
T006A
3
—
4
G002A
CAV WIRE
TX1205917
1
G002B
2
T006B
3
G002C
4
—
5
—
6
—
7
G002D
8
P010
9
—
10
—
TX1205917 —UN—24NOV15
4
S36
R36
X36
Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram R36— Creep Mode Speed Switch S36— Creep Mode Speed Switch Resistor X36— Cab Harness-to-Creep Mode Speed Switch Harness 4-Pin Connector
For resistor specifications, see System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) JR05199,0000D66 -19-19NOV15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-86
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=515
System Diagrams
Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component Location
G2
K1 V13
Y13
W20
X15 M1
Y9
W31
TX1215172 —UN—16MAY16
V5
X19
TX1215172 Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component Location G2—Alternator W20—Engine Interface Harness K1—Starter Relay W31—Starter Motor Ground M1—Starter Motor X15— Right Main Harness-toV5— Alternator Diode Engine Interface Harness V13— Air Conditioner 8-Pin Connector Compressor Clutch Diode
X19— Right Main Harness-toEngine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector Y9— Not Used Y13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid JL05046,000021C -19-16MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-87
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=516
System Diagrams
Engine Interface Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram TX1212266 —UN—06MAY16
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE WIRE
V13
A010A ORG
G2A
COLOR END#2
X19
SP_A010_A
CAV WIRE
SP_A010_A A010D ORG
X15
1
Y13
SP_A010_A
8 2
X19
M1-1
B001L RED
SP_B001_B
K1
B001M RED
SP_B001_B
M1-4
B002A RED
G2B
K1
B005A RED
M1-5
K1
E001E WHT
X15
W31
G003A BLK
SP_G003_A
CAV
WIRE
1
P003A
1
E001E
PIN
P002L
2
PLUG
2
R004A
SOCKET P003A
3
B001M
5
B005A
6
—
7
—
8
—
9
—
9 1
3
2
CAV WIRE
1
G2A
1
R060A
2
H050A
1
K1 X19
1
Y9 G2B PIN
SOCKET
CAV WIRE 1
B002A
G2C V5
CAV WIRE 1
G003C
SP_G003_A
SP_G003_A G003B BLK
Y13
G2C
SP_G003_A
L
G003A
SP_G003_A G003D BLK
V13
R
G003B
Y9
H050A GRN
X15
R
G003C
V5
P002L RED
X15
R
G003D
V5
P003A RED
G2A
K1
R004A BLK
X15
Y9
R060A BLK
X15
G003C BLK
2
6
7
SP_B001_B B001K RED
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
G2
A010E ORG
B001K
5
Y9
K1
V5
B
END#1
CAV WIRE
G2C
SP_G003_A
SP_A010_A SP_A010_A
SP_B001_B
CAV WIRE X15
SP_B001_B
L
A010A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
A010E
1
H050A
L
B001K
R
A010D
2
R060A
L
B001M
3
P002L
R
B001L
4
A010D
5
E001E
6
R004A
7
PLUG
8
PLUG
Y1
3 B
Y13 PIN
SOCKET
CAV WIRE
X15
4
5
3
6
2
7
A
V13
-5
1
V13
M1
M1
-4
8
M1-5
M1-4
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
B005A
1
CAV
WIRE
PIN
G003D
SOCKET A010A
A
A010E
B
G003B
W31 W31 CAV WIRE 1
G003A
B002A
M1-1 CAV WIRE 1
TX1212266
B001L
M1-1
Engine Interface Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-88
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=517
AW70195,000182F -19-09MAY16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-89
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=518
System Diagrams
G2—Alternator K1—Starter Relay M1—Starter Motor SP_A010_A—A010 ORG Splice 1 SP_B001_B—B001 RED Splice 2
SP_G003_A—G003 BLK Splice 1 X15— Right Main Harness-toEngine Interface Harness V5— Alternator Diode 8-Pin Connector V13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode X19— Right Main Harness-toEngine Interface Harness W31—Starter Motor Ground 1-Pin Connector
Y9— Not Used Y13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
AW70195,000182F -19-09MAY16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-90
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=519
System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W21) Component Location
R15
B5215
B5208
A
A
B5114
B5206 Y5400 Y5401
B5216
B5207
X5057
R5606
X5059
B5209
B5302 X5058
B5301 W21
TX1253904
TX1253904 —UN—13MAR18
B5100
Engine Harness (W21) Component Location
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-91
NR81152,0001865 -19-13MAR18-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=520
System Diagrams B5100—Fuel Rail Pressure B5208—Engine Coolant R15— Crankcase Ventilation X5059—Left Main HarnessSensor Temperature Sensor Heater to-Engine Harness B5114—Manifold Air and Exhaust B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor R5606—Engine CAN Termination Connector 3 Pressure Sensor B5215—Intake Air Temperature Resistor Y5400—Exhaust Gas B5206—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor W21—Engine Harness Recirculation (EGR) Valve (MAT) Sensor B5216—Exhaust Temperature X5057—Left Main HarnessY5401—Air Throttle Actuator B5207—Exhaust Gas Sensor to-Engine Harness Recirculation (EGR) B5301—Crankshaft Position Connector 1 Temperature Sensor Sensor X5058—Left Main HarnessB5302—Camshaft Position to-Engine Harness Sensor Connector 2 NR81152,0001865 -19-13MAR18-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-92
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=521
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-93
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=522
System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram TX1216266 —UN—31MAY16
X5059
RED 5 RED
B5302
X5057
BLK 2 BLK
B5215
X5057
WHT 1 WHT
B5114
X5058
BLK 3 BLK
SP_BLK_A
X5057
YEL 1
YEL
B5114
Y5400
X5058
YEL 2
YEL
Y5401
R15
X5059
YEL 3
YEL
B5216
BLK 7 BLK
B5302
1
GRN 1
X5057
BLU 1 BLU
B5208
2
BLU 1
X5058
BLU 2 BLU
SP_BLU_A
B5206
Y5400
A
ORG 2
B
BLK 4
C
BLU 6
D
PNK 4
A
B
C
3
4
5
6
D
SP_BRN_A
3
Y5401
SP_BRN_A BRN 3 BRN
B5206
SP_BRN_A BRN 4 BRN
B5207
CAV WIRE 1
BLU 8
2
BRN 6
1
+
2
+
BLU 5
-
PNK 3
-
WHT 1
B5207
SP_BRN_B
4
BLK 1
5
PNK 1
3
BRN 2
4
PLUG
5
RED 2
6
GRN 2
B5216 CAV WIRE
4
WHT 1
CAV WIRE
5
YEL 1
6
PLUG
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
BRN 1
7
GRN 1
L
PNK 2
L
BLK 3
R
BRN 2
8
BLU 1
R
PNK 3
R
BLK 4
R
BRN 3
PNK 4
R
BLK 5
R
BRN 4
SP_BRN_B BRN 7 BRN
B5216
SP_PNK_A
X5057
GRN 1 GRN
B5208
X5058
GRN 2 GRN
Y5401
X5059
GRN 3 GRN
B5100
X5058
ORG 1 ORG
SP_ORG_A
X5058
SP_ORG_A ORG 2 ORG
Y5400
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
SP_ORG_A ORG 3 ORG
R15
1
ORG 1
7
BRN 1
2
PNK 2
8
YEL 2
SP_BLK_A
A
CAV WIRE A
BRN 4
B
RED 3
1
CAV WIRE
RED 1
BLK 2
B5209
1
3
6
SP_BRN_B BRN 6 BRN
2
BLK 1
SP_BRN_A
R
3
2
B
SP_BLK_A
4
PLUG
R5606
SP_PNK_A
5
1
7
BRN 1 BRN
YEL 1
YEL 2
6
09
X5058
2
BLU 3
2
CAV WIRE
52
B5209
5 6 7 8
1
B5114
7
BLU 8 BLU
RED 1
05
X5059
1 2 3 4
1
CAV WIRE
R5606
B5209
CAV WIRE
X5
B5302
BRN 5 BRN
X5057
R5606
BLU 7 BLU
X5059
CAV WIRE
2
Y5401
X5059
SP_BRN_A BRN 2 BRN
1
B
SP_BLU_A BLU 6 BLU
Y5401
0
X5059
SP_BLU_A BLU 5 BLU
RED 5
40
CAV WIRE
BLU 4 BLU
3
B5302
Y5
B5100
X5058
BLK 7
B5208
BLK 6 BLK
BLU 3 BLU
2
Y5400
X5059
X5058
BLU 7
08
SP_BLK_A BLK 5 BLK
2
52 B
SP_BLK_A BLK 4 BLK
1
1
3
2
6
B5114
2
21
BLK 1 BLK
1
1
YEL 3
2
BRN 7
B5
X5057
CAV WIRE
COLOR END#2
4
WIRE
11
END#1
B5
COLOR END#2
20
WIRE
B5
END#1
B5302
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
Y5 40 1
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
SP_BRN_A B5215
X5058 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
PNK 1 PNK
B5215
3
BLU 2
9
BLU 3
X5058
PNK 2 PNK
SP_PNK_A
4
BLK 3
10
BLU 4
SP_PNK_A PNK 3 PNK
R5606
5
RED 2
11
RED 3
X5059
SP_PNK_A PNK 4 PNK
Y5400
6
GRN 2
12
PLUG
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
RED 4
7
PNK 5
2
GRN 3
8
ORG 4
SP_ORG_A
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
PNK 1
L
2
BLK 2
7 8 9 10 11 12
BRN 5
L
BLU 2
R
BRN 6
R
BLU 5
R
BRN 7
R
BLU 6
B5301
ORG 1
R
ORG 2
R
ORG 3
R15
0
B5301
B5100
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
2
RED 2 RED
Y5401
3
BLK 6
9
PLUG
1
PNK 5
1
RED 4
X5058
RED 3 RED
B5207
4
RED 5
10
YEL 3
2
ORG 4
2
GRN 3
X5059
RED 4 RED
B5100
5
BLU 7
11
BLU 8
3
BLK 6
6
BLK 7
12
BRN 5
9015-10-94
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=523
B5206 B
3
Engine Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
R15 2
X5058
TX1216266
6
10
B5114
SP_BLU_A
L
1 2 3 4 5 6
RED 1 RED
SP_BRN_B
B5215
9 05 X5
X5057
X5057
SP_ORG_A
20
B5301
B5301
SP_BLU_A
B5
ORG 4 ORG
PNK 5 PNK
SP_BRN_B
B5
X5059
X5059
2
2
1
A
CAV WIRE A
BRN 3
B
BLU 4
1
CAV WIRE 1
ORG 3
2
BLK 5
AW70195,000184A -19-13JUN16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-95
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=524
System Diagrams B5100—Fuel Rail Pressure B5209—Fuel Temperature Sensor SP_BLK_A—BLK Splice 1 Sensor B5215—Intake Air Temperature SP_BLU_A—BLU Splice 1 B5114—Manifold Air and Exhaust Sensor SP_BRN_A—BRN Splice 1 Pressure Sensor B5216—Exhaust Temperature SP_BRN_B—BRN Splice 2 B5206—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor SP_ORG_A—ORG Splice 1 (MAT) Sensor B5301—Crankshaft Position SP_PNK_A—PNK Splice 1 B5207—Exhaust Gas Sensor X5057—Left Main HarnessRecirculation (EGR) B5302—Camshaft Position to-Engine Harness Temperature Sensor Sensor Connector 1 B5208—Engine Coolant R15— Crankcase Ventilation X5058—Left Main HarnessTemperature Sensor Heater to-Engine Harness R5606—Engine CAN Termination Connector 2 Resistor
X5059—Left Main Harnessto-Engine Harness Connector 3 Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Y5401—Air Throttle Actuator
AW70195,000184A -19-13JUN16-2/2
Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) Component Location
X72
Y5002
W22
TX1253905
TX1253905 —UN—13MAR18
X5060
Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) Component Location W22—Engine Fuel System Harness X72— Fuel Injector Connector
X5060—Left Main Harness-toEngine Fuel System Harness Connector
Y5002—Suction Control Valve
NR81152,0001866 -19-13MAR18-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-96
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=525
System Diagrams
Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram Y5002
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
X5060
WIRE
COLOR END#2
BLU 1 BLU
X5060
X72
X5060
BLU 2 BLU
X72
X5060
PNK 1 PNK
SP_PNK_A
X5060
PNK 2 PNK
SP_PNK_A
SP_PNK_A PNK 3 PNK
Y5002
X5060
RED 1 RED
X72
X5060
RED 2 RED
X72
X5060
WHT 1 WHT
X72
1
YEL 4
2
PNK 3
WHT 2 WHT
X72
X5060
WHT 3 WHT
X72
X5060
YEL 1 YEL
X72
X5060
YEL 2 YEL
SP_YEL_A
X5060
YEL 3 YEL
RED 1
2
BLU 1
BLU 2
3
RED 2
8
WHT 3
4
BLU 2
9
YEL 2
5
WHT 1
YEL 1
10
YEL 3
6
WHT 2
5
WHT 2
11
PNK 1
7
YEL 1
6
BLU 1
12
8
WHT 3
CAV WIRE
1
WHT 1
7
2
RED 1
3
RED 2
4
Y5002
PNK 2 X72
1 2 3 4 5 6
SP_YEL_A YEL 4 YEL
TX1215992
2
1
CAV WIRE
X5060
X5060
CAV WIRE 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7 8 9 10 11 12
SP_YEL_A
SP_PNK_A
SP_YEL_A
SP_YEL_A
SP_PNK_A
Y5002
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
L
YEL 2
L
PNK 1
L
YEL 3
L
PNK 2
R
YEL 4
R
PNK 3
TX1215992 —UN—23MAY16
END#1
X72
CAV WIRE
Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram SP_PNK_A—PNK Splice 1 SP_YEL_A—YEL Splice 1
X72— Fuel Injector Connector X5060—Left Main Harness-toEngine Fuel System Harness Connector
Y5002—Suction Control Valve
AW70195,000183C -19-23MAY16-1/1
Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Component Location For information regarding pedal interface harness (W23) component location, see Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) JL05046,0000222 -19-02MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-97
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=526
System Diagrams
Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram Left Pedal CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
B11
H042B GRN
X13
B11
H043B GRN
X13
B11
M006H VLT
SP_M006_B
SP_M006_B M006I
COLOR END#2
VLT
X13
B11
M006J VLT
SP_M006_B
B11
P049A RED
SP_P049_A
SP_P049_A P049B RED
X13
B11
SP_P049_A
P049G RED
B11 CAV WIRE X13
A
H042B
CAV WIRE
SP_M006_B
SP_P049_A
B
M006H
1
M006I
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
C
P049A
2
H042B
L
M006H
L
P049A
D
P049G
3
H043B
L
M006J
L
P049G
E
M006J
P049B
R
M006I
R
P049B
F
H043B
SP_M006_B 1
4
2
3
SP_P049_A F E D C B A
B11
X13
TX1212267
TX1212267 —UN—26APR16
4
Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram (left pedal) B11— Left Pedal Sensor SP_M006_B—M006 VLT Splice 2
SP_P049_A—P049 RED Splice 1 X13— Right Main Harness-toPedal Interface Harness Connector (left) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-98
AW70195,0001830 -19-06MAY16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=527
System Diagrams Right Pedal CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1
WIRE
B12
H042B GRN
X14
B12
H043B GRN
X14
B12
M006H VLT
SP_M006_C
SP_M006_C M006I
COLOR END#2
VLT
X14
B12
M006J VLT
SP_M006_C
B12
P049A RED
SP_P049_B
SP_P049_B P049B RED
X14
B12
SP_P049_B
P049G RED
B12 CAV WIRE X14
A
H042B
CAV WIRE
SP_M006_C
SP_P049_B
B
M006H
1
M006I
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
C
P049A
2
H042B
L
M006H
L
P049A
D
P049G
3
H043B
L
M006J
L
P049G
E
M006J
4
P049B
R
M006I
R
P049B
F
H043B
1
4
2
3
SP_P049_B F E D C B A
B12
X14
TX1215078
TX1215078 —UN—06MAY16
SP_M006_C
Pedal Interface Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram (right pedal) B12— Right Pedal Sensor SP_M006_C—M006 VLT Splice 3
SP_P049_B—P049 RED Splice 2 X14— Right Main Harness-toPedal Interface Harness Connector (right) AW70195,0001830 -19-06MAY16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-99
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=528
System Diagrams
X88 W25
X87 W25 X25
X23
TX1212486
TX1212486 —UN—14MAR16
Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location
Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Component Location (left and right joystick shown) W25—Joystick Jumper Harness (2 used) X23— Right Joystick Controller (JSR) 6-Pin Connector
X25— Left Joystick Controller (JSL) 6-Pin Connector X87— Cab Harness-to-Right Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector
X88— Cab Harness-to-Left Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector
JR05199,0000D68 -19-17MAR16-1/1
Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Wiring Diagram Right Joystick
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X23
G002
BLK
X87
X23
M012
YEL
X87
X23
M013
GRN
X87
X23
P010
RED
X87
X23
X87
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
P010
1
P010
2
G002
2
G002
3
M012
4
M013
3
M012
4
M013
5
PLUG
5
PLUG
6
PLUG
6
PLUG
X87
X23 1
6
2
5
3
4
6 5 4
TX1212487
1 2 3
TX1212487 —UN—14MAR16
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Wiring Diagram (right joystick) X23— Right Joystick Controller (JSR) 6-Pin Connector
X87— Cab Harness-to-Right Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-100
JR05199,0000D5A -19-17MAR16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=529
System Diagrams Left Joystick
END#1
WIRE
COLOR END#2
X25
G002
BLK
X88
X25
M012
YEL
X88
X25
M013
GRN
X88
X25
P010
RED
X88
X25
X88
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
1
P010
2
G002
3
M012
X88
X25 1
6
2
5
3
4
6 5 4
1 2 3
1
P010
2
G002
3
M012
4
M013
4
M013
5
PLUG
5
PLUG
6
PLUG
6
PLUG
TX1212488
TX1212488 —UN—14MAR16
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
Joystick Jumper Harness (W25) Wiring Diagram (left joystick) X25— Left Joystick Controller (JSL) 6-Pin Connector
X88— Cab Harness-to-Left Joystick Jumper Harness 6-Pin Connector JR05199,0000D5A -19-17MAR16-2/2
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Component Location
Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
For information regarding diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) control valve harness (W29) component location, see JL05046,0000226 -19-09MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-101
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=530
System Diagrams
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 WIRE
COLOR END#2
A5508
E082A WHT
X28
A5508
R041A BLK
X28
A5508 CAV WIRE R041A
2
PLUG
3
PLUG
4
E082A
X28 CAV WIRE
4 1
1
R041A
2
E082A
2 1
2 3
X28 A5508
TX1212269
TX1212269 —UN—15JUN16
1
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram A5508—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Coolant Control Valve
X28— Left Main Harness-toDiesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Control Valve Harness Connector AW70195,000183A -19-12MAY16-1/1
Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (W40) Component Location For information regarding Quik-Tatch™ frame harness (W40) component location, see Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000228 -19-21APR16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-102
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=531
System Diagrams
Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram
1
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE END#1 WIRE COLOR END#2 X57
J004C TAN
X7
X56
J005C TAN
X7
X56
X56 CAV WIRE 1
J005C
X57
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
J004C
1
B
J005C
J004C
A
1
X57
X7
TX1212270
B
TX1212270 —UN—09MAY16
X7
Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram X7— Right Main Harness-to-Quik- X56— Quik-Tatch™ Frame X57— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Tatch™ Frame Harness Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Harness-to-Quik-Tatch 2-Pin Connector Boom Harness Connector Boom Harness Connector 1 2 Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company AW70195,0001835 -19-27MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-103
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=532
System Diagrams
Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) Component Location
W42 X56
X57
W40 W44 X35
M10 TX1214616
TX1214616 —UN—26APR16
X7
Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) Component Location M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor W40—Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness W42—Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness W44—Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Harness
X7— Right Main Harness-to-Quik- X56— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Tatch™ Frame Harness Harness-to-Quik Tatch 2-Pin Connector Boom Harness Connector X35— Quik-Tatch™ Boom 1 Harness-to-Quik-Tatch X57— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Actuator Harness Harness-to-Quik Tatch Connector Boom Harness Connector 2
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,000022A -19-26APR16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-104
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=533
System Diagrams
Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram 1
X57
CIRCUIT DATA TABLE
X57
END#1 WIRE COLOR END#2 X57
J004D TAN
X35
X56
J005D TAN
X35
CAV WIRE 1
J004D
X35
CAV WIRE 1
J005D
A
J004D
B
J005D
A
1
X35
X56
TX1212271
B
TX1212271 —UN—09MAY16
CAV WIRE
X56
Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram X35— Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Actuator Harness Connector
X56— Quik-Tatch™ Frame X57— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Boom Harness Connector Boom Harness Connector 1 2
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company AW70195,0001836 -19-27MAY16-1/1
Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Harness (W44) Component Location For information regarding Quik-Tatch™ actuator harness (W44) component location, see Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness (W42) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,0001886 -19-20SEP17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-105
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=534
System Diagrams
Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Harness (W44) Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DATA TABLE WIRE
COLOR END#2
X35
J004B RED
M10
X35
J005B BLK
M10
X35 A
M10 A
B
B
X35
M10
CAV WIRE
CAV WIRE
A
J004B
A
J004B
B
J005B
B
J005B
TX1215841
TX1215841 —UN—17MAY16
END#1
Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Harness (W44) Wiring Diagram M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor X35— Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Actuator Harness Connector Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company AW70195,000183B -19-17MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-106
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=535
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-10-107
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=536
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure NOTE: For additional information on Service ADVISOR™, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
TX1011710A —UN—30AUG06
NOTE: The controller area network (CAN) and software on this machine require connection using electronic data link (EDL) (2). Connection using parallel port data (PDM) will not allow Service ADVISOR™ to operate properly. 1. Connect EDL (2) to computer. 1— USB Cable 2— Electronic Data Link (EDL)
3— Diagnostic 9-Pin Connector Cable EDL and Cables
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000230 -19-06JUN16-1/3
2. Remove connector cover (4) from Service ADVISOR connector (X40) located in upper left corner of operator’s station. 3. Connect diagnostic 9-pin connector cable (3) to Service ADVISOR connector. X40— Service ADVISOR Connector
TX1215229 —UN—12MAY16
4— Connector Cover
Service ADVISOR Connection Location Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-15-1
JL05046,0000230 -19-06JUN16-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=537
Diagnostic Information
4. Turn switched power ON. Power LED (9) must come on.
TX1011711A —UN—30AUG06
5. CAN connection LED (8) will come on when computer connects to CAN data line. CAN connection LED may flicker, which is normal. When CAN connection LED is on, CAN data line is active and data is being transmitted. 6. If computer cannot connect to CAN data line and CAN connection LED does not come on, check all cable connections to machine and computer. Make sure switched power is ON and power LED is on. 8— CAN Connection LED (red)
9— Power LED (green)
EDL LEDs JL05046,0000230 -19-06JUN16-3/3
JDLink™ Connection Procedure For more information on JDLink™ connection procedure, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000238 -19-14JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-15-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=538
Diagnostic Information
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
2. Press MENU to view EMU main menu.
Use Service ADVISOR™ or engagement monitor unit (EMU) to view stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).
3. Press NEXT until MAIN MENU CODES displays. 4. Press SELECT.
For a list of DTCs:
5. CODES ACTIVE displays.
• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-10.)
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic
6. Press NEXT to toggle between CODES ACTIVE and CODES STORED.
• See Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble
7. Press SELECT to view DTC list (active or stored).
• See Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble
NOTE: If no codes are present, NO ACTIVE CODES or NO STORED CODES appears on the display.
Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-20.) Codes. (Group 9001-30.) Codes. (Group 9001-40.)
• See Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble
• Press NEXT to scroll through list of codes. • Press SELECT button to view DTC details. • Press BACK to move up one menu level.
Codes. (Group 9001-50.) • See Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-60.) • See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-70.)
To clear stored DTCs, see Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation. (Group 9015-16.)
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with Engagement Monitor Unit (EMU)
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with Service ADVISOR™
TX1049045A —UN—19SEP08
1. Switched power ON.
Service ADVISOR™ —Diagnostic Trouble Codes 1— Diagnostics Shortcut Bar 2— Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Folder
3— Readings Data Tab 4— Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Tab
1. Connect service computer to machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.)
2. Open Service ADVISOR™ and display appropriate model information.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-15-3
NR81152,000185D -19-24MAY17-1/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=539
Diagnostic Information
3. Switched power ON. 4. From the shortcut bar, click Diagnostics to open the Diagnostics shortcut bar (1).
5. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes folder (2).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NR81152,000185D -19-24MAY17-2/5
TX1002997A —UN—26JAN06
6. Select the Connect to Model(s) radio button in the Connection Options dialog box and click OK.
Connection Options Dialog Box Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-15-4
NR81152,000185D -19-24MAY17-3/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=540
TX1049048A —UN—19SEP08
Diagnostic Information
TX1049052A —UN—19SEP08
Select Readings Adapter Dialog Box (no machine selected)
Select Readings Adapter Dialog Box (machine previously selected) 5— Available Adapters Drop-Down List
6— Selected Models List 7— Change Models Button
8— Connection Type
7. In the Select Readings Adapter dialog box, make sure the appropriate adapter is displayed. If not, select correct adapter from drop-down list (5). Options include:
10. After Service ADVISOR™ connects to machine, both the Readings Data tab (3) and Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) display.
• Electronic Data Link (EDL) Stand-alone USB Device • Electronic Data Link (EDL) Using Bluetooth
11. Double-click an underlined code on the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab to display a detailed description for servicing that diagnostic trouble code.
8. Make sure correct machine to connect to displays in the Selected Models list (6). If not, click the Change Selected Models button (7) to select machine model from list. 9. Click OK to connect to machine.
NOTE: The lock topic feature within Service ADVISOR™ can be used to open multiple windows if machine is transmitting more than one diagnostic trouble code. Refer to Service ADVISOR™ system instructions for using this feature. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-15-5
NR81152,000185D -19-24MAY17-4/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=541
Diagnostic Information 12. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) to select and view details for additional diagnostic trouble codes. NR81152,000185D -19-24MAY17-5/5
Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics An intermittent diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is a DTC that periodically “goes away.” A loose terminal that intermittently does not make contact with its mating terminal is a likely cause for an intermittent DTC. Other intermittent DTCs may only be set under certain operating conditions such as heavy load or extended idle. Possible Causes of Intermittent DTCs • Contact between terminals in connector. Check for loose, dirty, or partially disconnected connectors. • Connection between sensor or actuator and harness. Inspect wiring routing, looking for possible intermittent shorts to ground caused by contact with external parts (for example, rubbing against sharp sheet metal edges). • Terminal-to-wire connection. Check for broken wires, damaged splices, and wire-to-wire shorts. • Electromagnetic interference (EMI) from an improperly installed 2-way radio, etc., can cause erroneous signals to be sent to controller. NOTE: A controller is the component least likely to malfunction. Replace a controller only if diagnostic procedure indicates that a controller replacement is necessary. Diagnosing Intermittent DTCs
• If diagnostic procedure indicates problem is intermittent,
try to reproduce operating conditions present when DTC was active. Service ADVISOR™ can be used to help locate intermittent problems using a function called Recording. Recording function permits recording of data parameter values during a diagnostic session. If a DTC is active during a certain diagnostic session, parameters can be played back and observed to see what each applicable parameter's value was when DTC occurred. • If a connection or wire is suspected cause of intermittent problem, clear DTCs, then check connection or wire by wiggling it while watching Service ADVISOR and observe if DTC resets. • Voltage measured at controller input for most sensors can be monitored in Service ADVISOR as a data point. Minimum and maximum value of voltage (measured since data point was selected) is displayed along with current value of voltage. Check minimum and maximum voltage columns in data points screen after each section of harness is wiggled to help isolate problem location. After all causes for intermittent DTCs are repaired, clear codes, cycle ignition power, and check for active DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.) If DTC reappears, see specific diagnostic procedure in Section 9001.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000237 -19-14JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-15-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=542
Group 16
Monitor Operation Service Mode
1 2 3
TX1176153 —UN—04NOV14
4
TX1176153 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 1— MENU Button 2— BACK Button
3— NEXT Button 4— SELECT Button
Service mode provides additional items not available in operator mode; allowing service technicians to change operational settings, clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), and monitor functions and settings for diagnostic and testing purposes.
NOTE: Monitor remains in service mode with service mode options available in main menu, even if display is returned to basic display. Cycling switched power OFF and back ON exits service mode.
To enter service mode:
Highlighting and navigating through a menu provides corresponding information and/or a submenu.
1. Turn key to ON position or press the engine start switch once. 2. Press and hold MENU button (1) for 5 seconds. SERVICE MENU is displayed on the monitor for 2 seconds then returns to previous screen with all service menu items enabled.
• Press SELECT button (4) to select highlighted item. • Press BACK button (2) to go back one screen. • Press NEXT button (3) to scroll down menu items. • Press MENU button (1) to return to basic display. JR05199,0000D6D -19-07JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=543
Monitor Operation
Exhaust Filter Service Cleaning NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. The SERVICE CLEANING option allows the technician to perform an exhaust filter service cleaning.
2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> EXHAUST FILTER >> SERVICE CLEANING. 3. Follow monitor instructions to perform service cleaning. 4. If service cleaning is not successful, see Exhaust Aftertreatment. (Group 9010-05.)
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) SERVICE CLEANING Menu Items Menu Items
Description
1: ENG MUST BE RUN
Service cleaning needed.
2: CLEAN NOT NEEDED JL05046,000019D -19-07JAN16-1/1
Exhaust Filter Set Auto Clean NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. The SET AUTO CLEAN setting controls state of exhaust filter auto clean at machine power up. SET AUTO CLEAN
setting defaults to active setting from end of previous switched power cycle. 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> EXHAUST FILTER >> SET AUTO CLEAN.
SET AUTO CLEAN Menu Items Menu Items
Description
1: DEFAULT PREVIOUS
Defaults to setting that was active at end of last switched power cycle.
2: DEFAULT ENABLED
Sets auto cleaning to enabled at start of next switched power cycle.
3: DEFAULT DISABLED
Sets auto cleaning to disabled at start of next switched power cycle. JL05046,000019E -19-07JAN16-1/1
Shift Mode NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> SHIFT MOD.
The SHIFT MOD menu displays options for adjustment when shifting between speeds. SHIFT MOD Menu Items Menu Items
SHIFT MOD
Submenu Items
Description
MOD 1 SELECTED
A softer shift that can produce some mistracking when shifting speeds
MOD 2 SELECTED
A more aggressive shift mode that can reduce mistracking when shifting speeds
>>
JL05046,000023C -19-25JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=544
Monitor Operation
• Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See
Codes
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
Clear Codes
The CLEAR menu deletes stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) from the engagement and monitor unit (EMU).
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.)
DTCs can be displayed by using one of the following methods:
2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> CODES >> CLEAR.
• Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU). See Codes
3. Press SELECT to clear all codes.
(EMU). (Operator’s Manual.)
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,00001D0 -19-02FEB16-1/1
Diagnostics—Switches NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. Menu table provides all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configuration, some items may not be displayed on monitor.
The SWITCHES menu displays live values of various switches. 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> SWITCHES.
SWITCHES Menu Items SEAT SWITCH .......................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF LAP BAR ................................................................................................................................................................. ON, OFF DOOR PRESENT ...................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF DOOR SWITCH ......................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF BRAKE REL ............................................................................................................................................................. ON, OFF BRAKE RUN ............................................................................................................................................................. ON, OFF KEY START .............................................................................................................................................................. ON, OFF AC SWITCH ............................................................................................................................................................. ON, OFF ENG OIL PRESS ....................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF HYD OIL FILTER ....................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF AIR FILTER RES ....................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF LIGHTS DLY OFF ...................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF AUX FLOW SET ........................................................................................................................................................ ON, OFF AUX NEUTRAL1 ........................................................................................................................................................ ON, OFF FLOAT1 ................................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF CREEP SWITCH1 ........................................................................................................................................... OFF, INC, or DEC 2-SPEED1 ................................................................................................................................................................ ON, OFF HIGH FLOW1 ............................................................................................................................................................ ON, OFF SELF LEVEL1 ........................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF RIDE CONTROL1....................................................................................................................................................... ON, OFF FAN AUTO1 .............................................................................................................................................................. ON, OFF FAN REVERSE1 ........................................................................................................................................................ ON, OFF 1
If equipped. JR05199,0000D71 -19-13JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=545
Monitor Operation
Diagnostics—Sensors NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. Menu table provides all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configuration, some items may not be displayed on monitor.
The SENSORS menu displays live values of various sensors. 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> SENSORS.
SENSORS Menu Items FUEL LEVEL SENDER......................................................................................................................................................... % ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V ENG COOLANT TEMP .................................................................................................................................................... °C, °F ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V HYD OIL TEMP ............................................................................................................................................................. °C, °F ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V HST OIL TEMP 1............................................................................................................................................................ °C, °F ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V FOOT THROTTLE 1............................................................................................................................................................. % ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V HAND THROTTLE .............................................................................................................................................................. % ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V MANIFOLD AIR TEMP .................................................................................................................................................... °C, °F ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V AMBIENT AIR TEMP ...................................................................................................................................................... °C, °F ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V FUEL PRESSURE ............................................................................................................................................. MPA, BAR, PSI ....................................................................................................................................................................................... V BOOM POS1 1 .................................................................................................................................................................... V BOOM POS2 1 .................................................................................................................................................................... V BUCKET POS1 1 ................................................................................................................................................................. V BUCKET POS2 1 ................................................................................................................................................................. V L PEDAL1 1 ........................................................................................................................................................................ V L PEDAL2 1 ........................................................................................................................................................................ V R PEDAL1 1 ........................................................................................................................................................................ V R PEDAL2 1 ........................................................................................................................................................................ V 1
If equipped. JL05046,00001B7 -19-14JAN16-1/1
Diagnostics—Left Joystick NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> LEFT JOYSTICK.
The LEFT JOYSTICK menu displays live values of left joystick position. LEFT JOYSTICK Menu Items X-POS ............................................................................................................................................................................. % Y-POS ............................................................................................................................................................................. % JR05199,0000D72 -19-03DEC15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=546
Monitor Operation
Diagnostics—Right Joystick NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> RIGHT JOYSTICK.
The RIGHT JOYSTICK menu displays live values of right joystick position. RIGHT JOYSTICK Menu Items Menu Items
Description
X-POS ............................................................................... % Y-POS ............................................................................... % Signal from auxiliary proportional switch (B15) to extend auxiliary hydraulic. Signal from auxiliary proportional switch (B15) to retract auxiliary hydraulic.
ROLLER CH1 ....................................................................... V ROLLER CH2 ....................................................................... V
JR05199,0000D73 -19-07JAN16-1/1
Diagnostics—Speeds NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. Menu table provides all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configuration, some items may not be displayed on monitor.
The SPEEDS menu displays live values of engine and hydrostatic motor speeds. 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> SPEEDS.
SPEEDS Menu Items ENGINE ........................................................................................................................................................................RPM R MOTOR2 .....................................................................................................................................................................RPM DIRECTION ......................................................................................................................... FORWARD, NEUTRAL, or REVERSE L MOTOR2 .....................................................................................................................................................................RPM DIRECTION ......................................................................................................................... FORWARD, NEUTRAL, or REVERSE 2
If equipped (electrohydraulic (EH) machine only). JR05199,0000D74 -19-07JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=547
Monitor Operation
Diagnostics—VCU Outputs NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. Menu table provides all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configuration, some items may not be displayed on monitor.
The VCU OUTPUTS menu displays live values of vehicle control unit (VCU) outputs. 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> VCU OUTPUTS.
VCU OUTPUTS Menu Items L PUMP FWD ..................................................................................................................................................................... A R PUMP FWD ..................................................................................................................................................................... A L PUMP REV ...................................................................................................................................................................... A R PUMP REV...................................................................................................................................................................... A BOOM UP .......................................................................................................................................................................... A BOOM DOWN ..................................................................................................................................................................... A BUCKET CURL ................................................................................................................................................................... A BUCKET DUMP .................................................................................................................................................................. A PORT LOCK ........................................................................................................................................................... ON or OFF SELF LEVEL1 ......................................................................................................................................................... ON or OFF HST BYPASS CURRENT1 ...................................................................................................................................................... A 2-SPEED CURRENT1 ........................................................................................................................................................... A FAN SPEED CURRENT1 ....................................................................................................................................................... A LIGHTS RELAY ....................................................................................................................................................... ON or OFF FAN REVERSE1 ...................................................................................................................................................... ON or OFF HIGH FLOW SOL1 ................................................................................................................................................... ON or OFF 1
If equipped. JK05397,00051A5 -19-26APR17-1/1
Diagnostics—EMU Outputs NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. Menu table provides all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configuration, some items may not be displayed on monitor.
The EMU OUTPUTS menu displays live values of engagement and monitor unit (EMU) outputs. 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >>EMU OUTPUTS.
EMU OUTPUTS Menu Items Menu Items
Description
AUX EXTEND ....................................................................... A AUX RETRACT ..................................................................... A RIDE CONTROL 11 ................................................... ON or OFF RIDE CONTROL 21 ................................................... ON or OFF PARK BRAKE SOL .................................................... ON or OFF AUDIBLE ALARM ..................................................... ON or OFF PORT LOCK ............................................................ ON or OFF
Represents the status of hydraulic valve power (VP) 1 and 3 output from EMU to hydraulic control unit (HCU).
HYDROSTAT VP ...................................................... ON or OFF
Represents the status of hydrostatic VP 2 output from EMU to HCU.
KEYLESS START ..................................................... ON or OFF DOME LIGHT........................................................... ON or OFF 1
If equipped. JR05199,0000D76 -19-07JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=548
Monitor Operation
Diagnostics—ECU Outputs NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >>ECU OUTPUTS.
The ECU OUTPUTS menu displays live values of engine control unit (ECU) outputs. ECU OUTPUTS Menu Items STARTER RELAY .................................................................................................................................................... ON or OFF JR05199,0000D7D -19-18NOV15-1/1
Diagnostics—VCU Power NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> VCU POWER.
The VCU POWER menu displays live values of various vehicle control unit (VCU) power. VCU POWER Menu Items Menu Items
Description
SWITCHED .......................................................................... V UWSWITCHED ..................................................................... V VP1 ....................................................................... ON or OFF Hydraulic valve power from EMU VP2 ....................................................................... ON or OFF Hydrostatic valve power from EMU VP3 ....................................................................... ON or OFF Boom valve power from EMU SENSOR SUPPLY 1 ............................................................... V SENSOR SUPPLY 2 ............................................................... V SENSOR SUPPLY 3 ............................................................... V SENSOR SUPPLY 4 ............................................................... V JL05046,00001B0 -19-07JAN16-1/1
Diagnostics—EMU Power NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> EMU POWER.
The EMU POWER menu displays live values of various engagement and monitor unit (EMU) power. EMU POWER Menu Items SWITCHED ........................................................................................................................................................................ V UWSWITCHED ................................................................................................................................................................... V SENSOR POWER OUT ......................................................................................................................................................... V JL05046,00001A3 -19-07JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=549
Monitor Operation
Diagnostics—ECU Power NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> ECU POWER.
The ECU POWER menu displays live values of various engine control unit (ECU) power. ECU POWER Menu Items SWITCHED ........................................................................................................................................................................ V SENSOR SUPPLY 1 ............................................................................................................................................................. V SENSOR SUPPLY 2 ............................................................................................................................................................. V JL05046,00001A4 -19-07JAN16-1/1
Diagnostics—Controller Info
Diagnostics—Controller Info
NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. Menu table provides all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configuration, some items may not be displayed on monitor.
The CONTROLLER INFO menu displays information for identifying machine, controllers, and software. 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> CONTROLLER INFO.
CONTROLLER INFO Menu Items Menu Items
Description
EMU ...................................................................... ATXXXXXX Software part number SW VER ........................................................................X.X.X. Software version number VCU1 ..................................................................... ATXXXXXX SW VER ........................................................................X.X.X. RVI1....................................................................... ATXXXXXX SW VER ........................................................................X.X.X. ECU .......................................................... XXXXXXXXXXXXXX Software part number EMU TRACTOR VIN ................................ XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Vehicle identification number (VIN) from tractor serial number plate 1
If equipped. JL05046,00001A5 -19-30JAN18-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=550
Monitor Operation
Diagnostics—Cal Values NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual. Menu tables provide all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configurations, some items may not display a calibration value.
The CAL VALUES menu displays calibration values stored in the hydraulic control unit (HCU). 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> DIAGNOSTICS >> CAL VALUES.
CAL VALUES Menu Items LEFT FWD THRSHLD ........................................................................................................................................................ - - RGT FWD THRSHLD ......................................................................................................................................................... - - LFT RVRS THRSHLD ........................................................................................................................................................ - - RGT RVRS THRSHLD ....................................................................................................................................................... - - LEFT FWD MAX SPD ........................................................................................................................................................ - - RGT FWD MAX SPD ......................................................................................................................................................... - - LFT RVRS MAX SPD ......................................................................................................................................................... - - RGT RVRS MAX SPD ........................................................................................................................................................ - - BM UP THRSHLD ............................................................................................................................................................. - - BM DOWN THRSHLD ........................................................................................................................................................ - - BKT DUMP THRSHLD ....................................................................................................................................................... - - BKT CURL THRSHLD ........................................................................................................................................................ - - SELF LVL BM UP .............................................................................................................................................................. - - SELF LVL BM DWN ........................................................................................................................................................... - - SELF LVL BKT DMP .......................................................................................................................................................... - - SELF LVL BKT CRL........................................................................................................................................................... - - JK05397,00051B4 -19-18MAY17-1/1
Antitheft—Master Code NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.) 2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> ANTITHEFT >> MASTER CODE.
The MASTER CODE menu displays options for activating antitheft feature. MASTER CODE Menu Items Menu Items MASTER CODE
Submenu Items >>
Description
INVALID MASTER CODE
Displayed if incorrect master code is entered.
ANTITHEFT ACTIVATED
Code must be entered to activate antitheft system. JL05046,00001A6 -19-07JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=551
Monitor Operation
Calibration
1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.)
NOTE: This manual only covers menu items visible in service mode. For information on remaining menu items, see operator’s manual.
2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> CALIBRATION.
Menu table provides all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configuration, some items may not be displayed on monitor.
3. Press DOWN button to highlight desired calibration. 4. Press SELECT button to start calibration.
The CALIBRATION menu allows a user to calibrate various features. The monitor will prompt a step-by-step process to complete calibration. CALIBRATION Menu Items Menu Item
CALIBRATION
Details
Submenu Screen
>>
HST THRESHOLD HST FWD SPEED HST RVS SPEED ANGLE SENSOR1 BOOM and BUCKET EH PEDAL1 AUX HYDRAULICS
Select feature for calibration and follow monitor prompts to complete.
1
If equipped.
• Boom and bucket, see Boom and Bucket Calibration.
For more information regarding a specific calibration, see the appropriate link:
• Auxiliary hydraulics, see Auxiliary Hydraulics
(Group 9015-20.)
Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
• Hydrostatic system, see Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
JR05199,0000D78 -19-30JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=552
Monitor Operation
Owner Controls IMPORTANT: The default owner security code for the anti-theft security system is 111 for 3-digit security systems, and 00111 for 5-digit security systems.
c. Press BACK button to decrement number shown. If pressed when “0” is shown, display wraps around to “9”. d. Press SELECT button to store current digit. e. Continue entering remaining digits of CODE. f. Press SELECT to accept the last digit. NOTE: If the code is incorrect, INVALID OWNER CODE appears on the monitor display.
NOTE: OWNER CONTROLS is only available for machines equipped with 2-speed and anti-theft options enabled. The OWNER CONTROLS menu allows owner to enable/disable 2-speed functionality for the default operator plus five additional operators. When 2-speed is disabled and operator attempts to shift into 2-speed, engagement and monitor unit (EMU) displays “FUNCTION LOCKED OUT VIA OWNER CODE” for 2 seconds before returning to last screen. 1. Access service mode, see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.)
The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code. After three attempts, switched power must be cycled OFF and ON to restart the process. The 2-speed lockout menu is now displayed and shows current lock status. NOTE: When 0—5 is displayed in menu, 2-speed is enabled for specific operator. When X is displayed in menu, 2-speed is disabled for specific operator.
• Using numeric keypad on sealed switch module (SSM),
1. Press button 0—5 on sealed switch module (SSM) to toggle lock status for each operator. Display shows “LOCKING OPERATOR _” or “UNLOCKING OPERATOR _”, depending on operator button pressed and lock status.
• Using EMU buttons:
NOTE: BACK and MENU buttons cancel changes made. BACK returns to OWNER CONTROLS menu and MENU returns to runtime screen.
2. Navigate through menu: MAIN MENU >> OWNER CONTROLS. Enter OWNER CODE using one of the following methods: then press enter key. For more information on SSM, see Sealed Switch Module (SSM). (Operator’s Manual.)
a. Press NEXT or BACK button to start process of entering PIN. b. Press NEXT button to increment number shown. If pressed when “9” is shown, display wraps around to “0”.
2. Display shows updated 2-speed lockout menu. Press enter key or SELECT to store settings.
JK05397,00051B5 -19-22MAY17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=553
Monitor Operation
Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—If Equipped IMPORTANT: The default owner security code for the anti-theft security system is 111 for 3-digit security systems, and 00111 for 5-digit security systems. The default operator security codes are 000, 999, 998, 997, and 996 for 3-digit security systems, and 00000, 00999, 00998, 00997, and 00996 for 5-digit security systems.
2. Press NEXT button until MAIN MENU ANTITHEFT displays. 3. Press SELECT button to display ANTITHEFT CHANGE CODES. 4. Press NEXT button to display ANTITHEFT LOCK MODE.
When providing operator security codes to machine users, owners should not provide operators with the default codes. Instead, owners should first change the default operator security codes to other values before providing codes to machine users. Refer to Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code in this section for more information. Anti-theft security (ATS) is initially programmed as inactive (disabled). ATS can be made active (enabled) via payload programming or entry of a valid Master Code. If active, ATS may then be locked or unlocked. If ATS is active and locked, then the proper Owner or Operator access code must be entered to unlock the system and allow the engine to run for more than 3 seconds after starting. There is one Owner code and five Operator codes allowed in the system. Access codes can be configured to be either 3-digits or 5-digits in length and are set the same way for both the Operator and Owner codes. Refer to Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code in this section for more information.
5. Press SELECT button to display OWNER CODE 0 _ _ (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 _ _ _ _ (5-digit system). 6. Enter the current owner security code. a. Press NEXT button or BACK button to change the number displayed in active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increases the current digit; the BACK button decreases the current digit. b. Press SELECT button to accept the number displayed in active (flashing) field. Press SELECT button to shift the active field to the next digit to the right. NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) processes the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, INVALID OWNER CODE appears on the monitor display. The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code. After three attempts, the switched power must be cycled OFF and ON to restart the process. The current locking method displays. 7. Press NEXT button to display appropriate locking method.
Once the anti-theft security system has been enabled, either as a factory installed option or field installation, the system must be configured. Select the locking method and change the owner and operator security codes, as necessary.
• TURN ATS OFF • PROMPT TO LOCK • AUTO LOCK IN 5 MIN • AUTO LOCK IN 60 MIN
All owner and operator security codes must be unique.
8. Press SELECT button to select the displayed locking method.
Selecting the Locking Method Complete the following procedure to select the locking method for the anti-theft security system. Only someone with the owner security code can configure the locking method. There are four locking options available within the anti-theft security system:
9. The selected locking method displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal runtime display. Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code
minutes after operator switches power OFF.
IMPORTANT: If you do not intend to use all five available operator security codes, change all codes to something other then their default values. Leaving access to the machine with default codes is not recommended.
60 minutes after operator switches power OFF.
The following rules apply when changing security codes:
• Prompt for Lock—Machine only locks if selected during EMU shutdown.
• Auto Lock (5 min.)—Machine is locked automatically 5 • Auto Lock (60 min.)—Machine is locked automatically • Anti-Theft Off—Machine is not locked.
1. Press MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to access the Main Menu.
• An operator security code can only be changed if that
security code or the owner security code is used during the change procedure.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-12
AB06447,0000C73 -19-14MAR16-1/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=554
Monitor Operation
• The owner security code can be used to reset all codes
back to their defaults by accessing the RESET ALL CODES menu option. • The anti-theft security system resets all operator security codes and the owner security code to the default values when the master security code is used to enable the system. • The owner security code can only be changed if the owner security code is used during the change procedure. The owner security code must be entered before changing the code. NOTE: There are two methods to enter security codes.
Resetting Operator and Owner Security Codes 1. Press MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to access the Main Menu. 2. Press NEXT button until MAIN MENU ANTITHEFT displays. 3. Press SELECT button to display ANTITHEFT CHANGE CODES. 4. Press SELECT button. Display shows CHANGE CODES OPERATOR 1 CODE.
• Using number switches on sealed switch
5. Press NEXT button until CHANGE CODES RESET ALL CODES displays.
• Using NEXT, BACK, and SELECT
6. Press SELECT button. Display shows ENTER OWNER CODE 0 _ _ (3-digit system) or ENTER OWNER CODE 0 _ _ _ _ (5-digit system).
module (SSM).
buttons on EMU.
1. Press MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to access the Main Menu.
7. Enter current owner security code. a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increases the current digit; the BACK button decreases the current digit.
2. Press NEXT button until MAIN MENU ANTITHEFT displays. 3. Press SELECT button to display ANTITHEFT CHANGE CODES. 4. Press SELECT button. Display shows CHANGE CODES OPERATOR 1 CODE. 5. If changing a different operator security code or the owner security code, press the NEXT button to display the appropriate security code to change. Proceed to next step.
NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) processes the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, INVALID OWNER CODE appears on the display. The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code. After three attempts, the switched power must be cycled OFF and ON to restart the process.
6. Press SELECT button. Display shows ENTER CURRENT CODE 0 _ _ (3-digit system) or ENTER CURRENT CODE 0 _ _ _ _ (5-digit system).
b. Press SELECT button to accept the number displayed in the active (flashing) field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right.
7. Enter current operator security code or owner security code for the code to be changed. a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increases the current digit; the BACK button decreases the current digit. NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) processes the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, an error message appears on the monitor display. The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code. After three attempts, the switched power must be cycled OFF and ON to restart the process. b. Press the SELECT button to accept the number displayed in the active field and shift the active (flashing) field to the next digit to the right. 8. Enter new security code.
8. The anti-theft security system resets the owner and five operator security codes to their defaults of 111, 000, 999, 998, 997, and 996, respectively, for 3-digit security systems, and 00111, 00000, 00999, 00998, 00997, and 00996 for 5-digit security systems. NOTE: If the owner code is not available, security codes can be reset using the master security code, which a John Deere dealer can obtain through DealerNet. Complete the anti-theft security system enable procedure to reset security codes using the master security code. See Anti-Theft Security System Enable—If Equipped. (Group 9015-16.) 9. The default codes display before the EMU returns to the normal display mode menu. Changing System Security Code Length Use this procedure to select the length of security code to use with the anti-theft security system, either 3-digit or 5-digit. The system default is 3-digit.
9. The new security code displays for 3 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal runtime display. Continued on next page TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-13
AB06447,0000C73 -19-14MAR16-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=555
Monitor Operation configuration) processes the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, INVALID OWNER CODE appears on the display.
1. Press MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to access the Main Menu. 2. Press NEXT button until MAIN MENU ANTITHEFT displays.
The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code. After three attempts, the switched power must be cycled OFF and ON to restart the process.
3. Press SELECT button to display ANTITHEFT CHANGE CODES. 4. Press NEXT button until ANTITHEFT NUMBER OF DIGITS displays. 5. Press SELECT button. Display shows OWNER CODE 0 _ _ (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 _ _ _ _ (5-digit system). 6. Enter the current owner security code. a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increases the current digit; the BACK button decreases the current digit. NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system
b. Press SELECT button to accept the number displayed in the active (flashing) field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right. 7. When the current anti-theft system is displayed, either SELECT TO ENABLE 3-DIGIT CODES or SELECT TO ENABLE 5-DIGIT CODES. To change the selection, press the NEXT button to cycle between the different systems and then press the SELECT button to activate. The anti-theft security system resets the owner and five operator security codes to their defaults of 111, 000, 999, 998, 997, and 996, respectively, for 3-digit security systems, and 00111, 00000, 00999, 00998, 00997, and 00996 for 5-digit security systems. AB06447,0000C73 -19-14MAR16-3/3
Anti-Theft Security System Enable—If Equipped
NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the third digit processes the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, INVALID MASTER CODE appears on the display.
Enable the Anti-Theft Security System NOTE: Anti-theft security system is a factory purchased option. A master security code can be obtained from John Deere using DealerNet. The current engine hour meter reading and the serial number are necessary to obtain a master security code. The master security code is used to enable the anti-theft security system option.
The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code. After three attempts, the switched power must be cycled OFF and ON to restart the process. b. Press SELECT button to accept the number displayed (flashing) in the active field. Press SELECT button to shift the active field to the next digit to the right.
Complete the following procedure if the anti-theft security system was not activated at the factory. 1. Turn switched power ON or press engine start switch on the SSM. 2. Press and hold MENU button for 5 seconds to access the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) service menu. 3. Press NEXT button until display shows MAIN MENU ANTITHEFT. 4. Press SELECT button to display ANTITHEFT MASTER CODE. 5. Press SELECT button. 6. Enter the correct master security code: a. Press NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increases the current digit; the BACK button decreases the current digit.
NOTE: The anti-theft security system locking method defaults to ANTITHEFT OFF and the machine is not protected. The locking method must be configured to enable locking. See Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—If Equipped. (Group 9015-16.) 7. If the entered master security code is correct, the display shows ANTITHEFT ACTIVATED for 1.5 seconds, followed by CODES SET TO DEFAULT. NOTE: The anti-theft security system sets the system to UNLOCK and resets the owner and five operator security codes to their defaults of 111, 000, 999, 998, 997, and 996, respectively, for 3-digit security systems, and 00111, 00000, 00999, 00998, 00997, and 00996 for 5-digit security systems. 8. The EMU returns to the normal runtime display. AB06447,0000C74 -19-14MAR16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=556
Monitor Operation
Anti-Theft Security System Operation—If Equipped IMPORTANT: When providing operator security codes to machine users, owners should not provide operators with the default codes. Instead, owners should first change the default operator security codes to other values before providing codes to machine users. NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but will shutoff after 3 seconds. See Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—If Equipped. (Group 9015-16.)
Auto Lock—60 Minutes 1. Switched power OFF. 2. The monitor display shows 60 MIN AUTO LOCK LOCK NOW? 3. Machine remains unlocked for the next 60 minutes. After 60 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code, depending on system configuration, is required for machine operation. OR Press SELECT to lock the machine immediately.
Locking Machine (operator and owner) There are three different locking methods available with the anti-theft security system. See Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—If Equipped. (Group 9015-16.)
• Prompt for Lock • Auto Lock—5 min. • Auto Lock—60 min.
Unlocking Machine (operator and owner) 1. Sit in operator's seat to power up the engagement and monitor unit. 2. Switched power ON. 3. The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) displays ENTER CODE 0 _ _ (3-digit system) or ENTER CODE 0 _ _ _ _ (5-digit system).
Prompt for Lock 1. Switched power OFF.
4. Enter the appropriate security code:
NOTE: If you do not press SELECT to lock the machine within 20 seconds of switched power OFF, the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) will NOT lock the machine. 2. The monitor display shows PRESS SELECT TO LOCK ATS. 3. Press SELECT button within 20 seconds to lock the machine.
a. Press NEXT button or BACK button to change the number displayed in the active field. The NEXT button increases the current digit; the BACK button decreases the current digit. NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) processes the entered security code. b. Press SELECT button to accept the number displayed in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right.
Auto Lock—5 Minutes 1. Switched power OFF. 2. The monitor display shows 5 MIN AUTO LOCK LOCK NOW? 3. Machine remains unlocked for the next 5 minutes. After 5 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code, depending on system configuration, is required for machine operation.
NOTE: The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code. After three attempts, the key switch must be cycled OFF and ON to restart the process. 5. If a correct security code is entered, the monitor displays ANTITHEFT UNLOCKED for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal runtime display.
OR Press SELECT to lock the machine immediately.
The display shows INVALID CODE if the security code was incorrect. AB06447,0000C72 -19-14MAR16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=557
Monitor Operation
Engagement and Monitor Unit Display Messages
Engine Derate
Engine power or speed is limited because of fault in system. Check for ECU DTCs.
NOTE: Menu table provides all possible menu items for various machines. Depending on machine options and configuration, some items may not be displayed on monitor.
Engine Protection Derate
Turbocharger warm up during cold start.
Engine Oil Pressure Low
Engine oil pressure indicator comes on after engine is running. ECU DTC 000100.01 is triggered.
Engine Temp High
Engine temperature goes to the red zone of gauge and the engine is running.
Exhaust Filter Select to Clean
DPF is restricted.
Exhaust Filter Clean Canceled
Park brake or throttle status has changed during DPF cleaning.
[Exhaust Filter Icon] Filter Restricted
DPF has reached a high restriction level. Filter cleaning is needed.
[Exhaust Filter Icon] Progress Bar
Appears during DPF cleaning.
[Exhaust Filter Icon] Idle Elevated
Active, stationary, or recovery DPF cleaning is in progress.
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) automatically displays a message for specific machine situations and certain diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Depending on machine situation or if a DTC is initially active, a message displays on the EMU until the situation changes, the DTC is resolved, or the operator presses any button on the EMU. If multiple display messages are generated, the one with the highest EMU priority displays. Pressing any button on the EMU closes the displayed message, allowing the next message to display in order of EMU importance until all generated messages have been displayed. Display Message
Message Trigger
Fasten Seat Belt Lower Lap Bar
Auto Clean OFF Select to review
Diesel particulate filter (DPF) is restricted and auto clean is set to OFF.
Operator attempted to release park brake without lowering interlocking seat bar.
FLTR Clean Abort System Fault
System fault has been detected during DPF cleaning.
Auto Idle
Auto-idle is active.
Aux Hydraulic Bypass
Auxiliary hydraulics are in override mode.
FLTR Clean Abort Check Active Codes
System fault has been detected during DPF cleaning.
Check Service Code
A DTC is active that should trigger the Check Service Code monitor message.
Filter Shutdown Stop to Confirm
System fault has been detected during DPF cleaning.
Function Locked Via Owner Code
Enter owner code to engage function.
Creep Limit Down to Dec Up to Inc
Increments are by 10% down to 20%, then by 1% below 20%.
Function Not Available
Function selected is not currently available on production machine.
Cycle Lap Bar
Interlocking seat bar or seat switch open. Operator must raise and lower interlocking seat bar.
H Foot Pattern Selected
Pattern select option installed. H pattern with foot pedals, steering, and bucket control is active.
DEF is Low
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) level in reservoir is low.
H Pattern Selected
Pattern select option installed. H pattern steering and bucket control are active.
DEF is Empty
Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) reservoir is empty.
Hyd Oil Filter Restriction
DEF System Fault Engine Power and Speed Limited
Engine power is limited because of fault in diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. Check for dosing control unit (DCU) DTCs.
Hydraulic oil filter restriction warning indicator comes on after EMU start-up. Vehicle control unit (VCU) DTC 001713.00 is triggered.
DEF System Fault Engine Limited in ## Minutes
Engine power is limited because of fault in diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. Check for DCU DTCs.
Hydraulic Oil Temp High
Hydraulic oil temperature indicator comes on after EMU start-up. VCU DTC 001508.00 is triggered.
Hyd Temp Too Low for Shift
Door Open
Operator attempted to release park brake without door closed (cab machines). EMU DTC 003413.04 is triggered (non-cab machines).
Hydraulic oil temperature is below specification for two-speed shift to occur.
Hyd Temp Low Stop and Set Brake to Shift
Hydraulic oil temperature is below specification for shift from second speed to first speed to occur.
High Voltage
Battery voltage greater than 16.2 V for 5 seconds. EMU DTC 000158.00 is triggered.
Enable Hydraulics
Engine Air Filter Restriction
Operator attempted to move joystick for hydraulic function after engine start-up and seat belt fastened, but before enabling hydraulics (using park brake switch).
[Glow Plug Icon] +Wait to Start XX Switched power ON and preheat Sec time not 0 seconds.
Engine air filter restriction warning indicator comes on and EMU not in self-test. ECU DTC 5222323.00 is triggered.
ISO Foot Pattern Selected
Pattern select option installed. ISO pattern steering and boom and bucket foot controls are active.
ISO Pattern Selected
Pattern select option installed. ISO pattern steering and bucket control are active.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-16
AB06447,0000C88 -19-03OCT17-1/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=558
Monitor Operation Loader Precision Rate
Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Precision mode is active.
Loader Production Rate
Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Production mode is active.
Loader Utility Rate
Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Utility mode is active.
Low Fuel
Fuel level low after engine is running.
Low Voltage
Battery voltage less than 11.7 V but greater than 9 V for 5 seconds. EMU DTC 000158.01 is triggered.
Propel Precision Rate
Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Precision mode is active.
Propel Production Rate
Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Production mode is active.
Propel Utility Rate
Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Utility mode is active.
Ready to Start Engine
Glow plug or starter cool down wait to start time has elapsed and the engine is ready to start.
Release Park Brake
Operator attempted to move joystick for travel function after engine start-up and seat belt fastened, but before releasing park brake (using park brake switch).
Remote Start Connected
Remote start box installed.
Require 3/5 Digits
Appears when anti-theft codes are entered with too few digits.
Return Controls to Center
Park brake engaged and propel controls out of neutral.
Service Menu
When the menu button is held for 5 seconds, the Service Menu appears.
Set Park Brake to Start Engine
The seat switch is active, the key switch is ON, and the engine is not running. Park brake switch must be ON to start engine.
Set Throttle to Low Idle
Set throttle to low idle.
Turbo Cooling Shutdown in XX
Engine turbo cool down function is active. Cool down timer can reach a maximum of 120 seconds.
Turbo Warm-up
Turbocharger warm-up period after cold engine start.
Turn OFF Aux Hydraulics
Disengage auxiliary hydraulics.
Wait to Release Park Brake
Hydraulic oil temperature is below specification for two-speed shift to occur.
Wait to Start XX Sec
Starter has been cranking for more than 30 seconds. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-17
AB06447,0000C88 -19-03OCT17-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=559
Monitor Operation
Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) can be used to display vital operating information, machine hours, diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), diagnostics, and to calibrate machine systems. It can also be used to lock the machine using an anti-theft security system (if equipped). Power-Up EMU can be powered-up by sitting in the seat or when switched power is on. Upon initial power-up, EMU runs a self-test to ensure that all functions are operating. If powered by seat switch, EMU self-test turns the backlighting on, turns on all LCD pixels for 1 second, and turns on all indicators for 5 seconds. When switched power is on, EMU self-test turns the backlighting on, turns on all LCD pixels for 1 second, turns on all indicator lights for 5 seconds, and then goes to normal runtime screens. Gauges calibrate to the right post, go to vertical position for 1 second, and then go to their runtime positions. If switched power is ON after the seat switch is ON, the gauges calibrate to the right post, and then go to their runtime positions. After self-test, display initially reads TMC BY JOHN DEERE for 1.5 seconds before showing machine model and speeds for 3 seconds. If anti-theft system has not been enabled or is not active, display defaults to the runtime screen. If anti-theft system is enabled and unlocked, display defaults to the runtime screen. If anti-theft system is enabled on the machine, operator is prompted to enter their code.
viewing a run data item scrolls through all the run data items.
• DEF Level • Hours • Volts • Job Hours • Hydraulic Oil Temperature • Engine Temperature • Engine RPM Hour Meter The EMU updates, maintains, and displays accumulated machine hours. Hours are displayed to the nearest tenth hour. If needed, current hour meter value can be transferred to a new EMU. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Remove and Install. (Group 1600.) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) If a DTC becomes active, a pop-up message CHECK SERVICE CODE appears in the EMU display. Code menu displays any DTCs that are present in the machine. Each active DTC is stored immediately upon occurrence, provided the code is not already saved in memory. Any DTC still active is immediately stored again. For more information, See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-20.) Monitor Menu The Monitor Menu allows user to choose language and units format for their monitor.
Switch Inputs Four push-buttons on left side of the EMU are provided for operator input. Switches are labeled with a menu icon (MENU), a left-pointing arrow (BACK), a down-pointing arrow (NEXT), and a check mark symbol (SELECT).
1. Press MENU to display EMU main menu. 2. Press NEXT until MAIN MENU MONITOR displays. 3. Press SELECT to change monitor settings. 4. MONITOR UNITS displays, press SELECT to change monitor units setting or press NEXT to display MONITOR LANGUAGE.
Menu Navigation After initial 5 second power-up sequence, operator can navigate through various menus using the four EMU buttons. Press MENU button to access menus from the runtime display.
a. Press NEXT to cycle between ENGLISH and METRIC unit settings.
Pressing and holding MENU for 5 seconds accesses service menu. Service menu can be used to display diagnostic information, clear diagnostic trouble codes, and calibrate machine systems. Once service menu has been accessed, this menu remains accessible until power on the EMU is cycled off.
b. Press SELECT to change monitor units setting. Selected monitor unit setting displays for 2 seconds then returns to runtime display. 5. When MONITOR LANGUAGE displays, press SELECT to change monitor language settings.
For more information, see Diagnostics—EMU Power and see Service Mode. (Group 9015-16.)
a. Press NEXT to cycle between monitor language settings.
Run Data Items
b. Press SELECT to change monitor language setting.
Run data items are default display when the engagement and monitor unit is powered up. Run data items can also be displayed while cycling through the menu items by pressing the MENU button, or by pressing MENU at anytime while in a submenu. Pressing SELECT while
Selected monitor language setting displays for 2 seconds then returns to runtime display. Job Timer
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-18
NR81152,000185E -19-24MAY17-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=560
Monitor Operation
The job timer is used to accumulate engine hours on a particular job. If switched power is off, the job timer value is saved and will continue from that point the next time the machine is started. Operator can select job timer to display or clear these accumulated hours. Job timer function is similar to the hour meter except it can be reset to zero through the menu. For more information, see Engagement and Monitor Unit Display Messages. (Group 9015-16.) Auto-Idle Enable or Disable Auto-idle can be enabled or disabled in the EMU menu. 1. Press MENU to display EMU main menu. 2. Press NEXT until MAIN MENU AUTO IDLE displays. 3. Press SELECT to enter auto-idle submenu. 4. Press NEXT to cycle between DISABLE AUTO IDLE and ENABLE AUTO IDLE displays. 5. Press SELECT when desired setting is displayed. 6. Selected setting is displayed for 2 seconds then returns to normal runtime display. For more information, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Anti-Theft Enable or Disable The optionally-enabled anti-theft security system within the EMU provides a basic level of machine theft protection. When anti-theft security system is enabled, machine can be unlocked and locked with the use of either a 3-digit or 5-digit security code (depending on how the system is configured). This security code, along with switched power ON, is necessary to start and run the engine.
For more information, see Anti-Theft Security System Operation—If Equipped and see Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—If Equipped. (Group 9015-16.) Anti-theft is enabled or disabled through the service menu. If Anti-theft is not enabled, anti-theft submenu is only available in service menus. If anti-theft is enabled, anti-theft submenu is available in both operator menus and service menus. For more information, see Anti-Theft Security System Enable—If Equipped. (Group 9015-16.) System Interlocks The seat interlock function ensures that the operator has lowered the interlocking seat bar each time the operator enters machine and prior to enabling functions that require operator presence in the machine. The park brake interlock function ensures that the operator is present in the machine prior to enabling park brake release. The hydraulic interlock function ensures that the operator is present in machine and door is closed prior to enabling hydraulics for the boom and bucket functions. The auxiliary hydraulic interlock function ensures that the operator is present in machine and door is closed prior to enabling the auxiliary hydraulics for attachments. After auxiliary hydraulic interlock occurs, operator can use the override mode to run auxiliary hydraulics without being in the seat. For more information, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Remote Start Interlock A remote start box can be used for performing service functions on machine. For more information, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) NR81152,000185E -19-24MAY17-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-19
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=561
Monitor Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-16-20
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=562
Group 17
Diagnostic Test Box Setup and Functional Test Diagnostic Test Box—Overview and Functionality The JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box is designed to aid the technician in troubleshooting electronically controlled systems. The tool must be used in accordance with diagnostic procedures:
• Service ADVISOR™ • JT07306 Digital Multimeter • JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit • J-35616-20 Test Leads
JDG10273
The JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box is used to find some of the following wiring harness problems:
• Open wires • Shorted wires • Series resistance • Parallel resistance Functional components of the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box are: RG17892 —UN—15FEB10
• Power connector and power harness provide connection to the machine battery terminals.
• LED indicates that power is applied correctly to JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
• Test lead inputs A and B provide connection to the harness.
• Test lead inputs V and COM provide connection to the digital multimeter.
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box
• S1 switch is used to create a voltage divider circuit as specified within diagnostic procedure.
• S2 switch is used to provide an alternate ground path as specified within diagnostic procedure.
• S3 switch is used to provide a load on a circuit as specified within diagnostic procedure.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-1/6
Before Connecting JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage. Do not run engine with JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box connected. TX1144277 —UN—20SEP13
• Key OFF, engine OFF when connecting or
disconnecting JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
• Follow all machine manufacturer safety warnings.
Do not run engine with JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box connected. Do Not Run Engine Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-1
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-2/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=563
Diagnostic Test Box JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box—User Instructions Visually inspect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) for signs of damage or corrosion on terminals, case, and power harness (15). Verify that test leads and test lead inputs fit securely to each other when connected. If applicable, use the tie strap to secure JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box to machine. Place in a location away from moving parts and excessive heat.
15
To apply power to JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box, attach connector end of power harness to JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box. Attach red power clamp to the machine's positive (+) battery terminal. Attach black ground clamp to the machine’s negative (-) battery terminal. Use the optional power harness extension cable if provided power harness does not reach battery.
5 JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box and Power Harness 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-2
TX1142706 —UN—21AUG13
NOTE: When connecting power harness to battery terminals, observe proper polarity when making connections. Make sure that connections are secure and harness is routed away from moving objects and operating personnel.
15— Power Harness
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-3/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=564
Diagnostic Test Box
If the machine is a 24 V system, the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box must be hooked up to the second battery in the series to ensure that the black ground clamp is connected to the negative (-) terminal that goes to chassis ground.
+24 V
+
If LED is not turned on, see step 3 of Diagnostic Test Box—Operational Test Procedure in this section before proceeding. Perform the steps in Diagnostic Test Box—Operational Test Procedure if JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box is giving misdiagnoses during troubleshooting procedures. It is good practice to perform the test periodically to ensure that JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box is functioning properly.
-
+ TX1144278 —UN—20SEP13
NOTE: Always follow diagnostic procedures for proper operation of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
Hooked Up Incorrectly
+24 V
+
-
TX1144279 —UN—20SEP13
+
Hooked Up Correctly Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-3
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-4/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=565
Diagnostic Test Box JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box—Operational Test Procedure Perform the following steps to verify proper functionality of the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box. If any of the steps indicate a problem, the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box must be replaced. Required components to test JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box operation are a digital multimeter and a 12—30 V DC power source or 12—24 V machine battery. 1. Disconnect power harness from battery or any other power source and remove JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box from machine.
JDG10273
RG17892 —UN—15FEB10
2. Set digital multimeter function to measure resistance (Ω). Make sure to zero the digital multimeter prior to making the following resistance measurements. Attach red (+) meter probe to “V” test lead input and black (-) meter probe to “COM” test lead input of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box. Turn S1 switch to each position as indicated within the table below and verify that the meter readings are within the corresponding value ranges listed. While performing this check, also verify that S1 switch physically holds, or has a detent, at each position and does not turn past switch stops. S1 Switch Position
Meter Reading (Ω)
1
Open (OL)
2
1M (980K—1.02M)
3
150K (147K—153K)
4
10K (9.8K—10.2K)
5
JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box
3K (2.94K—3.06K)
S1 Switch Position
Meter Reading With S2 Switch Open (Not Pressed)
Meter Reading With S2 Switch Closed (Pressed)
6
2.2K (2.16K—2.24K)
9
0.0—0.2 V
4.7—5.2 V
7
1K (980—1.02K)
10
0.0—0.2 V
4.7—5.2 V
8
750 (735—765)
11
0.0—0.2 V
4.7—5.2 V
S1 Switch Readings, Pull Down
S1 Switch Readings, Pull Up
3. Connect the power cable connector to the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box and the other end to a battery or DC power source between 12 and 30 V. Attach red power clamp to the positive (+) terminal and black ground clamp to the negative (-) terminal of machine battery. Verify green LED is on. If LED is off, verify power connections and power source. Check the fuse and replace fuse with a 5-amp, 32 V fuse if necessary. If LED is still not on, replace the JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
5. Disconnect power source from JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box and set S1 switch to position 1. Set digital multimeter function to diode test. Connect red (+) meter probe of digital multimeter to “A” (yellow input) of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box. Connect black (-) meter probe of digital multimeter to “B” (blue input) of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
4. Set digital multimeter function to measure volts. Turn S1 switch to each position as indicated in the table below. Then verify the meter readings are within the range listed below when S2 switch is open and closed.
• Press both S2 switch and S3 switch at the same time
• Verify that digital multimeter reads “OL” or 0 V. • Press S3 switch and verify that the digital multimeter reads 0.20—0.75 V.
and verify that the digital multimeter reads “OL” or 0 V.
• With the digital multimeter probes reversed, press S3 switch verify that the digital multimeter reads “OL” or 0 V.
Test Leads Test leads must be functional to prevent misdiagnosis.
• Visually inspect insulation on test leads for any damage. • Test leads must be completely covered with insulation. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-4
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-5/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=566
Diagnostic Test Box
• Visually inspect test lead tips for corrosion and other
environmental damage. • Make sure test leads fit tightly into test lead inputs of JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box.
• With digital multimeter, measure resistance from each end of test lead to measure its continuity. Verify that resistance is less than 1 ohm for each test lead.
RG80575,0000BE8 -19-01JUN16-6/6
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=567
Diagnostic Test Box
Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High
• Open wire • Signal wire short to voltage • Sensor malfunction
This condition can be caused by:
24 V 1
2
AUTOMOTIVE METER
7
3
~ V Hz~
OFF
6
S2
S3
V Hz
RPM
8
% 2
5
6
5
7
4
1
0
C 0F PRESS MIN MAX
1 sec
9
2
V
10 1
~ 2 sec RPM
S1
V
4
11 COM
COM
10A
10
9
3
A ~
11
8
TX1137638 —UN—31MAY13
0
5V
FUSED SEE WARNINGS ON BACK
TX1137638 Two Wire Test Box Setup 1— Terminal A (yellow) 2— Terminal B (blue) 3— Sensor Harness Connector
4— Control Unit 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box 6— S3 Switch
7— S2 Switch 8— Digital Multimeter 9— S1 Switch 10— Signal Wire
1. Perform Setup and Functional Test. (Group 9015-17.) 2. Disconnect sensor. 3. Using wire leads and flex probe kit, connect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) to terminals of sensor harness connector (3) as follows:
• Test box V terminal to digital multimeter (8) V+ terminal • Test box COM terminal to digital multimeter COM terminal • Test box terminal A (1) to sensor harness connector signal wire terminal • Test box terminal B (2) to sensor harness connector ground wire terminal
4. Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. View appropriate Service ADVISOR™ reading as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 6. Set digital multimeter to measure voltage. 7. Set S1 switch (9) on test box to number as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 8. Compare voltage on digital multimeter to Service ADVISOR™ reading.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
11— Ground Wire
9015-17-6
RG80575,0000BE9 -19-22AUG13-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=568
Diagnostic Test Box Result
Condition
Action
Voltages match (within 0.2 volts).
Sensor malfunction.
Replace sensor.
Digital multimeter is greater by 0.2 volts.
Signal wire is short to voltage.
Repair signal wire.
Digital multimeter is less by 0.2 volts.
Wire is open.
Press S2 switch (7). Voltage Unchanged: Replace signal wire. Voltage Increases: Replace ground wire.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BE9 -19-22AUG13-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=569
Diagnostic Test Box
Two Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low
• Signal wire short to ground • Sensor malfunction
This condition can be caused by:
24 V 1
2
AUTOMOTIVE METER
7
3
~ V Hz~
OFF
6
S2
S3
V Hz
RPM
8
% 2
5
6
5
7
4
1
0
C 0F PRESS MIN MAX
1 sec
9
2
V
4
10 1
~ 2 sec RPM
S1
11
V
COM
COM
10A
10
9
3
A ~
11
8
TX1137638 —UN—31MAY13
0
5V
FUSED SEE WARNINGS ON BACK
TX1137638 Two Wire Test Box Setup 1— Terminal A (yellow) 2— Terminal B (blue) 3— Sensor Harness Connector
4— Control Unit 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box 6— S3 Switch
1. Perform Setup and Functional Test. (Group 9015-17.) 2. Disconnect sensor. 3. Using wire leads and flex probe kit, connect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) to terminals of sensor harness connector (3) as follows:
• Test box V terminal to digital multimeter (8) V+ terminal • Test box COM terminal to digital multimeter COM terminal • Test box terminal A (1) to sensor harness connector signal wire terminal • Test box terminal B (2) to sensor harness connector ground wire terminal Result
7— S2 Switch 8— Digital Multimeter 9— S1 Switch 10— Signal Wire
11— Ground Wire
4. Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. View appropriate Service ADVISOR™ reading as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 6. Set digital multimeter to measure voltage. 7. Set S1 switch (9) on test box to number as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 8. Compare voltage on digital multimeter to Service ADVISOR™ reading.
Condition
Action
Voltages match (within 0.2 volts).
Sensor malfunction.
Replace sensor.
Digital multimeter is less by 0.2 volts.
Signal wire is short to ground.
Repair signal wire.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BEA -19-22AUG13-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=570
Diagnostic Test Box
Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range High
• Supply, signal, or ground wire short to power • Sensor malfunction
This condition can be caused by:
24 V 1
2
AUTOMOTIVE METER
7
3
~ V Hz~
OFF
6
S2
S3
V Hz
RPM
8
% 2
5
6
5
7
4
1
A ~
10
9
3 0
12 11
8
4
0
C F PRESS MIN MAX
1 sec
9
2
10 1
~ 2 sec V
RPM
S1
11
V
COM
COM
10A
TX1137863 —UN—31MAY13
0
5V
FUSED SEE WARNINGS ON BACK
TX1137863 Three Wire Test Box Setup 1— Terminal A (yellow) 2— Terminal B (blue) 3— Sensor Harness Connector
4— Control Unit 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box 6— S3 Switch
7— S2 Switch 8— Digital Multimeter 9— S1 Switch 10— Signal Wire
11— Ground Wire 12— Supply Wire
1. Disconnect sensor.
• Test box terminal A (1) to sensor harness connector
2. Using wire leads and flex probe kit, connect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) to terminals of sensor harness connector (3) as follows:
• Test box terminal B (2) to sensor harness connector
supply wire terminal
ground wire terminal
3. View voltage on digital multimeter.
• Test box V terminal to digital multimeter (8) V+ terminal
• Test box COM terminal to digital multimeter COM terminal
Result
Condition
Action
Voltage is approximately 5 volts.
Short signal wire or sensor.
Voltage is greater than 5 volts.
Supply or ground wire is short to power. Press S2 switch (7). Voltage Unchanged: Replace supply wire. Voltage Decreases: Replace ground wire.
4. Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. Move connection of test box terminal A to sensor harness connector signal wire terminal. 6. View appropriate Service ADVISOR™ reading as indicated by diagnostic procedure.
7. Set digital multimeter to measure voltage. 8. Set S1 switch (9) on test box to number as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 9. Compare voltage on digital multimeter to Service ADVISOR™ reading.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Continue diagnostics. See step 4.
9015-17-9
RG80575,0000BEB -19-22AUG13-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=571
Diagnostic Test Box Result
Condition
Action
Voltages match (within 0.2 volts).
Sensor malfunction.
Replace sensor.
Voltages match but are greater than 5 volts.
Signal wire is short to power.
Repair signal wire.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BEB -19-22AUG13-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=572
Diagnostic Test Box
Three Wire Sensor Circuit Check—Out of Range Low
• Signal wire short to ground • Supply, signal, or ground wire open • Sensor malfunction
This condition can be caused by:
24 V 1
2
AUTOMOTIVE METER
7
3
~ V Hz~
OFF
6
S2
S3
V Hz
RPM
8
% 2
5
6
4
1
5
7
A ~
10
9
3 0
12 11
8
4
0
C F PRESS MIN MAX
1 sec
9
2
10 1
~ 2 sec V
RPM
S1
11
V
COM
COM
10A
TX1137863 —UN—31MAY13
0
5V
FUSED SEE WARNINGS ON BACK
TX1137863 Three Wire Test Box Setup 1— Terminal A (yellow) 2— Terminal B (blue) 3— Sensor Harness Connector
4— Control Unit 5— JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box 6— S3 Switch
7— S2 Switch 8— Digital Multimeter 9— S1 Switch 10— Signal Wire
11— Ground Wire 12— Supply Wire
1. Disconnect sensor.
• Test box terminal A (1) to sensor harness connector
2. Using wire leads and flex probe kit, connect JDG10273 Diagnostic Test Box (5) to terminals of sensor harness connector (3) as follows:
• Test box terminal B (2) to sensor harness connector
supply wire terminal
ground wire terminal
3. View voltage on digital multimeter.
• Test box V terminal to digital multimeter (8) V+ terminal
• Test box COM terminal to digital multimeter COM terminal
Result
Condition
Action
Voltage is approximately 5 volts.
Open or short signal wire or sensor.
Continue diagnostics. See step 4.
Voltage is 0 volts.
Supply or ground wire is open.
Press S2 switch (7). Voltage Unchanged: Replace supply wire. Voltage Increases: Replace ground wire.
4. Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. Move connection of test box terminal A to sensor harness connector signal wire terminal. 6. View appropriate Service ADVISOR™ reading as indicated by diagnostic procedure.
7. Set digital multimeter to measure voltage. 8. Set S1 switch (9) on test box to number as indicated by diagnostic procedure. 9. Compare voltage on digital multimeter to Service ADVISOR™ reading.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-11
RG80575,0000BEC -19-22AUG13-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=573
Diagnostic Test Box Result
Condition
Action
Sensor malfunction.
Replace sensor.
Digital multimeter is less by 0.2 volts.
Signal wire is open.
Repair signal wire.
Voltages match but are less than 1.5 volts.
Signal wire is short to ground.
Repair signal wire.
Voltages match (within 0.2 volts).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RG80575,0000BEC -19-22AUG13-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-17-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=574
Group 20
Adjustments Hydrostatic System Calibration
9. Press NEXT until CALIBRATION HST THRESHOLD displays.
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (minimum)
60°C 140°F
Engine Temperature (minimum)
43°C 109°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
10. Press SELECT. The display shows BEGINNING THRESHOLD CAL. NOTE: If any of the calibration preconditions are not met, the EMU displays a message:
• ENGINE RPM TOO LOW FOR CAL • RELEASE PARK BRAKE • HYD OIL TEMP TOO LOW FOR CAL • TURN OFF AUX HYDRAULICS • ENGINE TEMP TOO LOW FOR CAL • SHIFT TO LOW RANGE (for two-speed machines) • MOVE FNR TO NEUTRAL (joysticks not in neutral) • HYD TEMP TOO HIGH FOR CAL
The hydrostatic system calibration procedure sets the minimum thresholds and maximum speeds of the left and right hydrostatic pumps and motors to ensure smooth starts and stops and straight tracking. NOTE: Calibration quits if hydraulic oil temperature falls below operating temperature specification. Make sure system oil is warm enough to maintain oil temperature during calibration procedure.
Hydrostatic Low Speed Calibration
Hydraulic oil temperature is measured by hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
1. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows MOVE FNR TO MAX FORWARD AND HOLD. 2. If two-speed machine, make sure that low speed is selected.
1. Operate machine until hydraulic oil and engine temperature reach specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature (minimum)........................................................................................ 60°C 140°F Engine—Temperature (minimum)........................................................................................ 43°C 109°F
2. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
NOTE: Press the MENU button to end the calibration procedure. At the prompt, press SELECT to end calibration or BACK, NEXT, or MENU to resume calibration. 3. Move left joystick forward and hold. The display shows CALIBRATING FORWARD THRESHOLD. The machine wheels operate slowly in forward during the calibration procedure. 4. Once forward threshold has been calibrated, the display shows MOVE FNR TO MAX REVERSE AND HOLD.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from moving tires or tracks when performing calibration. Tires or tracks rotate during hydrostatic system calibration. Keep tire or track area clear of bystanders during calibration procedure.
5. Move left joystick rearward and hold. The display shows CALIBRATING REVERSE THRESHOLD. The machine wheels operate slowly in reverse during the calibration procedure.
3. Raise and block the machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.)
6. Once reverse threshold has been calibrated, THRESHOLD CAL COMPLETE displays for 2 seconds before returning to CALIBRATION menu.
4. Start engine and release park brake.
If the threshold calibration procedure does not complete correctly, THRESHOLD CAL FAILED displays on the EMU.
5. If equipped with pattern select, place pattern select switch in ISO mode. See Switchable Controls—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Operate engine at fast idle.
Hydrostatic High Speed Forward Calibration
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
1. Press NEXT until CALIBRATION HST FWD SPEED displays.
7. Press and hold the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for 5 seconds to access the service menu.
2. Press SELECT. The display shows BEGINNING MAX SPEED FORWARD CAL.
8. Press NEXT until MAIN MENU CALIBRATION displays. Press SELECT.
3. If two-speed machine, make sure that high speed is selected.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-20-1
JR05199,0000D64 -19-02DEC15-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=575
Adjustments
4. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows MOVE FNR TO MAX FORWARD AND HOLD.
3. If two-speed machine, make sure low speed is selected.
5. Move left joystick forward and hold. The display shows CALIBRATING FORWARD MAX SPEED.
4. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows MOVE FNR TO MAX REVERSE AND HOLD.
The machine wheels operate at full forward speed during the calibration procedure.
5. Move left joystick rearward and hold. The display shows CALIBRATING REVERSE MAX SPEED.
6. Once the forward maximum speed has been calibrated, FORWARD MAX CAL COMPLETE displays for 2 seconds before returning to CALIBRATION menu. If the maximum forward calibration procedure does not complete correctly, FORWARD MAX CAL FAILED displays on the EMU.
The machine wheels operate at full speed in reverse during the calibration procedure. 6. Once reverse maximum speed has been calibrated, REVERSE MAX CAL COMPLETE displays for 2 seconds before returning to CALIBRATION menu.
Hydrostatic High Speed Reverse Calibration 1. Press NEXT until CALIBRATION HST RVS SPEED displays.
If maximum reverse calibration procedure does not complete correctly, REVERSE MAX CAL FAILED displays on the EMU.
2. Press SELECT. The display shows BEGINNING MAX SPEED REVERSE CAL. JR05199,0000D64 -19-02DEC15-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-20-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=576
Adjustments
Boom and Bucket Calibration
8. Press NEXT until CALIBRATION BOOM AND BUCKET displays.
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Operating Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
Engine Temperature (minimum)
43°C 109°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
9. Press SELECT. The display shows BEGINNING BOOM THRESHOLD CAL. NOTE: If any of the calibration preconditions are not met, the EMU displays one of the following messages:
• ENGINE RPM TOO LOW FOR CAL • ENABLE HYDRAULICS • HYD OIL TEMP TOO LOW FOR CAL • TURN OFF AUX HYDRAULICS • ENGINE TEMP TOO LOW FOR CAL • MOVE RIGHT JOYSTICK TO CENTER
This procedure calibrates the control valve threshold values for the boom and bucket functions of the machine. Boom and bucket calibration can be run in any of the available control patterns. Once calibration procedure is started, the pattern cannot be changed during calibration. NOTE: Calibration quits if hydraulic oil temperature falls below operating temperature specification. Make sure system oil is warm enough to maintain oil temperature during calibration procedure. Hydraulic oil temperature is measured by hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) 1. Operate machine until hydraulic oil and engine temperature reach specification.
10. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows BOOM DOWN UNTIL BOOM MOVES. NOTE: Press the MENU button to end the calibration procedure. At the prompt, press SELECT to end calibration or BACK, NEXT, or MENU to resume calibration. 11. Slowly operate boom down function; the display shows CALIBRATING BOOM DOWN. Once the boom begins to lower, end boom down function. The display shows BOOM UP UNTIL BOOM MOVES.
Specification Hydraulic Oil Operating—Temperature (minimum)........................................................................................ 40°C 104°F Engine—Temperature (minimum)........................................................................................ 43°C 109°F
2. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
12. Slowly operate boom up function; the display shows CALIBRATING BOOM UP. Once the boom begins to raise, end boom up function. The display shows BUCKET CURL UNTIL BUCKET MOVES. 13. Slowly operate bucket curl function; the display shows CALIBRATING BUCKET CURL. Once the bucket begins to curl, end bucket curl function. The display shows BUCKET DUMP UNTIL BUCKET MOVES.
3. Start engine and enable hydraulics. 4. Position boom and front coupler such that both functions are in mid-point of cylinder travel. (Boom partially raised and front coupler tilted forward.) 5. Operate engine at fast idle. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
6. Press and hold the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for 5 seconds to access the service menu.
14. Slowly operate bucket dump function; the display shows CALIBRATING BUCKET DUMP. Once the bucket begins to dump, end bucket dump function. 15. Once the boom and bucket thresholds have been calibrated, THRESHOLD CAL COMPLETE displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal runtime display. If the calibration procedure does not complete correctly, THRESHOLD CAL FAILED displays on the EMU.
7. Press NEXT until MAIN MENU CALIBRATION displays. Press SELECT. JR05199,0000D5E -19-02DEC15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-20-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=577
Adjustments
Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration
NOTE: If any of the calibration preconditions are not met, the EMU displays one of the following messages:
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Operating— Temperature
40°C 104°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
• ENGINE RPM TOO LOW FOR CAL • HYD OIL TEMP TOO LOW FOR CAL • MOVE ROLLER TO NEUTRAL (auxiliary
This procedure calibrates the control valve threshold values for the auxiliary functions of the machine. NOTE: Calibration will quit if hydraulic oil temperature falls below operating temperature specification. Make sure system oil is warm enough to maintain oil temperature during calibration procedure. 1. Operate machine until hydraulic oil reaches normal operating temperature. Specification Hydraulic Oil Operating——Temperature......................................................................... 40°C 104°F
2. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 3. Start engine and enable hydraulics. 4. If equipped with pattern select, place pattern select switch in ISO mode. See Switchable Controls—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
proportional switch not in neutral)
10. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows AUX EXTEND UNTIL PRESSURE. NOTE: Press the MENU button to end the calibration procedure. At the prompt, press SELECT to end calibration or BACK, NEXT, or MENU to resume calibration. NOTE: If operator does not return auxiliary proportional switch to neutral immediately after the rise in pressure is heard, AUX CALIBRATION FAILED will appear on the display for 2 seconds and the calibration procedure will end. Normal runtime data appears on the screen and the previous calibration values are resumed. 11. Slowly move the auxiliary proportional switch forward until rise in pressure is heard. Return auxiliary proportional switch to neutral. The display shows AUX RETRACT UNTIL PRESSURE.
5. Operate engine at fast idle. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
6. Press and hold the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for 5 seconds to access the service menu. 7. Press NEXT until MAIN MENU CALIBRATION displays. Press SELECT.
12. Slowly move the auxiliary proportional switch to the rear until rise in pressure is heard. Return auxiliary proportional switch to neutral. 13. Once the auxiliary thresholds have been calibrated, AUX CALIBRATION COMPLETE displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal runtime display.
8. Press NEXT until CALIBRATION AUX HYDRAULICS displays.
If the calibration procedure does not complete correctly, AUX CALIBRATION FAILED displays on the EMU.
9. Press SELECT. The display shows BEGINNING AUX THRESHOLD CAL. DS35042,00000A6 -19-21OCT15-1/1
Manual Tracking Adjustment For more information on manual tracking adjustment, see Manual Tracking—If Equipped (EH Only) (EMU). (Operator’s Manual.) JR05199,0000D65 -19-27JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-20-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=578
Adjustments
Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration NOTE: This calibration is only for the dual pedal setup, not single engine speed control pedal. TX1131228 —UN—15FEB13
This procedure calibrates the end of travel positions for the left and right pedal sensors. 1. Park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Press and hold the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for 5 seconds to access the service menu. 3. Press NEXT until MAIN MENU CALIBRATION displays. Press SELECT.
Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedals
4. Press NEXT until CALIBRATION EH PEDAL displays.
1— Left Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal 2— Right Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal
5. The display shows BEGINNING PEDAL CAL. Press SELECT. NOTE: If any of the calibration preconditions are not met, the EMU displays one of the following messages:
• DISABLE HYDRAULICS • MOVE LEFT PEDAL TO CENTER 6. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows MOVE LEFT PEDAL FORWARD MAX. On left side, fully press top (toe) of electrohydraulic (EH) pedal (3). NOTE: Press the MENU button to end the calibration procedure. At the prompt, press SELECT to end calibration or BACK, NEXT, or MENU to resume calibration. 7. The display shows CALIBRATING LEFT PEDAL MAX. Release left EH foot pedal (1). 8. The display shows MOVE LEFT PEDAL BACK MAX. On left side, fully press bottom (heel) of EH pedal (4).
3— Top (toe) of EH Pedal (2 used) 4— Bottom (heel) of EH Pedal (2 used)
10. The display shows MOVE RIGHT PEDAL TO CENTER. Move right EH foot pedal (2) to center. 11. The display shows MOVE RIGHT PEDAL FORWARD MAX. On right side, fully press top (toe) of EH pedal. 12. The display shows CALIBRATING RIGHT PEDAL MAX. Release right EH foot pedal. 13. The display shows MOVE RIGHT PEDAL BACK MAX. On right side, fully press bottom (heel) of EH pedal. 14. The display shows CALIBRATING RIGHT PEDAL MIN. Release right EH foot pedal. 15. Once the EH foot pedal thresholds have been calibrated, PEDAL CAL COMPLETE displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal runtime display.
9. The display shows CALIBRATING LEFT PEDAL MIN. Release left EH foot pedal.
If the calibration procedure does not complete correctly, PEDAL CAL FAILED displays on the EMU. JL05046,0000231 -19-06JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-20-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=579
Adjustments
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-20-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=580
Group 25
Tests Electrical Component Checks IMPORTANT: Prevent possible electrical damage from overload. Install fuse with correct amperage rating.
For switches, sensors, or relay specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-25.)
Prevent electrical malfunctions from incorrectly installed relays. Install relays with the correct orientation. JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-1/16
Electrical Components JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-2/16
Work Lights Switch (S6) Check
T197924A —UN—18FEB04
Work Lights Switch (S6) 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 5— Pin 5 6— Pin 6 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins 2 and 3 in the front work lights and taillights position. Pins 2 and 3 in the front and rear work lights and taillights position. Pins 5 and 6 in the front and rear work lights and taillights position.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Replace switch. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-1
JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-3/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=581
Tests Dual Flasher Switch (S7) Check
TX1128924A —UN—04JAN13
Dual Flasher Switch (S7) 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins 2 and 3 in the ON position.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Replace switch. JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-4/16
High Flow Switch (S8) Check
TX1128924A —UN—04JAN13
High Flow Switch (S8) 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins 2 and 3 in the ON position.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Replace switch. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-2
JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-5/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=582
Tests Blower Motor Speed Switch (S9) Check
TX1129661A —UN—18JAN13
Blower Motor Speed Switch (S9) 1— Pin 1 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 4— Pin 4 5— Pin B Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins B and 1 in Speed 1. Pins B and 2 in Speed 2. Pins B and 3 in Speed 3. Pins B and 4 in Speed 4.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Replace switch. JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-6/16
Air Conditioner Switch (S19) Check
TX1128925A —UN—04JAN13
Air Conditioner Switch (S19) 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins 2 and 3 in the ON position.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Replace switch. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-3
JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-7/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=583
Tests Quik-Tatch™ Switch (S26) Check
TX1128926A —UN—04JAN13
Quik-Tatch™ Switch (S26) 1— Pin 1 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins 2 and 3 in the LOCK position. Pins 1 and 2 in the UNLOCK position.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Replace switch.
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-8/16
Auxiliary Fourth Function Switch (S33) Check
TX1128926A —UN—04JAN13
Auxiliary Fourth Function Switch (S33) 1— Pin 1 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins 2 and 3 in the arrow left position. Pins 1 and 2 in the arrow right position.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Replace switch. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-4
JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-9/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=584
Tests Reversing Fan Switch (S35) Check
TX1067630A —UN—12NOV09
Reversing Fan Switch (S35) 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 5— Pin 5 6— Pin 6 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins 2 and 3 in the AUTO position. Pins 2 and 3 in the MANUAL position. Pins 5 and 6 in the MANUAL position.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Replace switch. JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-10/16
Creep Mode Speed Switch (S36) Check
TX1128950A —UN—13FEB13
Creep Mode Speed Switch (S36) 1— Pin 1 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity between: Pins 2 and 3 in the INCREASE position. Pins 1 and 2 in the DECREASE position. No continuity between pin 2 and either pin 1 or 3 in NEUTRAL (center) position.
YES: Switch is OK.
Is correct continuity indicated?
NO: Replace switch. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-5
JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-11/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=585
Tests Battery Voltage Check
T123529 —UN—17SEP99
Battery Voltage Check Measure battery voltage by connecting a multimeter to negative (-) terminal grounded to frame and positive (+) terminal connected to machine harness.
YES: Battery is OK.
Is 12—14 volts measured?
NO: Charge battery. JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-12/16
Diode Check
T7961AA —UN—10MAR93
Diode Check Remove diode from connector. Test diode using diode test function of multimeter. Does multimeter beep?
YES: If multimeter beeps in both checks, replace diode.
Reverse multimeter probes.
NO: If multimeter does not beep in either check, replace diode.
Does multimeter beep?
NO: If multimeter beeps in one check and not the other, diode is OK. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-6
JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-13/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=586
Tests Backup Alarm (H1) Check
TX1128927A —UN—13FEB13
Backup Alarm (H1) 2— Terminal (+) 3— Terminal (-) H1—Backup Alarm Connect jumper wire between terminal (+) (2) and battery positive (+) terminal and connect terminal (-) (3) to ground (-).
YES: Backup alarm is OK.
Does backup alarm (H1) sound?
NO: Replace backup alarm. See Backup Alarm Remove and Install. (Group 1600.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-7
JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-14/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=587
Tests Left and Right Motor Speed Sensor (B16 and B17) Check
NOTE: The speed sensor test harness switches the sensors from side-to-side without having to remove and install the speed sensors. Switched power OFF. Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16) and right motor speed sensor (B17). Connect DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness to both speed sensors. See DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) Switched power ON. Clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Operate machine and check for active DTCs.
YES: Check wire harness from speed sensor for damage. If damaged, repair sensor harness. If speed sensor harness is not damaged, replace speed sensor. See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)
Is the opposite hydraulic control unit (HCU) speed sensor DTC now active?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Switching sensors did not affect DTC location.
YES: Continue DTC specific diagnostic procedure.
Is the same HCU speed sensor DTC active?
NO: Condition is intermittent. Perform intermittent condition diagnostic procedure. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics. (Group 9015-15.) JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-15/16
Creep Mode Speed Switch Disconnect creep mode speed switch harness connector (X36). Resistor (R36) Check Creep mode speed switch (S36) disconnected. Check resistance between the following pins:
• Pin 1 (wire G002 BLK) of creep mode speed switch (S36) connector and pin 4 (wire G002 BLK) of creep mode speed switch harness connector (X36) for approximately 240 ohms.
• Pin 2 (wire T006 BLU) of creep mode speed switch (S36) connector and pin 4 (wire
G002 BLK) of creep mode speed switch harness connector (X36) for approximately 500 ohms.
• Pin 3 (wire G002 BLK) of creep mode speed switch (S36) connector and pin 4 (wire
YES: Circuit malfunction. Continue DTC specific diagnostic procedure.
Are correct resistances indicated?
NO: Replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
G002 BLK) of creep mode speed switch harness connector (X36) for approximately 900 ohms.
JL05046,0000239 -19-08JUL16-16/16
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=588
Tests
Electrical Component Specifications
on machine options and configuration, some components may not be applicable.
NOTE: Electrical component list provides all possible components for various machines. Depending Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2)
STOP Indicator Turns ON When
105°C or greater for 5 s 220°F or greater for 5 s
Engine Shuts Down When
STOP indicator ON for 5 min
Voltage
4.963—4.968 V at -35°C (-31°F) 4.732—4.762 V at 0°C (32°F) 4.346—4.407 V at 20°C (68°F) 1.285—1.344 V at 100°C (212°F) 1.149—1.205 V at 105°C (221°F)
Resistance
8800—10 000 Ω at 0°C (32°F) 3300—3700 Ω at 20°C (68°F) 172—183 Ω at 100°C (212°F)
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B3)
Pressure Differential
248—303 kPa 2.5—3.0 bar 36—44 psi
Fuel Level Sensor (B4)
Resistance
239.9 Ω (empty tank) 103.6 Ω (half full tank) 32.4 Ω (full tank)
First Low Fuel Warning at
180 Ω
Second and Third Low Fuel Warning at190 Ω Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch (B9)
Closing Pressure—Low Side
160—260 kPa 1.6—2.6 bar 23—37 psi
Opening Pressure—Low Side
140—230 kPa 1.4—2.3 bar 20—33 psi
Opening Pressure—High Side
2600—2900 kPa 26.0—29.0 bar 380—420 psi
Closing Pressure—High Side
1380—2070 kPa 13.8—20.7 bar 200—300 psi
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (B10)
Temperature—Increasing Temperature—Decreasing
-1.9— 0.8°C 29.5—32.5°F 2.8—5.6°C 37—42°F
Left Pedal Sensor (B11)
Voltage—Pedal Neutral—Sensor 1
2.5 V
Voltage—Pedal Neutral—Sensor 2
2.5 V
Voltage—Toe Fully Depressed—Sen- 4.6 V sor 1 (maximum) Voltage—Toe Fully Depressed—Sen- 0.4 V sor 2 (minimum) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-9
JL05046,000023A -19-18MAR18-1/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=589
Tests Item
Measurement
Specification
Voltage—Heel Fully Depressed—Sen- 0.4 V sor 1 (maximum) Voltage—Heel Fully Depressed—Sen- 4.6 V sor 2 (minimum) Right Pedal Sensor (B12)
Voltage—Pedal Neutral—Sensor 1
2.5 V
Voltage—Pedal Neutral—Sensor 2
2.5 V
Voltage—Toe Fully Depressed—Sen- 4.6 V sor 1 (maximum) Voltage—Toe Fully Depressed—Sen- 0.4 V sor 2 (minimum) Voltage—Heel Fully Depressed—Sen- 0.4 V sor 1 (maximum) Voltage—Heel Fully Depressed—Sen- 4.6 V sor 2 (minimum) Left Motor Speed Sensor (B16)
Supply Voltage
4.5—5.5 V
Right Motor Speed Sensor (B17)
Supply Voltage
4.5—5.5 V
Engine Speed Control Dial (B18)
Supply Voltage
4.5—5.5 V
Output Voltage
0.5—4.5 V
Resistance
0.5—4.5 Ω
Supply Voltage
4.5—5.5 V
Output Voltage
0.5—4.5 V
Voltage
4.732—4.762 V at 0°C (32°F) 4.378—4.407 V at 20°C (68°F) 1.315—1.344 V at 100°C (212°F)
Resistance
8800—10 000 Ω at 0°C (32°F)
Engine Speed Control Pedal (B19) Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor (B20)
3300—3700 Ω at 20°C (68°F) 172—183 Ω at 100°C (212°F) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (B5100)
Pressure
0—20 000 kPa 0—200 bar 0—2900 psi
Aftertreatment Pressure Sensor (B5109)
Supply Voltage
4.5—5.0 V
Pressure
0—50 kPa 0—0.5 bar 0—7.3 psi
Air Filter Restriction Switch (B5111)
Vacuum
64 mbar 4.8 cm of mercury 25.7 in of water
Manifold Air and Exhaust Pressure Sensor (B5114)
Pressure
40.0—300.0 kPa 0.4—3.0 bar 5.8—43.5 psi
Engine Oil Pressure Switch (B5115)
Opening and Closing Pressure
50 kPa 0.5 bar 7 psi
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-10
JL05046,000023A -19-18MAR18-2/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=590
Tests Item
Measurement
Specification
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor (B5201)
Resistence
209 Ω at 15°C (60°F) 650 Ω at 650°C (1201°F)
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor (B5202)
Pressure
209 Ω at 15°C (60°F) 650 Ω at 650°C (1201°F)
Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (B5206)
Resistance
26.0—29.4 kΩ at 0°C (32°F) 17.6—20.0 kΩ at 20°C (68°F) 10.4—11.8 kΩ at 40°C (104°F) 5.74—6.49 kΩ at 60°C (140°F) 3.16—3.53 kΩ at 80°C (176°F) 1.79—1.97 kΩ at 100°C (212°F) 1.05—1.15 kΩ at 120°C (248°F) 641—695 Ω at 140°C (284°F) 405—439 Ω at 160°C (320°F) 264—289 Ω at 180°C (356°F) 178—196 Ω at 200°C (392°F)
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor (B5207)
Resistance
28.1—31.9 kΩ at 0°C (32°F) 24.1—28.7 kΩ at 20°C (68°F) 18.4—22.0 kΩ at 40°C (104°F) 12.6—15.2 kΩ at 60°C (140°F) 7.97—9.51 kΩ at 80°C (176°F) 4.88—5.70 kΩ at 100°C (212°F) 2.99—3.40 kΩ at 120°C (248°F) 1.87—2.06 kΩ at 140°C (284°F) 1.20—1.29 kΩ at 160°C (320°F) 789—826 Ω at 180°C (356°F) 535—547 Ω at 200°C (392°F) 365—381 Ω at 220°C (428°F) 255—272 Ω at 240°C (464°F) 183—198 Ω at 260°C (500°F) 134—148 Ω at 280°C (536°F) 100—112 Ω at 300°C (572°F)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B5208)
Temperature Gauge Enters Red Zone 108°C 226°F Diagnostic Trouble Code Triggered
110°C or greater 230°F or greater
Resistance
2.45 kΩ at 20°C (68°F) 318 Ω at 80°C (176°F) 184 Ω at 100°C (212°F)
Fuel Temperature Sensor (B5209)
Resistance
45.3 kΩ at -40°C (-40°F) 15.5 kΩ at -20°C (-4°F) 9.40 kΩ at -10°C (-14°F) 5.90 kΩ at 0°C (32°F) 2.50 kΩ at 20°C (68°F) 2.06 kΩ at 25°C (77°F) 1.18 kΩ at 40°C (104°F) 596 Ω at 60°C (140°F) 323 Ω at 80°C (176°F) 186 Ω at 100°C (212°F) 113 Ω at 120°C (248°F) 71 Ω at 140°C (284°F) 57 Ω at 150°C (302°F)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-11
JL05046,000023A -19-18MAR18-3/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=591
Tests Item
Measurement
Specification
Intake Air Temperature Sensor (B5215)
Temperature
40.7—45.9 kΩ at -40°C (-40°F) 5.42—5.89 kΩ at 0°C (32°F) 1.94—2.06 kΩ at 25°C (77°F) 784—842 Ω at 50°C (122°F) 177—194 Ω at 100°C (212°F) 54—61 Ω at 150°C (302°F)
Exhaust Temperature Sensor (B5216)
Resistance
209 Ω at 10°C (50°F) 240 Ω at 50°C (122°F) 310 Ω at 150°C (302°F) 380 Ω at 250°C (482°F) 440 Ω at 350°C (662°F) 515 Ω at 450°C (841°F) 575 Ω at 550°C (1021°F) 649 Ω at 650°C (1201°F)
Crankshaft Position Sensor (B5301)
Resistance
108.5—142.5 Ω
Engine Speed Sensor (B5304)
Resistance
400—600 Ω
Starter Relay (K1)
Resistance
70.38—86.02 Ω
Glow Plug Relay (K2)
Resistance
93—113 Ω
Accessory Relay (K4)
Resistance
70.38—86.02 Ω
Dual Flasher Relay (K5)
Resistance
70.38—86.02 Ω
Work Light Relay (K6)
Resistance
70.38—86.02 Ω
Switched Power Relay (K8)
Resistance
70.38—86.02 Ω
Quik-Tatch™ Relay (LOCK) (K13)
Resistance
95.41—116.39 Ω at 23°C (73°F)
Quik-Tatch™ Relay (UNLOCK) (K14)
Resistance
95.41—116.39 Ω at 23°C (73°F)
Blower Motor Relays (K16—K19)
Resistance
70.47—86.13 Ω
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Relay (K20)
Resistance
95.41—116.39 Ω at 23°C (73°F)
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Relay (K21)
Resistance
75—120 Ω
Port Lock Solenoid (Y4)
Resistance
8.2—9.0 Ω
Park Brake Solenoid (Y5)
Resistance
7.0—10.5 Ω
Two-Speed Solenoid (Y6)
Resistance
7.0—10.5 Ω
Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid (Y7)
Resistance
5.7—10.6 Ω
Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid (Y8)
Resistance
5.7—10.6 Ω
High Flow Solenoid (Y10)
Resistance
5.7—10.6 Ω
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid (Y13)
Resistance
3.5—6.0 Ω
Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y15)
Resistance
3.6—5.6 Ω
Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y16)
Resistance
3.6—5.6 Ω
Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y17)
Resistance
3.6—5.6 Ω Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-12
JL05046,000023A -19-18MAR18-4/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=592
Tests Item
Measurement
Specification
Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y18)
Resistance
3.6—5.6 Ω
Boom Up Solenoid (Y19)
Resistance
5.0—9.6 Ω
Boom Down Solenoid (Y20)
Resistance
5.0—9.6 Ω
Bucket Curl Solenoid (Y21)
Resistance
5.0—9.6 Ω
Bucket Dump Solenoid (Y22)
Resistance
5.0—9.6 Ω
Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid (Y23)
Resistance
5.0—9.6 Ω
Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid (Y24)
Resistance
5.0—9.6 Ω
Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid (Y30)
Resistance
6.0—8.2 Ω at 20°C (68°F)
Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid (Y32)
Resistance
4.6 Ω at 20°C (68°F)
Self Leveling Solenoid (Y38)
Resistance
5.0—9.6 Ω
Suction Control Valve (Y5002)
Resistance
1.9—2.2 Ω at 20°C (68°F)
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,000023A -19-18MAR18-5/5
Solenoid Test
triggered. Check and clear codes after test is performed. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
NOTE: When a component is disconnected from the harness, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-1/22
Solenoid Observable Symptom Check JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-2/22
Port Lock Solenoid (Y4)
Perform port lock solenoid valve and port lock spool test. See Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Port lock solenoid is OK.
Do hydraulic functions operate?
NO: Continue check.
Switch port lock solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the port lock solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect port lock solenoid from harness. Connect power to green wire and ground to black wire of port lock solenoid. NOTE: Port lock solenoid makes a light click. Click is not audible in noisy conditions.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid click?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect port lock solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across terminals of port lock solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-13
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-3/22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=593
Tests Park Brake Solenoid (Y5)
Start machine and release park brake. Activate travel function.
YES: Park brake solenoid is OK.
Does machine move?
NO: Continue check.
Perform park brake release pressure test. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Continue check.
Is park brake release pressure correct?
NO: Correct park brake release pressure.
Switch park brake solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Solenoid has malfunctioned. Replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the park brake solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect park brake solenoid from harness. Connect power to blue wire and ground to black wire of park brake solenoid. NOTE: Park brake solenoid makes a light click. Click is not audible in noisy conditions. YES: Solenoid is OK. Does solenoid click?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect park brake solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across terminals of park brake solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-4/22
Two-Speed Solenoid (Y6)
Drive machine and press two-speed switch to activate two-speed. Does machine speed up? Press two-speed switch again while driving to deactivate two-speed.
YES: Two-speed solenoid is OK.
Does machine slow down?
NO: Continue check.
Switch two-speed solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the two-speed solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect two-speed solenoid from harness. Apply power to blue wire and ground to black wire of two-speed solenoid. NOTE: Two-speed solenoid makes a light click. Click is not audible in noisy conditions. YES: Two-speed solenoid is OK. Does solenoid click?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect two-speed solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-14
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-5/22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=594
Tests Ride Control Accumulator IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid Solenoid (Y7) to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Start machine and activate ride control operation.
YES: Ride control accumulator solenoid is OK.
Does ride control operation engage?
NO: Continue check.
Switch ride control accumulator solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the ride control accumulator solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect ride control accumulator solenoid from harness. Connect power to green wire and ground to black wire of ride control accumulator solenoid. NOTE: Ride control accumulator solenoid makes a light click. Click is not audible in noisy conditions.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid click?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect ride control accumulator solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across terminals of ride control accumulator solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-6/22
Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid (Y8)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Start machine and activate ride control operation.
YES: Ride control reservoir solenoid is OK.
Does ride control operation engage?
NO: Continue check.
Switch ride control reservoir solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the ride control reservoir solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect ride control reservoir solenoid from harness. Connect power to green wire and ground to black wire of ride control accumulator solenoid. NOTE: Ride control accumulator solenoid makes a light click. Click is not audible in noisy conditions.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid click?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect ride control reservoir solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across terminals of ride control reservoir solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-7/22
High Flow Solenoid (Y10)
NOTE: Machine must be connected to a high flow attachment to perform this check. Turn on high flow option and operate attachment.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does attachment operate?
NO: Continue check.
Switch high flow solenoid with a known good solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the high flow solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect high flow solenoid from harness. Apply power to the green wire and ground the black wire of the high flow solenoid. NOTE: High flow solenoid makes a light click. Click is not audible in noisy conditions.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid click?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect high flow solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-20.) solenoid. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-15
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-8/22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=595
Tests Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid (Y13)
Switch air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-9/22
Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y15)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use engagement and monitor unit (EMU) display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. NOTE: If equipped with pattern select, ensure that machine is in H pattern. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—VCU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Activate right reverse travel function.
YES: Right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid is OK.
Does right reverse travel function operate correctly?
NO: Continue check.
Switch right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-10/22
Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y16)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. NOTE: If equipped with pattern select, ensure that machine is in H pattern. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—VCU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Activate right forward travel function.
YES: Right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid is OK.
Does right forward travel function operate correctly?
NO: Continue check.
Switch right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-16
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-11/22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=596
Tests Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid Solenoid (Y17) to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. NOTE: If equipped with pattern select, ensure that machine is in H pattern. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—VCU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Activate left reverse travel function.
YES: Left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid is OK.
Does left reverse travel function operate correctly?
NO: Continue check.
Switch left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-12/22
Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid Solenoid (Y18) to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. NOTE: If equipped with pattern select, ensure that machine is in H pattern. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—VCU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Activate left forward travel function.
YES: Left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid is OK.
Does left forward travel function operate correctly?
NO: Continue check.
Switch left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-17
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-13/22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=597
Tests Boom Up Solenoid (Y19)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—VCU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Start machine and enable hydraulics.
YES: Boom up solenoid is OK.
Operate the boom and bucket functions.
NO: No hydraulic functions operate. Check port lock solenoid (Y4).
Does boom up function operate?
NO: Boom up function does not operate. Continue check.
Switch boom up solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the boom up solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect boom up solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across the terminals of boom up solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-14/22
Boom Down Solenoid (Y20)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—VCU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Start machine and enable hydraulics.
YES: Boom down solenoid is OK.
Operate boom and bucket functions.
NO: No hydraulic functions operate. Check port lock solenoid (Y4).
Does boom down function operate?
NO: Boom down function does not operate. Continue check.
Switch boom down solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the boom down solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect boom down solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across the terminals of boom down solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-18
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-15/22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=598
Tests Bucket Curl Solenoid (Y21)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—VCU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Start machine and enable hydraulics.
YES: Bucket curl solenoid is OK.
Operate boom and bucket functions.
NO: No hydraulic functions operate. Check port lock solenoid (Y4).
Does bucket curl function operate?
NO: Bucket curl function does not operate. Continue check.
Switch bucket curl solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the bucket curl solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect bucket curl solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across the terminals of bucket curl solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-16/22
Bucket Dump Solenoid (Y22)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—VCU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Start machine and enable hydraulics.
YES: Bucket dump solenoid is OK.
Operate the boom and bucket functions.
NO: No hydraulic functions operate. Check port lock solenoid (Y4).
Does bucket dump function operate?
NO: Bucket dump function does not operate. Continue check.
Switch bucket dump solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the bucket dump solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect bucket dump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across the terminals of bucket dump solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-19
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-17/22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=599
Tests Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid (Y23)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—EMU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Start machine and enable hydraulics. Operate the optional auxiliary hydraulic attachments.
YES: Auxiliary port (male) solenoid is OK.
Do attachments work?
NO: Continue check.
Switch auxiliary port (male) solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the auxiliary port (male) solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect auxiliary port (male) solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across the terminals of auxiliary port (male) solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-18/22
Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid (Y24)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. View solenoid current using the EMU, see Diagnostics—EMU Outputs. (Group 9015-16.) Start machine and enable hydraulics. Operate the optional auxiliary hydraulic attachments.
YES: Auxiliary port (female) solenoid is OK.
Do attachments work?
NO: Continue check.
Switch auxiliary port (female) solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the auxiliary port (female) solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect auxiliary port (female) solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across the terminals of auxiliary port (female) solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-19/22
Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid (Y30)
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. Direct power damages the solenoid due to high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. Switch hydraulic fan speed solenoid with a known good solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the hydraulic fan speed solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect hydraulic fan speed solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-20.) solenoid. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-20
JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-20/22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=600
Tests Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid (Y32)
Start machine and press reversing fan switch.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does fan reverse?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect hydraulic reversing fan solenoid from harness. Apply power to the white wire and ground the black wire of the hydraulic reversing fan solenoid. NOTE: Hydraulic reversing fan solenoid makes a light click. Click is not audible in noisy conditions.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid click?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect hydraulic reversing fan solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-20.) solenoid. JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-21/22
Self Leveling Solenoid (Y38)
Start machine and enable hydraulics. Press self leveling switch to enable self leveling function. Perform a boom up function.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does bucket dump while boom is moving up?
NO: Continue check.
Switch self leveling solenoid with a known working solenoid.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Did the problem follow the self leveling solenoid?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect self leveling solenoid from harness. Apply power to the green wire and ground the black wire of the self leveling solenoid. NOTE: Self leveling solenoid makes a light click. Click is not audible in noisy conditions. YES: Solenoid is OK. Does solenoid click?
NO: Continue check.
Disconnect self leveling solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.
YES: Solenoid is OK.
Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Repair or replace (Group 9015-25.) solenoid. JL05046,0000235 -19-30JUN16-22/22
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-21
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=601
Tests
Alternator Test
3 14
4
5
7
6
8 9 G 1 -
11
10 U
TX1112292 —UN—16APR12
+
13 12 2
TX1112292 Alternator Test—Fused Power Excitation 1— Battery 2— Alternator 3— Switched Power 4— Excitation Terminal (marked D+)
5— B+ 6— Exciter Diodes 7— Positive Diodes 8— Stator 9— AC Terminal (marked W)
10— Excitation Winding (field) 11— Negative Diodes 12— Regulator 13— To Display Module (voltage indicator)
14— Alternator Excitation Diode
assembly if necessary. Test and repair if possible. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check voltage indicator circuit.
12 V System 1. With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater1.
24 V System
2. With engine running at fast idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater1.
1. With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater2.
3. If voltage from previous steps is below 13.5 VDC1, disconnect wire from terminal D+, then check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ on alternator with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 13.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem, or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal).
2. With engine running at fast idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater2.
4. With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 6—7 VAC. 5. Repeat procedure with lights on to load the alternator. 6. If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator
3. If voltage from previous steps is below 27.5 VDC2, disconnect wire from terminal D+, then check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ on alternator with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 27.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem, or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal). 4. With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 12—14 VAC. 5. Repeat procedure with lights on to load the alternator.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-22
NM95233,0000658 -19-15DEC15-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=602
Tests
6. If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator
assembly if necessary. Make specific test and repair procedures. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check voltage indicator circuit.
1
Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. 2 Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. NM95233,0000658 -19-15DEC15-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-23
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=603
Tests
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-24
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=604
Tests
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test TX1217824 —UN—07JUL16
P004 RED
A
G002 BLK
X16 M012 YEL
X5602-15
M013 LT GRN R012 BLK
M012 YEL CAN 1
R012 BLK
CAN 1
M013 LT GRN R012 BLK
4 5 6
M012 YEL M013 LT GRN R012 BLK
4
CAN 1
CAN 1
0 CAN 1
M013 LT GRN
5
M012 YEL
6
R012 BLK
A6000 MODULAR H1 TELEMATICS GATEWAY H2 (MTG) CONTROL UNIT
CAN 1
CAN 1
CAN 1
W32 CAB HARNESS GROUND
X23
1
P004 RED
1
G002 BLK
2 4
2
5
3
A6 RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSR)
C
B
A
6
-
7
8
9
120
HI
B
W7 JDLINK™ HARNESS
X5602-14
X87
CAN 1
M013 LT GRN
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
D
R012 BLK
M012 YEL
LO
C
M012 YEL
A5600 DOSING CONTROL UNIT (DCU)
3
CAN 1 CAN 1
A1 SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM)
R012 BLK
CAN 1
4
R012 BLK
40
G002 BLK
X5501-38
M013 LT GRN
3
CAN 1
X40 SERVICE ADVISOR™ CONNECTOR
R012 BLK
X5501-39
CAN 1
3
CAN 1
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
2
R012 BLK
M012 YEL
W3 LEFT MAIN HARNESS
1
M013 LT GRN
X55
M013 LT GRN 39
R012 BLK
4
M012 YEL
38
M013 LT GRN
CAN 1
3
CAN 1
M012 YEL
R012 BLK
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
X2
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
R012 BLK
M012 YEL CAN 1
CAN 1
CAN 1
CAN 1
M013 LT GRN
X88
M013 GRN
E
R012 BLK
N
M013 GRN
F
M013 GRN
3
R012 BLK
M012 YEL
4
M013 GRN
1
3
M012 YEL
2
X41-B
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
X25
2 M012 YEL
A5 LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROLLER (JSL)
R012 BLK
X41-A
M013 LT GRN
R012 BLK
M013 LT GRN
M012 YEL
3
A2 ENGAGEMENT AND MONITOR UNIT (EMU)
A9 REAR CAMERA DISPLAY
M012 YEL
X52 R012 BLK
W2 CAB HARNESS
A5507 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK HEADER ASSEMBLY
M012 YEL
W1 REAR ENGINE HARNESS
X45-B1
A4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
X45-A1
W4 RIGHT MAIN HARNESS
+
R6 CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR 1
TX1217824 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-25
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Schematic
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=605
JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-1/16
Tests
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-26
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=606
Tests
A1—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) R6—Can Termination Resistor 1 A2—Engagement and Monitor W1—Rear Engine Harness Unit (EMU) W2—Cab Harness A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) W3—Left Main Harness A5—Left Joystick Controller W4—Right Main Harness (JSL) W7—JDLink™ Harness A6—Right Joystick Controller W32—Cab Harness Ground (JSR) X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main A9—Rear Camera Display Harness 47-Pin Connector A5500—Engine Control Unit X16— Left Main Harness(ECU) to-JDLink™ Harness A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid Connector (DEF) Tank Header X23— Right Joystick Controller Assembly (JSR) 6-Pin Connector A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit
X25— Left Joystick Controller X87— Cab Harness-to-Right (JSL) 6-Pin Connector Joystick Jumper Harness X40— Service ADVISOR™ 6-Pin Connector Connector X88— Cab Harness-to-Left X41— Engagement and Monitor Joystick Jumper Harness Unit (EMU) 16-Pin 6-Pin Connector Connector 1 X5501—Engine Control Unit X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X5602—Dosing Control Unit X52— Right Main Harness-to(DCU) 53 Way Connector Rear Engine Harness Connector 2 X55— Right Main Harness-to-Left Main Harness Connector 3
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-2/16
W21 ENGINE HARNESS 120
HI LO
+
PNK 3 BLU 5
BLU 6
C
Y5400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE
120
ENGINE CAN HIGH
X5501-51
E045 WHT
ENGINE CAN LOW
X5501-52
E046 WHT
PNK 2
BLU 2
+
TX1217893 —UN—21JUN16
-
HI
3
E046 WHT
A5500 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
2
E045 WHT
X5058
W3 LEFT MAIN HARNESS
LO
D
+
R5606 ENGINE CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR
PNK 4
TX1217893 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Schematic A5500—Engine Control Unit W3—Left Main Harness (ECU) W21—Engine Harness R5606—Engine CAN Termination X5058—Left Main HarnessResistor to-Engine Harness Connector 2
X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 58-Pin Connector 2 Y5400—Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-27
JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-3/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=607
Tests
8
7 1
3
2 6
4
TX1168610 —UN—13AUG14
5
TX1168610 Generic CAN Circuit Schematic 1— Controller 1 2— Controller 2 3— Service ADVISOR™ Connector
4— Termination Resistor 1 5— Termination Resistor 2
6— CAN High Wire (yellow) 7— CAN Low Wire (green)
8— Grounded Shield Wire (black)
For more information, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-4/16
Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-5/16
• 1
System Check
Switched power ON.
Locate the Service ADVISOR™ connector and establish machine connection. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Does Service ADVISOR establish a connection?
NO: Go to Service ADVISOR™ Fuse Test.
Do all controllers show up under connected controllers?
YES: Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is Service ADVISOR able to connect to any machine controllers?
YES: Go to Controller Fuse Check. NO: Go to CAN Circuit Short to Ground Check.
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-28
JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-6/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=608
Tests
• 2
Service ADVISOR™ Fuse Test
Remove fuse for Service ADVISOR and check for continuity. For fuse location, see Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace Service ADVISOR fuse. JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-7/16
• 3
CAN Termination Resistor Check
Switched power OFF.
Locate, remove, and label each CAN termination resistor. Using a multimeter, measure YES: Install resistors and the resistance of each of the termination resistors. go to CAN High Wire Voltage Check. Is resistance 110—130 ohms for each resistor?
NO: Replace termination resistor. JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-8/16
• 4
CAN High Wire Voltage IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test Check leads into harness connectors without using spare mating terminal or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit can damage harness. Switched power ON. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage from pin C (CAN high) to pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector (3 and X40).
YES: Go to CAN Low Wire Voltage Check.
Is voltage between 2.50—3.50 volts?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is system voltage present between pins C and A of Service ADVISOR connector?
YES: A short circuit exists on the CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to locate short circuit. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is zero voltage present between pins C and A of Service ADVISOR connector?
YES: Go to CAN High Wire Circuit Check. NO: Remove one controller at a time and check voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-29
JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-9/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=609
Tests
• 5
CAN Low Wire Voltage Using a multimeter, measure voltage from pin D (CAN low) to pin A (ground) of Service YES: Go to CAN High Wire Check ADVISOR connector. Circuit Check.
Is voltage between 1.50—2.50 volts?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is system voltage present between pins D and A of Service ADVISOR connector?
YES: A short circuit exists on the CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate the short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is zero voltage present between pins D and A of Service ADVISOR connector?
YES: Go to CAN Low Wire Circuit Check. NO: Remove one controller at a time and check voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary. JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-10/16
• 6
CAN High Wire Circuit Check
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.
YES: A short to ground exists on the CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and machine ground. YES: A short to ground exists on the CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Is continuity indicated?
NO: An open circuit exists on the CAN high wire. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-30
JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-11/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=610
Tests
• 7
CAN Low Wire Circuit Check
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.
YES: A short to ground exists on the CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and machine ground. YES: A short to ground exists on the CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Is continuity indicated?
NO: An open circuit exists on the CAN low wire. Repair or replace harness as necessary. JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-12/16
• 8
CAN Circuit Short to Ground Check
Switched power OFF.
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.
YES: A short to ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to ground at pin A of Service ADVISOR connector. Repair or replace harness that has short to ground condition.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Switched power OFF. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and machine ground. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and machine ground. YES: A short to machine ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to machine ground. Repair or replace harness that has short to ground condition. Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to CAN High/CAN Low Short Check. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-31
JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-13/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=611
Tests
• 9
CAN High/CAN Low Short Check
Switched power OFF.
Using a multimeter, check for continuity between CAN high and CAN low circuits.
YES: A short circuit between CAN high and CAN low wires exists. Check continuity between CAN high and CAN low circuits one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Go to Service ADVISOR™ Fuse Test. JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-14/16
•
10 Controller Fuse Check Remove fuse for missing controllers. Check fuses for continuity.
Is continuity indicated in all fuses?
YES: Go to Controller Check. NO: Replace fuses that did not indicate continuity. JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-15/16
•
11 Controller Check
Switched power OFF.
Locate the suspected controllers. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between the YES: Go to next step in this CAN high and CAN low wires. check. Is resistance between 55—65 ohms?
NO: An open or short circuit exists in one of the CAN wires. Work from the controller back to the main harness, checking the CAN high and low wires for an open or short circuit.
Switched power ON. Check for power and ground at suspect controllers.
YES: Replace malfunctioning controller.
Is power and ground present?
NO: An open or short circuit exists in the circuit with no power or ground. Work from the controller back to the main harness, checking the power and ground circuits for an open or short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary. JL05046,000023B -19-12JUL16-16/16
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9015-25-32
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=612
Contents
Section 9020 Power Train
Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Power Train System Operation ................. 9020-05-1 Group 10—System Diagrams Power Train Component Location.............. 9020-10-1 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Loose Track...............................................9020-15-1 Loose Track Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9020-15-1 Tight Track.................................................9020-15-1 Tight Track Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................9020-15-1 Frequent Track Tension Adjustment Required................................................9020-15-1 Frequent Track Tension Adjustment Diagnostic Procedure............................9020-15-1 Excessive Oil Leakage From Idlers And Rollers............................................9020-15-2 Excessive Oil Leakage From Idlers And Rollers Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9020-15-2 “Popping” Of Track ....................................9020-15-2 “Popping” Of Track Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9020-15-2 Individual Undercarriage Component Wear......................................................9020-15-2 Individual Undercarriage Component Wear Diagnostic Procedure ..................9020-15-2 Group 20—Adjustments Check and Adjust Track Tension ............... 9020-20-1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Power Train System Operation The compact track loader power train transmits power from the hydrostatic motors to the drive sprockets and tracks. The park brake assemblies are located inside the hydrostatic motors, which are attached to the undercarriage supports on the outside of the machine frame. The park brakes are spring applied, hydraulically
released, wet disc brakes. The left and right power trains are separate units. The drive system is the same for forward and reverse; the drive motors are reversed through the hydrostatic system. See Power Train Component Location. (Group 9020-10.)
5
6
3
TX1128193 —UN—15JAN13
2
1
4 TX1128193 Hydrostatic Motor Gear Case 1— Gear Case Housing 2— Input Shaft
5— Hydrostatic Motor 6— Output Carrier Assembly
3— Input Carrier Assembly 4— Park Brake
The hydrostatic motor gear case converts fast rotary speed and low torque from the hydrostatic motor (5) to slow rotary speed and high torque to rotate the drive sprocket, which is mounted to the gear case housing (1). Rotary motion from the hydrostatic motor is first transferred from the input shaft (2) to the planet gears in the input carrier assembly (3). As the planet gears in the input carrier assembly rotate, they turn the sun gear in the output
carrier assembly (6). The sun gear in the output carrier assembly drives the planet gears in the assembly, which rotate the ring gear attached to the gear case housing. The ring gear, gear case housing drum, and drive sprocket all turn as a unit to drive the track to move the machine. For more information, see Park Brake System Operation and see Hydrostatic Motor Operation—Two-Speed. (Group 9026-05.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-05-1
NM95233,00006CF -19-26JUL16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=615
Theory of Operation
191
195 196 192
193
187
TX1064145 —UN—08SEP09
194
188 TX1064145 Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Component Location 187— Idler 188— Roller 191— Undercarriage Frame
192— Grease Fitting 193— Adjuster Valve
194— Recoil Spring 195— Piston 196— Yoke
The track adjuster and recoil spring assembly is supported by the undercarriage frame (191). Shock loads on idler (187) and roller (188) are absorbed by the recoil spring (194). To tighten the track, pump grease into fitting (192) to force the piston (195) out. As it presses against the yoke (196),
the track becomes tighter. Loosen adjuster valve (193), NOT the grease fitting (192) to release grease to loosen the track. Grease will escape through a small passage that is concealed by the adjuster valve. For more information, see Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-25.) NM95233,00006CF -19-26JUL16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-05-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=616
Group 10
System Diagrams Power Train Component Location TX1215335 —UN—17JUN16
14 154
186
135 B17
35
4
154
135
16
156 132
136 190
156 137 27
B16 131 134
A 154
132 131 280
11 156
A
B16 4
186 2 197
187
133 154
189
188 604 611 TX1215335 Power Train Component Location
NM95233,00006D0 -19-14JUN16-1/2
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-10-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=617
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-10-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=618
System Diagrams
2— Left Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 4— Left Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor 11— Hydrostatic Control Valve 14— Right Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 16— Right Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump
131— Left Forward Hydrostatic Motor Line 132— Left Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Line 133— Right Forward Hydrostatic Motor Line 134— Right Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Line 135— Left Hydrostatic Motor Drain Case Line 136— Right Hydrostatic Motor Case Drain Line
137— Hydrostatic Pump Case Drain Line 154— Two-Speed ChargePressure Line 156— Park Brake Release Line 186— Drive Sprocket (2 used) 187— Idler (4 used) 188— Roller (10 used) 189— Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly (2 used)
190— Track (2 used) 197— Hydrostatic Motor Gear Case (2 used) 280— Hydrostatic Control Valve Case Drain Line 604— Return Oil 611— Charge Oil B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor
NM95233,00006D0 -19-14JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-10-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=619
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-10-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=620
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Loose Track NM95233,00006D8 -19-10MAY16-1/4
Loose Track Diagnostic Procedure NM95233,00006D8 -19-10MAY16-2/4
• 1
Incorrect Track Tension Adjustment
Check track tension. See Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-20.)
YES: Perform Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-20.)
Is track tension incorrect?
NO: Go to Grease Leaking From Track Adjuster Seals, Grease Fitting, or Valve. NM95233,00006D8 -19-10MAY16-3/4
• 2
Grease Leaking From Track Adjuster Seals, Grease Fitting, or Valve
Is grease leaking from track adjuster seals, grease fitting, or valve?
YES: See Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)
NO: Done. NM95233,00006D8 -19-10MAY16-4/4
Tight Track NM95233,00006D9 -19-10MAY16-1/4
Tight Track Diagnostic Procedure NM95233,00006D9 -19-10MAY16-2/4
• 1
Material Packing in Sprocket
Check sprocket.
YES: Remove foreign material from drive sprocket teeth and perform Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-20.)
Is there material filling drive sprocket teeth?
NO: Go to Incorrect Track Tension Adjustment. NM95233,00006D9 -19-10MAY16-3/4
• 2
Incorrect Track Tension Adjustment
Check track tension. See Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-20.)
YES: Perform Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-20.)
Is track tension incorrect?
NO: Done. NM95233,00006D9 -19-10MAY16-4/4
Frequent Track Tension Adjustment Required NM95233,00006DA -19-10MAY16-1/3
Frequent Track Tension Adjustment Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-15-1
NM95233,00006DA -19-10MAY16-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=621
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Grease Leaking From Track Adjuster Seals, Grease Fitting, or Valve
Is grease leaking from track adjuster seals, grease fitting, or valve?
YES: See Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)
NO: Done. NM95233,00006DA -19-10MAY16-3/3
Excessive Oil Leakage From Idlers And Rollers NM95233,00006DB -19-10MAY16-1/3
Excessive Oil Leakage From Idlers And Rollers Diagnostic Procedure NM95233,00006DB -19-10MAY16-2/3
• 1
Loose Plug, Worn Or Damaged O-Ring, Or Metal Faced Seal
Check plugs, O-ring, or metal faced seals on front idlers and rollers.
YES: Replace idlers and rollers. See Front or Rear Idler Remove and Install and see Track Roller Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
Are plugs loose? Are O-rings or metal faced seals damaged?
NO: Done. NM95233,00006DB -19-10MAY16-3/3
“Popping” Of Track NM95233,00006DC -19-10MAY16-1/4
“Popping” Of Track Diagnostic Procedure NM95233,00006DC -19-10MAY16-2/4
• 1
High Propel Loads In Reverse
High propel loads in reverse can cause the recoil spring to retract allowing sprocket to slip in track. Is track “popping” with high propel loads in reverse?
YES: Lighten load.
NO: Go to Material Packing in Sprocket. NM95233,00006DC -19-10MAY16-3/4
• 2
Material Packing in Sprocket
Check sprocket.
YES: Remove foreign material from drive sprocket teeth and perform Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-20.)
Is there material filling drive sprocket teeth?
NO: Done. NM95233,00006DC -19-10MAY16-4/4
Individual Undercarriage Component Wear NM95233,00006DD -19-09MAY16-1/3
Individual Undercarriage Component Wear Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-15-2
NM95233,00006DD -19-09MAY16-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=622
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Normal Component Wear
Inspect undercarriage components. Some wear is normal.
YES: For undercarriage component repair information, see Track System. (Group 0130.)
Do components need to be replaced?
NO: Done. NM95233,00006DD -19-09MAY16-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-15-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=623
Diagnostic Information
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-15-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=624
Group 20
Adjustments Check and Adjust Track Tension SPECIFICATIONS 25—38 mm 1.0—1.5 in
Track Sag
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Grease Gun OTHER MATERIAL Multipurpose Grease
TX1204364A —UN—27OCT15
This test checks track tension by measuring the amount of track sag. IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Test can only be performed safely and accurately by using a bucket to raise machine to proper height. DO NOT use a broken or worn out bucket when checking or adjusting track tension. NOTE: Track tension can also be checked and adjusted by safely blocking the machine in the air, such as when performing track component repair or replacement. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.)
Exit and Entry Points 1— Step Point (2 used)
2— Handhold (2 used)
1. Install bucket attachment on machine. possible machine movement caused by hydraulic leakage. If hydraulics drift, machine should be blocked into the air to check track sag.
2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 9000-01.) 3. IMPORTANT: For tracked machines, prevent possible machine damage or unintended changes to track tension. Improper lifting of machine can place excessive pressure on track system and affect track tension. Follow procedure to lift machine for boom up drift check. Follow instructions to lift front of machine off the ground.
6. From the seat, verify machine is stable and front end is still raised. CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from falls or slips. Use care when entering and exiting machine with front end raised. Maintain three points of contact. DO NOT use bucket as foothold when machine is in raised position.
a. Raise boom.
7. Exit machine using handholds (2) and step points (1) on top of track for assistance.
b. Extend bucket cylinders to place bucket in full-dump position.
8. Remove all gravel or mud between sprocket and track before adjusting track.
c. Lower boom to lowest position to raise front of machine off the ground and allow operator to exit machine if necessary.
9. Measure track sag at bottom of third roller (from rear of machine) to top of track. Bottom of roller should not be touching track. Specification Track—Sag.............................................................................25—38 mm 1.0—1.5 in
4. Apply park brake. 5. Turn switched power OFF. CAUTION: Prevent injury due to unexpected machine movement during servicing. Be alert to
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-20-1
NM95233,00006E1 -19-26OCT16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=625
Adjustments
10. If track sag is not within specification, remove cap screws (3) and cover plate (4) on track frame. CAUTION: Prevent personal injury from high-pressure grease in track adjuster cylinder. Do not loosen track adjuster valve (6) quickly or too much. Never loosen grease fitting (5) to release grease.
TX1204370A —UN—29OCT15
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to track components. Do not use grease fitting on track adjuster cylinder for lubrication. Use grease fitting only for track sag adjustment. 11. To decrease track sag, add grease to track adjuster cylinder through grease fitting (5). This decreases track sag by increasing track tension. To increase track sag, loosen track adjuster valve (6) 1—2 turns to release grease from track adjuster cylinder. This increases track sag by decreasing track tension. Cover Plate
12. Tighten track adjuster valve when track sag is within specification. Specification Track—Sag.............................................................................25—38 mm 1.0—1.5 in
13. Install cover plate and cap screws on track frame. 14. Repeat procedure for other track.
TX1204371A —UN—27OCT15
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from falls or slips. Use care when entering and exiting machine with front end raised. Maintain three points of contact. DO NOT use bucket as foothold when machine is in raised position. 15. Enter machine using top of track and handholds on machine for assistance. 16. Start machine and curl bucket to lower front end. 3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Cover Plate
5— Grease Fitting 6— Track Adjuster Valve
Track Adjuster NM95233,00006E1 -19-26OCT16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9020-20-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=626
Section 9025 Hydraulic System Contents Page Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Hydraulic System Operation...................... 9025-05-1 Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Operation............................................... 9025-05-2 High Flow Pump Operation—If Equipped ............................................... 9025-05-3 Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped ............................................... 9025-05-6 Ride Control Operation—If Equipped ............................................... 9025-05-8 Hydraulic Pump Operation ...................... 9025-05-10 Hydraulic Fan Operation.......................... 9025-05-11 Hydraulic Control Valve Operation............................................. 9025-05-18 Group 10—System Diagrams Hydraulic System Schematic..................... 9025-10-1 Hydraulic System Component Location ................................................. 9025-10-5 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Diagnose Hydraulic System Malfunctions .......................................... 9025-15-1 No Hydraulic Functions .............................9025-15-1 No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-1 Boom Will Not Raise..................................9025-15-3 Boom Will Not Raise Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-3 Boom Will Not Lower .................................9025-15-6 Boom Will Not Lower Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-6 Bucket Will Not Dump................................9025-15-9 Bucket Will Not Dump Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-9 Bucket Will Not Curl.................................9025-15-12 Bucket Will Not Curl Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-12 Bucket Will Not Self Level When Boom is Raised .............................................9025-15-15 Bucket Will Not Self Level When Boom is Raised Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-15 Bucket Dumps During Self Leveling Cycle ...................................................9025-15-16 Bucket Dumps During Self Leveling Cycle Diagnostic Procedure................9025-15-16 Boom Drifts Down....................................9025-15-17 Boom Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-17 Boom Drifts Up ........................................9025-15-19
Boom Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-19 Bucket Drifts Down ..................................9025-15-20 Bucket Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-20 Bucket Drifts Up.......................................9025-15-22 Bucket Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-23 Hydraulic Functions Slow or No Power ..................................................9025-15-24 Hydraulic Functions Slow or No Power Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-25 Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” or “Spongy”..............................................9025-15-28 Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” or “Spongy” Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-28 Hydraulic System Noise ..........................9025-15-30 Hydraulic System Noise Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-30 Hydraulic Oil Overheats...........................9025-15-32 Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-33 Hydraulic Fan System Malfunctions.....................................................9025-15-36 Hydraulic Fan System Malfunctions Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-36 Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction ..............................................9025-15-39 Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction Diagnostic Procedure ...................9025-15-39 Group 20—Adjustments Ride Control Accumulator Gas Charge Procedure—If Equipped ............................................... 9025-20-1 Group 25—Tests JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation................ 902525-1 JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer.....................................................9025-25-1 Remote Start Box Installation .................... 9025-25-2 Hydraulic System Pressure Release ................................................. 9025-25-3 Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test ..................................... 9025-25-3 Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test ........................................................ 9025-25-4 Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test ........................................................ 9025-25-6 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
Page
High Flow Relief Valve Test ....................... 9025-25-8 Circuit Relief Valve Test............................. 9025-25-9 Function Drift Test.................................... 9025-25-14 Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test ............. 9025-25-18 Hydraulic Pump Flow Test ....................... 9025-25-19 Charge Pump Flow Test .......................... 9025-25-23 Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed Test ............. 9025-25-25 Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Test ...................................................... 9025-25-28 Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Leakage Test ...................................................... 9025-25-30
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Hydraulic System Operation
shift hydraulic control valve spools and is directed by control valve solenoid spools.
Hydraulic System Hydraulic system provides fluid power to machine’s hydraulic functions. High-pressure hydraulic oil is supplied to hydraulic system by hydraulic pump. Hydraulic oil is directed from hydraulic pump to hydraulic control valve. Hydraulic control valve controls direction of oil to all hydraulic functions. When a function is activated, high-pressure oil is directed to the work ports of the hydraulic control valve connected to that function. Control Valve Hydraulic system is open-centered. In an open-centered hydraulic system, when no functions are activated, hydraulic oil flows through hydraulic control valve spools and into return circuit. When a function is activated, one side of function is supplied with high-pressure oil, while other side of function is open to return circuit. Upstream valve spools take priority over valve spools downstream of them. Boom spool takes priority over bucket spool, while bucket spool takes priority over auxiliary spool. Return oil from the boom circuit is available for the bucket and auxiliary functions. Return oil from the bucket and auxiliary functions is directed to the return circuit and is not available for further use. High-Pressure Relief
High Flow Pump—If Equipped The high flow pump mounts to the hydraulic pump and is spline driven. The high flow pump supplies oil to the attachments that require a high hydraulic oil flow rate to operate. Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Hydraulic oil filter manifold is part of charge circuit and contains hydraulic oil filter, hydraulic oil filter bypass valve, and hydraulic oil filter restriction switch. Self Leveling—If Equipped Self leveling valve assists operator in keeping bucket level while raising boom. This function helps prevent loss of material from bucket. Ride Control—If Equipped Ride control is an added function to the self leveling valve. Ride control provides a cushioning effect on boom cylinders to reduce bouncing and rocking motion while traveling over rough terrain with boom raised. For more information:
• See Hydraulic Pump Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group
Hydraulic control valve contains hydraulic system relief valve. When a hydraulic circuit pressure exceeds setting of hydraulic system relief valve, valve opens, directing oil to return circuit.
• See Hydrostatic System Operation. (Group 9026-05.) • See Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Operation. (Group
Hydraulic Enable
• See Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped.
Boom and bucket functions are disabled by port lock spool, which blocks work ports until hydraulic enable switch is pressed.
• See Ride Control Operation—If Equipped. (Group
Charge Pump
9025-05.) 9025-05.)
(Group 9025-05.) 9025-05.)
• See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.) • See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.)
Charge pump supplies oil to hydraulic and hydrostatic systems. Charge pressure relief valve regulates charge oil pressure. In hydraulic system, charge oil is used to
• See High Flow Pump Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.)
CP94658,0000BAB -19-22NOV17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=629
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Operation B3
47
201
48
47
50
200
48
201
OUT
IN
200
49
50 49 611 TX1215181
TX1215181 —UN—05MAY16
B3
Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 47— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 50— Hydraulic Oil Test Port 201— Hydraulic Oil Filter 48— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass 200— Hydraulic Fan Motor-to-Oil Manifold-to-Hydrostatic Valve Filter Manifold Line System Line 49— Hydraulic Oil Filter 611— Charge Oil
Hydraulic oil filter (49) is a canister-type, screw-on filter. Hydraulic oil filter manifold (47) contains hydraulic oil filter, hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3), and hydraulic oil filter bypass valve (48). Hydraulic oil filter and oil filter manifold are located on left side of machine in front of hydraulic oil reservoir. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) Charge oil (611) from hydraulic fan manifold flows to hydraulic oil filter, hydraulic oil filter bypass valve, and to hydraulic oil filter restriction switch. Charge oil flows through hydraulic oil filter to hydrostatic system.
B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
opens. A signal is sent to engagement and monitor unit (EMU). The engagement and monitor unit indicates a plugged hydraulic oil filter. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) If pressure differential at hydraulic oil filter continues to rise above specified value, hydraulic oil filter bypass valve opens. Unfiltered hydraulic oil will then flow to hydrostatic system. For more information, see Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.)
When charge oil pressure at hydraulic oil filter rises above a specified value, hydraulic oil filter restriction switch CP94658,0000BAA -19-14JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=630
Theory of Operation
High Flow Pump Operation—If Equipped XJ1221887 —UN—29AUG16
118 92 74
87 168
89
94
114
203
269
93
279 Y23
169
119
3A
64
21
Y24
115
3B
69 91
Y10
66
66 67 63
B2
C
75
D
237
21
T TK
BM
68
69
269 B B 278 256 279 256
Y23
Y24
205
118 69
68
119
279 278 203
74
114
115
237 D
600 21 604
256 C 75
278
66
237
605 606
Y10
237 205
609 75
A
A
611
XJ1221887 High Flow Pump Circuit Schematic and Component Location Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=631
CP94658,0000BB1 -19-26AUG16-1/3
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=632
Theory of Operation 21— Boom Lower Valve 63— High Flow Spool 64— High Flow Relief Valve 66— High Flow Pump (if equipped) 67— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 69— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 74— High Flow Oil Check Valve 75— Hydraulic Control Valve 87— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 89— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
91— Auxiliary Solenoid (female) 203— Supply Oil From Hydraulic Spool Oil Reservoir-to-High Flow 92— Auxiliary Check Valve Pump Line 93— Auxiliary Spool 205— High Flow Pump-to94— Auxiliary Solenoid (male) Hydraulic Control Valve Spool Line 114— Auxiliary Coupler Manifold 237— Hydraulic Control 115— Female Auxiliary Port Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil 118— Male Auxiliary Port Cooler Line 119— Auxiliary Case Drain Port 256— Hydraulic Control (if equipped) Valve-to-Auxiliary Male 168— Male Auxiliary Port Port Line Connect Under Pressure 269— Hydraulic Oil (CUP) Valve Cooler-to-Hydraulic Oil 169— Female Auxiliary Port Reservoir Line Connect Under Pressure 278— Hydraulic Control (CUP) Valve Valve-to-Auxiliary Female Port Line
The high flow pump (66) is for attachments that require a high hydraulic oil flow rate to operate. High flow pump is attached to hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) When high flow
279— Auxiliary Case Drain Port-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 605— Suction Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil 611— Charge Oil B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Y10— High Flow Solenoid Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid
function is enabled, high flow pump supplies a constant flow of oil to hydraulic control valve (75). High flow relief valve (64) maintains a set pressure in high flow hydraulic circuit. CP94658,0000BB1 -19-26AUG16-2/3
High flow pump is a fixed-displacement, external gear pump. An external gear pump has two gears in mesh, closely fitted inside a housing (5). Drive gear (2) is attached to a rotating drive shaft. As drive shaft rotates, drive gear drives or rotates driven gear (3).
When high flow pump switch is in OFF position, high flow spool (63) directs oil flow to high flow pump inlet. When high flow pump is enabled and high flow switch is in ON position, high flow solenoid (Y10) is energized and shifts high flow spool, which directs oil to control valve auxiliary spool (93). For high flow pump switch operation, see High Flow Hydraulics—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.) High flow pump pressure is regulated by high flow relief valve (64). High flow oil is directed to hydraulic control valve (75), through auxiliary valve spool, to attachment. When engine is shut off, high flow circuit returns to standard flow auxiliary hydraulics. For more information, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
2
3
5
4
TX1126681 —UN—12DEC12
As gears come out of mesh, oil from suction port (1) enters and becomes trapped between gear teeth and pump housing. Oil travels around interior of pump housing and is forced out of delivery port (4) under pressure as gear teeth come into mesh again.
1
High Flow Pump 1— Suction Port 2— Drive Gear 3— Driven Gear
4— Delivery Port 5— Housing
CP94658,0000BB1 -19-26AUG16-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=633
Theory of Operation
Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped A
Y38 139
Y8
100
206
B
T
139
241
209
99
102 106 101
206
241
103
208
99 104
210 C
105
206
211 D
208
210 211 209
113 TX1215176
600
604
602
606
TX1215176 —UN—14JUN16
240
Self Leveling Valve 99— Self Leveling Valve (if equipped) 100— Self Leveling Solenoid Spool 101— Orifice 102— Adjustable Orifice 103— Flow Divider Valve 104— Check Valve 105— Unloader Valve 106— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 113— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 139— Self Leveling Valve-to-Hydraulic Control Valve (boom lower port) Line
206— Self Leveling Valve-to-Boom Cylinder (rod end) Line (2 used) 208— Self Leveling Valve-to-Bucket Cylinder (head end) Line 209— Self Leveling Valve-to-Bucket Cylinder (rod end) Line 210— Hydraulic Control Valve (bucket dump port)-to-Bucket Cylinder (head end) Line
Self leveling valve (if equipped) (99) levels bucket and attachments as boom is raised. When self leveling feature is activated, hydraulic oil from rod end of boom cylinders (106) is routed to head end of bucket cylinders (113) and will not allow boom float function to operate. Self leveling feature does not operate when boom is lowered. As boom cylinders extend, oil from boom cylinder (rod end) flows to self leveling valve. When self leveling solenoid (Y38) is energized, self leveling solenoid spool (100) shifts and directs oil to bucket cylinders. See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) Oil is directed to an adjustable orifice (102) and a fixed orifice (101) at flow divider valve (103). The size difference between the adjustable orifice and fixed orifice determines the amount of oil flow to head end of bucket cylinders. The adjustable orifice is screw adjustable. Deactivating
211— Hydraulic Control Valve (bucket curl port)-to-Bucket Cylinder (rod end) Line 240— Hydraulic Control Valve (boom up port)-to-Boom Cylinder (head end) Line 241— Self Leveling Valve (port T)-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line 600— High-Pressure Oil
602— Low-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil Y8— Ride Control Solenoid (not used) Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid
self leveling solenoid disables self leveling feature and allows boom float function to operate. Unloader valve (105) prevents bucket cylinders from dumping during self leveling cycle. During machine operation, when resistance to movement of bucket cylinders is encountered, pressure can raise high enough to momentarily shift unloader valve. Unloader valve will then direct oil to flow to hydraulic control valve and hydraulic oil reservoir, causing boom to raise and bucket leveling to operate at slower rate. When bucket cylinders are fully extended while boom is being raised, unloader valve will shift completely, allowing oil to flow to head end of bucket cylinders. Oil flows through hydraulic control valve to hydraulic oil reservoir, so boom can continue to raise. CP94658,0000BA9 -19-11OCT16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=634
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=635
Theory of Operation
Ride Control Operation—If Equipped A
100
Y38
268
239
206
Y8 167
139 B
T
234
241
102 239
106
101 103
Y7 166 Y7
165
165
99 104
ACC
268
166 105
C
D
211
210 209
234 208 139
209
241 99 Y38
208
Y8
600
210 211
206
604 606
TX1215167
TX1215167 —UN—05MAY16
206
Ride Control Operation (shown activated)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-8
CP94658,0000BA8 -19-22JUN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=636
Theory of Operation 99— Self Leveling Valve (if equipped) 100— Self Leveling Solenoid Spool 101— Orifice 102— Adjustable Orifice 103— Flow Divider Valve 104— Check Valve 105— Unloader Valve 106— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 139— Hydraulic Control Valve (boom lower port)-to-Self Leveling Valve (port B) Line 165— Ride Control Accumulator
166— Ride Control Accumulator Valve 167— Ride Control Reservoir Valve 206— Self Leveling Valve (port A)-to-Boom Cylinders (rod end) Line 208— Self Leveling Valve (port D)-to-Bucket Cylinder (head end) Line 209— Self Leveling Valve (port C)-to-Bucket Cylinders (rod end) Line 210— Hydraulic Control Valve (bucket dump port)-to-Self Leveling Valve (port D) Line
When traveling over rough terrain at high speeds with loaded or empty bucket, machine develops a rocking motion in a fore-and-aft direction. Ride control function provides a cushioning effect, reducing rocking motion and improving machine ride. Ride control reservoir valve (167) and ride control reservoir solenoid (Y8) are contained in self leveling valve (if equipped) (99), located between control valve and left hydrostatic motor. Ride control accumulator (165) and ride control accumulator solenoid (Y7) are contained in ride control accumulator valve (166), located to the left of the control valve. Ride Control OFF Machine is in normal operating mode. In this mode, both ride control solenoids are de-energized. Ride control reservoir valve blocks boom cylinders rod end oil from returning to hydraulic oil reservoir. Ride control accumulator valve blocks boom cylinder’s head end oil from the accumulator. Ride Control ON
211— Hydraulic Control Valve 600— High-Pressure Oil (bucket curl port)-to-Self 604— Return Oil Leveling Valve (port C) 606— Trapped Oil Line Y7— Ride Control Accumulator 234— Hydraulic Control Valve Solenoid (boom up port)-to-Ride Y8— Ride Control Reservoir Control Valve Line Solenoid 239— Ride Control Valve-toY38— Self Leveling Solenoid Boom Cylinder (head end) Line 241— Self Leveling Valve (port T)-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line 268— Ride Control Valve-toBoom Lowering Valve Line
Ride control accumulator solenoid shifts ride control accumulator valve and allows oil from boom cylinders (106) head end to travel into and out of ride control accumulator. As boom is raised, accumulator is charged with system oil through ride control valve, equalizing cylinder head end pressure, and accumulator pressure. Accumulator absorbs pressure spikes that occur in head ends of boom cylinders. Ride control reservoir solenoid shifts ride control reservoir valve and allows oil from boom cylinders rod end to flow directly to or from hydraulic oil reservoir, to reduce rocking motion and prevent cylinder cavitation. Boom lowers from boom weight and gravity only. When boom power down function is activated, head end of boom cylinders is open to hydraulic control valve return circuit; however, rod end of boom cylinders is open to hydraulic oil reservoir. Boom lowers but pressure will not build in rod end of boom cylinder with ride control ON. Ride control can be activated during bucket loading, but must be turned off when a boom power down operation is desired. CP94658,0000BA8 -19-22JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=637
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Pump Operation Hydraulic pump (44) is a fixed-displacement, external gear pump. Hydraulic pump is mounted and driven off the end of hydrostatic pumps. Hydraulic pump draws hydraulic oil from hydraulic oil reservoir-to-hydraulic pump port (202). Hydraulic pump supplies a constant flow of supply oil to hydraulic control valve through hydraulic pump outlet (141). For more information, see Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) 141— Hydraulic Pump Outlet 202— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir-to-Hydraulic Pump Port Y10— High Flow Solenoid
TX1215265A —UN—09MAY16
34— Right Hydrostatic Pump Housing 44— Hydraulic Pump 66— High Flow Pump
Hydraulic Pump CP94658,0000BB2 -19-10MAY16-1/2
An external gear pump has two gears in mesh, closely fitted inside a housing (5). Drive gear (2) is attached to a rotating drive shaft. As drive shaft rotates, drive gear drives or rotates driven gear (3). As gears come out of mesh, oil from suction port (1) enters and becomes trapped between gear teeth and pump housing (5). Oil travels around interior of pump housing and is forced out of delivery port (4) under pressure as gear teeth come into mesh again.
2
3
4— Delivery Port 5— Housing
5
4
TX1126681 —UN—12DEC12
1— Suction Port 2— Drive Gear 3— Driven Gear
1
Hydraulic Pump CP94658,0000BB2 -19-10MAY16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=638
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Fan Operation XJ1229647 —UN—02DEC16
68
Y30 61
OUT
B3
49
226
48 IN
47 50
61 229
58
200
Y30 Y30
46
A
175
M
280
229
60 B2
B
67 68
T
226
60 61
A
229
46 B
200
47
68
229 50
280 200
604 605 611
XJ1229647 Hydraulic Fan Schematic and Component Location (standard) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=639
CP94658,0000BB3 -19-01DEC16-1/4
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=640
Theory of Operation
46— Charge Pump 47— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 48— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 49— Hydraulic Oil Filter 50— Hydraulic Oil Test Port 58— Fan Speed Solenoid Valve 60— Hydraulic Fan Manifold
61— Hydraulic Fan Motor 229— Hydraulic Fan Motor Case B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature 67— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Drain-to-Hydraulic Oil Sensor Breather Reservoir Line B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 280— Supply Oil From Hydraulic Restriction Switch 175— Standard Fan Plug Oil Reservoir to Charge Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed 200— Hydraulic Fan Motor-to-Oil Pump Solenoid Filter Manifold Line 604— Return Oil 226— Charge Pump-to-Hydraulic 605— Suction Oil Fan Motor Line 611— Charge Oil
Hydraulic Fan—Standard
hydraulic circuit between the charge pump and the hydraulic fan motor (61).
A hydraulic fan is used to provide air flow for the cooling package. The hydraulic fan standard drive system consists of:
The VCU determines how much to energize hydraulic fan speed solenoid by monitoring the following:
• Charge pump (46) • Fan speed solenoid valve (58) • Hydraulic fan manifold (60) • Hydraulic fan motor (61) • Hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30)
• Engine coolant temperature • Hydraulic oil temperature • Hydrostatic oil temperature • Air conditioning state (ON/OFF) • Diesel particulate filter (DPF) regeneration
The charge pump (46) is mechanically driven and is located on engine near air conditioner compressor. Charge oil (611) flows from output port of charge pump to hydraulic fan manifold (60). See Charge Pump Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
When not energized, the fan speed solenoid valve is open, allowing full pump flow to hydraulic fan motor and producing maximum fan speed. As the VCU increases current to the hydraulic fan speed solenoid, the solenoid valve closes (proportionally based on supplied current) and decreases the hydraulic flow to the hydraulic fan motor. The hydraulic fan speed decreases.
NOTE: On electrohydraulic (EH) controlled machines only, vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU.
In the event of a fan system circuit malfunction, the VCU does not energize the hydraulic fan speed solenoid allowing the hydraulic fan to operate at full speed.
The vehicle control unit (VCU) software controls machine cooling by varying fan speed using hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30).
From the hydraulic fan, charge oil flows through the hydraulic oil filter manifold (47) to the hydrostatic system.
The VCU uses a variable signal to hydraulic fan speed solenoid to move fan speed solenoid valve (58) in the
For more information, see Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-13
CP94658,0000BB3 -19-01DEC16-2/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=641
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=642
Theory of Operation
XJ1229648 —UN—02DEC16
Y32 68
Y30 61
OUT
B3
49
226
48 IN
47 50
Y32
61 229
58
200
Y30 Y32
46
M
280
229
A
59
60 B2
B
67 68
T
226
60 61
A
229
46 B
200
47
68
229 50
280 200
604 605 611
XJ1229648 Hydraulic Fan Schematic and Component Location (reversing) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=643
CP94658,0000BB3 -19-01DEC16-3/4
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=644
Theory of Operation
46— Charge Pump 47— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 48— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 49— Hydraulic Oil Filter 50— Hydraulic Oil Test Port 58— Fan Speed Solenoid Valve 59— Reversing Fan Direction Control Valve
60— Hydraulic Fan Manifold 229— Hydraulic Fan Motor Case B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter 61— Hydraulic Fan Motor Drain-to-Hydraulic Oil Restriction Switch 67— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Reservoir Line Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed Breather 280— Supply Oil From Hydraulic Solenoid 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Oil Reservoir to Charge Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan 200— Hydraulic Fan Motor-to-Oil Pump Solenoid Filter Manifold Line 604— Return Oil 226— Charge Pump-to-Hydraulic 605— Suction Oil Fan Motor Line 611— Charge Oil B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
Hydraulic Fan—Reversing—If Equipped NOTE: The standard fan plug (175) from the standard fan is replaced with 59 and Y32. The hydraulic fan reversing drive system consists of:
• Charge pump (46) • Fan speed solenoid valve (58) • Reversing fan direction control valve (59) • Hydraulic fan manifold (60) • Hydraulic fan motor (61) • Hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) • Hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) The reversing fan direction control valve directs charge oil flow to either side of hydraulic fan motor (61) to rotate fan motor in forward or reverse direction. This allows fan to push or pull air through cooling package to clean dirt and debris from cooling package. Reversing fan direction control valve defaults to a forward position. To reverse air flow, the hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32) is energized, shifting reversing fan direction control valve and changing charge oil flow to opposite side of hydraulic fan motor, which changes direction of fan rotation. Hydraulic fan speed is regulated by the fan speed solenoid valve (58). The amount of current sent from controller to hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) modulates fan solenoid valve, changing amount of charge oil flow through hydraulic fan motor. In forward operation, charge oil flows through reversing fan direction control valve to hydraulic fan motor. Reversing fan direction control valve directs charge oil flow to the opposite side of the fan circuit. The opposite side of the hydraulic fan motor is open to output side of fan speed solenoid valve. The hydraulic fan motor rotates in the forward direction. If the machine is powered down while the fan is in reverse mode, the directional solenoid (which is powered by unswitched battery) shall remain energized for 5 seconds
to allow the fan to come to a stop before the reverse solenoid is de-energized. Fan reversals shall not be allowed when engine aftertreatment filter cleaning is active. NOTE: On electrohydraulic (EH) controlled machines only, vehicle control unit (VCU) software is contained within hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4), but VCU software functions independently of HCU. The reversing fan function can either be set to reverse manually or automatically using reversing fan switch (S35), which is connected to the engagement and monitor unit (EMU). The EMU communicates reversing fan switch (S35) position to the vehicle control unit (VCU). When reversing fan function is engaged, the VCU controls the reversing function as follows: 1. The VCU increases current to hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) to slow the fan to minimum fan speed. 2. When fan speed is at minimum, the VCU energizes hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32). Reversing fan direction control valve spool shifts, reversing direction of charge oil to flow to reversing fan direction. 3. With the fan now operating in the reverse direction, the VCU decreases the current applied to the hydraulic fan speed solenoid until maximum fan speed is reached. 4. The VCU operates the fan at maximum speed in reverse direction, then increases current to hydraulic fan speed solenoid until the fan is at minimum speed. 5. When fan slows to minimum speed, the VCU de-energizes hydraulic reversing fan solenoid, causing the fan to operate in forward direction. 6. With the fan operating in the forward direction, the VCU decreases current to hydraulic fan speed solenoid until necessary operating fan speed is obtained. For more information, see Hydraulic Fan Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.) CP94658,0000BB3 -19-01DEC16-4/4
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=645
Theory of Operation
TX1215579 —UN—15JUN16
Hydraulic Control Valve Operation
Hydraulic Control Valve
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-18
CP94658,0000BB4 -19-22NOV17-1/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=646
Theory of Operation 75— Hydraulic Control Valve 76— Hydraulic System Relief Valve 78— Boom Check Valve 81— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 84— Bucket Check Valve 87— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 89— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
92— Auxiliary Check Valve 205— High Flow Pump-toHydraulic Control Valve Line 214— Supply Oil Port From Hydraulic Pump 215— Boom Up Work Port 216— Boom Down Work Port 217— Bucket Curl Work Port 218— Bucket Dump Work Port
221— Return Oil Work Port 237— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line 256— Hydraulic Control Valve to Auxiliary Port (2 used) 266— Hydraulic Control Valve Charge-Pressure Line Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Solenoid Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-19
Y20— Boom Down Solenoid Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid
CP94658,0000BB4 -19-22NOV17-2/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=647
Theory of Operation
214
221
266 INLET
EXT EH SUPPLY
SUMP
76
77
CHARGE
Y19
97 Y4
Y20
75
78
BOOM SPOOL
80
79 216
1A
Y22
83
84
110
86
Y21
85 218
81
1B
215
BUCKET SPOOL
2A
2B
92
217
98
87 89
94 AUXILIARY SPOOL 93
Y23 3A
Y24
256
3B
256 91 AUX INLET
POWER BEYOND
OUTLET
205
237 600
606 609 611 XJ1240979
XJ1240979 —UN—27JUN17
604
Hydraulic Control Valve Schematic
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-20
CP94658,0000BB4 -19-22NOV17-3/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=648
Theory of Operation 75— Hydraulic Control Valve 89— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief 76— Hydraulic System Relief and Anticavitation Valve Valve 91— Auxiliary Solenoid (female) 77— Boom Up Solenoid Spool Spool 78— Boom Check Valve 92— Auxiliary Check Valve 79— Boom Spool 93— Auxiliary Spool 80— Boom Down Solenoid Spool 94— Auxiliary Solenoid (male) 81— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Spool Anticavitation Valve 97— Port Lock Solenoid Spool 83— Bucket Curl Solenoid Spool 98— Port Lock Spool 84— Bucket Check Valve 110— Flow Rate Orifice and 85— Bucket Spool Check Valve 86— Bucket Dump Solenoid 205— High Flow Pump-toSpool Hydraulic Control Valve 87— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Line and Anticavitation Valve 214— Supply Oil Port From Hydraulic Pump
The hydraulic control valve (75) is located in the front center of the machine. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) Hydraulic control valve includes three valve spools to control boom, bucket and auxiliary functions and pressure relief valves for boom raise, bucket curl, and bucket dump circuits. The hydraulic control valve also includes a port lock spool (98) and a hydraulic system relief valve (76) for entire hydraulic system. Hydraulic control valve is an open-center control valve. In an open-center control valve, the first valve spool takes priority over the next valve spool downstream in the circuit. The hydraulic pump provides a continuous flow of hydraulic oil through supply oil port from hydraulic pump (214). When valve spools are not operated, hydraulic oil flow passes through open-center passage of each valve spool. Hydraulic oil then flows to hydraulic oil cooler. Hydraulic System Relief Valve The hydraulic system relief valve (76) protects the hydraulic system and hydraulic pump from excessive pressure. If needed, hydraulic system relief valve can be adjusted to hydraulic system relief specifications. See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.) Port Lock Solenoid and Port Lock Spool A port lock solenoid (Y4) and port lock spool (98) are incorporated into the control valve. Port lock solenoid and port lock spool are safety devices and are part of interlock logic. When port lock solenoid is de-energized, spring pressure shifts port lock spool and prevents oil flow to boom and bucket cylinders. When port lock solenoid is energized, oil pressure overcomes spring pressure at port lock spool. The port lock spool shifts to allow oil flow to boom and bucket cylinders. For interlock logic, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-10.) Boom Cylinder Circuit
215— Boom Up Work Port 216— Boom Down Work Port 217— Bucket Curl Work Port 218— Bucket Dump Work Port 221— Return Oil Work Port 237— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line 256— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Auxiliary Port (2 used) 266— Hydraulic Control Valve Charge-Pressure Line 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil
The first spool in the series, and therefore first priority, controls boom cylinder circuit. When boom up solenoid (Y19) or boom down solenoid (Y20) is energized, the corresponding boom up or down solenoid spool (77 or 80) shifts. See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-10.) When boom solenoid spool shifts, charge oil from hydraulic control valve charge-pressure line (266) flows to the selected end of boom spool (79). When boom spool is actuated, the open-center port is blocked. Oil is directed to the appropriate side of boom cylinder through boom up or down work ports (215 or 216). Return oil from boom cylinders flows into control valve through the opposite boom work port. Return oil flows through boom spool and is available as supply oil to bucket and auxiliary spools (85 and 93). When boom spool shifts to float function, oil from both head end and rod end of cylinder is directed to return passage in control valve and to hydraulic oil reservoir. The float function allows return oil to shift back and forth from each end of cylinders. The boom down solenoid shifts the boom spool to allow the boom to move up and down with no up or down hydraulic force as ground contour deflects the attachment. A flow rate orifice and check valve (110) is in boom raise circuit. The flow rate valve restricts return oil flow during a boom down function. The restriction of the return oil flow allows for greater control of boom during a boom down function. The boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve (81) protects boom circuit from excessive pressure in boom up circuit. The boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve also prevents cavitation in boom cylinders. Boom check valve (78) prevents unwanted movement in boom circuit during initial movement of boom spool. Bucket Cylinder Circuit
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil 611— Charge Oil Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Solenoid Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid
9025-05-21
CP94658,0000BB4 -19-22NOV17-4/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=649
Theory of Operation
The second spool in the series controls bucket cylinder circuit. When bucket curl solenoid (Y21) or bucket dump solenoid (Y22) is energized, the corresponding bucket curl or dump solenoid spool (83 or 86) shifts. See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-10.) When bucket solenoid spool shifts, charge oil from hydraulic control valve charge-pressure line (266) flows to selected end of bucket spool (85). When bucket spool is actuated, the open-center port is blocked. Oil is directed to the appropriate side of bucket cylinders out bucket curl or dump work ports (217 or 218). Return oil from bucket cylinders flows into control valve through opposite bucket work port. Return oil for bucket curl flows back through bucket spool to hydraulic oil cooler. Return oil for bucket dump flows back through bucket spool and circulates back into supply oil. Bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve (87) and bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve (89) protect bucket circuit from excessive pressure. The bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve and bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve also prevents cavitation in bucket cylinders. Bucket check valve (84) prevents unwanted movement in bucket circuit during initial movement of bucket spool.
Auxiliary Hydraulic Circuit The third spool in the series provides hydraulic oil to operate auxiliary hydraulic attachments. When auxiliary port (male) solenoid (Y23) or auxiliary port (female) solenoid (Y24) is energized, the corresponding auxiliary solenoid (female or male) spool (91 or 94) shifts. See Hydraulic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-10.) When auxiliary solenoid spool shifts, charge oil from hydraulic control valve charge-pressure line (266) flows to selected end of auxiliary spool (93). When auxiliary spool is actuated, the open-center port is blocked. Oil is directed to appropriate side of auxiliary attachment circuit through hydraulic control valve to auxiliary ports (256). Return oil from auxiliary attachment flows into control valve through the opposite auxiliary work port. Return oil flows through auxiliary spool to hydraulic oil cooler. The auxiliary check valve (92) prevents unwanted movement in circuit during initial movement of auxiliary spool.
CP94658,0000BB4 -19-22NOV17-5/5
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-05-22
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=650
Group 10
System Diagrams Hydraulic System Schematic XJ1240648 —UN—21JUN17
LEFT HYDROSTATIC MOTOR 1 A HOUSING
L1
X1
X2
Y32
XB
21
61
17 9
Y30
8
7
54
46
56
4
ATTENUATOR (IF EQUIPPED)
M
A
Y38
60
B
BOOM CYLINDERS
106
BOOM LOWER VALVE
2 8
BM
TK
58
INLET
EXT EH SUPPLY
L2
SUMP
106
Y8
100
167
76
77
B
T
CHARGE
40
23
Y17
Y15
25
Y19
HYDRAULIC OUT OIL FILTER
Y16
B3
Y20
49
24
42
41
Y18
E
A
X7
32
Y5
E
48
80
103 104
1A
105
IN
Y22
83 50
47 35
64
36
84 86
Y21
Y6
ACC
4
81
63
38 B
M3
L3
C
44 HYDRAULIC PUMP
2B
2
92 HYDROSTATIC CONTROL 11 VALVE
66 HIGH FLOW PUMP (IF EQUIPPED)
19 T
AUXILIARY SPOOL 93
X1
X2
13 RIGHT HYDROSTATIC MOTOR HOUSING
7
XB
B
8
3A
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
16 14
L2
POWER BEYOND
600 169
168
604
OUTLET
605
74
17
8
113
3B
AUX INLET
9
BUCKET CYLINDERS
Y23
Y24
A
113
89
94 67
B2
98
87
91 L1
1B
BUCKET SPOOL
2A
3
30
165
166 85
27
Y7
110
Y10
LEFT HYDROSTATIC PUMP
D
C
33 RIGHT HYDROSTATIC PUMP
102
75
79
D
28
101
78
BOOM SPOOL
34
26
99
97 Y4
T
B20
HYDRAULIC 68 OIL RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
69
AUXILIARY COUPLER 114 MANIFOLD
606 115
119
118
609 611
XJ1240648 Hydraulic System Schematic
CP94658,0000BA7 -19-26JUN17-1/2
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-10-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=651
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-10-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=652
System Diagrams 41— Right Hydrostatic Pump 1— Left Hydrostatic Motor 87— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief 600— High-Pressure Oil Solenoid Spool Housing and Anticavitation Valve 604— Return Oil 2— Left Hydrostatic Motor Park 42— Right Hydrostatic Pump 89— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief 605— Suction Oil Solenoid Spool Brake and Anticavitation Valve 606— Trapped Oil 4— Left Hydrostatic Two-Speed 44— Hydraulic Pump 91— Auxiliary Solenoid (female) 609— Pilot Oil 46— Charge Pump Motor Spool 611— Charge Oil 47— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 92— Auxiliary Check Valve 7— Hydrostatic Motor B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool (2 48— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass 93— Auxiliary Spool Sensor Valve used) 94— Auxiliary Solenoid (male) B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter 49— Hydraulic Oil Filter 8— Orifice (4 used) Spool Restriction Switch 50— Hydraulic Oil Test Port 9— Hydrostatic Motor Relief 97— Port Lock Solenoid Spool B20— Hydrostatic Oil 54— Attenuator (if equipped) Valve (2 used) 98— Port Lock Spool Temperature Sensor 56— Reversing Fan Solenoid 11— Hydrostatic Control Valve 99— Self Leveling Valve (if Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Spool (if equipped) 13— Right Hydrostatic Motor equipped) Y5— Park Brake Solenoid 58— Fan Speed Solenoid Valve Housing 100— Self Leveling Solenoid Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid 60— Hydraulic Fan Manifold 14— Right Hydrostatic Motor Spool Y7— Ride Control Accumulator 61— Hydraulic Fan Motor Park Brake 101— Orifice Solenoid 63— High Flow Spool 16— Right Hydrostatic 102— Adjustable Orifice Y8— Ride Control Reservoir 64— High Flow Relief Valve Two-Speed Motor 103— Flow Divider Valve Solenoid 66— High Flow Pump (if 17— Bias Piston (2 used) 104— Check Valve Y10— High Flow Solenoid equipped) 19— Site Gauge 105— Unloader Valve Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump 67— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 21— Boom Lower Valve 106— Boom Cylinder (2 used) Solenoid Breather 23— Left Hydrostatic Pump 110— Flow Rate Orifice and Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Control Valve Check Valve Solenoid 69— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 24— Left Hydrostatic Pump 113— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump 74— High Flow Oil Check Valve Solenoid Spool 114— Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Solenoid 75— Hydraulic Control Valve 25— Left Hydrostatic Pump 115— Female Auxiliary Port Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump 76— Hydraulic System Relief Solenoid Spool 118— Male Auxiliary Port Solenoid Valve 26— Left Hydrostatic Pump 119— Auxiliary Case Drain Port Y19— Boom Up Solenoid 77— Boom Up Solenoid Spool Housing 165— Ride Control Accumulator Y20— Boom Down Solenoid 78— Boom Check Valve 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump (if equipped) Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid 28— Left Forward Multi-Function 79— Boom Spool 166— Ride Control Accumulator Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid 80— Boom Down Solenoid Spool Valve Valve Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) 30— Left Reverse Multi-Function 81— Boom Up Circuit Relief and 167— Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid Anticavitation Valve Valve Valve Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) 83— Bucket Curl Solenoid Spool 168— Male Auxiliary Port 32— Park Brake Spool Solenoid 84— Bucket Check Valve 33— Charge Pressure Relief Connect Under Pressure Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed 85— Bucket Spool Valve (CUP) Valve Solenoid 86— Bucket Dump Solenoid 34— Right Hydrostatic Pump 169— Female Auxiliary Port Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Spool Housing Connect Under Pressure Solenoid 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump (CUP) Valve Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid 36— Right Forward Multi-Function Valve 38— Right Reverse MultiFunction Valve 40— Right Hydrostatic Pump Control Valve CP94658,0000BA7 -19-26JUN17-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-10-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=653
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-10-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=654
System Diagrams
Hydraulic System Component Location XJ1230038 —UN—26DEC16
249 Y24 67
248 Y10 64 69
Y23 Y21 Y19
205
44 248
284 256
54
Y22
206
106
75
106 286 240
206
269
202 205
Y20
66
278
Y4 203
265
75
A
B 166
C
Y7 278
249 208 241 209
209
114
240
165 239
234
256
282 44 239
208 248
240
D
208
211
E F 66
B
206 209 C
268 68
G
208
203
205
265
21
54
A
139
209
284
241
237
21
268 600
208
165
234
268
139
Y8 211
605
75
75
282
604
D 99
285
Y38
209
113
210
99
202
285 239 113
234
206
285 210
606 E
F
206 G
TX1216484 Hydraulic System Component Location (self level and ride control shown) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-10-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=655
CP94658,0000BF2 -19-26DEC16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-10-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=656
System Diagrams 21— Boom Lower Valve 203— Supply Oil From Hydraulic 44— Hydraulic Pump Oil Reservoir-to-High Flow 54— Attenuator (if equipped) Pump Line 66— High Flow Pump (if 205— High Flow Pump-toequipped) Hydraulic Control Valve 64— High Flow Relief Valve (if Line equipped) 206— Self Leveling Valve (port 67— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir A)-to-Boom Cylinder (rod Breather end) Line 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 208— Self Leveling Valve (port 69— Hydraulic Oil Cooler D)-to-Bucket Cylinder 75— Hydraulic Control Valve (head end) Line 99— Self Leveling Valve (if 209— Self Leveling Valve (port equipped) C)-to-Bucket Cylinder (rod 106— Boom Cylinder (2 used) end) Line 113— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 210— Hydraulic Control Valve 114— Auxiliary Coupler Manifold (bucket dump port)-to-Self 139— Hydraulic Control Valve Leveling Valve (port D) (boom lower port)-to-Self Line Leveling Valve (port B) 211— Hydraulic Control Valve Line (bucket curl port)-to-Self 165— Ride Control Accumulator Leveling Valve (port C) (if equipped) Line 166— Ride Control Accumulator 234— Hydraulic Control Valve Valve (if equipped) (boom up port)-to-Ride 202— Hydraulic Oil Control Valve Line Reservoir-to-Hydraulic 237— Hydraulic Control Pump Line Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line
239— Ride Control Valve-to284— Auxiliary Case Drain Boom Cylinder (rod end) Port-to-Boom Lower Valve Line 285— Boom Lower 240— Hydraulic Control Valve Valve-to-Hydraulic Control (boom up port)-to-Boom Valve Cylinder (head end) Line 286— Hydraulic Oil 241— Self Leveling Valve Reservoir-to-Breather Line (port T)-to-Hydraulic Oil 600— High-Pressure Oil Reservoir Line 604— Return Oil 248— Hydraulic Pump 605— Suction Oil Oil-to-Attenuator Line 606— Trapped Oil 249— High Flow Pump (if Y4— Port Lock Solenoid equipped)-to-Hydraulic Y7— Ride Control Accumulator Oil Reservoir Line Solenoid 256— Hydraulic Control Y8— Ride Control Reservoir Valve-to-Auxiliary Male Solenoid Port Y10— High Flow Solenoid 265— Attenuator-to-Hydraulic Y19— Boom Up Solenoid Control Valve Line Y20— Boom Down Solenoid 268— Ride Control Valve-toY21— Bucket Curl Solenoid Boom Lowering Valve Line Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid 269— Hydraulic Oil Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Cooler-to-Hydraulic Oil Solenoid Reservoir Line Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) 278— Hydraulic Control Solenoid Valve-to-Auxiliary Female Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid Port 282— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line CP94658,0000BF2 -19-26DEC16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-10-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=657
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-10-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=658
Group 15
Diagnostic Information • See Boom Drifts Down. (Group 9025-15.) • See Boom Drifts Up. (Group 9025-15.) • See Bucket Drifts Down. (Group 9025-15.) • See Bucket Drifts Up. (Group 9025-15.) • See Hydraulic Functions Slow or No Power. (Group
Diagnose Hydraulic System Malfunctions Diagnose malfunction charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely and most difficult to verify.
• See No Hydraulic Functions. (Group 9025-15.) • See Boom Will Not Raise. (Group 9025-15.) • See Boom Will Not Lower. (Group 9025-15.) • See Bucket Will Not Dump. (Group 9025-15.) • See Bucket Will Not Curl. (Group 9025-15.) • See Bucket Will Not Self Level When Boom is Raised.
9025-15.)
• See Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” or “Spongy”. (Group 9025-15.)
• See Hydraulic System Noise. (Group 9025-15.) • See Hydraulic Oil Overheats. (Group 9025-15.) • See Hydraulic Fan System Malfunctions. (Group
(Group 9025-15.) • See Bucket Dumps During Self Leveling Cycle. (Group 9025-15.)
9025-15.)
• See Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction. (Group 9025-15.)
BS40810,00001E4 -19-07JUN16-1/1
No Hydraulic Functions BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-1/11
No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-2/11
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-3/11
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Interlock Logic Sequence Not Performed Correctly.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-1
BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-4/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=659
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Interlock Logic Sequence Not Performed Correctly
Check that hydraulic functions are enabled.
For Interlock Logic, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Go to Low or No Charge Oil Pressure.
Are hydraulic functions enabled?
NO: Perform correct interlock logic sequence to enable hydraulics. BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-5/11
• 4
Low or No Charge Oil Pressure
Check charge oil pressure.
See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is charge oil pressure within specification?
NO: Replace charge pressure relief valve. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble—Center Manifold. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-6/11
• 5
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect solenoid spools (Y19—24) and oil supply screens for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that screen for solenoid spools are clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool.
Are oil supply screens and solenoid spools clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace solenoid spool. BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-7/11
• 6
Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool
Do auxiliary hydraulic functions operate, but boom and bucket functions do not?
YES: Check port lock solenoid valve (Y4) and port lock spool (98). See Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test. (Group 9025-25.) NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-2
BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-8/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=660
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Pump.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: When relief pressure is below specification, but not zero, replace system relief valve. When relief pressure is at or near zero, go to Hydraulic Pump. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-9/11
• 8
Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-10/11
• 9
Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve. Ensure that auxiliary plug is installed and free of leaks.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001E5 -19-08JUN16-11/11
Boom Will Not Raise BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-1/15
Boom Will Not Raise Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-2/15
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-3
BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-3/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=661
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Bucket Overloaded.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-4/15
• 3
Bucket Overloaded
Check operating capacities.
See Rated Operating Capacity or see Pallet Fork Lift Chart. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Reduce bucket load.
Is bucket overloaded?
NO: Go to Low or No Charge Oil Pressure. BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-5/15
• 4
Low or No Charge Oil Pressure
Check charge oil pressure.
See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is charge oil pressure within specification?
NO: Replace charge pressure relief valve. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble—Center Manifold. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-6/15
• 5
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect boom up solenoid (Y19) spool and oil supply screen for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that screen for solenoid spool is clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool.
Is boom up solenoid spool and oil supply screen clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace boom up solenoid spool.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-4
BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-7/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=662
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool
Do auxiliary hydraulic functions operate, but boom and bucket functions do not?
YES: Check port lock solenoid valve (Y4) and port lock spool (98). See Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test. (Group 9025-25.) NO: Go to Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction. BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-8/15
• 7
Boom Up Circuit Relief Check boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve (81) pressure. and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction
See Circuit Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.
Is boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve pressure correct?
NO: Replace boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-9/15
• 8
Stuck Pivot Pins
Check pivot pins for proper operation.
YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.
Are pivot pins stuck or binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-10/15
• 9
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-11/15
•
10 Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-5
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve. BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-12/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=663
Diagnostic Information
•
11 Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Pump.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: If relief pressure is below specification, but not zero, replace hydraulic system relief valve. If relief pressure is at or near zero, go to Hydraulic Pump. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-13/15
•
12 Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-14/15
•
13 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001E6 -19-04JAN18-15/15
Boom Will Not Lower BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-1/15
Boom Will Not Lower Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-2/15
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Boom Lock Engaged. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-6
BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-3/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=664
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Boom Lock Engaged
Check to see if boom lock is engaged.
See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Release boom lock.
Is boom lock engaged?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-4/15
• 3
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Low or No Charge Oil Pressure.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-5/15
• 4
Low or No Charge Oil Pressure
Check charge oil pressure.
See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is charge oil pressure within specification?
NO: Replace charge pressure relief valve. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble—Center Manifold. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-6/15
• 5
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect boom down solenoid spool (Y20) and oil supply screen for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that oil supply screen for solenoid spool is clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool.
Are boom down solenoid spool and oil supply screen clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace boom down solenoid spool.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-7
BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-7/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=665
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool
Do auxiliary hydraulic functions operate, but boom and bucket functions do not?
YES: Check port lock solenoid valve (Y4) and port lock spool (98). See Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test. (Group 9025-25.) NO: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins. BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-8/15
• 7
Stuck Pivot Pins
Check pivot pins for proper operation.
YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.
Are pivot pins stuck or binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-9/15
• 8
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-10/15
• 9
Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
NO: Go to Plugged Flow Rate Orifice and Check Valve. BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-11/15
•
10 Plugged Flow Rate Orifice and Check Valve
Inspect flow rate orifice and check valve (110) located in boom up work port.
See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Clean flow rate orifice and check valve.
Are flow rate orifice and check valve dirty?
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-8
BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-12/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=666
Diagnostic Information
•
11 Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Pump.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: If relief pressure is below specification, but not zero, replace hydraulic system relief valve. If relief pressure is at or near zero, go to Hydraulic Pump. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-13/15
•
12 Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-14/15
•
13 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001E7 -19-08JUN16-15/15
Bucket Will Not Dump BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-1/14
Bucket Will Not Dump Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-2/14
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-9
BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-3/14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=667
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Low or No Charge Oil Pressure.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-4/14
• 3
Low or No Charge Oil Pressure
Check charge oil pressure.
See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is charge oil pressure within specification?
NO: Replace charge pressure relief valve. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble—Center Manifold. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-5/14
• 4
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect bucket dump solenoid spool (Y22) and oil supply screen for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that oil supply screen for solenoid spool is clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool.
Are bucket dump solenoid spool and oil supply screen clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace bucket dump solenoid spool. BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-6/14
• 5
Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool
Do auxiliary hydraulic functions operate, but boom and bucket functions do not?
YES: Check port lock solenoid valve (Y4) and port lock spool (98). See Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test. (Group 9025-25.) NO: Go to Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-10
BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-7/14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=668
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction
Check bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve (89) pressure.
See Circuit Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.
Is bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve pressure correct?
NO: Replace bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-8/14
• 7
Stuck Pivot Pins
Check pivot pins for proper operation.
YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.
Are pivot pins stuck or binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-9/14
• 8
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-10/14
• 9
Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-11
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve. BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-11/14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=669
Diagnostic Information
•
10 Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Pump.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: If relief pressure is below specification, but not zero, replace hydraulic system relief valve. If relief pressure is at or near zero, go to Hydraulic Pump. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-12/14
•
11 Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-13/14
•
12 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001E8 -19-04JAN18-14/14
Bucket Will Not Curl BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-1/15
Bucket Will Not Curl Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-2/15
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-12
BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-3/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=670
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Bucket Overloaded.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-4/15
• 3
Bucket Overloaded
Check operating capacities.
See Rated Operating Capacity or see Pallet Fork Lift Chart. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Reduce bucket load.
Is bucket overloaded?
NO: Go to Low or No Charge Oil Pressure. BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-5/15
• 4
Low or No Charge Oil Pressure
Check charge oil pressure.
See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is charge oil pressure within specification?
NO: Replace charge pressure relief valve. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble—Center Manifold. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-6/15
• 5
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect bucket curl solenoid spool (Y21) and oil supply screen for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that screen for solenoid spool is clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool.
Are bucket curl solenoid spool and oil supply screen clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace bucket curl solenoid spool.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-13
BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-7/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=671
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool
Do auxiliary hydraulic functions operate, but boom and bucket functions do not?
YES: Check port lock solenoid valve (Y4) and port lock spool (98). See Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test. (Group 9025-25.) NO: Go to Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction. BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-8/15
• 7
Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction
Check bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve (87) pressure.
See Circuit Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.
Is bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve pressure correct?
NO: Replace bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-9/15
• 8
Stuck Pivot Pins
Check pivot pins for proper operation.
YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.
Are pivot pins stuck or binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-10/15
• 9
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-11/15
•
10 Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-14
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve. BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-12/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=672
Diagnostic Information
•
11 Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Pump.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: If relief pressure is below specification, but not zero, replace hydraulic system relief valve. If relief pressure is at or near zero, go to Hydraulic Pump. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-13/15
•
12 Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-14/15
•
13 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001E9 -19-04JAN18-15/15
Bucket Will Not Self Level When Boom is Raised BS40810,00001EA -19-08JUN16-1/6
Bucket Will Not Self Level When Boom is Raised Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001EA -19-08JUN16-2/6
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Self Leveling Function Disabled. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-15
BS40810,00001EA -19-08JUN16-3/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=673
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Self Leveling Function Ensure that self leveling function is enabled. Disabled
See Self Leveling Hydraulics—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Adjustable Orifice Screw Turned in Completely.
Is self leveling function enabled?
NO: Enable self leveling function. BS40810,00001EA -19-08JUN16-4/6
• 3
Adjustable Orifice Screw Turned in Completely
Turn self leveling screw out to set desired self level rate.
See Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Checks complete.
Does self leveling screw adjustment correct problem?
NO: Go to Check Valve Removed from Self Leveling Valve. BS40810,00001EA -19-08JUN16-5/6
• 4
Check Valve Removed Verify that check valve is installed in self leveling valve. from Self Leveling Valve
See Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is check valve installed correctly?
NO: Install check valve in self leveling valve. See Self Leveling Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001EA -19-08JUN16-6/6
Bucket Dumps During Self Leveling Cycle BS40810,00001EB -19-08JUN16-1/4
Bucket Dumps During Self Leveling Cycle Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001EB -19-08JUN16-2/4
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Adjustable Orifice Screw Out of Adjustment. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-16
BS40810,00001EB -19-08JUN16-3/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=674
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Adjustable Orifice Screw Out of Adjustment
Turn self leveling orifice screw to set desired self level rate.
See Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Checks complete.
Does self leveling orifice adjustment correct problem?
NO: Self leveling valve malfunction. Repair or replace self leveling valve. See Self Leveling Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001EB -19-08JUN16-4/4
Boom Drifts Down BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-1/11
Boom Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-2/11
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Drift Check. BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-3/11
• 2
Drift Check
Check boom down drift.
See Boom Down Drift Check. (9005-10.)
YES: Checks complete. Normal machine operation.
Is boom down drift within specification?
NO: Go to Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction. BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-4/11
• 3
Boom Up Circuit Relief Check boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve (81) pressure. and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction
See Circuit Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Boom Check Valve.
Is boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve pressure correct?
NO: Replace boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-17
BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-5/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=675
Diagnostic Information
• 4
Boom Check Valve
Check boom check valve.
See Hydraulic Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is boom check valve functioning correctly?
NO: Replace boom check valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-6/11
• 5
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect boom down solenoid spool (Y20) and oil supply screen for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that screen for solenoid spool is clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Broken Spool Centering Spring.
Is boom down solenoid spool oil supply screen and clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace boom down solenoid spool. BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-7/11
• 6
Broken Spool Centering Spring
Inspect boom spool (79) for a broken spring.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Replace spool centering spring.
Is spool centering spring broken?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-8/11
• 7
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-9/11
• 8
Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-18
NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-10/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=676
Diagnostic Information
• 9
Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001EC -19-04JAN18-11/11
Boom Drifts Up BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-1/11
Boom Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-2/11
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Drift Check. BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-3/11
• 2
Drift Check
Check boom up drift.
See Boom Up Drift Check. (9005-10.)
YES: Checks complete. Normal machine operation.
Is boom up drift within specification?
NO: Go to Self Leveling Valve Malfunction. BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-4/11
• 3
Self Leveling Valve Malfunction
Check self leveling valve adjustment.
See Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Go to Boom Check Valve.
Is self leveling valve operating correctly?
NO: Adjust self leveling valve. BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-5/11
• 4
Boom Check Valve
Check boom check valve.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is boom check valve functioning correctly?
NO: Replace boom check valve.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-19
BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-6/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=677
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect boom up solenoid spool (Y19) and oil supply screens for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that screen for solenoid spool is clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Broken Spool Centering Spring.
Are boom up solenoid spool and oil supply screen clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace boom up solenoid spool. BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-7/11
• 6
Broken Spool Centering Spring
Inspect boom spool (79) for a broken spring. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Replace spool centering spring.
Is spool centering spring broken?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-8/11
• 7
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-9/11
• 8
Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-10/11
• 9
Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001ED -19-08JUN16-11/11
Bucket Drifts Down BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-1/12
Bucket Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-20
BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-2/12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=678
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Drift Check. BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-3/12
• 2
Drift Check
Check bucket dump drift.
See Bucket Dump Drift Check. (9005-10.)
YES: Checks complete. Normal machine operation.
Is bucket dump drift within specification?
NO: Go to Self Leveling Valve Malfunction. BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-4/12
• 3
Self Leveling Valve Malfunction
Check self leveling valve adjustment.
See Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is self leveling valve operating correctly?
NO: Adjust self leveling valve. BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-5/12
• 4
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect bucket dump solenoid spool (Y20) and oil supply screens for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that screen for solenoid spool is clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Broken Spool Centering Spring.
Are bucket dump solenoid spool and oil supply screen clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace bucket dump solenoid spool. BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-6/12
• 5
Broken Spool Centering Spring
Inspect boom spool (79) for a broken spring.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Replace spool centering spring.
Is spool centering spring broken?
NO: Go to Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-21
BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-7/12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=679
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction
Check bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve (89) pressure.
See Circuit Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Bucket Check Valve.
Is bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve pressure correct?
NO: Replace bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-8/12
• 7
Bucket Check Valve
Check bucket check valve.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage.
Is bucket check valve functioning correctly?
NO: Replace bucket check valve. BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-9/12
• 8
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-10/12
• 9
Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-11/12
•
10 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001EE -19-04JAN18-12/12
Bucket Drifts Up Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-22
BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-1/12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=680
Diagnostic Information Bucket Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-2/12
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Drift Check. BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-3/12
• 2
Drift Check
Check bucket curl drift.
See Bucket Curl Drift Check. (9005-10.)
YES: Checks complete. Normal machine operation.
Is bucket curl drift within specification?
NO: Go to Self Leveling Valve Malfunction. BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-4/12
• 3
Self Leveling Valve Malfunction
Check self leveling valve adjustment.
See Self Leveling Valve Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is self leveling valve operating correctly?
NO: Adjust self leveling valve. BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-5/12
• 4
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect bucket curl solenoid spool (Y21) and oil supply screen for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that screen for solenoid spool is clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Broken Spool Centering Spring.
Are bucket curl solenoid spool and oil supply screen clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace bucket curl solenoid spool. BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-6/12
• 5
Broken Spool Centering Spring
Inspect bucket spool (85) for a broken spring.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Replace bucket spool centering spring.
Is bucket spool centering spring broken?
NO: Go to Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-23
BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-7/12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=681
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Malfunction
Check bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve (87) pressure.
See Circuit Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Bucket Check Valve.
Is bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve pressure correct?
NO: Replace bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-8/12
• 7
Bucket Check Valve
Check bucket check valve.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage.
Is bucket check valve functioning correctly?
NO: Replace bucket check valve. BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-9/12
• 8
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-10/12
• 9
Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-11/12
•
10 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001EF -19-04JAN18-12/12
Hydraulic Functions Slow or No Power Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-24
BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-1/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=682
Diagnostic Information Hydraulic Functions Slow or No Power Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-2/16
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-3/16
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Bucket Overloaded.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-4/16
• 3
Bucket Overloaded
Check operating capacities.
See Rated Operating Capacity or see Pallet Fork Lift Chart. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Reduce bucket load.
Is bucket overloaded?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Function Out of Calibration. BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-5/16
• 4
Hydraulic Function Out of Calibration
Calibrate boom and bucket hydraulics.
See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) Calibrate auxiliary hydraulics. See Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Checks complete.
Are hydraulic functions calibrated properly?
NO: Go to Low or No Charge Oil Pressure.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-25
BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-6/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=683
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Low or No Charge Oil Pressure
Check charge oil pressure.
See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool.
Is charge oil pressure within specification?
NO: Replace charge pressure relief valve. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble—Center Manifold. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-7/16
• 6
Malfunctioning Solenoid Spool
Inspect solenoid spools for proper (Y19—Y24) and oil supply screens for proper operation and cleanliness. Ensure that screens for solenoid spools are clean.
See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve.
Are solenoid spools and oil supply screens clean and operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace malfunctioning solenoid spool. BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-8/16
• 7
Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Air in Hydraulic Cylinders.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Replace hydraulic system relief valve. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-9/16
• 8
Air in Hydraulic Cylinders
Operate hydraulic functions to bleed hydraulic system.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3160.)
YES: Checks complete.
Does bleeding hydraulic cylinders correct slow or no power condition?
NO: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins. BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-10/16
• 9
Stuck Pivot Pins
Check pivot pins for proper operation.
YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.
Are pivot pins stuck or binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-26
BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-11/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=684
Diagnostic Information
•
10 Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-12/16
•
11 Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump. BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-13/16
•
12 Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-14/16
•
13 High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Check high flow hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.
Is high flow hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace high flow hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-15/16
•
14 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve. Ensure that auxiliary plug is installed and free of leaks.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001F0 -19-25JUL16-16/16
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=685
Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” or “Spongy” BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-1/13
Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” or “Spongy” Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-2/13
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-3/13
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Air in Hydraulic System.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-4/13
• 3
Air in Hydraulic System
Check for air leak in hydraulic system on suction side of hydraulic pump.
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic lines or hoses.
Are suction lines or hoses loose or leaking, allowing air into hydraulic system?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Function Out of Calibration. BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-5/13
• 4
Hydraulic Function Out of Calibration
Calibrate boom and bucket hydraulics.
See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) Calibrate auxiliary hydraulics. See Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Checks complete.
Are hydraulic functions calibrated properly?
NO: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins. BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-6/13
• 5
Stuck Pivot Pins
Check pivot pins for proper operation.
YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.
Are pivot pins stuck or binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-28
BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-7/13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=686
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-8/13
• 7
Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged?
NO: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve. BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-9/13
• 8
Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Pump.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: Replace hydraulic system relief valve. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-10/13
• 9
Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-29
BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-11/13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=687
Diagnostic Information
•
10 High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Check high flow hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.
Is high flow hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace high flow hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-12/13
•
11 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly
Inspect control valve.
See Control Valve Remove and Install and see Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
YES: Repair or replace control valve.
Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001F1 -19-08JUN16-13/13
Hydraulic System Noise BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-1/12
Hydraulic System Noise Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-2/12
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-3/12
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Air in Hydraulic System.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-30
BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-4/12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=688
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Air in Hydraulic System
Check for air leak in hydraulic system on suction side of hydraulic pump.
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic lines or hoses.
Are suction lines or hoses loose or leaking, allowing air into hydraulic system?
NO: Go to Bucket Overloaded. BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-5/12
• 4
Bucket Overloaded
Check operating capacities.
See Rated Operating Capacity or see Pallet Fork Lift Chart. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Reduce bucket load.
Is bucket overloaded?
NO: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding. BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-6/12
• 5
Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding
Inspect control valve and linkage.
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve.
Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?
NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-7/12
• 6
Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Pump.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: When relief pressure is below specification, but not zero, replace hydraulic system relief valve. If relief pressure is at or near zero, go to Hydraulic Pump. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-31
BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-8/12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=689
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Charge Pump Worn or Damaged.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-9/12
• 8
Charge Pump Worn or Damaged
Check charge pump flow.
See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged.
Is charge pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace charge pump. See Charge Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-10/12
• 9
High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Check high flow hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Worn or Damaged.
Is high flow hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace high flow hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-11/12
•
10 Hydrostatic Pump Worn or Damaged
Check hydrostatic pump flow.
See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Are hydrostatic pump flows within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install or See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001F2 -19-08JUN16-12/12
Hydraulic Oil Overheats Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-32
BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-1/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=690
Diagnostic Information Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-2/16
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-3/16
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Overloaded.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-4/16
• 3
Hydraulic System Overloaded
Check for hydraulic system overload. Check for bucket overloaded, improperly matched attachment, or attachment pushed beyond machine limits.
See Rated Operating Capacity or see Pallet Fork Lift Chart. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Reduce load on machine hydraulic system.
Is hydraulic system overloaded?
NO: Go to Air Flow Restricted Through Hydraulic Oil Cooler. BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-5/16
• 4
Air Flow Restricted Through Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Check hydraulic oil cooler for air flow restriction through cooler. Check radiator for damage or air restriction.
YES: Clean hydraulic oil cooler and radiator. See Check and Clean Cooling Package. (Operator's Manual.)
Is air flow restricted through oil cooler or radiator?
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-33
NO: Go to Slow Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed. BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-6/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=691
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Slow Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed
Check hydraulic fan speed.
See Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Relief Valve.
Is hydraulic fan motor speed within specification?
NO: Diagnose fan system malfunction. See Hydraulic Fan System Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.) BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-7/16
• 6
Hydraulic System Relief Valve
Check hydraulic system relief valve (76) pressure.
See Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.
Is hydraulic system relief valve pressure within specification?
NO: If relief pressure is below specification, but not zero, replace hydraulic system relief valve. If relief pressure is at or near zero, go to Hydraulic Pump. BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-8/16
• 7
Stuck Pivot Pins
Check pivot pins for proper operation.
YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.
Are pivot pins stuck or binding?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-9/16
• 8
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage.
See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?
NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-10/16
• 9
Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods
Check hydraulic cylinders for bent or damaged rods.
YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)
Are hydraulic cylinder rods bent or damaged? Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-34
NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump. BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-11/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=692
Diagnostic Information
•
10 Hydraulic Pump
Check hydraulic pump flow.
See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Worn or Damaged.
Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-12/16
•
11 Hydrostatic Pump Worn or Damaged
Check charge pump flow.
See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged.
Is charge pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace charge pump. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-13/16
•
12 High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged
Check high flow hydraulic pump flow.
See Multi-Function Valve Pressure Relief Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Worn or Damaged.
Is high flow hydraulic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace high flow hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-14/16
•
13 Hydrostatic Pump Worn or Damaged
Check hydrostatic pump flow.
See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motors Worn or Damaged.
Are hydrostatic pump flows within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install or see Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-35
BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-15/16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=693
Diagnostic Information
•
14 Hydrostatic Motors Worn or Damaged
Remove hydrostatic motors and inspect for wear.
See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motor.
Are hydrostatic motors damaged or worn excessively?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001F3 -19-08JUN16-16/16
Hydraulic Fan System Malfunctions BS40810,00001F4 -19-08JUN16-1/8
Hydraulic Fan System Malfunctions Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F4 -19-08JUN16-2/8
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Low Hydraulic Oil Level. BS40810,00001F4 -19-08JUN16-3/8
• 2
Low Hydraulic Oil Level
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level.
See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic Fan Speed Check (System Cold).
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. For recommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-36
BS40810,00001F4 -19-08JUN16-4/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=694
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Hydraulic Fan Speed Check (System Cold)
Check fan speed at fast idle with machine cool. Hydraulic oil, engine coolant, and manifold air temperatures should be less than 38°C (100°F).
See Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Charge Oil Pressure Check (System Cold).
Is fan speed below 1500 rpm at fast idle?
NO: Check electrical connections to hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check resistance of hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.) Remove hydraulic fan speed solenoid. Inspect for any debris that would prevent normal solenoid operation. BS40810,00001F4 -19-08JUN16-5/8
• 4
Charge Oil Pressure Check (System Cold)
Check charge oil pressure at hydraulic oil filter manifold with machine cool. Hydraulic oil, engine coolant, and manifold air temperatures should be less than 38°C (100°F).
See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Is charge oil pressure at hydraulic oil filter manifold above minimum specification?
NO: Check charge pump flow. See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) If charge pump flow meets specification, replace charge pressure relief valve.
Check charge oil pressure at pump outlet and oil filter manifold at fast idle with machine cool. All systems should be less than 38°C (100°F). Compare charge oil pressure at pump outlet to pressure at hydraulic oil filter manifold. NOTE: Pressure difference should be approximately 1380—2070 kPa (14—21 bar) (200—300 psi).
YES: Remove hydraulic fan speed solenoid. Inspect for any debris or other malfunction that would prevent normal solenoid operation.
Is pressure difference greater than 6900 kPa (69 bar) (1000 psi) with machine cool, less than 38°C (100°F)?
NO: Go to Charge Oil Pressure Check (Operating Temperature).
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-37
BS40810,00001F4 -19-08JUN16-6/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=695
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Charge Oil Pressure Check (Operating Temperature)
NOTE: Disconnecting connector to hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) will cause fan to operate at maximum speed.
Disconnect connector from hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check charge oil pressure at hydraulic oil filter manifold with machine at operating temperature. See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Is charge oil pressure at hydraulic oil filter manifold above minimum specification?
NO: Check charge pump flow. See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) If charge pump flow meets specification, replace charge pressure relief valve.
Check charge oil pressure at pump outlet at fast idle. Compare charge oil pressure at pump outlet to pressure at hydraulic oil filter manifold.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Is pressure difference noticeably lower than approximately 15 200 kPa (152 bar) (2200 NO: Go to Fan Speed psi)? Check. Remove hydraulic fan speed solenoid. Inspect for any debris that would prevent normal YES: Go to next step in this solenoid operation. check. Is fan speed solenoid free of debris?
NO: Clean fan speed solenoid. Install and check fan operation.
Check hydraulic fan motor case drain leakage. See Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Is hydraulic motor case drain below maximum specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic fan motor. See Hydraulic Fan Motor Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)
Check charge pump flow. See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Fan Speed Check.
Is charge pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace charge pump. See Charge Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-38
BS40810,00001F4 -19-08JUN16-7/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=696
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Fan Speed Check (Operating Temperature)
NOTE: Rear grille must be installed for accurate fan speed measurement. Fan speed can be slower by 100—200 rpm when rear grille is not installed.
Check fan speed at fast idle with machine at operating temperature. See Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Checks complete. Charge system functioning correctly. If problems continue, check main hydraulic system pressure with no functions active at fast idle. Pressure should be approximately 3447—4136 kPa (34—41 bar) (500—600 psi). If pressure is higher, determine cause of high hydraulic system pressure.
Is fan speed within specification at fast idle?
NO: Go to next step in this check.
Remove hydraulic fan speed solenoid. Inspect for any debris that would prevent normal YES: Go to next step in this solenoid operation. check. Is fan speed solenoid free of debris?
NO: Clean fan speed solenoid. Install and check fan operation.
Check hydraulic fan motor case drain leakage. See Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Check charge pump flow. See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) If charge pump flow is not within specification, Repair or replace charge pump. See Charge Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)
Is hydraulic motor case drain below maximum specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydraulic fan motor. See Hydraulic Fan Motor Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) BS40810,00001F4 -19-08JUN16-8/8
Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction BS40810,00001F5 -19-29JUN16-1/4
Hydraulic Fan Will Not Reverse Direction Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-39
BS40810,00001F5 -19-29JUN16-2/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=697
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Check
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Resolve diagnostic trouble codes.
Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Check. BS40810,00001F5 -19-29JUN16-3/4
• 2
Hydraulic Fan Reversing Solenoid Check
Check hydraulic fan reversing solenoid (Y32). Ensure that resistance is within specification and solenoid valve is operating properly.
See Hydraulic Fan Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Checks complete.
Is hydraulic fan reversing solenoid operating properly?
NO: Clean, repair, or replace hydraulic fan reversing solenoid. BS40810,00001F5 -19-29JUN16-4/4
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-15-40
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=698
Group 20
Adjustments Ride Control Accumulator Gas Charge Procedure—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS 4916—5433 kPa 49—54 bar 713—788 psi
TX1216128A —UN—24MAY16
Ride Control Accumulator Gas Pressure Change
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Dry Nitrogen Tank Nitrogen Tank Pressure Regulator JT05420 Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Kit
This procedure is used to charge accumulator to specification.
Ride Control Accumulator (left side of machine)
5
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.)
6 TX1139390 —UN—09JUL13
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator (4) energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. Turn switched power on. Press ride control switch ON and move joystick or pedal to float position. Charging Valve
2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9000-01.)
4— Ride Control Accumulator 5— Gas Cock
6— Charging Valve
3. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to accumulator. Accumulator will not charge properly if pressurized with hydraulic oil during charging. Relieve all hydraulic pressure from accumulator and ride control circuit before attempting to charge accumulator. 4. Remove cap from charging valve on ride control accumulator (4). IMPORTANT: Ride control accumulator uses only dry nitrogen. Dry nitrogen does not mix with oil and is non-combustible. It will not cause oxidation or condensation inside accumulator and is not harmful to piston seal. Do not use air or any combustible gas as these can cause oxidation and condensation. Oxidation and condensation are harmful to the piston seal and accumulator. 5. With nitrogen tank valve closed, turn handle on gas cock (5) fully counterclockwise (out). Using JT05420 Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Kit, attach regulator hose with gas cock to accumulator charging valve (6) and tighten fitting.
6. Turn gas cock handle clockwise (in) to open accumulator charging valve. 7. Turn regulator valve handle counterclockwise (out) until loose. Open nitrogen tank valve. 8. Slowly turn regulator valve handle clockwise (in) to pressurize accumulator to specification. Specification Ride Control Accumulator Gas—Pressure Change................................................ 4916—5433 kPa 49—54 bar 713—788 psi
9. Turn handle on gas cock fully counterclockwise (out). 10. Close nitrogen tank valve. Turn regulator valve handle counterclockwise (out) until loose. 11. Slowly loosen the gas cock from charging valve to release pressure from hose. 12. Remove gas cock from charging valve. Install cap. 13. Lower operator’s station.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from pressurized gas. Do not remove charging valve if accumulator is charged. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-20-1
CP94658,0000BD2 -19-17JUN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=699
Adjustments CP94658,0000BD2 -19-17JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-20-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=700
Group 25
Tests JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer
T6808CE —UN—28FEB89
1. Fasten temperature probe (A) to a bare metal hydraulic line using a tie band. 2. Wrap temperature probe and line with a shop towel. A—Temperature Probe B—Cable
C—JT05800 Digital Thermometer
RE59955,0000D21 -19-06NOV13-1/1
JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit T8543AI —UN—25AUG95
JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02159 6 m (20 ft.) Cable with Couplers JT02161 3400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer JT05969 Thermo-Coupler 312883 Carry Case JT02160 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer (Optional, Order Separately)
Use the digital pressure and temperature analyzer (A) and transducers (B) in place of analog gauges and a separate temperature reader.
A—Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer B—3400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer
— 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer — 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer
Transducers are temperature sensitive. Allow transducer to warm to system temperature. After transducer is warmed and no pressure applied, push sensor zero button for one second to set the true zero point. When using for different pressures, turn selector to OFF for two seconds and then to the pressure range. Readings are inaccurate if proper range for transducer is not used. RE59955,0000D22 -19-09APR13-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=701
Tests
Remote Start Box Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box
Remote start box (2) allows engine to be started with cab raised and in locked position.
TX1216092A —UN—23MAY16
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. Do not operate boom and bucket functions when using remote start box. Boom and bucket hydraulics are enabled when engine is running and park brake switch is disengaged by remote start box. Use remote start box to:
• Start and stop engine with cab raised and in locked position.
• Engage and disengage park brake with cab raised and in locked position.
• Control engine speed with cab raised and in locked position.
Remote Start Box Installation
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.)
1— Right Side Frame 2— Remote Start Box 3— Engine Speed Control Dial
X9— Service Engine Speed Control Connector X10— Remote Start Box Connector
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from moving tires when using remote start box. Remote start box can override brake and tires may move quickly. Do not use remote start box without raising and blocking skid steer loader. Keep tire area clear of bystanders.
6. Use engine speed dial on remote start box to control engine speed when testing machine with operator's station in raised position.
2. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.)
7. When test or repair procedure is complete, remove remote start box.
3. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)
8. Lower operator's station.
4. Place magnetic base of remote start box near engine control unit (ECU) on right side frame (1). 5. Connect remote start box 4-pin connector to machine remote start box connector (X10) and connect remote start box 3-pin connector to service engine speed control connector (X9). See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NOTE: When using remote start box, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 522379.06 may be generated. When finished using remote start box, clear code and operate machine. Check diagnostic trouble codes to verify code has been cleared. 9. Clear engagement and monitor unit (EMU) diagnostic trouble code 522379.06, if necessary. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-20.) NM95233,00006EE -19-21JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=702
Tests
Hydraulic System Pressure Release
5. Raise boom slightly off boom stops or boom lock.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components.
6. Fully retract bucket cylinders.
To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
9. Press engine start switch to turn switched power ON. Do not start engine.
7. Slightly extend bucket cylinders so Quik-Tatch™ is off stops. 8. Press park brake switch and engine stop switch.
10. Press ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM). CAUTION: To prevent crushing injury, only perform hydraulic system pressure release with boom down or boom up with boom lock engaged. To lower boom manually, see Boom Release in this section.
Use electrohydraulic (EH) controls for this procedure to relieve trapped hydraulic system pressure before performing hydraulic system repairs or tests. NOTE: The below procedure should also be used to lower boom onto boom lock if service is required with boom raised. 1. Remove any attachment.
11. Pull and hold boom release valve to lower boom. See Boom Release. (Operator’s Manual.) While holding boom release valve, press and hold trigger on right joystick to operate ride control function. Cycle boom and bucket functions to lower boom and relieve pressure from ride control accumulator.
2. Sit in seat. Close cab door if equipped. 3. Lower interlocking seat bar. 4. Start engine. Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company
AB06447,0000C7D -19-12JUL16-1/1
Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test
4. Operate boom and bucket controls. Boom and bucket must move freely.
This test is to ensure that the port lock solenoid valve (Y4) and port lock spool (98) are functioning properly. See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.)
5. Place boom and bucket controls to their neutral position.
NOTE: For more information on the interlock logic, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)
6. Raise interlocking seat bar. Boom and bucket controls must become inactive. 7. If boom and bucket controls do not operate as described, check the following:
1. Sit in seat. Close cab door, if equipped.
• Check port lock solenoid (Y4) electrical circuit. See
2. Lower interlocking seat bar. See Interlocking Seat Bar. (Operator's Manual.)
Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)
• Check port lock spool (98). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
3. Start engine and disengage park brake.
RE59955,0000D26 -19-09APR13-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=703
Tests
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Pressure
23 097—24 476 kPa 231—245 bar 3350—3550 psi
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02158 Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02162 Transducer 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) TX1216133A —UN—24MAY16
AT430721 1/2-in Auxiliary Quick Coupler (female) (or similar) Adapter Fitting (as needed) Diagnostic Quick Coupler
This test is to ensure that the hydraulic system relief valve is working properly to protect the hydraulic system from excessive pressures. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
Hydraulic System Relief Valve Test
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
118— Male Auxiliary Port
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Connect auxiliary quick coupler, adapter fittings (as needed), and diagnostic quick coupler to male auxiliary port (118).
7. Operate auxiliary function to supply hydraulic flow to the male auxiliary port. See Operating Auxiliary Hydraulics. (Operator's Manual.) NOTE: Pressure in auxiliary circuit will open system relief valve.
4. Connect JT02158 Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer with JT02162 Transducer 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) to diagnostic quick coupler.
8. Record pressure reading when system relief valve opens. Compare system relief valve pressure reading to specification.
5. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
Specification Hydraulic System Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 23 097—24 476 kPa 231—245 bar 3350—3550 psi
6. Set engine speed to specification. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-4
NM95233,00006EF -19-21JUN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=704
Tests
NOTE: Hydraulic system relief valve (76) is located in the hydraulic control valve (75). 9. If hydraulic system relief pressure is not to specification, adjust hydraulic system relief valve (76). See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) a. Remove footwell to gain access to the hydraulic control valve (75). See Footwell Removal. (Operator's Manual.) b. Loosen lock nut (2). TX1216134A —UN—25MAY16
NOTE: Turning adjusting screw (1) clockwise will increase pressure. Turning adjustment screw counterclockwise will decrease pressure. c. Turn adjusting screw (1) to set relief pressure. d. Hold adjusting screw in place while tightening lock nut. 10. If hydraulic system relief pressure cannot be attained, replace hydraulic system relief valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
Hydraulic System Relief Valve 1— Adjusting Screw 2— Lock Nut
75— Hydraulic Control Valve 76— Hydraulic System Relief Valve NM95233,00006EF -19-21JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=705
Tests
Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Charge Relief Pressure
2800—4800 kPa 28—48 bar 400—700 psi
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02162 Transducer 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) TX1216152A —UN—24MAY16
Gauge 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi)
This test is performed to ensure that there is sufficient oil pressure to charge the hydrostatic system and supply oil to the hydraulic system. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.)
Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test 1— JT02162 Transducer 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) 47— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 3. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 5. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer 34 00 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) (1) or 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) gauge to hydraulic oil test port (50). See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.)
50— Hydraulic Oil Test Port
7. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
8. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
6. Install remote start box. See Remote Start Box Installation. (Group 9025-25.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-6
NM95233,00006F0 -19-20NOV17-1/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=706
Tests
9. Record pressure reading. Compare reading to specification.
XJ1220811A —UN—09AUG16
Specification Charge Relief—Pressure............................................................................... 2800—4800 kPa 28—48 bar 400—700 psi
If necessary, adjust charge pressure relief valve (33) to specification.
• For component location see center manifold
disassemble and assemble block. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.)
Hydrostatic Pump Center Manifold
a. Loosen lock nut (34). b. Turn adjustment screw (35) to adjust pressure. Turning adjustment screw IN increases pressure, turning adjustment screw OUT decreases pressure.
33— Charge Pressure Relief Valve 34— Lock Nut
35— Adjustment Screw
c. Once adjustment screw in position, tighten lock nut. 10. If specification cannot be met after adjusting the charge pressure relief valve, check the following:see Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) NM95233,00006F0 -19-20NOV17-2/3
11. If charge pump flow meets specification, replace charge pressure relief valve (33).
TX1167627A —UN—30JUL14
12. Remove digital pressure/temperature analyzer and transducer. 13. Remove remote start box. See Remote Start Box Installation. (Group 9025-25.) 14. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.) 33— Charge Pressure Relief Valve Hydrostatic Pump Center Manifold NM95233,00006F0 -19-20NOV17-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=707
Tests
High Flow Relief Valve Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
High Flow Relief Valve Pressure
24 476—25 166 kPa 245—252 bar 3550—3650 psi
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Tee Fitting (-8 M ORFS x -8 F ORFS x -8 M ORFS) JT02156 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer TX1219507A —UN—18JUL16
JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi)
1. Remove front attachment. Park machine on a flat, level surface. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
High Flow Pump
2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
66— High Flow Pump
205— High Flow Pump-toHydraulic Control Valve Line
3. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator’s Station. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove footwell to gain access to the high flow pump (66). See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.)
12. Activate high flow hydraulics. See High Flow Hydraulics—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
5. Disconnect high flow pump-to-hydraulic control valve line (205) from high flow pump outlet fitting.
13. Operate auxiliary function to pressurize auxiliary hydraulic circuit. See Operating Auxiliary Hydraulics. (Operator’s Manual.)
6. Install -8 M ORFS x -8 F ORFS x -8 M ORFS tee fitting to high flow pump outlet fitting. 7. Connect JT02156 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer with JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) to tee fitting. 8. Connect high flow pump-to-hydraulic control valve line (205) to tee fitting. 9. Lower operator’s station. 10. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
14. Compare high flow relief valve pressure reading to specification. Specification High Flow Relief Valve—Pressure...................................................... 24 476—25 166 kPa 245—252 bar 3550—3650 psi
15. If high flow relief valve pressure is not within specification, adjust high flow relief valve. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) 16. If high flow relief pressure cannot be attained, replace high flow relief valve.
11. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle NM95233,00006F1 -19-26JUL16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=708
Tests
Circuit Relief Valve Test SPECIFICATIONS Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Pressure
23 800—25 200 kPa 238—252 bar 3450—3650 psi
Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Pressure
23 800—25 200 kPa 238—252 bar 3450—3650 psi
Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Pressure
28 800—30 200 kPa 288—302 bar 4180—4380 psi
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS TX1216411A —UN—27MAY16
JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump Cap (-10 ORFS) Plug (-10 ORFS) (2 used) Quick Coupler (-10 ORFS) Cap (-8 ORFS) (2 used) Plug (-8 ORFS) (4 used) Quick Coupler (-8 ORFS)
These tests are performed to check boom and bucket circuit relief and anticavitation valves. These valves are isolated in the hydraulic control valve. An electric/hydraulic pump is used to apply pressure to these valves.
Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Test (left side) 1— Left Boom Cylinder 2— Cap (-10 ORFS)
3— Plug (-10 ORFS) 4— Left Boom Up Hose
Boom Up Circuit Relief Test NOTE: Test is described using right boom up line at test port. Left boom up line may be used if needed. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Lock boom in raised position. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 3. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Disconnect left boom up hose (4) on left side of machine. 5. Install a -10 ORFS cap (2) and -10 ORFS plug (3) on left boom up hose and line. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-9
NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-1/9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=709
Tests
6. Disconnect right boom up hose (5) on right side of machine. 7. Install a -10 ORFS plug (7) on right boom up line.
5— Right Boom Up Hose 6— Quick Coupler (-10 ORFS)
TX1216412A —UN—27MAY16
8. Install a -10 ORFS quick coupler (6) on right boom up hose. 7— Plug (-10 ORFS) 8— Right Boom Cylinder
Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Test (right side) NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-2/9
9. Connect JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump (9) and electric/hydraulic pump hose (10) to quick coupler on right boom up hose. TX1066768 —UN—28OCT09
NOTE: Hydraulics must be enabled to allow for hydraulic pressure to reach circuit relief valve in hydraulic control valve. For more information on interlock logic, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to test equipment. Do not engage and operate hydraulic controls. 10. Run engine and lower interlocking seat bar. See Interlocking Seat Bar. (Operator's Manual.)
Electric/Hydraulic Pump
11. Enable hydraulics.
9— JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump 10— Electric/Hydraulic Pump Hose
12. Start JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump to pressurize the test port. Take reading when pressure on gauge (11) stops increasing and remains steady. 13. Compare results to specification. Specification Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve—Pressure...................................................... 23 800—25 200 kPa 238—252 bar 3450—3650 psi
NOTE: Boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve is not adjustable.
14. If pressure is not within specification, replace boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) 15. Remove test equipment. 16. Connect boom hoses to boom lines. 17. Release boom lock and lower boom. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
11— Gauge
9025-25-10
NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-3/9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=710
Tests Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Test
TX1216441A —UN—27MAY16
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
Boom Step
3. Remove boom step cap screws (12). 4. Disconnect Quik-Tatch™ boom harness-to-Quik-Tatch actuator harness connector (X35).
12— Cap Screw (4 used) 13— Boom Step
5. Remove boom step (13) to gain access to bucket hoses.
113— Boom Cylinder (2 used) X35— Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Actuator Harness Connector
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-4/9
6. Remove left bucket dump hose (17) from bucket dump tee (15). 7. Install a -8 ORFS cap (16) on bucket dump tee. TX1216439A —UN—27MAY16
8. Install a -8 ORFS plug (18) on left bucket dump hose. 9. Remove right bucket dump hose (20) from bucket dump tee. 10. Install a -8 ORFS plug (18) on right bucket dump hose. 11. Install a -8 ORFS quick coupler (21) on bucket dump tee. 10— Electric/Hydraulic Pump Hose 15— Bucket Dump Tee 16— Cap (-8 ORFS) 17— Left Bucket Dump Hose
Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Test
18— Plug (-8 ORFS) (2 used) 20— Right Bucket Dump Hose 21— Quick Coupler 113— Boom Cylinder (2 used)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-11
NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-5/9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=711
Tests
12. Connect JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump (9) and electric/hydraulic pump hose (10) to quick coupler on bucket dump tee. TX1066768 —UN—28OCT09
NOTE: Hydraulics must be enabled to allow for hydraulic pressure to reach circuit relief valve in hydraulic control valve. For more information on interlock logic, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to test equipment. Do not engage and operate hydraulic controls. 13. Run engine and lower interlocking seat bar. See Interlocking Seat Bar. (Operator's Manual.)
Electric/Hydraulic Pump
14. Enable hydraulics.
9— JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump 10— Electric/Hydraulic Pump Hose
15. Start JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump to pressurize the test port. Take reading when pressure on gauge (11) stops increasing and remains steady. 16. Compare results to specification. Specification Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve—Pressure...................................................... 23 800—25 200 kPa 238—252 bar 3450—3650 psi
11— Gauge
17. If pressure is not within specification, replace bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) 18. Remove test equipment. 19. Connect bucket hoses. 20. Install boom step.
NOTE: Bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve is not adjustable. NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-6/9
Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Test
TX1216441A —UN—27MAY16
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
Boom Step
3. Remove boom step cap screws (12). 4. Disconnect Quik-Tatch™ boom harness-to-Quik-Tatch actuator harness connector (X35).
12— Cap Screw (4 used) 13— Boom Step
5. Remove boom step (13) to gain access to bucket hoses.
113— Boom Cylinder (2 used) X35— Quik-Tatch™ Boom Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Actuator Harness Connector
Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-12
NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-7/9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=712
Tests
6. Remove left bucket curl hose (24) from bucket curl tee (22). 7. Install a -8 ORFS cap (23) on bucket curl tee. TX1216440A —UN—27MAY16
8. Install a -8 ORFS plug (25) on left bucket curl hose. 9. Remove right bucket curl hose (27) from bucket curl tee. 10. Install a -8 ORFS plug (25) on right bucket curl hose. 11. Install a -8 ORFS quick coupler (21) on bucket curl tee. 10— Electric/Hydraulic Pump Hose 21— Quick Coupler 22— Bucket Curl Tee 23— Cap (-8 ORFS)
24— Left Bucket Curl Hose 25— Plug (-8 ORFS) (2 used) 27— Right Bucket Curl Hose 113— Boom Cylinder (2 used)
Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Test
NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-8/9
12. Connect JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump (9) and electric/hydraulic pump hose (10) to quick coupler on bucket curl tee. TX1066768 —UN—28OCT09
NOTE: Hydraulics must be enabled to allow for hydraulic pressure to reach circuit relief valve in hydraulic control valve. For more information on interlock logic, see Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to test equipment. Do not engage and operate hydraulic controls. 13. Run engine and lower interlocking seat bar. See Interlocking Seat Bar. (Operator's Manual.) 14. Enable hydraulics. 15. Start JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump to pressurize the test port. Take reading when pressure on gauge (11) stops increasing and remains steady. 16. Compare results to specification. Specification Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve—Pressure...................................................... 28 800—30 200 kPa 288—302 bar 4180—4380 psi
Electric/Hydraulic Pump 9— JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump 10— Electric/Hydraulic Pump Hose
11— Gauge
17. If pressure is not within specification, replace bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) 18. Remove test equipment. 19. Connect bucket hoses. 20. Install boom step.
NOTE: Bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve is not adjustable. NM95233,00006F2 -19-04JAN18-9/9
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=713
Tests
Function Drift Test 43°C 110°F
Boom Cylinder Pressure Change
6900 kPa 69 bar 1000 psi
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Boom Cylinder Drift (maximum)
13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
T6222AM —UN—26MAY89
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Bucket Cylinder Pressure Change 6900 kPa 69 bar 1000 psi Bucket Cylinder Drift (maximum)
Function Drift Measurement
13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
9. Engage park brake.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer
10. Mark and record a distance on the boom cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel.
JT02162 Transducer 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Gauge 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi)
11. Disengage park brake.
Boom Down Drift Check
12. Run machine at specification for 5 minutes.
NOTE: These checks will require two people to perform procedure.
Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
13. Engage park brake.
Machine must be equipped with a bucket for these checks.
14. Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod.
1. Park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
3. Disconnect hydraulic line from head end port of boom cylinder.
15. If boom down drift is more than specification, continue with the following steps:
4. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) or 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) gauge in line with boom cylinder head end port and connect hydraulic line. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.) 5. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
6. Operate boom function to lower boom to ground.
a. Raise boom halfway. b. Stop engine. c. Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes. d. Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod. Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
16. If boom down drift is more than specification, diagnose cause of boom drift. See Boom Drifts Down. (Group 9025-15.) Boom Up Drift Check
7. Raise boom to a height that is approximately half of the boom cylinder travel.
NOTE: These checks will require two people to perform procedure.
8. Apply weight to bucket to equal specification. Specification Boom Cylinder—Pressure Change.............................................................................. 6900 kPa 69 bar 1000 psi
Machine must be equipped with a bucket for these checks. 1. Park machine on flat, level surface.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-14
NM95233,00006F3 -19-14JUN16-1/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=714
Tests
2. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification.
T6222AM —UN—26MAY89
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
IMPORTANT: For tracked machines, prevent possible machine damage or unintended changes to track tension. Improper lifting of machine can place excessive pressure on track system and affect track tension. Follow procedure to lift machine for boom up drift check. 3. Follow instructions to lift front of machine off the ground.
Function Drift Measurement
a. Raise boom.
c. Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes.
b. Extend bucket cylinders to place bucket in full-dump position.
d. Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod.
c. Lower boom to lowest position to raise front of machine off the ground and allow operator to exit machine if necessary.
Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
11. If boom up drift is more than specification, diagnose cause of boom drift. See Boom Drifts Up. (Group 9025-15.)
4. Engage park brake. 5. Mark and record a distance on the boom cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel.
Bucket Dump Drift Check
6. Disengage park brake.
NOTE: These checks will require two people to perform procedure.
7. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes.
Machine must be equipped with a bucket for these checks.
Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
8. Engage park brake.
1. Park machine on flat, level surface.
9. Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod.
2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
10. If boom up drift is more than specification, continue with the following steps: a. Operate boom down function to raise front of machine off the ground. b. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect hydraulic line from rod end port of bucket cylinder. 4. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) or 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) gauge in line with bucket cylinder rod end port and connect hydraulic line. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-15
NM95233,00006F3 -19-14JUN16-2/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=715
Tests
5. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification.
T6222AM —UN—26MAY89
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
6. Raise boom to a height that is approximately half of the boom cylinder travel. 7. Apply weight to bucket to equal specification. Specification Bucket Cylinder—Pressure Change.............................................................................. 6900 kPa 69 bar 1000 psi
Function Drift Measurement
8. Fully curl back bucket.
b. Fully curl back bucket.
9. Dump bucket halfway.
c. Dump bucket halfway.
10. Engage park brake.
d. Stop engine.
11. Mark and record a distance on the bucket cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel.
e. Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes.
12. Disengage park brake.
f. Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod. Specification Bucket Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
13. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
14. Engage park brake.
17. If bucket dump drift is more than specification, diagnose cause of bucket drift. See Bucket Drifts Down. (Group 9025-15.)
15. Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod.
Bucket Curl Drift Check
Specification Bucket Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
16. If bucket dump drift is more than specification, continue with the following steps:
NOTE: These checks will require two people to perform procedure. Machine must be equipped with a bucket for these checks. 1. Park machine on flat, level surface.
a. Raise boom halfway. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-16
NM95233,00006F3 -19-14JUN16-3/4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=716
Tests
2. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification.
T6222AM —UN—26MAY89
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
3. Dump bucket halfway. 4. Operate boom down function to raise front of machine off the ground. 5. Engage park brake. 6. Mark and record a distance on the bucket cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel.
Function Drift Measurement
7. Disengage park brake. b. Operate boom down function to raise front of machine off the ground.
8. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes.
c. Stop engine.
Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
d. Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes.
9. Engage park brake.
e. Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod.
10. Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod. Specification Bucket Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
11. If bucket curl drift is more than specification, continue with the following steps:
Specification Bucket Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................................... 13 mm/5 min 0.5 in/5 min
12. If bucket curl drift is more than specification, diagnose cause of bucket drift. See Bucket Drifts Up. (Group 9025-15.)
a. Dump bucket halfway. NM95233,00006F3 -19-14JUN16-4/4
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-17
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=717
Tests
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test
7. Disconnect cylinder head end hose and install a plug at hose end.
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage (maximum)
5 mL/min. 0.2 oz./min.
NOTE: To make sure leakage test is accurate, allow all residual hydraulic oil to drain from cylinder head end port. Use a hose to direct hydraulic oil to measuring beaker, as necessary.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Measuring Beaker Hose (as necessary)
1. Remove attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.)
8. Attach a hose to cylinder head end port and allow hydraulic oil to drain from cylinder. When all hydraulic oil is drained from cylinder port, put a measuring beaker under the hose to catch hydraulic oil. 9. Start engine and run to specification. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
2. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
3. Place boom and bucket controls in neutral position and engage park brake. 4. Operate function to fully retract cylinder rod. 5. Stop engine. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
10. Operate the cylinder retract function for 1 minute. 11. Stop engine. Measure hydraulic oil collected and compare to specification. Specification Hydraulic Cylinder—Leakage (maximum)............................................................................... 5 mL/min. 0.2 oz./min.
12. If measured hydraulic oil is not within specification, repair cylinder as necessary. See Hydraulic Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) 13. Remove plug and connect hose. 14. Repeat procedure to test each cylinder.
6. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) RE59955,0000D2B -19-09APR13-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-18
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=718
Tests
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test 43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Flow Rate Test Pressure
13 790 kPa 137.9 bar 2000 psi
330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (typical, new)
89.7 L/min 23.7 gal/min
330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (minimum)
73.1 L/min 19.3 gal/min
332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (typical, new)
94.6 L/min 25.0 gal/min
332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (minimum)
76.8 L/min 20.3 gal/min
TX1218630A —UN—05JUL16
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Hydraulic Pump Connections
JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box
7— Hydraulic Pump Outlet Hose
Test Hose
44— Hydraulic Pump
Perform a pump flow test to ensure that the hydraulic pump is delivering sufficient oil flow to operate the hydraulic system. Pump flow can be tested in two ways, by either connecting JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester directly to hydraulic pump output or by connecting flowmeter to machine’s auxiliary couplers. Connecting flowmeter directly to pump output measures pump flow upstream from hydraulic control valve, yielding more accurate results for pump flow test. High flow pump output is tested by connecting flowmeter to machine auxiliary connectors. Hydraulic Pump Flow Test—Direct Pump Connection This pump flow test will only test output of main hydraulic pump. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove footwell to gain access to the hydraulic pump (44). See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Disconnect hydraulic pump outlet hose (7) from hydraulic pump outlet port. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-19
NM95233,0000830 -19-24OCT16-1/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=719
Tests
6. Connect hydraulic pump outlet hose to outlet port of flowmeter manifold (5). 7. Connect test hose (3) to hydraulic pump outlet port and inlet port on flowmeter manifold. 8. Connect flowmeter harness (4) to flowmeter manifold. 9. Install remote start box. See Remote Start Box Installation. (Group 9025-25.) TX1066650A —UN—23OCT09
10. Open loading valve (6) to full open position. 11. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
12. Set engine speed to specification. JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
13. Set loading valve to flow rate test pressure. Specification Flow Rate Test—Pressure....................................................................... 13 790 kPa 137.9 bar 2000 psi
Specification 330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump—Flow Rate (typical, new)........................................................................... 89.7 L/min 23.7 gal/min 330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump—Flow Rate (minimum)............................................................................... 73.1 L/min 19.3 gal/min 332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump—Flow Rate (typical, new)........................................................................... 94.6 L/min 25.0 gal/min 332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump—Flow Rate (minimum)............................................................................... 76.8 L/min 20.3 gal/min
TX1218629A —UN—05JUL16
14. Read and record flow rate. Compare reading to specification.
Hydraulic Pump Test Connections 1— JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester 2— Quick Coupler (2 used) 3— Test Hose (2 used) 4— Flowmeter Harness
5— Flowmeter Manifold 6— Loading Valve 7— Hydraulic Pump Outlet Hose 44— Hydraulic Pump
17. Remove test equipment and connect hydraulic pump outlet hose. 18. Install footwell and lower cab.
15. If flow rate does not meet specification, check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-20.) 16. If flow rate is still low, repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-20
NM95233,0000830 -19-24OCT16-2/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=720
Tests SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test—Auxiliary Coupler Connection SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Flow Rate Test Pressure
13 790 kPa 137.9 bar 2000 psi
330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (typical, new)
89.7 L/min 23.7 gal/min
330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (minimum)
73.1 L/min 19.3 gal/min
JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester Quick Couplers (2 used) Test Hose (2 used)
This pump flow test will test output from both main hydraulic pump and high flow pump if equipped with high flow option. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump 138.9 L/min (with high flow) Flow Rate (typical, 36.7 gal/min new) 330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump (with high flow) Flow Rate (minimum)
114.7 L/min 30.3 gal/min
332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (typical, new)
94.6 L/min 25.0 gal/min
332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (minimum)
76.8 L/min 20.3 gal/min
2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump 155.6 L/min (with high flow) Flow Rate (typical, 41.1 gal/min new) 332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump (with high flow) Flow Rate (minimum)
128.3 L/min 33.9 gal/min Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-21
NM95233,0000830 -19-24OCT16-3/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=721
Tests
3. Connect test hoses (3) to male auxiliary port (118) and female auxiliary port (115). NOTE: Male auxiliary hydraulic connector is pressure port. 4. Connect flowmeter manifold (5) to test hoses. 5. Connect JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester (1) and flowmeter harness (4) to flowmeter manifold. TX1066650A —UN—23OCT09
6. Open loading valve (6) to full open position. 7. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
8. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester
9. Set loading valve to flow rate test pressure. Specification Flow Rate Test—Pressure....................................................................... 13 790 kPa 137.9 bar 2000 psi
TX1218631A —UN—05JUL16
10. Operate auxiliary hydraulic flow to the male auxiliary port. See Operating Auxiliary Hydraulics. (Operator’s Manual.) 11. Read and record flow rate. Compare reading to specification. Specification 330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump—Flow Rate (typical, new)........................................................................... 89.7 L/min 23.7 gal/min 330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump—Flow Rate (minimum)............................................................................... 73.1 L/min 19.3 gal/min 330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump (with high flow)—Flow Rate (typical, new)......................................................................... 138.9 L/min 36.7 gal/min 330G and 331G Hydraulic Pump (with high flow)—Flow Rate (minimum)..............................................................................114.7 L/min 30.3 gal/min 332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump—Flow Rate (typical, new)........................................................................... 94.6 L/min 25.0 gal/min 332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump—Flow Rate (minimum)............................................................................... 76.8 L/min 20.3 gal/min
Auxiliary Couplers 1— JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester 2— Quick Coupler (2 used) 3— Test Hose (2 used) 4— Flowmeter Harness
332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump (with high flow)—Flow Rate (typical, new)......................................................................... 155.6 L/min 41.1 gal/min 332G and 333G Hydraulic Pump (with high flow)—Flow Rate (minimum)............................................................................. 128.3 L/min 33.9 gal/min
12. If flow rate does not meet specification:
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
5— Flowmeter Manifold 6— Loading Valve 115— Female Auxiliary Port 118— Male Auxiliary Port
9025-25-22
NM95233,0000830 -19-24OCT16-4/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=722
Tests
• Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See
13. If flow rate is still low, repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-20.) • Check auxiliary hydraulic control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)
14. Remove test equipment. NM95233,0000830 -19-24OCT16-5/5
Charge Pump Flow Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Flow Rate Test Pressure
6895 kPa 68.9 bar 1000 psi
Charge Pump Flow Rate (new, typical)
49 L/min 13 gal/min
Charge Pump Flow Rate (used, minimum)
42 L/min 11 gal/min TX1218094A —UN—15JUL16
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester Test Hose
This test ensures there is sufficient charge oil flow to hydrostatic and hydraulic systems. 1. Remove attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
Hydraulic Fan Motor
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
61— Hydraulic Fan Motor 200— Hydraulic Fan Motor-to-Oil Filter Manifold Line
2. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
226— Charge Pump-toHydraulic Fan Motor Line (2 used)
5. Disconnect hydraulic fan motor-to-oil filter manifold line (200) and install a cap on fan motor fitting.
3. Remove fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 4. Remove lower section of charge pump-to-hydraulic fan motor line (226) and install a cap on hydraulic fan motor (61) fitting. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-23
AB06447,0000C84 -19-14JUL16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=723
Tests
6. Connect test hose (3) to charge pump-to-hydraulic fan motor line and to inlet port of JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester (5). 7. Connect hydraulic fan motor-to-oil filter manifold line to outlet of digital hydraulic flowmeter tester. 8. Open loading valve (4) to full open position. 9. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification.
TX1218095A —UN—15JUL16
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
10. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
11. Set loading valve to flow rate test pressure. Specification Flow Rate Test—Pressure.......................................................................... 6895 kPa 68.9 bar 1000 psi
12. Record flow rate on digital hydraulic flowmeter tester. 13. Compare results to specification. Specification Charge Pump—Flow Rate (new, typical)...................................................................... 49 L/min 13 gal/min Flow Rate (used, minimum)................................................................................... 42 L/min 11 gal/min
14. If flow rate is below specification, repair or replace charge pump. See Charge Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)
Charge Pump Flow Test 3— Test Hose 4— Loading Valve 5— JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester
200— Hydraulic Fan Motor-to-Oil Filter Manifold Line 226— Charge Pump-toHydraulic Fan Motor Line (2 used)
15. Remove test equipment and connect hydraulic fan motor-to-oil filter manifold line. 16. Connect charge pump-to-hydraulic fan motor line. 17. Install cap screws and fan. 18. Install rear grille. AB06447,0000C84 -19-14JUL16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-24
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=724
Tests
Hydraulic Fan Motor Speed Test The purpose of these tests is to determine fan motor speed when machine is cold and maximum fan motor speed when machine is at operating temperature. Hydraulic Fan Speed Test—Machine Cold 38°C 100°F
Engine Coolant Temperature (maximum for machine cold test)
38°C 100°F
Manifold Air Temperature (maximum for machine cold test)
38°C 100°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic Fan Speed (maximum with machine cold)
1500 rpm
TX1218160A —UN—24JUN16
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (maximum for machine cold test)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05709 Reflective Tape JT05719 Handheld Digital Tachometer
Hydraulic fan speed above test specification when machine is cold can indicate a malfunction in hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) or solenoid circuit. NOTE: Hydraulic fan speed solenoid is located on hydraulic fan motor for non-reversing and reversing fans.
Hydraulic Fan Speed Test 3— JT05709 Reflective Tape
4— Fan Hub
6. Start engine and set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
1. Remove attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
7. Record hydraulic fan speed using JT05719 Handheld Digital Tachometer.
2. Machine system temperatures must be below specifications.
8. Compare hydraulic fan speed to specification.
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature (maximum for machine cold test)........................................................................................... 38°C 100°F Engine Coolant—Temperature (maximum for machine cold test)............................................................................ 38°C 100°F Manifold Air—Temperature (maximum for machine cold test)........................................................................................... 38°C 100°F
Specification Hydraulic Fan—Speed (maximum with machine cold)........................................................................................... 1500 rpm
9. If hydraulic fan speed is above maximum specification with machine cold, check the following: NOTE: If hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) is disconnected or circuit is open, fan system will operate at maximum speed.
• Check monitor for any active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that are fan related.
• Check electrical connections to hydraulic fan speed
solenoid (Y30). See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • Test solenoid for continuity. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.) • Remove hydraulic fan speed solenoid. Inspect for any debris that would prevent normal solenoid operation. See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.)
3. Remove rear grille. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 4. Install JT05709 Reflective Tape (3) to fan hub (4). NOTE: Rear grille must be installed for accurate hydraulic fan speed measurement. Hydraulic fan speed can be slower by 100—200 rpm when rear grille is not installed. 5. Install rear grille.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-25
AB06447,0000C86 -19-19JUL16-1/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=725
Tests
Test is performed with machine systems at operating temperature to make sure that maximum fan speed can be achieved.
Hydraulic Fan Speed Test—Maximum Speed SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (minimum)
66°C 150°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) is disconnected to make fan system operate at maximum speed regardless of machine system temperatures.
Hydraulic Fan Speed (at operating 2350—2600 rpm temperature)
1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05709 Reflective Tape
2. Remove rear grille. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)
JT05719 Handheld Digital Tachometer
Hydraulic fan speed not within specification can indicate excessive wear of internal components. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-26
AB06447,0000C86 -19-19JUL16-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=726
Tests
3. Install JT05709 Reflective Tape (3) to fan hub (4). NOTE: Hydraulic fan speed solenoid is located on hydraulic fan motor for non-reversing and reversing fans. Fan system operates at maximum speed when hydraulic fan speed solenoid is disconnected. 4. Disconnect hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.)
TX1218160A —UN—24JUN16
NOTE: Rear grille must be installed for accurate hydraulic fan speed measurement. Hydraulic fan speed can be slower by 100—200 rpm when rear grille is not installed. 5. Install rear grille. 6. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature (minimum)........................................................................................ 66°C 150°F
Hydraulic Fan Speed Test 3— JT05709 Reflective Tape
4— Fan Hub
7. Set engine speed to specification. Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • Test solenoid for continuity. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.) • Remove hydraulic fan speed solenoid. Inspect for any debris that would prevent normal solenoid operation. See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.)
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
8. Record hydraulic fan speed using JT05719 Handheld Digital Tachometer. 9. Compare hydraulic fan speed to specification. Specification Hydraulic Fan—Speed (at operating temperature).................................................................. 2350—2600 rpm
12. If hydraulic fan speed is not within specification with engine at fast idle, check the following:
• Remove hydraulic fan speed solenoid. Inspect
NOTE: Non-reversing and reversing fan models will require rear grille removal to connect hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) connector.
for any debris that would prevent normal solenoid operation. See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.) • Check fan motor case drain flow. See Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Test. (Group 9025-25.) • Check charge pump flow. See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
10. Connect hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) connector. NOTE: If hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) is disconnected or circuit is open, fan system will operate at maximum speed. 11. If hydraulic fan speed is within maximum speed range with engine at slow idle, check the following:
• Check monitor for any active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that are fan related.
• Check electrical connections and wire circuit to
13. When fan motor case drain and charge pump flows are within specification and hydraulic fan speed is not within specification, replace hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). For hydraulic fan speed solenoid location, see Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.)
hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). See Rear
AB06447,0000C86 -19-19JUL16-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-27
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=727
Tests
Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Leakage (maximum)
500 mL/min 17 oz/min
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Test Hose Calibrated Container
TX1218207A —UN—28JUN16
Stopwatch
The purpose of this test is to determine condition of hydraulic fan motor by measuring the amount of hydraulic fan motor case drain leakage. Hydraulic fan motor case drain leakage above specification can indicate excessive wear of internal components. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. Battery Cover
2. Remove fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 3— Battery Cover
3. Remove battery cover (3).
AB06447,0000C87 -19-14JUL16-1/3
4. Disconnect hydraulic fan motor case drain hose (4) from hydraulic fan motor (5). 5. Install plug in hydraulic fan motor case drain hose. 6— Hose Frame Grommet
TX1218209A —UN—24JUN16
4— Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Hose 5— Hydraulic Fan Motor
Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain Hose Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-28
AB06447,0000C87 -19-14JUL16-2/3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=728
Tests
6. Remove hydraulic fan motor case drain hose from hose frame grommet (6). 7. Attach test hose (7) to hydraulic fan motor case drain fitting and route hose through hose frame grommet to outside left side frame. Place end of test hose in a calibrated container. NOTE: Hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) is located on hydraulic fan motor for non-reversing and reversing fans.
TX1218208A —UN—24JUN16
8. Disconnect hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30). See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.) 9. Install fan and rear grille. 10. Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F Calibrated Container
11. Set engine speed to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
12. When oil starts to flow from test hose, start stopwatch and run machine for 1 minute. 13. Compare case drain leakage to specification.
7— Test Hose
16. Remove test hose and route hydraulic fan motor case drain hose through hose frame grommet. 17. Remove plug and connect hydraulic fan motor case drain hose to hydraulic fan motor.
Specification Hydraulic Fan Motor Case Drain—Leakage (maximum)............................................................................ 500 mL/min 17 oz/min
14. If hydraulic fan motor case drain leakage is above specification, repair or replace hydraulic fan motor. See Hydraulic Fan Motor Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)
18. Connect hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) connector. 19. Install battery cover. 20. Install fan and rear grille. 21. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
15. Remove rear grille and fan. AB06447,0000C87 -19-14JUL16-3/3
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-29
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=729
Tests
Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Leakage Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
The purpose of this test is to determine if the auxiliary coupler manifold has internal leakage. 1. Remove attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. XJ1222637 —UN—15DEC16
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 3. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Disconnect the auxiliary case drain line (1) from the boom lower valve line (2) and plug boom lower valve line. 5. Route auxiliary case drain line in to a suitable container.
Drain Line 1— Auxiliary Case Drain Line
2— Boom Lower Valve Line
6. Start engine and run to specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle LD74059,00000AF -19-14SEP16-1/2
7. Operate auxiliary function and supply hydraulic flow to the male auxiliary port connect under pressure (CUP) valve (168) and female auxiliary port connect under pressure (CUP) valve (169) to determine if the male or female auxiliary port connect under pressure (CUP) valve is leaking. See Operating Auxiliary Hydraulics. (Operator's Manual.)
168— Male Auxiliary Port Connect Under Pressure (CUP) Valve
XJ1222639 —UN—13SEP16
8. If leakage is found replace the auxiliary coupler manifold. See Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) 169— Female Auxiliary Port Connect Under Pressure (CUP) Valve
Auxiliary Coupler Manifold LD74059,00000AF -19-14SEP16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9025-25-30
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=730
Section 9026 Hydrostatic System Contents Page Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Hydrostatic System Operation................... 9026-05-1 Hydrostatic Pump Operation ..................... 9026-05-2 Charge Pump Operation............................ 9026-05-5 Hydrostatic Motor Operation—TwoSpeed .................................................... 9026-05-7 Hydrostatic Control Valve Operation............................................. 9026-05-12 Park Brake System Operation ................. 9026-05-14 Group 10—System Diagrams Hydrostatic System Schematic.................. 9026-10-1 Hydrostatic System Component Location ................................................. 9026-10-3 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Machine Does Not Move In Either Direction ................................................9026-15-1 Machine Does Not Move In Either Direction Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9026-15-1 Hydrostatic Pump Or Hydrostatic Motor Noise .....................................................9026-15-2 Hydrostatic Pump Or Hydrostatic Motor Noise Diagnostic Procedure..................9026-15-2 Slow Response To Changes In Speed....................................................9026-15-3 Slow Response To Changes In Speed Diagnostic Procedure............................9026-15-3 Low Power.................................................9026-15-4 Low Power Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................9026-15-4 Tracks Powered On One Side, Not The Other .....................................................9026-15-5 Wheels or Tracks Powered On One Side, Not The Other Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9026-15-5 Machine Will Not Shift Into or Out of High Speed ...........................................9026-15-6 Machine Will Not Shift Into or Out of High Speed Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9026-15-6 Mistracking ................................................9026-15-7 Mistracking Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................9026-15-7 Park Brakes Do Not Hold ..........................9026-15-8 Park Brakes Do Not Hold Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9026-15-8 Park Brakes Do Not Release.....................9026-15-9 Park Brakes Do Not Release Diagnostic Procedure............................9026-15-9 Grinding Noise While Operating Machine...............................................9026-15-11
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Grinding Noise While Operating Machine Diagnostic Procedure ................9026-15-11 Group 25—Tests Engine Speed Control for Testing.............. 9026-25-1 Multi-Function Valve Pressure Relief Test.............................................. 9026-25-2 Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test ...................... 9026-25-4 Hydrostatic Pump Mechanical Neutral Adjustment ................................ 9026-25-6 Hydrostatic Pump Control Neutral Adjustment............................................. 9026-25-9 Track Speed Test..................................... 9026-25-11 Park Brake Release Pressure Test ...................................................... 9026-25-12
9026-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Hydrostatic System Operation Hydrostatic system provides a means to transfer mechanical engine power, hydraulically, through a system of pumps, hoses, and motors, to the final mechanical output shaft (wheels/tracks). It also provides infinitely variable speed and steering. Oil in hydrostatic system circulates in a closed-loop circuit. Mechanical engine power is converted into hydraulic power by hydrostatic pumps. Hydrostatic pumps transmit fluid under pressure to hydrostatic motors. Hydrostatic motors convert hydraulic power back into mechanical power used by wheels/tracks. Oil from hydrostatic motors returns to hydrostatic pumps (closed-loop). Flushing passages in hydrostatic motors allow oil to circulate within closed-loop circuit to aid in cooling of hydrostatic system components. A charge pump provides a continuous flow of charge oil to hydraulic fan manifold, hydraulic oil filter manifold, hydrostatic pumps and motors, park brake spool, hydraulic control valve solenoid spools, and hydrostatic control valve.
• Electrohydraulic (EH) hands only (ISO pattern) controls • Electrohydraulic (EH) hands only (H pattern) controls • Electrohydraulic (EH) hand and foot controls • Electrohydraulic (EH) hand and foot (ISO pattern) controls
For H pattern and hand and foot controls, steering is controlled by left joystick and right joystick. For hands only (ISO pattern) and hand and foot (ISO pattern) controls, steering is controlled by left joystick only. Left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) and right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) send signals to hydraulic control unit (HCU). HCU controls hydrostatic pump solenoids, which direct angle of hydrostatic pump swash plates for direction (forward and reverse) and speed (oil flow) of machine. For more information:
• See Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
• See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.) • See Steering—EH Controls. (Operator’s Manual.)
Steering functions are electrohydraulically (EH) controlled. Depending on machine configuration, there are four possible control patterns: CP94658,0000BB0 -19-11OCT17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=733
Theory of Operation
TX1215761 —UN—17MAY16
Hydrostatic Pump Operation
Hydrostatic Pump Port Location (left side shown left, right side shown right) 38— Right Reverse Pressure 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump Relief Valve 28— Left Forward Pressure Relief 131— Left Forward Hydrostatic Valve Motor Port 30— Left Reverse Pressure Relief 132— Left Reverse Hydrostatic Valve Motor Port 33— Charge-Pressure Relief 133— Right Forward Hydrostatic Valve Motor Port 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump 134— Right Reverse Hydrostatic 36— Right Forward Pressure Motor Port Relief Valve
137— Hydrostatic Pump Case Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Drain Port Solenoid 143— Park Brake Port Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump 157— From Hydraulic Oil Filter Solenoid Line Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump 281— Charge Oil-to-Hydraulic Solenoid Control Valve Port Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-2
CP94658,0000BB5 -19-15JUN16-1/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=734
Theory of Operation
7
7
1
1 12
2
2
12
9 9
3
3 14
4
15
TX1128148 —UN—14DEC12
5 16 6
6 8
10
11
13
11
8 10
TX1128148 Hydrostatic Pump (neutral position) 1— Electric Displacement Control 4— Rear Shaft Bearing (EDC) (2 used) 5— Rear Shaft 2— Swash Plate Feedback Pin (2 6— Swash Plate Bearing (2 used) used) 7— Servo Piston (2 used) 3— Slipper (18 used) 8— Swash Plate (2 used)
9— Piston (18 used) 10— Cylinder Block (2 used) 11— Center Shaft Bearing (2 used) 12— Valve Plate (2 used)
Design
providing hydraulic power to system. A small amount of oil is allowed to flow from cylinder block/valve plate and slipper/swash plate interfaces for lubrication and cooling. Case drain ports return oil through the return manifold and then to hydraulic oil reservoir. An external charge pump (not shown) provides clean, cool oil to make up this lubricating flow and to maintain minimum loop pressure.
Two tandem-mounted, variable-displacement, axial-piston pumps convert input torque to hydraulic power. Tandem design powers two independent drive trains for dual-path propel applications. Two-piece input shaft transmits rotational force to cylinder block. A splined shaft coupling (13) connects front and rear shafts (16 and 5). Shafts are supported by front, center, and rear shaft bearings (14, 11, and 4). Splines connect each shaft to a cylinder block (10). Shaft seal (15) prevents leakage where shaft exits pump housing. Spinning cylinder blocks (10) each contain nine reciprocating pistons (9). Each piston has a brass slipper (3) connected at one end by a ball joint. Block spring, ball guide, and slipper retainer hold slippers to swash plate (8). Reciprocating movement of pistons occurs as slippers slide against inclined swash plate during rotation. One half of each cylinder block is connected to left forward hydrostatic motor port (131) or right reverse hydrostatic motor port (134) and other half to left reverse hydrostatic motor port (132) or right forward hydrostatic motor port (133), through valve plates (12). Front and rear sections have independent porting in center section. As each piston cycles in and out of its bore, oil is drawn from one port and displaced to the other; therefore,
Angle of each swash plate controls the volume and direction of oil displaced into system. Servo pistons (7) control angle of swash plates. Each hydrostatic pump solenoid valve, by varying pressure at servo pistons, controls each piston’s position. An electric signal to pump solenoid transmits command from operator to pump. Mechanical feedback of swash plate position to control through swash plate feedback pins (2), allows for precise displacement control and increases overall system stability. Basic Closed-Loop Hydraulic lines connect main ports of pump to main ports of motor. Oil flows in either direction from pump to motor and back. Either hydraulic line can be under high pressure. In pumping mode position, swash plate determines which line is high pressure as well as direction of oil flow. Case Drain
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
13— Shaft Coupling 14— Front Shaft Bearing 15— Shaft Seal 16— Front Shaft
9026-05-3
CP94658,0000BB5 -19-15JUN16-2/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=735
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic pump and motor require case drain lines to remove hot oil from system. Hydrostatic pump and motor drain from topmost port to ensure that cases remain full of
oil. Case drain oil flows from hydrostatic pump and motor to hydraulic oil reservoir. CP94658,0000BB5 -19-15JUN16-3/5
Pumps have a multi-function valve (144) with high-pressure relief and charge check functions. High-pressure relief function is a dissipative (heat generating) pressure control valve for purpose of limiting excessive system pressures. Charge check function replenishes low-pressure side of working loop with charge oil (611). Each side of transmission loop has a dedicated, nonadjustable, factory-set, high-pressure relief valve. When system pressure exceeds factory setting, high-pressure oil (600) is passed from high-pressure system loop, into charge gallery, and into low-pressure system loop via charge check valve. 144— Multi-Function Valve 600— High-Pressure Oil
144
611— Charge Oil
611
TX1128146 —UN—05FEB13
Multi-Function Valve
Multi-Function Valve (charging mode)
600 611
TX1128144 —UN—17DEC12
144
Multi-Function Valve (relief mode) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-4
CP94658,0000BB5 -19-15JUN16-4/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=736
Theory of Operation
Charge-Pressure Relief Valve
TX1128149 —UN—17DEC12
Charge-pressure relief valve (33) maintains charge pressure at a designated level above case pressure. Charge-pressure relief valve is a direct-acting poppet valve that opens and discharges oil to pump case when pressure exceeds a designated level. Electrical Displacement Control Operation Electrical displacement control consists of proportional solenoids on each side of a three-position, four-way porting spool. Proportional solenoid applies a force to spool, which directs hydraulic fluid to either side of servo piston. Differential pressure across servo piston rotates swash plate, changing pump’s displacement from full displacement in one direction to full displacement in opposite direction.
33 611 Charge-Pressure Relief Valve 33— Charge-Pressure Relief Valve
611— Charge Oil
Park Brake Solenoid Valve Tandem pump has a park brake solenoid valve integrated into pump center section. Valve is normally open (not energized) to prevent unexpected release of park brake. When park brake is applied (solenoid valve not energized), valve disconnects charge pressure from pump controls, which causes servo springs to de-stroke both pumps. Charge oil is also blocked from reaching park brakes at each hydrostatic motor. When operator presses park brake switch to release park brakes (solenoid energized), charge oil is supplied to pump controls and to park brakes. Charge oil overcomes spring force on park
brakes, releasing park brake and allowing machine to move. Solenoid must be energized for hydrostatic pumps to operate. For more information:
• See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-10.)
• See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.) • See Park Brake System Operation. (Group 9026-05.) CP94658,0000BB5 -19-15JUN16-5/5
Charge Pump Operation Charge pump (46) is a fixed-displacement, external gear pump and is mechanically driven. The charge pump is located on engine near air conditioner compressor. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) Charge pump draws supply oil from hydraulic oil reservoir to charge pump (280) and charge oil flows from charge pump output port (140) to hydraulic fan manifold. See Hydraulic Fan Operation. (Group 9025-05.) 280— Supply Oil From Hydraulic Oil Reservoir to Charge Pump
TX1215779 —UN—17MAY16
46— Charge Pump 140— Charge Pump Outlet Port
Charge Pump Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-5
CP94658,0000BB6 -19-15JUN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=737
Theory of Operation
An external gear pump has two gears in mesh, closely fitted inside a housing (5). A shaft drives the drive gear (2), which drives the driven gear (3). As gears come out of mesh, oil from suction port (1) enters and becomes trapped between gear teeth and pump housing. Oil travels around interior of pump housing and is forced out of delivery port (4) under pressure as gear teeth come into mesh again.
2
3
4— Delivery Port 5— Housing
5
4
TX1126681 —UN—12DEC12
1— Suction Port 2— Drive Gear 3— Driven Gear
1
Hydraulic Pump CP94658,0000BB6 -19-15JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=738
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic Motor Operation—Two-Speed
14 154 15 27 68
154 2
156 136
3
B20 156
35
135
134
131
133
156 154 Y6 11
TX1215856
604 611
TX1215856 —UN—19MAY16
132
Hydrostatic Motors 2— Left Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 3— Left Hydrostatic Motor 11— Hydrostatic Control Valve 14— Right Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 15— Right Hydrostatic Motor 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump
35— Right Hydrostatic Pump 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 131— Left Forward Hydrostatic Motor Line 132— Left Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Line 133— Right Forward Hydrostatic Motor Line
Hydrostatic motor used on tracked machines is an axial-piston motor and planetary gear case drive combination with an integral spring-applied/hydraulically released park brake. There are two hydrostatic motors on each machine, mounted outside of machine frame
134— Right Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Line 135— Left Hydrostatic Motor Case Drain Line 136— Right Hydrostatic Motor Case Drain Line 154— Two-Speed Charge Pressure Line (3 used)
on either side. Power from motor is transmitted through hydrostatic motor gear case to sprocket that powers track. Right hydrostatic motor (15) drives right track and left hydrostatic motor (3) drives left track. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
156— Park Brake Release Line (3 used) 604— Return Oil 611— Charge Oil B20— Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid
9026-05-7
CP94658,0000BBC -19-28JUN16-1/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=739
TX1217681A —UN—16JUN16
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic Motor Components (right side motor shown) 1— Valve Plate 10— Motor Speed Sensor 4— Swash Plate Mounting Location 5— Shaft 12— Bearing (2 used) 7— Hydrostatic Motor 14— Right Hydrostatic Motor Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool Park Brake 9— Hydrostatic Motor Relief Valve
17— Bias Piston 18— Bias Spring 19— Bias Piston-to-Swash Plate Connection 20— Swash Plate Bearing (2 used) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-8
23— Rotating Group 24— Speed Ring
CP94658,0000BBC -19-28JUN16-2/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=740
TX1126066A —UN—19NOV12
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic Motor Ports (left and right hydrostatic motors shown) 3— Left Hydrostatic Motor 15— Right Hydrostatic Motor 131— Left Forward Hydrostatic Motor Port (marked A) 132— Left Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Port (marked B)
133— Right Forward Hydrostatic 136— Right Hydrostatic Motor Motor Port (marked B) Case Drain Port (marked 134— Right Reverse Hydrostatic L1) Motor Port (marked A) 154— Two-Speed Charge 135— Left Hydrostatic Motor Pressure Port (marked Case Drain Port (marked X1 on right motor; X2 on L2) left motor)
156— Park Brake Pressure Release Port (marked XB)
NOTE: For this example, the right hydrostatic motor ports will be used. Theory of operation for corresponding ports on left hydrostatic motor is the same. Supply oil from right hydrostatic pump (35) enters in either right forward hydrostatic motor port (133) or right reverse hydrostatic motor port (134) depending on selected direction of machine travel.
TX1126240A —UN—05FEB13
Supply oil flows through valve plate (1) to half of pistons (13) in rotating group (23). Supply oil forces pistons against swash plate (4). Piston slippers (16) slide down angle face of swash plate, causing rotating group and shaft (5) to rotate. Shaft rotation is transferred to gear case, moving machine. Forward or reverse travel direction is determined by which half of valve plate ports and pistons are pressurized by supply oil from pump. Return oil (604) from motor exits from either right forward hydrostatic motor port or right reverse hydrostatic motor port depending on direction motor is turning. Case drain oil exits motor case from right hydrostatic motor case drain port (136). For additional line connection information, see Hydrostatic Pump Operation. (Group 9026-05.)
Rotating Group Components 6— Cylinder Block 13— Piston (9 used)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-9
16— Slipper (9 used) 21— Slipper Retainer
CP94658,0000BBC -19-28JUN16-3/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=741
Theory of Operation CP94658,0000BBC -19-28JUN16-4/6
Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool and Relief Valve Operation
134
L1 A
9
X2
X1
XB
8 14
Charge oil passes through closed-loop shuttle spool to hydrostatic motor relief valve (9). Relief valve opens, routing oil through an orifice (8) into motor case. This case oil is used for cooling motor during operation.
8 7 133
B L2
When operator selects to shift to high speed, charge pressure oil is sent from hydrostatic control valve to two-speed charge pressure line (154).
600 604
Charge pressure oil is routed to bias piston (17) and overcomes spring force of bias spring (18). As bias piston moves, bias piston-to-swash plate connection (19) causes swash plate to rotate on swash plate bearings (20). Swash plate moves to a reduced angle, which reduces piston travel in rotating group. Equal volume of supply pressure oil is routed through motor, but rotating group turns at a higher speed because of the reduced piston displacement. This causes machine to operate in a high-speed, low-torque mode.
156
17
Pressure of oil shifts spool, opening up a passage for charge oil (611) to flow through spool.
Two-Speed
154
611
TX1218367 —UN—28JUN16
When high-pressure oil (600) enters motor, a portion of oil is routed to end of hydrostatic motor closed-loop shuttle spool (7).
136
Hydrostatic Motor Schematic 7— Hydrostatic Motor Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool 8— Orifice (2 used) 9— Hydrostatic Motor Relief Valve 14— Right Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 17— Bias Piston 133— Right Forward Hydrostatic Motor Line 134— Right Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Line
136— Right Hydrostatic Motor Case Drain Line 154— Two-Speed Charge Pressure Line 156— Park Brake Release Line 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 611— Charge Oil
CP94658,0000BBC -19-28JUN16-5/6
Electrohydraulic (EH) Operation A motor speed sensor is installed in motor housing at motor speed sensor mounting location (10). TX1217683A —UN—16JUN16
Motor speed sensor is used with speed ring (24) on cylinder block of rotating group to provide motor speed feedback to hydraulic control unit (HCU). For more information, see Hydrostatic System Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) 10— Motor Speed Sensor Mounting Location
24— Speed Ring Electrohydraulic (EH) Operation
CP94658,0000BBC -19-28JUN16-6/6
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=742
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=743
Theory of Operation
Hydrostatic Control Valve Operation 35 27
157 47 A 16
68
35
4
282 A 230 157
154
Y6
11
154
604 611
TX1216021
TX1216021 —UN—19MAY16
154
47
Hydrostatic Control Valve Operation
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-12
CP94658,0000BD0 -19-24JUN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=744
Theory of Operation 4— Left Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor 11— Hydrostatic Control Valve 16— Right Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump
35— Right Hydrostatic Pump 157— Hydraulic Oil 604— Return Oil 47— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Filter-to-Hydrostatic Pump 611— Charge Oil 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid 154— Two-Speed Charge230— Hydrostatic Control Pressure Line (3 used) Valve-to-Hydrostatic System Line 282— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line
Hydrostatic control valve (11) contains two-speed solenoid (Y6). Charge-pressure line from hydraulic oil filter manifold is plumbed directly to hydrostatic pumps. Two-Speed Control Two-speed solenoid (Y6) is electronically controlled by two-speed switch on left joystick handle. When two-speed solenoid is not energized, valve blocks charge-pressure oil flow to left and right hydrostatic two-speed motors (4 and 16). Machine operates in a slow-speed, high-torque mode. When two-speed solenoid is energized, valve shifts to allow charge-pressure oil flow to hydrostatic motor
closed-loop shuttle spool and right and left hydrostatic two-speed motor in right and left hydrostatic motor housings. Machine operates in a fast-speed, low-torque mode. If machine is shut off while in second speed mode, two-speed solenoid is de-energized. Machine operates in first speed mode when restarted. For more information:
• See Hydrostatic Motor Operation—Two-Speed. (Group 9026-05.)
• See Hydrostatic System Schematic. (Group 9026-10.) CP94658,0000BD0 -19-24JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=745
Theory of Operation
Park Brake System Operation 27 35
Y5 14 16 A 27 A 156
Y5 4
35
156 156
604
TX1216045
TX1216045 —UN—15JUN16
2
Park Brake System Operation 2— Left Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 4— Left Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor
14— Right Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 16— Right Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor
27— Left Hydrostatic Pump 604— Return Oil 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump Y5— Park Brake Solenoid 156— Park Brake Release Line (3 used)
Park brake system is electrically controlled, spring applied, and hydraulically released. Machine has left and right hydrostatic motor park brake (2 and 14) assemblies that are connected to left and right hydrostatic two-speed motors (4 and 16) and drive axles. Hydrostatic pump assembly has a park brake solenoid (Y5) integrated into pump center section.
When park brake switch is engaged, park brake solenoid is not energized and prevents charge-pressure oil from flowing through park brake release line (156) to brake disc and spacer plate side of brake piston. Oil flow is also blocked from flowing to electrical displacement control (EDC) valves.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-14
CP94658,0000BD1 -19-26JUL16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=746
Theory of Operation
Park brake is applied by an internal spring that pushes brake piston against brake discs and spacer plates. Brake discs are splined to brake housing. Spacer plates are splined to park brake drive shaft. When brake discs and spacer plates are forced together, park brake drive shaft is prevented from rotating.
plates. This disengages park brake and allows park brake drive shaft to rotate. Charge-pressure oil also flows to EDC valves.
When park brake switch is disengaged, park brake solenoid is energized and allows charge-pressure oil to flow to brake disc and spacer plate side of brake piston. Charge-pressure oil overcomes internal spring force, forcing brake piston away from brake discs and spacer
• See Hydrostatic Pump Operation. (Group 9026-05.) • See Hydrostatic System Schematic. (Group 9026-10.) • See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit
For more information:
• See Hydrostatic Motor Operation—Two-Speed. (Group 9026-05.)
Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-05.)
CP94658,0000BD1 -19-26JUL16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=747
Theory of Operation
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-05-16
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=748
Group 10
System Diagrams Hydrostatic System Schematic See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-10.) CP94658,0000BAE -19-04MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-10-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=749
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-10-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=750
System Diagrams
Hydrostatic System Component Location TX1216251 —UN—01JUN16
Y32
B
61 Y32
68 61
68
4
154
Y30 135
2
132
283 226
229
226 156
131
200 4 46
282
229
2
280 229
230
200
A A
B
C
C 14 16 35 226
154
E
154 280
F
154
D
157
B20 27
35
Y5 134
135
27
133
Y6
134 156
136
11
47 200
132
133
14
157
156
132
154
16
134
136 131
282
133
230
266
47
156
604
156 605
75 266
131
11
156
Y6
154 D
E
F
611
TX1216251 Hydrostatic System Component Location (reversing fan shown) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-10-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=751
CP94658,0000BAF -19-27JUN16-1/2
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-10-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=752
System Diagrams
2— Left Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 4— Left Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor (if equipped) 11— Hydrostatic Control Valve 14— Right Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 16— Right Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor (if equipped) 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump 46— Charge Pump 47— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 61— Hydraulic Fan Motor 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir
75— Hydraulic Control Valve 131— Left Forward Hydrostatic Motor Line 132— Left Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Line 133— Right Forward Hydrostatic Motor Line 134— Right Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Line 135— Left Hydrostatic Motor Case Drain Line 136— Right Hydrostatic Motor Case Drain Line 154— Two-Speed Charge Pressure Line 156— Park Brake Release Line 157— Hydraulic Oil Filter-to-Hydrostatic Pump Line
200— Hydraulic Fan Motor-to-Oil 283— Hydrostatic Pumps-toHydraulic Oil Reservoir Filter Manifold Line Line 226— Charge Pump-to-Hydraulic 604— Return Oil Fan Motor Line 229— Hydraulic Fan Motor Case 605— Suction Oil 611— Charge Oil Drain-to-Hydraulic Oil B20— Hydrostatic Oil Reservoir Line Temperature Sensor 230— Hydrostatic Control Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Valve (two-speed, if equipped)-to-Hydrostatic Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed System Line Solenoid 266— Hydraulic Control Valve Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Charge Pressure Line Solenoid 280— Supply Oil From Hydraulic Oil Reservoir-to-Charge Pump 282— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line CP94658,0000BAF -19-27JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-10-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=753
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-10-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=754
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Machine Does Not Move In Either Direction BS40810,00001F6 -19-15JUN16-1/8
Machine Does Not Move In Either Direction Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F6 -19-15JUN16-2/8
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Level Check. BS40810,00001F6 -19-15JUN16-3/8
• 2
Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Park Brake Check.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. BS40810,00001F6 -19-15JUN16-4/8
• 3
Park Brake Check
Check that park brake releases completely. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Leak Check.
Does park brake release correctly?
NO: Correct park brake release problem. See Park Brakes Do Not Release. (Group 9026-15.) BS40810,00001F6 -19-15JUN16-5/8
• 4
Hydraulic System Leak Check
Check for air leak into hydraulic system.
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic lines or hoses.
Are suction lines or hoses loose or leaking, allowing air into hydraulic system?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check. BS40810,00001F6 -19-15JUN16-6/8
• 5
Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check
Check hydrostatic pump flow. See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motors Check.
Is hydrostatic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pumps. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install and see Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-1
BS40810,00001F6 -19-15JUN16-7/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=755
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Hydrostatic Motors Check
Remove hydrostatic motors and inspect for wear. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motors.
Are hydrostatic motors damaged or worn excessively?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001F6 -19-15JUN16-8/8
Hydrostatic Pump Or Hydrostatic Motor Noise BS40810,00001F7 -19-24OCT16-1/8
Hydrostatic Pump Or Hydrostatic Motor Noise Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F7 -19-24OCT16-2/8
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Level Check. BS40810,00001F7 -19-24OCT16-3/8
• 2
Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Park Brake Check.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. BS40810,00001F7 -19-24OCT16-4/8
• 3
Park Brake Check
Check that park brake releases completely. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Leak Check.
Does park brake release correctly?
NO: Correct park brake release problem. See Park Brakes Do Not Release. (Group 9026-15.) BS40810,00001F7 -19-24OCT16-5/8
• 4
Hydraulic System Leak Check
Check for air leak into hydraulic system.
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic lines or hoses.
Are suction lines or hoses loose or leaking, allowing air into hydraulic system?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-2
BS40810,00001F7 -19-24OCT16-6/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=756
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check
Check hydrostatic pump flow. See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motors Check.
Is hydrostatic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pumps. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install and see Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001F7 -19-24OCT16-7/8
• 6
Hydrostatic Motors Check
Remove hydrostatic motors and inspect for wear. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motors.
Are hydrostatic motors damaged or worn excessively?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001F7 -19-24OCT16-8/8
Slow Response To Changes In Speed BS40810,00001F8 -19-24OCT16-1/6
Slow Response To Changes In Speed Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F8 -19-24OCT16-2/6
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Solenoids Check. BS40810,00001F8 -19-24OCT16-3/6
• 2
Hydrostatic Pump Solenoids Check (EH only)
Check operation of hydrostatic pump solenoids. See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location and see Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check.
Are hydrostatic pump solenoids operating correctly?
NO: Replace malfunctioning solenoids. BS40810,00001F8 -19-24OCT16-4/6
• 3
Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check
Check hydrostatic pump flow. See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motors Check.
Is hydrostatic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pumps. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install and see Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-3
BS40810,00001F8 -19-24OCT16-5/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=757
Diagnostic Information
• 4
Hydrostatic Motors Check
Remove hydrostatic motors and inspect for wear. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motors.
Are hydrostatic motors damaged or worn excessively?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001F8 -19-24OCT16-6/6
Low Power BS40810,00001F9 -19-24OCT16-1/8
Low Power Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001F9 -19-24OCT16-2/8
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Hydraulic Oil Level Check. BS40810,00001F9 -19-24OCT16-3/8
• 2
Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Check hydraulic oil reservoir level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Charge Pressure Check.
Is oil level correct?
NO: Fill reservoir to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. BS40810,00001F9 -19-24OCT16-4/8
• 3
Charge Pressure Check
Check charge pressure in hydraulic system. See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydraulic System Leak Check.
Is charge pressure within specification?
NO: Repair or replace charge pump. See Charge Pump Remove and Install and (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001F9 -19-24OCT16-5/8
• 4
Hydraulic System Leak Check
Check for air leak into hydraulic system.
YES: Repair or replace hydraulic lines or hoses.
Are suction lines or hoses loose or leaking, allowing air into hydraulic system?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-4
BS40810,00001F9 -19-24OCT16-6/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=758
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check
Check hydrostatic pump flow. See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motors Check.
Is hydrostatic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pumps. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install and see Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001F9 -19-24OCT16-7/8
• 6
Hydrostatic Motors Check
Remove hydrostatic motors and inspect for wear. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motors.
Are hydrostatic motors damaged or worn excessively?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001F9 -19-24OCT16-8/8
Tracks Powered On One Side, Not The Other BS40810,0000200 -19-24OCT16-1/6
Wheels or Tracks Powered On One Side, Not The Other Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,0000200 -19-24OCT16-2/6
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Park Brake Check. BS40810,0000200 -19-24OCT16-3/6
• 2
Park Brake Check
Check that park brake releases completely. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Pressure Check.
Does park brake release correctly?
NO: Correct park brake release problem. See Park Brakes Do Not Release. (Group 9026-15.) BS40810,0000200 -19-24OCT16-4/6
• 3
Hydrostatic Pump Pressure Check
Check hydrostatic pump pressure. See Multi-Function Valve Pressure Relief Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motors Check.
Are hydrostatic pump pressure relief valves within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump pressure relief valves.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-5
BS40810,0000200 -19-24OCT16-5/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=759
Diagnostic Information
• 4
Hydrostatic Motors Check
Remove hydrostatic motors and inspect for wear. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motors.
Are hydrostatic motors damaged or worn excessively?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,0000200 -19-24OCT16-6/6
Machine Will Not Shift Into or Out of High Speed BS40810,00001FB -19-24OCT16-1/7
Machine Will Not Shift Into or Out of High Speed Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001FB -19-24OCT16-2/7
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: For wheeled machines, go to Down Shift Check. NO: For tracked machines, go to Two-Speed Solenoid Check. BS40810,00001FB -19-24OCT16-3/7
• 2
Down Shift Check
NOTE: This check is for wheeled machines that are in high speed and switching to low speed with hydraulic oil temperature less then 40°C (105°F). Stop machine and set park brake.
YES: Checks complete.
Does machine down shift from two-speed?
NO: Go to Two-Speed Solenoid Check. BS40810,00001FB -19-24OCT16-4/7
• 3
Two-Speed Solenoid Check
Check two-speed solenoid (Y6). See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.)
YES: Go to Charge Pressure and Flow Check.
Does solenoid function properly?
NO: Replace solenoid. BS40810,00001FB -19-24OCT16-5/7
• 4
Charge Pressure and Flow Check
Check charge pressure and flow in hydraulic system. See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test and see Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motor Valves Check.
Are charge pressure and flow within specification?
NO: Replace charge pump. See Charge Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-6
BS40810,00001FB -19-24OCT16-6/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=760
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Hydrostatic Motor Valves Check
Inspect speed shift and selector valves in hydrostatic motors. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
YES: Checks complete.
Are valves functioning correctly?
NO: Repair or replace motors. BS40810,00001FB -19-24OCT16-7/7
Mistracking BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-1/9
Mistracking Diagnostic Procedure If mistracking only occurs when shifting between speeds, perform shift mode adjustment. See Shift Mode. (Group 9015-16.) BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-2/9
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Manual Tracking Adjustment. BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-3/9
• 2
Manual Tracking Adjustment
Adjust tracking manually. See Manual Tracking Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Checks complete.
Does manual tracking adjustment correct mistracking problem?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic System Calibration. BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-4/9
• 3
Hydrostatic System Calibration
Calibrate hydrostatic system. See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Checks complete.
Does calibration correct mistracking problem?
NO: Go to Manual Tracking Adjustment. BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-5/9
• 4
Manual Tracking Adjustment
Adjust tracking manually. See Manual Tracking Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.)
YES: Checks complete.
Does manual tracking adjustment correct mistracking problem?
NO: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-7
BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-6/9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=761
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Hydrostatic Pump Flow Check
Check hydrostatic pump flow. See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Park Brake Check.
Is hydrostatic pump flow within specification?
NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pumps. See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install and see Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-7/9
• 6
Park Brake Check
Check that park brake releases completely. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Hydrostatic Motors Check.
Does park brake release correctly?
NO: Correct park brake release problem. See Park Brakes Do Not Release. (Group 9026-15.) BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-8/9
• 7
Hydrostatic Motors Check
Remove hydrostatic motors and inspect for wear. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motors.
Are hydrostatic motors damaged or worn excessively?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001FC -19-24OCT16-9/9
Park Brakes Do Not Hold BS40810,00001FD -19-24OCT16-1/6
Park Brakes Do Not Hold Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001FD -19-24OCT16-2/6
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Park Brake Switch and Circuit Check. BS40810,00001FD -19-24OCT16-3/6
• 2
Park Brake Switch and NOTE: Make sure when park brake switch is ON, park brake is ON. Circuit Check
Check park brake switch and related wiring. See System Functional Schematic. (Group YES: Go to Park Brake 9015-10.) See Diagnostics—Switches. (Group 9015-16.) Solenoid Check. Are park brake switch and wiring OK?
NO: Repair or replace switch and wiring as necessary. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-8
BS40810,00001FD -19-24OCT16-4/6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=762
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Park Brake Solenoid Check
NOTE: Valve should be energized when park brake is OFF.
Check park brake solenoid. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.)
YES: Go to Park Brake Lining and Disc Check.
Is park brake solenoid functioning correctly?
NO: Repair or replace park brake solenoid. BS40810,00001FD -19-24OCT16-5/6
• 4
Park Brake Lining and Disc Check
Inspect park brake lining and disc. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park YES: Checks complete. Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.) Are park brake lining and disc OK?
NO: Repair or replace park brake assembly. BS40810,00001FD -19-24OCT16-6/6
Park Brakes Do Not Release BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-1/10
Park Brakes Do Not Release Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-2/10
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Seat Switch Check. BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-3/10
• 2
Seat Switch Check
Sit in operator seat.
YES: Go to Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Check.
Does seat switch indicator turn OFF?
NO: Check operation of seat switch using engagement and monitor unit (EMU) diagnostic menu. See Diagnostics—Switches. (Group 9015-16.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-9
BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-4/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=763
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Check
Lower interlocking seat bar.
YES: Go to Cab Door Switch Check.
Does interlocking seat bar switch indicator turn OFF?
NO: Check operation of interlocking seat bar switch using engagement and monitor unit (EMU) diagnostic menu. See Diagnostics—Switches. (Group 9015-16.) BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-5/10
• 4
Cab Door Switch Check
NOTE: If machine is not equipped with cab door, the EMU still needs a closed cab door switch circuit to release park brake. Make sure that cab door switch jumper is properly connected. Close cab door, if equipped.
YES: Go to Park Brake Switch and Circuit Check.
Does cab door switch indicator turn OFF?
NO: Check operation of cab door switch using engagement and monitor unit (EMU) diagnostic menu. See Diagnostics—Switches. (Group 9015-16.) BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-6/10
• 5
Park Brake Switch and NOTE: Make sure when park brake switch is OFF, park brake is OFF. Circuit Check
Check park brake switch and related wiring. See System Functional Schematic. (Group YES: Go to Park Brake 9015-10.) See Diagnostics—Switches. (Group 9015-16.) Solenoid Check. Are park brake switch and wiring OK?
NO: Repair or replace switch and wiring, as needed. BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-7/10
• 6
Park Brake Solenoid Check
NOTE: Valve should be energized when park brake is OFF.
Check park brake solenoid. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-25.)
YES: Go to Park Brake Release Pressure Check.
Is park brake solenoid functioning correctly?
NO: Repair or replace park brake solenoid.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-10
BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-8/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=764
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Park Brake Release Pressure Check
Check park brake release pressure. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Park Brake Lining and Disc Check.
Is park brake release pressure within specification?
NO: Correct park brake release pressure problem. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.) BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-9/10
• 8
Park Brake Lining and Disc Check
Inspect park brake lining and disc. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park YES: Checks complete. Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.) Are park brake lining and disc OK?
NO: Repair or replace park brake assembly. BS40810,00001FE -19-17OCT17-10/10
Grinding Noise While Operating Machine BS40810,00001FF -19-24OCT16-1/5
Grinding Noise While Operating Machine Diagnostic Procedure BS40810,00001FF -19-24OCT16-2/5
• 1
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-15.)
YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.
Are DTCs present?
NO: Go to Park Brake Release Pressure Check. BS40810,00001FF -19-24OCT16-3/5
• 2
Park Brake Check
Check that park brake releases completely. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
YES: Go to Drive Chains Check.
Does park brake release correctly?
NO: Correct park brake release problem. See Park Brakes Do Not Release (Group 9026-15.) Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-11
BS40810,00001FF -19-24OCT16-4/5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=765
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Hydrostatic Motors Check
Remove hydrostatic motors and inspect for wear. Wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install—Two-Speed and see Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble—Two-Speed. (Group 0360.) Tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motors.
Are hydrostatic motors damaged or worn excessively?
NO: Checks complete. BS40810,00001FF -19-24OCT16-5/5
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-15-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=766
Group 25
Tests Engine Speed Control for Testing For more information, see Remote Start Box Installation. (Group 9025-25.) NM95233,00006E4 -19-21JUN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=767
Tests
Multi-Function Valve Pressure Relief Test
2. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
3. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.)
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Multi-Function Valve Relief Pressure
33 200—36 700 kPa 332—367 bar 4820—5330 psi
4. Perform hydrostatic system calibration. See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02160 Transducer 68 900 kPa (689 bar) (10 000 psi)
Multi-function valves regulate hydrostatic pump system pressure for each forward and reverse circuit. This test ensures multi-function valves are operating properly.
5. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to pumps and motors. Ensure hydraulic oil reservoir is at full mark.
6. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) NOTE: Charge pressure must be subtracted from pressure reading to obtain multi-function valve relief pressure.
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
7. Check and record charge pressure. See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
TX1199080A —UN—05AUG15
1. Operate machine until hydraulic oil reaches specification.
Hydrostatic Pump Port Location (left side)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-2
NM95233,00006E5 -19-11MAY16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=768
TX1199081A —UN—05AUG15
Tests
Hydrostatic Pump Port Location (right side) 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump 28— Left Forward Multi-Function Valve 30— Left Reverse Multi-Function Valve 33— Charge Pressure Relief Valve 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump 36— Right Forward Multi-Function Valve
38— Right Reverse Multi-Function Valve 131— Left Forward Hydrostatic Motor Port 132— Left Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Port 133— Right Forward Hydrostatic Motor Port 134— Right Reverse Hydrostatic Motor Port
8. Disconnect hydraulic line from left forward hydrostatic motor port (131). 9. Install JT02160 Transducer 68 900 kPa (689 bar) (10 000 psi) and JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer into left forward hydrostatic motor port. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.) Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.) 11. Place JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer in operator's station to be viewed by operator. 12. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
137— Hydrostatic Pump Case Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Drain Port Solenoid 143— Park Brake Port Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump 157— From Hydraulic Oil Filter Solenoid Line Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
NOTE: Charge pressure must be subtracted from pressure reading to obtain multi-function valve relief pressure. 14. Record pressure reading. Subtract charge pressure from pressure reading to obtain multi-function valve relief pressure. Compare result to specification. Specification Multi-Function Valve—Relief Pressure........................................... 33 200—36 700 kPa 332—367 bar 4820—5330 psi
15. Repeat procedure for remaining multi-function valves as necessary. 16. If pressure is not within specification, replace the corresponding valve. See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.)
13. Slowly engage left wheels/tracks in forward direction to test left forward multi-function valve (28). NM95233,00006E5 -19-11MAY16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=769
Tests
Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test
1. Operate machine until hydraulic oil reaches specification.
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydrostatic Pump Testing Pressure
13 790 kPa 137.9 bar 2000 psi
2. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
330G Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate 113.2 L/min (typical, new) 29.9 gal/min
3. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.)
330G Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate 93.8 L/min (minimum) 24.8 gal/min
4. Perform hydrostatic system calibration. See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)
332G Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate 121.1 L/min (typical, new) 32.0 gal/min 332G Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate 103.0 L/min (minimum) 27.2 gal/min
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
331G and 333G Hydrostatic Pump 113.6 L/min Flow Rate (typical, new) 30.0 gal/min 331G and 333G Hydrostatic Pump 84.4 L/min Flow Rate (minimum) 22.3 gal/min SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester
This test is to ensure the hydrostatic pumps are delivering sufficient oil flow to the hydrostatic motors.
6. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)
TX1205719 —UN—05JAN16
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to pumps and motors. Ensure hydraulic oil reservoir is at full mark.
5. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)
Hydrostatic Pump Port Location (left side shown left, right side shown right)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-4
NM95233,00006E6 -19-25JUL16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=770
Tests 38— Right Reverse Pressure 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump Relief Valve 28— Left Forward Pressure Relief 131— Left Forward Hydrostatic Valve Motor Port 30— Left Reverse Pressure Relief 132— Left Reverse Hydrostatic Valve Motor Port 33— Charge Pressure Relief 133— Right Forward Hydrostatic Valve Motor Port 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump 134— Right Reverse Hydrostatic 36— Right Forward Pressure Motor Port Relief Valve
137— Hydrostatic Pump Case Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Drain Port Solenoid 157— From Hydraulic Oil Filter Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Line Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid
7. To test left hydrostatic pump (27), remove hydraulic lines from left forward hydrostatic motor port (131) and left reverse hydrostatic motor port (132).
330G—Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate (minimum).............................................................. 93.8 L/min 24.8 gal/min 332G—Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate (typical, new)........................................................ 121.1 L/min 32.0 gal/min 332G—Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate (minimum)............................................................ 103.0 L/min 27.2 gal/min 331G and 333G—Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate (typical, new).........................................................113.6 L/min 30.0 gal/min 331G and 333G—Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate (minimum).............................................................. 84.4 L/min 22.3 gal/min
8. Attach JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester inlet to left forward hydrostatic motor port. Attach tester outlet to left reverse hydrostatic motor port. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. Turn load valve on JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester to full open position. 10. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator’s Station. (Operator’s Manual.) 11. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
12. Operate left wheels at full forward speed. 13. Slowly close load valve on JT07148 Digital Hydraulic Flowmeter Tester until pressure increases to specification.
15. Repeat procedure for right hydrostatic pump (35) using right forward hydrostatic motor port (133) and right reverse hydrostatic motor port (134). 16. If flow is low:
Specification Hydrostatic Pump—Testing Pressure................................................................................. 13 790 kPa 137.9 bar 2000 psi
14. Record and verify pump flow reading is within specification.
• Verify engine speed is at fast idle. • Check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9015-20.) • Check hydrostatic electrical circuit. See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) • Test hydrostatic pump pressure. See Multi-Function Valve Pressure Relief Test. (Group 9026-25.)
Specification 330G—Hydrostatic Pump Flow Rate (typical, new).........................................................113.2 L/min 29.9 gal/min NM95233,00006E6 -19-25JUL16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=771
Tests
Hydrostatic Pump Mechanical Neutral Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed (approximate)
1800 rpm
Servo Pressure Differential
100—200 kPa 1—2 bar 15—30 psi
System Pressure Differential (maximum)
150 kPa 1.5 bar 22 psi
Lock Nut Torque
10 N·m 90 lb·in
Cap Screw Torque
14.5 N·m 128 lb·in
Servo Port M4/M5 Plug Torque
12 N·m 106 lb·in
System Gauge Port MA/MB or MC/MD Plug Torque
45 N·m 33 lb·ft
This adjustment provides an absolute neutral condition within the hydrostatic pump. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Install JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box. See Engine Speed Control for Testing. (Group 9026-25.) 4. Remove footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
5. Remove right side engine panel to access battery. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.)
JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box Quick Coupler (4 used) JT02161 Transducer 3400 kPa (34 bar) (500 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer
6. Disconnect hydrostatic pump solenoids (Y15—Y18) and park brake solenoid (Y5). See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
JT02162 Transducer 34 500 kPa (345 bar) (5000 psi) DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness
Y18 Y16
Y18 2
Y5
9
10 27
11 10
4
9 13
Y17 15
8
35
15
5
7 6
3 27
35 12
Y15
14
TX1205863
TX1205863 —UN—06JAN16
1
Servo Cylinders and Test Ports (right side shown left, left side shown right)
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-6
NM95233,00006E7 -19-21JUN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=772
Tests 1— Left Hydrostatic Pump Servo Port (marked M4) 2— Left Hydrostatic Pump Servo Port (marked M5) 3— Right Hydrostatic Pump Servo Port (marked M5) 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump Servo Port (marked M4)
5— Cap Screw (2 used) 12— System Gauge Port (marked Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump 6— Servo Cylinder (marked M4) MA) Solenoid 7— Cap Screw (2 used) 13— System Gauge Port (marked Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump 8— Servo Cylinder (marked M5) MC) Solenoid 9— Adjusting Screw (2 used) 14— System Gauge Port (marked Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump 10— Lock Nut (2 used) MD) Solenoid 11— System Gauge Port (marked 15— Locking Plate (2 used) Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump MB) 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump Y5— Park Brake Solenoid
7. To adjust left hydrostatic pump (27), install quick couplers in ports M4 (1), M5 (2), MB (11), and MA (12). 8. Attach JT02161 Transducer 3400 kPa (34 bar) (500 psi) to quick couplers on ports M4 (1) and M5 (2) for use with JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.) 9. Attach JT02162 Transducer 34 500 kPa (345 bar) (5000 psi) to quick couplers on ports MB and MA for use with JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.) 10. Remove cap screws (5 and 7) and locking plates (15). 11. On left hydrostatic pump, loosen lock nut (10) while holding adjusting screw (9) stationary. NOTE: The park brake solenoid (Y5) must be energized to provide charge pressure to pump servo piston circuits.
NOTE: Servo pressure differential between servo port M4 (1) and servo port M5 (2) must be maintained while executing the following step. This procedure sets servo piston and hydrostatic pump swash plate to mechanical neutral on M5 (8) side. 16. Rotate servo cylinder M5 (8) clockwise until system pressure differential between system gauge port MA and system gauge port MB is less than specification. Specification System—Pressure Differential (maximum)................................................................ 150 kPa 1.5 bar 22 psi
17. Switch transducer connectors for ports M4 (1) and M5 (2) and transducer connectors for ports MA and MB and repeat procedure to set mechanical neutral on M4 (6) side. 18. Tighten lock nut to specification while holding adjusting screw stationary.
12. Connect DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness to battery and 2-pin connector to park brake solenoid (Y5) to energize solenoid. See DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness. (Group 9900-99.) 13. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed (approximate)............................................................................ 1800 rpm
14. Rotate servo cylinders M4 and M5 (6 and 8) 2—3 turns in counterclockwise direction. NOTE: Clockwise rotation of adjusting screw will increase pressure at system gauge port MA. Counterclockwise rotation of adjusting screw will increase pressure at system gauge port MB. 15. Turn adjusting screw clockwise until servo pressure at port M4 (1) is greater than pressure at port M5 (2) and pressure differential is within specification. System pressure will indicate pump displacement with pressure increase at system gauge port MA. Specification Servo—Pressure Differential......................................................................... 100—200 kPa 1—2 bar 15—30 psi
Specification Lock Nut—Torque..........................................................................10 N·m 90 lb·in
19. Install cap screws and locking plates. Tighten to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque...................................................................14.5 N·m 128 lb·in
20. Remove test equipment and install plugs. Tighten to specification. Specification Servo Port M4/M5 Plug—Torque.................................................................................12 N·m 106 lb·in System Gauge Port MA/MB or MC/MD Plug—Torque.................................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft
21. Repeat procedure for right hydrostatic pump (35) using servo ports M4 (3) and M5 (4) to monitor servo pressure differential, system gauge ports MC (13) and MD (14) to monitor system pressure differential, and lock nut and adjusting screw on right hydrostatic pump to adjust servo pressure. 22. Connect hydrostatic pump solenoids (Y15—Y18) and park brake solenoid (Y5). See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
NM95233,00006E7 -19-21JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=773
Tests
23. Remove JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box. See Engine Speed Control for Testing. (Group 9026-25.)
25. Install footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
24. Install right side engine panel. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.)
26. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.) NM95233,00006E7 -19-21JUN16-3/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=774
Tests
Hydrostatic Pump Control Neutral Adjustment
2. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator’s Manual.)
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Lock Nut Torque
10 N·m 90 lb·in
3. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from moving tires or tracks when using remote start box. Keep tire or track area clear of bystanders. Do not use remote start box without raising and blocking machine.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness
This procedure is used to set electric displacement control to neutral position with hydrostatic pump running. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.
4. Install JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box. See Engine Speed Control for Testing. (Group 9026-25.)
TX1215650 —UN—16MAY16
5. Remove footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
Control Neutral Adjustment (left side shown) 1— Lock Nut (2 used) 2— Adjusting Screw (2 used) 3— Left Electric Displacement Control
4— Right Electric Displacement Control 27— Left Hydrostatic Pump
6. On left hydrostatic pump (27), loosen lock nut (1) while holding adjusting screw (2) stationary. 7. Install identification tag and disconnect electrical connector from park brake solenoid (Y5). Connect DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness to battery and 2-pin connector to park brake solenoid (Y5) to energize solenoid. See DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness. (Group 9900-99.)
35— Right Hydrostatic Pump Y5— Park Brake Solenoid
Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle
NOTE: Adjustment of electric displacement control is sensitive. Total adjustment should be less than 120 degrees. 9. Turn adjusting screw until tire/track starts moving. Mark position of adjusting screw.
8. Start engine and run at specification. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-9
NM95233,00006E8 -19-12MAR18-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=775
Tests
10. Turn adjusting screw in opposite direction until tire/track starts moving in opposite direction. Mark position of adjusting screw. 11. Turn adjusting screw to midpoint between marks. Hold adjusting screw and tighten lock nut to specification. Specification Lock Nut—Torque..........................................................................10 N·m 90 lb·in
12. Stop engine. 13. Repeat procedure using lock nut and adjusting screw on right hydrostatic pump (35) as needed.
14. Remove DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness and connect park brake solenoid (Y5). 15. Remove JT0KV12444A Remote Start Box. See Engine Speed Control for Testing. (Group 9026-25.) 16. Install footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 17. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.) 18. Raise machine and remove blocking. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator’s Manual.) NM95233,00006E8 -19-12MAR18-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=776
Tests
Track Speed Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
331G and 333G Two-Speed Gear Case Speed (low)
100—110 rpm
331G and 333G Two-Speed High Gear Case Speed
158—168 rpm
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05709 Reflective Tape TX1129009A —UN—07JAN13
JT05719 Hand Held Digital Tachometer
This test is an initial test to verify that hydrostatic system is operating normally. NOTE: For machines equipped with joystick performance package, the transmission response switch must be in utility rate or production rate. See Transmission Response Rate (Travel and Steer)—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to pumps and motors. Ensure that hydraulic oil reservoir is at full mark.
Hydrostatic Motor Gear Case 1— JT05709 Reflective Tape
1. Operate machine until hydraulic oil reaches specification.
2— Hydrostatic Motor Gear Case
case rotations for 1 minute. Compare result to specification.
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
2. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 3. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.) 4. Perform hydrostatic system calibration. See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) 5. Apply JT05709 Reflective Tape (1) to hydrostatic motor gear case (2) on each side of machine. 6. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
Specification 331G and 333G Two-Speed—Gear Case Speed (low)........................................................................100—110 rpm 331G and 333G Two-Speed High—Gear Case Speed....................................................................... 158—168 rpm
9. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 10. Stop engine. 11. If hydrostatic motor gear case speed varies more than 1 rpm from side-to-side, perform tracking adjustment. See Mistracking. (Group (9026-15.) 12. If hydrostatic motor gear case speeds are outside of the listed ranges after tracking adjustment, verify that hydrostatic system components are operating properly. For more information:
CAUTION: Prevent injury from moving tracks when performing track speed test. Have an assistant operate controls while seated in machine. 7. Operate travel system at full forward speed. See Steering—EH Controls. (Operator’s Manual.)
• See Park Brake Release Pressure Test. (Group 9026-25.)
• See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.) • See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.)
• See Park Brakes Do Not Release. (Group 9026-15.)
8. Using JT05719 Hand Held Digital Tachometer, measure and record number of full hydrostatic gear NM95233,00006EC -19-03OCT17-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=777
Tests
Park Brake Release Pressure Test
2. Operate machine until hydraulic oil reaches specification.
SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 43°C 110°F
43°C 110°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Park Brake Release Pressure (typical, new)
2757 kPa 27.5 bar 400 psi
Park Brake Release Pressure (minimum)
1517 kPa 15.2 bar 220 psi
3. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 4. Engage park brake. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Tee Fitting JT02161 Transducer 3400 kPa (34 bar) (500 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer
This procedure tests the park brake release hydraulic pressure. Brakes are applied by internal spring and released with charge pressure when park brake switch is OFF and the engine is running.
5. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 6. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.)
1. Ensure charge pressure meets specification before testing park brake release pressure. See Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test. (Group 9025-25.)
7. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to pumps and motors. Ensure hydraulic oil reservoir is at full mark.
4
27
2
16 35 14
TX1215665 —UN—14JUN16
Y5
156
TX1215665 Park Brake Release Pressure Test 2— Left Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 4— Left Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor
14— Right Hydrostatic Motor Park Brake 16— Right Hydrostatic Two-Speed Motor
27— Left Hydrostatic Pump 35— Right Hydrostatic Pump 156— Park Brake Release Line
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-12
Y5— Park Brake Solenoid
NM95233,00006ED -19-14JUN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=778
Tests pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
8. Install identification tag and disconnect park brake release line (156) at hydrostatic pumps (27 and 35). 9. Install tee fitting in line.
a. Engage park brake and stop engine.
10. Install JT02161 Transducer 3400 kPa (34 bar) (500 psi) with JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.)
b. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) c. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)
11. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.)
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
d. Disconnect park brake release line from right hydrostatic two-speed motor (16) to isolate left hydrostatic motor park brake (2). Close opening using plug.
13. Disengage park brake. Record and verify pressure reading is within specification.
e. Lower operator’s station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator’s Manual.)
Specification Park Brake—Release Pressure (typical, new).............................................................. 2757 kPa 27.5 bar 400 psi Park Brake—Release Pressure (minimum).................................................................. 1517 kPa 15.2 bar 220 psi
f. Start engine and run at specification.
12. Start engine and run at specification.
14. If pressure reading is within specification, operate travel system in forward and observe that the tracks move freely, indicating brakes are fully released. See Track Speed Test. (Group 9026-25.) 15. If pressure is not within specification, check park brake solenoid (Y5). See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.) 16. If park brake solenoid is functioning correctly and pressure is not within specification, isolate each motor and check for leakage. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the
Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle
g. Disengage park brake. Record and verify pressure reading is within specification. Specification Park Brake—Release Pressure (typical, new).............................................................. 2757 kPa 27.5 bar 400 psi Park Brake—Release Pressure (minimum).................................................................. 1517 kPa 15.2 bar 220 psi
h. Repeat procedure for right hydrostatic motor park brake (14) if necessary. 17. If either park brake does not meet specification, repair or replace as necessary. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair. (Group 0360.) NM95233,00006ED -19-14JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-13
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=779
Tests
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9026-25-14
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=780
Section 9031 Heating and Air Conditioning Contents Page Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Air Conditioning System Cycle of Operation............................................... 9031-05-1 Group 10—System Diagrams Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location ................ 9031-10-1
Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Test ............................................ 9031-25-5 Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test ............................................ 9031-25-6 Air Conditioning System Test..................... 9031-25-7 Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart...................................................... 9031-25-9
Group 15—Diagnostic Information Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate .................................................9031-15-1 Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9031-15-1 Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab ...............................9031-15-3 Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9031-15-3 Air Conditioning System Runs Constantly, Too Cold .............................9031-15-5 Air Conditioning System Runs Constantly, Too Cold Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9031-15-5 Heating System Does Not Operate .................................................9031-15-6 Heating System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure............................9031-15-6 Heating System Does Not Warm Interior of Cab .......................................9031-15-8 Heating System Does Not Warm Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9031-15-8 Interior Windows Continue to Fog ......................................................9031-15-10 Interior Windows Continue to Fog Diagnostic Procedure..........................9031-15-10 Group 25—Tests R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling..................................... 9031-25-1 R134a Oil Charge Capacity....................... 9031-25-1 R134a Refrigerant Charge Capacity................................................. 9031-25-1 Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks ............................... 9031-25-2 Visual Inspection of Components .....................................................9031-25-2 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test ........................................................ 9031-25-3 R134a Refrigerant Leak Test..................... 9031-25-4 R134a Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection .................................. 9031-25-4
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Air Conditioning System Cycle of Operation
1
2
4 5 4
3
7
6 TX1153371 —UN—11FEB14
8 9 10 11 TX1153371 Refrigerant System Cycle of Operation 1— Evaporator 2— Compressor 3— Condenser 4— Circulation Blower Motor
5— Expansion Valve 6— Receiver-Dryer 7— High-Pressure Liquid
8— High-Pressure Gas 9— Low-Pressure Liquid 10— Low-Pressure Gas
The compressor (2) is belt driven and engaged by an electromagnetic clutch. The air conditioner circuit automatically controls compressor engagement or disengagement when system is in operation. The compressor draws low-pressure gas (10) from evaporator (1) and compresses it into high-pressure gas (8). High-pressure gas causes temperature of refrigerant to rise higher than outside air temperature. High-pressure gas leaves compressor and flows through condenser (3). Inside condenser, heat is removed and transferred to outside air that is drawn through condenser core by the fan. Cooling refrigerant causes it to condense, and refrigerant leaves condenser as high-pressure liquid (7).
High-pressure liquid flows into receiver-dryer (6), where moisture and contaminants (acid, solids, etc.) are removed. The receiver-dryer contains a color moisture indicator. If the indicator is blue, moisture is not present. If the indicator is pink, moisture is present. When moisture is present and combined with refrigerant, hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids are formed. These acids are corrosive to metal surfaces, and leakage will eventually develop. The receiver-dryer also stores refrigerant, allowing a longer period of time before additional refrigerant is needed. Refrigerant hoses allow a small amount of refrigerant to migrate through their walls.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
11— Air Flow
9031-05-1
BS13840,000040E -19-25JAN16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=783
Theory of Operation
Refrigerant flows from receiver-dryer through expansion valve (5) to the evaporator. The expansion valve senses refrigerant temperature and pressure to modulate refrigerant flow, which then changes refrigerant to low-pressure liquid (9) entering evaporator. Actual cooling and drying of cab air takes place at evaporator. Heat absorbed by evaporator and transferred to refrigerant causes refrigerant to vaporize into low-pressure gas. Low-pressure gas is drawn from evaporator by compressor and cycle is repeated. A freeze control switch senses temperature of evaporator coil through a capillary tube. This prevents the evaporator
from becoming cold enough to freeze moisture that condenses on the evaporator coil. Condensed moisture is drained away through drain tubes connected to a drain pan under evaporator. System pressure is monitored by a high/low-pressure switch, located on high-pressure side of expansion valve. If pressure becomes too high or too low, the switch opens and stops the compressor, interrupting the cycle. For location of heating and air conditioning system components, see Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) BS13840,000040E -19-25JAN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-05-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=784
Group 10
System Diagrams Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location TX1215584 —UN—21JUN16
B10 B10
14
6
9
8
8 B9
6
7 5 B9
7
5
11
3
11
12
12
3
15 3
10
15 2 2 M6
4
10
4 1 5
1 TX1215584 Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location
NM95233,00006E3 -19-14JUN16-1/2
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-10-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=785
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-10-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=786
System Diagrams
1— Compressor 2— High-Pressure Diagnostic Port 3— Compressor-to-Condenser High-Pressure Line 4— Condenser 5— Condenser-to-Receiver-Dryer High-Pressure Line
6— Receiver-Dryer 7— Receiver-Dryer-to-Expansion Valve High-Pressure Line 8— Expansion Valve 9— Evaporator 10— Low-Pressure Diagnostic Port
11— Expansion Valve-toCompressor Low-Pressure Line 12— Heater Hot Water Supply Line 14— Heater Core 15— Heater Hot Water Return Line B9—Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch
B10— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch M6—Heater Valve Motor
NM95233,00006E3 -19-14JUN16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-10-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=787
System Diagrams
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-10-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=788
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-1/15
Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-2/15
• 1
Machine Settings Check
Check machine settings for proper air conditioner control mode setting. See Air Conditioner Controls—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Accessory Fuse Check.
Is the correct setting selected?
NO: Select the correct setting. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-3/15
• 2
Accessory Fuse Check Remove accessory 20 A fuse (F7). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check continuity of accessory 20 A fuse (F7).
YES: Go to Air Conditioner and Heater Fuse Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace fuse. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-4/15
• 3
Air Conditioner and Heater Fuse Check
Remove air conditioner and heater 30 A fuse (F8). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Check continuity of air conditioner and heater 30 A fuse (F8).
YES: Go to Blower Speed Switch Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace fuse. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-5/15
• 4
Blower Speed Switch Check
Check blower motor speed switch (S9). See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Check continuity of blower motor speed switch (S9) in all switch positions. Switch Position
Continuity Between Pins
Off
No continuity
Low
1 and B
Medium-Low
1, 2, and B
Medium-High
1, 2, 3, and B
High
1, 2, 3, 4, and B
Is switch operating properly?
NO: Replace switch. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Switch Check.
9031-15-1
AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-6/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=789
Diagnostic Information
• 5
Air Conditioner Switch Check air conditioner switch (S19). See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. Check (Group 9015-10.)
Check for continuity between pins 2 and 3. Switch Position
Continuity Between Pins
Off
No continuity
On
2 and 3
Is switch operating properly?
YES: Go to Blower Motor Speed Resistor Check.
NO: Replace switch. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-7/15
• 6
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Check
Disconnect blower motor speed resistor (R4). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Measure low speed resistance between terminals A and M on blower motor speed resistor (R4). Measure medium-low speed resistance between terminals B and M on blower motor speed resistor (R4). Measure medium-high speed resistance between terminals C and M on blower motor speed resistor (R4). Measure high speed resistance between terminals D and M on blower motor speed resistor (R4). Compare resistance values to specification. YES: Go to Blower Motor Check.
Specification Low Speed Resistance
2.1 Ω
Medium-Low Speed Resistance
0.6 Ω
Medium-High Speed Resistance
0.3 Ω
High Speed Resistance
0.1 Ω
Are all resistances within specification?
NO: Replace resistor. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-8/15
• 7
Blower Motor Check
Disconnect blower motor (M3). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Supply battery voltage and ground to blower motor.
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Check.
Does motor run?
NO: Replace blower motor. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-9/15
• 8
Air Conditioner Freeze Test air conditioner freeze control switch (B10). See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Control Switch Check Switch Test. (Group 9031-25.)
Does air conditioner freeze control switch (B10) test good?
YES: Go to Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Check.
NO: Replace switch. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-10/15
• 9
Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Check
Test air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B9). See Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Test. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check.
Does air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B9) test good?
NO: Replace switch.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-2
AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-11/15
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=790
Diagnostic Information
•
10 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check
Test air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y13). See Air Conditioner Compressor YES: Go to Blower Motor Clutch Test. (Group 9031-25.) Relays Check.
Does air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y13) test good?
NO: Replace solenoid. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-12/15
•
11 Blower Motor Relays Check
Remove the following relays:
• Blower Motor (low speed) Relay (K16) • Blower Motor (medium low speed) Relay (K17) • Blower Motor (medium high speed) Relay (K18) • Blower Motor (high speed) Relay (K19) See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Test relays. See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Go to Accessory Relay Check.
Do relays test good?
NO: Replace malfunctioning relays. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-13/15
•
12 Accessory Relay Check
Remove accessory relay (K4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Test accessory relay (K4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Go to Wiring Harness Check.
Does accessory relay (K4) test good?
NO: Replace accessory relay (K4). AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-14/15
•
13 Wiring Harness Check Check heating and air conditioning system wiring for open and short circuits.
For additional information:
• See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Does heating and air conditioning system contain open or short circuits?
YES: Repair or replace heating and air conditioning system wiring. NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000C91 -19-25JUL16-15/15
Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-1/11
Air Conditioning System Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-3
AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-2/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=791
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Cab Fresh Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab fresh air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Replace cab fresh air filter.
Is cab fresh air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Recirculation Air Filter Restriction Check. AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-3/11
• 2
Recirculation Air Filter Check recirculation air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Replace Cab Fresh Restriction Check Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
Is recirculation air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
YES: Replace recirculation air filter.
NO: Go to Cab Seals Check. AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-4/11
• 3
Cab Seals Check
Check windows and doors to make sure seals are in good condition.
YES: Go to Refrigerant Hose Restriction Check.
Are seals on all windows and doors in good condition?
NO: Repair or replace damaged or malfunctioning seals. AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-5/11
• 4
Refrigerant Hose Restriction Check
Check refrigerant hoses. See R134a Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection. (Group YES: Reroute or re-index 9031-25.) hoses. Replace kinked or collapsed hoses. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) Are any hoses kinked, pinched, or collapsed?
NO: Go to Condenser Air Flow Restriction Check. AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-6/11
• 5
Condenser Air Flow Restriction Check
Check condenser fins for air flow restrictions. See Heating and Air Conditioning System YES: Clean condenser fins. Component Location. (Group 9031-10.)
Are condenser fins clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Evaporator Core Air Flow Restriction Check. AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-7/11
• 6
Evaporator Core Air Flow Restriction Check
Check evaporator core fins for restrictions.
YES: Clean evaporator fins.
Are the evaporator core fins clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Evaporator Core Fins Check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-4
AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-8/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=792
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Evaporator Core Fins Check
Check evaporator core fins for frosting or freezing.
YES: Air conditioner freeze control probe not positioned correctly in evaporator core. Reposition air conditioner freeze control probe.
Is there any ice or frost on evaporator core fins?
NO: Go to Accessory Drive Belt Check. AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-9/11
• 8
Accessory Drive Belt Check
Check accessory drive belt for proper pulley alignment and damage. See Check Accessory Drive Belt. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to System Operating Pressures Check.
Is belt properly aligned and in good condition?
NO: Adjust or replace belt. See Replacing Accessory Drive Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-10/11
• 9
System Operating Pressures Check
Check air conditioning system operating pressures. See Air Conditioning System Test. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Checks complete.
Are air conditioning system operating pressures within range?
NO: Check conditions. See Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart. (Group 9031-25.) AB06447,0000C92 -19-26JUL16-11/11
Air Conditioning System Runs Constantly, Too Cold AB06447,0000C93 -19-25JUL16-1/8
Air Conditioning System Runs Constantly, Too Cold Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000C93 -19-25JUL16-2/8
• 1
Air Conditioning System Check
Check air conditioning system for proper operation. See Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks. (Group 9031-25.)
YES: Go to Evaporator Core Component Check.
Is the air conditioning system operating correctly?
NO: See Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate. (Group 9031-15.) AB06447,0000C93 -19-25JUL16-3/8
• 2
Evaporator Core Component Check
Check evaporator core fins for frosting or freezing. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.)
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Control Probe Position Check.
Is there any ice or frost on evaporator core fins?
NO: Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-5
AB06447,0000C93 -19-25JUL16-4/8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=793
Diagnostic Information
• 3
Air Conditioner Freeze Verify proper position of freeze control probe. Control Probe Position Check
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Check.
Is freeze control probe properly positioned?
NO: Reposition freeze control probe. AB06447,0000C93 -19-25JUL16-5/8
• 4
Air Conditioner Freeze Test air conditioner freeze control switch (B10). See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Control Switch Check Switch Test. (Group 9031-25.)
Does air conditioner freeze control switch (B10) test good?
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check. NO: Replace switch. AB06447,0000C93 -19-25JUL16-6/8
• 5
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Check
Test air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y13). See Air Conditioner Compressor YES: Go to Wiring Harness Clutch Test. (Group 9031-25.) Check.
Does air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y13) test good?
NO: Replace solenoid. AB06447,0000C93 -19-25JUL16-7/8
• 6
Wiring Harness Check Check heating and air conditioning system wiring for open and short circuits.
For additional information:
• See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Does heating and air conditioning system contain open or short circuits?
YES: Repair or replace heating and air conditioning system wiring. NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000C93 -19-25JUL16-8/8
Heating System Does Not Operate AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-1/11
Heating System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-2/11
• 1
Machine Settings Check
Check machine settings for proper air conditioner control mode setting. See Air Conditioner Controls—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Accessory Fuse Check.
Is the correct setting selected?
NO: Select the correct setting. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-6
AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-3/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=794
Diagnostic Information
• 2
Accessory Fuse Check Remove accessory 20 A fuse (F7). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check continuity of accessory 20 A fuse (F7).
YES: Go to Air Conditioner and Heater Fuse Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace fuse. AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-4/11
• 3
Air Conditioner and Heater Fuse Check
Remove air conditioner and heater 30 A fuse (F8). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Check continuity of air conditioner and heater 30 A fuse (F8).
YES: Go to Blower Speed Switch Check.
Is continuity indicated?
NO: Replace fuse. AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-5/11
• 4
Blower Speed Switch Check
Check blower motor speed switch (S9). See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Check continuity of blower motor speed switch (S9) in all switch positions. Switch Position
Continuity Between Pins
Off
No continuity
Low
1 and B
Medium-Low
1, 2, and B
Medium-High
1, 2, 3, and B
High
1, 2, 3, 4, and B
Is switch operating properly?
YES: Go to Blower Motor Speed Resistor Check.
NO: Replace switch. AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-6/11
• 5
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Check
Disconnect blower motor speed resistor (R4). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Measure low speed resistance between terminals A and M on blower motor speed resistor (R4). Measure medium-low speed resistance between terminals B and M on blower motor speed resistor (R4). Measure medium-high speed resistance between terminals C and M on blower motor speed resistor (R4). Measure high speed resistance between terminals D and M on blower motor speed resistor (R4). Compare resistance values to specification. Specification Low Speed Resistance
2.1 Ω
Medium-Low Speed Resistance
0.6 Ω
Medium-High Speed Resistance
0.3 Ω
High Speed Resistance
0.1 Ω
Are all resistances within specification?
NO: Replace resistor. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
YES: Go to Blower Motor Check.
9031-15-7
AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-7/11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=795
Diagnostic Information
• 6
Blower Motor Check
Disconnect blower motor (M3). See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Supply battery voltage and ground to blower motor.
YES: Go to Blower Motor Relays Check.
Does motor run?
NO: Replace blower motor. AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-8/11
• 7
Blower Motor Relays Check
Remove the following relays:
• Blower Motor (low speed) Relay (K16) • Blower Motor (medium low speed) Relay (K17) • Blower Motor (medium high speed) Relay (K18) • Blower Motor (high speed) Relay (K19) See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Test relays. See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Go to Accessory Relay Check.
Do relays test good?
NO: Replace malfunctioning relays. AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-9/11
• 8
Accessory Relay Check
Remove accessory relay (K4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
Test accessory relay (K4). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)
YES: Go to Wiring Harness Check.
Does accessory relay (K4) test good?
NO: Replace accessory relay (K4). AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-10/11
• 9
Wiring Harness Check Check heating and air conditioning system wiring for open and short circuits.
For additional information:
• See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) • See Cab Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Does heating and air conditioning system contain open or short circuits?
YES: Repair or replace heating and air conditioning system wiring. NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000C94 -19-25JUL16-11/11
Heating System Does Not Warm Interior of Cab AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-1/10
Heating System Does Not Warm Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-8
AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-2/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=796
Diagnostic Information
• 1
Heater Check
Check heating system for proper operation. See Heater and Air Conditioner Operational YES: Go to Coolant Check. Checks. (Group 9031-25.) Is the heating system operating correctly?
NO: See Heating System Does Not Operate. (Group 9031-15.) AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-3/10
• 2
Coolant Check
Check engine coolant level. See Check Coolant Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Cab Fresh Air Filter Restriction Check.
Is engine coolant full?
NO: Fill with proper coolant to specification. AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-4/10
• 3
Cab Fresh Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab fresh air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Replace cab fresh air filter.
Is cab fresh air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Recirculation Air Filter Restriction Check. AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-5/10
• 4
Recirculation Air Filter Check recirculation air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Replace Cab Fresh Restriction Check Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
Is recirculation air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
YES: Replace recirculation air filter.
NO: Go to Cab Seals Check. AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-6/10
• 5
Cab Seals Check
Check windows and doors to make sure seals are in good condition.
YES: Go to Heater Hose Restriction Check.
Are seals on all windows and doors in good condition?
NO: Repair or replace damaged or malfunctioning seals. AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-7/10
• 6
Heater Hose Restriction Check
Check heater hoses. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.)
YES: Reroute or re-index hoses. Replace kinked or collapsed hoses.
Are any hoses kinked, pinched, or collapsed?
NO: Go to Heater Valve Motor Check.
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-9
AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-8/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=797
Diagnostic Information
• 7
Heater Valve Motor Check
Inspect heater valve motor (M6).
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) Is heater valve motor operating correctly?
YES: Go to Heater Core Air Flow Restriction Check. NO: Repair or replace heater flow control valve. AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-9/10
• 8
Heater Core Air Flow Restriction Check
Check heater core fins for debris. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component YES: Clean heater core Location. (Group 9031-10.) fins.
Are the heater core fins clogged with debris?
NO: Checks complete. AB06447,0000C90 -19-25JUL16-10/10
Interior Windows Continue to Fog AB06447,0000C95 -19-25JUL16-1/7
Interior Windows Continue to Fog Diagnostic Procedure AB06447,0000C95 -19-25JUL16-2/7
• 1
Machine Settings Check
Check machine settings for proper air conditioner control mode setting. See Air Conditioner Controls—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to Cab Fresh Air Filter Restriction Check.
Is the correct setting selected?
NO: Select the correct setting. AB06447,0000C95 -19-25JUL16-3/7
• 2
Cab Fresh Air Filter Restriction Check
Check cab fresh air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Replace cab fresh air filter.
Is cab fresh air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
NO: Go to Recirculation Air Filter Restriction Check. AB06447,0000C95 -19-25JUL16-4/7
• 3
Recirculation Air Filter Check recirculation air filter for debris or air flow restrictions. See Replace Cab Fresh Restriction Check Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
Is recirculation air filter dirty or clogged with debris?
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-10
YES: Replace recirculation air filter.
NO: Go to Heater Valve Motor Check. AB06447,0000C95 -19-25JUL16-5/7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=798
Diagnostic Information
• 4
Heater Valve Motor Check
Inspect heater valve motor (M6).
• See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) • See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) Is heater valve motor operating correctly?
YES: Go to Air Conditioner Check. NO: Repair or replace heater flow control valve. AB06447,0000C95 -19-25JUL16-6/7
• 5
Air Conditioner Check
Check to see if the air conditioner is working properly.
YES: Checks complete.
Is air conditioner working properly?
NO: Correct air conditioner problem. See Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate. (Group 9031-15.) AB06447,0000C95 -19-25JUL16-7/7
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-11
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=799
Diagnostic Information
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-15-12
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=800
Group 25
Tests R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling
If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Refrigerant Identifier
CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.
DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element, and lighted smoking materials.
Use only John Deere approved R134a refrigerant products. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling, and charging station equipment. Care must be taken to identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil, and refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should be tested for type and purity before recovery, recycling, or charging of system. Refrigerant identifier should be used before any testing or repair to system is performed.
DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves.
AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-1/2
Refrigerant Identifier
Used to safely and correctly identify type and check purity of refrigerant prior to recovery, recycling, and charging of air conditioning systems. AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-2/2
R134a Oil Charge Capacity IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioner compressor damage. Only use polyalkylene glycol (PAG) oil or equivalent. Item
Measurement
Specification
System (total)
Capacity
160.00 mL 5.41 fl oz
Compressor (precharge)
Capacity
160.00 mL 5.41 fl oz AB06447,0000C8B -19-26MAY16-1/1
R134a Refrigerant Charge Capacity Item
Measurement
Specification
Refrigerant Charge
Capacity
0.82 kg 1.80 lb AB06447,0000C8C -19-26MAY16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=801
Tests
Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-1/10
Visual Inspection of Components NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-2/10
Lines and Hoses Check
Inspect all lines and hoses. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) LOOK/FEEL: Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition, not kinked, worn from rubbing, or weather checked? LOOK/FEEL: Are hose and line connections clean and not showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Are all hose and line clamps in place and tight, with cushions or rubber inserts in place to prevent damage to hoses or lines?
NO: Reposition hoses and lines as necessary. Replace, adjust, and tighten clamps as necessary. Note any hoses or lines that will require replacement. NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-3/10
Air Conditioner Compressor Check
Inspect air conditioner compressor. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) LOOK/FEEL: Is belt in good condition, not frayed, worn, or glazed? LOOK/FEEL: Is belt properly tensioned? LOOK/FEEL: Is belt tensioner in good condition, not worn, or damaged? LOOK/FEEL: Is compressor pulley in good condition and properly aligned with belt drive pulley on engine? LOOK/FEEL: Are compressor mounting brackets in good condition, and is mounting hardware properly tightened?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Are electrical connections to compressor clean and tight? Is wiring in good condition?
NO: Repair or replace components as necessary. NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-4/10
Condenser Check
Inspect condenser core. LOOK/FEEL: Is core free of dirt and debris? LOOK/FEEL: Is core not showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? YES: Go to next check. LOOK/FEEL: Are fins of core straight, not bent or damaged?
NO: Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Repair or replace components as necessary. NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-5/10
Engine Fan Check
Inspect engine fan. LOOK/FEEL: Are fan blades in good condition, not worn, bent, broken, or missing?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Is fan securely installed?
NO: Repair or replace components as necessary. Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-2
NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-6/10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=802
Tests Heater/Evaporator Core Check
Inspect heater/evaporator core. LOOK/FEEL: Is core free of dirt and debris? LOOK/FEEL: Is core not showing signs of leakage such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? LOOK/FEEL: Are fins of core straight, not bent, or damaged?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Are condensation drain holes clear of debris?
NO: Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Repair or replace components as necessary. NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-7/10
Cab Fresh Air Filter and Recirculation Air Filter Check
Inspect both cab fresh air filter and recirculation air filter. See Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Are filters clean and free of debris?
NO: Replace cab air filter and recirculation air filter as necessary. NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-8/10
Freeze Control Switch Probe Check
Inspect freeze control switch probe. LOOK/FEEL: Is probe straight, not kinked, or broken?
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Are wires from probe to switch intact, not worn or broken?
NO: If probe is kinked or broken, or probe wires are worn or broken, replace freeze control switch.
LOOK/FEEL: Is probe properly positioned and securely inserted into evaporator core? NO: If probe is improperly positioned, test freeze control switch. See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test. (Group 9031-25.) NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-9/10
Cab Door and Windows Check
Open and close cab door and windows. Inspect seals. LOOK/FEEL: Are seals present, properly installed, and in good condition?
YES: Checks complete.
LOOK/FEEL: Do door and windows contact seals evenly?
NO: Adjust door and windows if necessary. Repair or replace components as necessary. NR81152,000185F -19-24MAY17-10/10
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test 1. Disconnect engine interface harness (W20) from air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y13) connector. See Engine Interface Harness (W20) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 2. Connect battery voltage to pin A of air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid connector. 3. Connect ground to pin B of air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid connector.
4. Clutch solenoid should engage and a click may be heard. 5. If clutch solenoid does not engage, replace air conditioner compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 6. If clutch solenoid does not engage when connected to machine, check engine interface harness (W20). See Engine Interface Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) BS13840,000043C -19-27OCT15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=803
Tests
R134a Refrigerant Leak Test
NOTE: Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to refrigerant to aid in leak detection.
SPECIFICATIONS Leak Detector Probe Speed
25 mm per second 1 in per second
1. Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or dusty conditions or for traces of refrigerant dye.
CAUTION: Refrigerant is under high pressure and system must be serviced by qualified personnel only. Improper service methods may cause injury. If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming work. Avoid breathing in the air conditioner refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate the eyes, nose, and throat. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. NOTE: When refrigerant leaks from a system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it.
2. Spray a soap and water solution on refrigerant lines and components to cause bubbles to form at source of leak. 3. If a leak detector is used, move leak detector probe under hoses and around connections at a rate of 25 mm (1 in) per second. Specification Leak Detector Probe Speed—Speed........................................................... 25 mm per second 1 in per second
AS79221,000058E -19-06AUG15-1/1
R134a Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection
tubing, or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, then replace parts.
IMPORTANT: Hoses used for air conditioning systems contain special barriers in its walls to prevent migration of refrigerant gas.
IMPORTANT: Chlorinated solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and must not be used for cleaning. The use of these solvents will cause deterioration of hoses.
Do not use hydraulic hoses as replacement hoses in the air conditioning system. Only use certified hose meeting SAE J2064 requirements. When a component is disconnected from the system, special care should be given to inspecting hoses and tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign material. If such contamination is present in hoses,
Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. To assist in making leak-proof joints, use a small amount of clean, correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all hose and tube connections. Dip O-rings in correct viscosity oil before assembling. AS79221,000058F -19-16FEB15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=804
Tests
Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Test
Specification Switch Closes—Low Pressure............................................................................ 159—255 kPa 1.59—2.55 bar 23—37 psi
SPECIFICATIONS Switch Closes—Low Pressure
159—255 kPa 1.59—2.55 bar 23—37 psi
Switch Opens—Low Pressure
138—228 kPa 1.38—2.28 bar 20—33 psi
Switch Opens—High Pressure
2620—2900 kPa 26.2—29.0 bar 380—420 psi
Switch Closes—High Pressure
1380—2070 kPa 13.8—20.7 bar 200—300 psi
between terminals until pressure increases to switch, closing (low) pressure specification.
11. Slowly release pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch, opening (low) pressure specification. Specification Switch Opens—Low Pressure............................................................................ 138—228 kPa 1.38—2.28 bar 20—33 psi
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02148 Straight Connector SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
NOTE: Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch is normally open when removed from machine. When installed, the switch is normally closed due to system pressure. 1. Power machine ON, but do not start engine. 2. Turn blower motor speed switch to ON position. 3. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. 4. Disconnect harness from air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B9). Compressor clutch must disengage (click). See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) 5. Connect harness to air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. Compressor clutch must engage (click). 6. Disconnect harness from air conditioner high/low-pressure switch.
12. Slowly increase pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must have continuity between terminals until pressure increases to switch, opening (high) pressure specification. Specification Switch Opens—High Pressure........................................................................ 2620—2900 kPa 26.2—29.0 bar 380—420 psi
13. Slowly release pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch, closing (high) pressure specification. Specification Switch Closes—High Pressure........................................................................ 1380—2070 kPa 13.8—20.7 bar 200—300 psi
NOTE: The air conditioner high/low-pressure switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system; however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification.
NOTE: Refrigerant line is equipped with valve at the air conditioner high/low-pressure switch port to prevent system from discharging when switch is removed.
a. Connect an air conditioner gauge set to service fittings at compressor. b. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow.
7. Remove air conditioner high/low-pressure switch from refrigerant line.
c. Operate air conditioner on maximum cooling.
8. Connect harness to air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. Compressor clutch must not engage (click). 9. Connect air conditioner high/low-pressure switch to regulated air supply or dry nitrogen using JT02148 Straight Connector.
d. Note high-side pressure when high-pressure switch opens and then closes. If switch does not operate within specifications, replace air conditioner high/low-pressure switch.
10. Slowly apply pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must not have continuity BS13840,000043D -19-15JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=805
Tests
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Opening Temperature
1.7—2.7°C 35.1—36.9°F
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Open Resistance
Infinite (open)
NOTE: Air conditioner freeze control switch does not open immediately when switch is cooled to opening temperature setpoint. Control system delays opening of switch based on temperature. Switch opening delay may be longer than one minute.
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Closing Temperature
3.4—4.4°C 38.1—39.9°F
5. Measure resistance of air conditioner freeze control switch and compare to specification.
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Closed Resistance
0Ω
SPECIFICATIONS
Specification Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch—Open Resistance.......................................................................... Infinite (open)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05791A Digital Multimeter
Air conditioner freeze control switch is normally closed and does not open until switch temperature is below opening temperature setpoint. Control system then holds air conditioner freeze control switch open until switch temperature is above closing temperature setpoint. 1. Mark position of temperature probe. Probe should be near center of evaporator. 2. Disconnect and remove air conditioner freeze control switch (B10). See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) 3. Connect JT05791A Digital Multimeter to terminals A and B of air conditioner freeze control switch. 4. Cool air conditioner freeze control switch to opening temperature setpoint. Specification Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch—Opening Temperature............................................................................1.7—2.7°C 35.1—36.9°F
6. Warm air conditioner freeze control switch to closing temperature setpoint. Specification Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch—Closing Temperature............................................................................3.4—4.4°C 38.1—39.9°F
NOTE: Air conditioner freeze control switch closes immediately when switch is warmed to closing temperature setpoint. 7. Measure resistance of air conditioner freeze control switch and compare to specification. Specification Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch—Closed Resistance...........................................................................................0 Ω
8. If any temperature setpoint or resistance is not within specification, replace air conditioner freeze control switch and temperature probe. BS13840,000043E -19-25JAN16-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=806
Tests
Air Conditioning System Test
8. Start engine and run at specifications.
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
2600 rpm
Auto-Idle Function (if equipped) State
DISABLED
Specification Engine—Speed......................................................................... 2600 rpm Auto-Idle Function (if equipped)—State................................................................... DISABLED
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
9. Press air conditioner switch to turn air conditioner ON.
Thermometer
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils to avoid air conditioning system contamination. Identify refrigerant before recovering, recycling, and charging system.
10. Turn heater temperature control switch to maximum cooling position. 11. Turn blower motor speed switch to high. 12. Open cab door and windows. 13. Run machine for at least 5 minutes. 14. Measure and record air temperature at condenser air inlet and at air ducts in cab. Compare to specifications.
1. Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 9000-01.) 2. Clean the cooling package compartment access panel and fins of hydraulic oil cooler, radiator, condenser, and evaporator to ensure proper air flow. 3. Inspect cab fresh air filter and recirculation air filter. Replace filters as necessary. See Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant freezes eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. 4. Follow refrigerant cautions and proper handling procedures. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 9031-25.) 5. Identify refrigerant type using refrigerant identifier. NOTE: Follow manufacturer's instructions when operating refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. 6. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)
Ambient Air Temperature
Expected Air Duct Temperature (maximum)
16—18°C 61—65°F
10°C 50°F
19—21°C 67—70°F
10°C 51°F
22—24°C 72—76°F
11°C 53°F
25—26°C 77—79°F
12°C 54°F
27—29°C 81—85°F
13°C 56°F
30—32°C 86—90°F
14°C 58°F
33—35°C 92—95°F
16°C 61°F
36—38°C 97—101°F
18°C 64°F
39—40°C 103—104°F
19°C 66°F
41—43°C 106—110°F
21°C 69°F
15. Observe low side pressure and high side pressure on gauges.
7. Open both low and high-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station.
16. Compare pressures and air duct temperature readings to specifications shown.
Ambient Air Temperature
Low Side Pressure
High Side Pressure
16—18°C 61—65°F
176—213 kPa 1.76—2.13 bar 26—31 psi
632—765 kPa 6.32—7.65 bar 92—111 psi
19—21°C 67—70°F
178—216 kPa 1.78—2.16 bar 26—31 psi
722—873 kPa 7.22—8.73 bar 105—127 psi
22—24°C 72—76°F
179—216 kPa 1.79—2.16 bar 26—31 psi
785—951 kPa 7.85—9.51 bar 114—138 psi
25—26°C 77—79°F
170—206 kPa 1.70—2.06 bar 25—30 psi
869—1052 kPa 8.69—10.52 bar 126—153 psi
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-7
AB06447,0000C8D -19-25JUL16-1/2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=807
Tests Ambient Air Temperature
Low Side Pressure
High Side Pressure
27—29°C 81—85°F
170—206 kPa 1.70—2.06 bar 25—30 psi
952—1153 kPa 9.52—11.53 bar 138—167 psi
30—32°C 86—90°F
167—202 kPa 1.67—2.02 bar 24—29 psi
1070—1295 kPa 10.70—12.95 bar 155—188 psi
33—35°C 92—95°F
156—188 kPa 1.56—1.88 bar 23—27 psi
1214—1469 kPa 12.14—14.69 bar 176—213 psi
36—38°C 97—101°F
158—192 kPa 1.58—1.92 bar 23—28 psi
1365—1653 kPa 13.65—16.53 bar 198—240 psi
39—40°C 103—104°F
156—189 kPa 1.56—1.89 bar 23—27 psi
1494—1808 kPa 14.94—18.08 bar 217—262 psi
41—43°C 106—110°F
168—203 kPa 1.68—2.03 bar 24—29 psi
1597—1933 kPa 15.97—19.33 bar 232—280 psi
17. If measurements are not within specifications, diagnose malfunction. See Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart. (Group 9031-25.) AB06447,0000C8D -19-25JUL16-2/2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=808
Tests
Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart Condition
Low Side kPa High Side kPa (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi)
Sight Glass
Suction Line
ReceiverDryer
Liquid Line
Discharge Line
Discharge Air
Lack of Refrigerant
Very Low
Very Low
Clear
Slightly Cool
Slightly Warm
Loss of Refrigerant
Low
Low
Bubbles
Cool
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm to Hot
Slightly Cool
High Side Restriction
Low
Low
Clear
Cool
Cool, Sweating, or Frosting
Cool, Sweating, or Frosting
Hot to Point of Restriction
Slightly Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Slightly Warm Slightly Warm
Warm
Expansion Valve Closed
Low
Low
Clear
Cold, Sweating, or Frosting Heavily at Valve Outlet
Loose Belt or Compressor Malfunction
High
Low
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Warm
Slightly Cool
Condenser Malfunction
High
High
Clear to Occasional Bubbles
Slightly Cool to Warm
Hot
Hot
Hot
Warm
Refrigerant Contaminated and Air in System
High
High
Bubbles
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm
Hot
Warm
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Expansion Valve Open
High
High
Clear
Cold, Sweating, or Frosting Heavily
Plugged Condenser, Overcharge of Refrigerant
Normal
High
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Moisture in System
Normal (may drop)
Normal (may drop)
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Cool to Warm
Heater Valve Stuck Open
Normal
Normal
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Warm
Lack of Refrigerant and Air in System
Normal (no drop)
Normal
Occasional Bubbles
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm
Warm
Slightly Cool
AS79221,0000594 -19-16FEB15-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=809
Tests
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9031-25-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=810
Contents
Section 9900 Dealer Fabricated Tools
Page
Group 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness.......................................... 9900-99-1 DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness ................................................. 9900-99-2
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9900-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Contents
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9900-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Group 99
Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness 1 2 3 4
4 3
RED 2 PUR 2A BLK 2 PUR 2B
1 2 3 4
1
1 2
RED 2 PUR 2A BLK 2 PUR 2B
2
4
3
1 2 3 4
4 3
1
RED 1 PUR 1A BLK 1 PUR 1B
1 2 3 4
1 2
TX1067839 —UN—18NOV09
2
RED 1 PUR 1A BLK 1 PUR 1B
TX1067839 DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness Wiring Diagram
Material Required:
TX1067835A —UN—17NOV09
• 57M8016 DEUTSCH Locking Wedge (2 used) • 57M7619 DEUTSCH Locking Wedge (2 used) • 57M8164 DEUTSCH Pin (8 used) • 57M8165 DEUTSCH Socket (8 used) • 244 cm (96 in) 16 Gauge Red Wire • 244 cm (96 in) 16 Gauge Black Wire • 488 cm (192 in) 16 Gauge Purple Wire • 112 cm (44 in) Wire Wrap The speed sensor test harness is used to switch motor speed sensors from side-to-side without having to physically remove and install the speed sensors. The speed sensor test harness consists of two separate four-wire circuits with male and female electrical connectors on opposite ends.
DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness 1— 57M8016 DEUTSCH® Locking Wedge (2 used) 2— 57M7619 DEUTSCH Locking Wedge (2 used)
1. Create the wire harness for circuit 1 using the following components. Load wire connectors as shown in the wiring diagram.
• 57M8016 DEUTSCH Locking Wedge • 57M7619 DEUTSCH Locking Wedge • 57M8164 DEUTSCH Pin (4 used) • 57M8165 DEUTSCH Socket (4 used) • 122 cm (48 in) 16 Gauge Red Wire • 122 cm (48 in) 16 Gauge Black Wire • 122 cm (48 in) 16 Gauge Purple Wire • 122 cm (48 in) 16 Gauge Purple Wire
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
3— 112 cm (44 in) 4— 5 cm (2 in)
2. Create the wire harness for circuit 2 using the following components. Load wire connectors as shown in the wiring diagram.
• 57M8016 DEUTSCH Locking Wedge • 57M7619 DEUTSCH Locking Wedge • 57M8164 DEUTSCH Pin (4 used) • 57M8165 DEUTSCH Socket (4 used) • 122 cm (48 in) 16 Gauge Red Wire • 122 cm (48 in) 16 Gauge Black Wire Wire • 122 cm (48 in) 16 Gauge PurpleKK70125,00004F4 Continued on next page -19-15MAR18-1/2 9900-99-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=813
Dealer Fabricated Tools
• 122 cm (48 in) 16 Gauge Purple Wire 3. Align the wire harnesses for the two circuits so that there is both a male and female connector at each end.
4. Wrap the two wire harnesses together, leaving approximately 5 cm (2 in) of each harness exposed at either end, as shown.
DEUTSCH is a trademark of TE Connectivity Ltd. KK70125,00004F4 -19-15MAR18-2/2
DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness Materials Required:
TX1076018A —UN—08APR10
• Spring Clip (2 used) • DT06-2S DEUTSCH™ 2-pin Connector • 244 cm (96 in.) 16 gauge Red Wire • 244 cm (96 in.) 16 gauge Black Wire • 221 cm (87 in.) Wire Wrap The solenoid power harness is used to energize the fan bypass solenoid after installing a new fan bypass valve. This procedure is required to remove air from the solenoid valve to insure correct valve operation. The solenoid power harness is also used to energize the park brake solenoid on electrohydraulic (EH) control machines when adjusting the hydrostatic pump mechanical neutral position. Assemble harness: 1. Install spring clips to one end of black and red wires. 2. Load wires into Deutsch connector: Red wire in pin 1 and black wire in pin 2.
DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness
3. Remove locking clip from connector to make it easier to remove connector from solenoid during use. 4. Install wire wrap on wires, leaving wires exposed on spring clip end for connecting to battery terminals.
DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co. KK70125,00005B8 -19-26OCT10-1/1
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
9900-99-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=814
Index Page Page
A Accumulator Charge ........................................................... 9025-20-1 Adjustment Hydrostatic pump mechanical neutral .......................................................... 9026-25-6 Hydrostatic pump, control neutral .................. 9026-25-9 Manual tracking.............................................. 9015-20-4 Track sag, check............................................ 9020-20-1 Track tension, check ...................................... 9020-20-1 Aftertreatment Exhaust .......................................................... 9010-05-1 Air conditioner Freeze control switch test .............................. 9031-25-6 Operating pressure diagnostic chart ............................................................. 9031-25-9 Operational checks ........................................ 9031-25-2 Air conditioner compressor clutch Test ................................................................ 9031-25-3 Air conditioner switch Check............................................................. 9015-25-3 Air conditioning Binary pressure switch test ............................ 9031-25-5 Hoses and tubing inspection.......................... 9031-25-4 R134a oil charge capacity.............................. 9031-25-1 R134a Refrigerant charge capacity ............... 9031-25-1 R134a system test ......................................... 9031-25-7 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling........................................................ 9031-25-1 Refrigerant charge capacity ........................... 9031-25-1 Refrigerant leak test....................................... 9031-25-4 System cycle of operation.............................. 9031-05-1 Alternator Test .............................................................. 9015-25-22 Anti-theft security system Changing operator security code ................. 9015-16-12 Changing owner security code..................... 9015-16-12 Changing system security code length ......................................................... 9015-16-13 Configuration................................................ 9015-16-12 Enable.......................................................... 9015-16-14 Locking the machine .................................... 9015-16-15 Operation ..................................................... 9015-16-15 Reseting operator security code .................. 9015-16-13 Reseting owner security code...................... 9015-16-13 Selecting the locking method ....................... 9015-16-12 Unlocking the machine................................. 9015-16-15 Antitheft Master code ................................................... 9015-16-9 Attachment control boom harness (W12) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-78 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-79 Attachment control frame harness (W11) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-76 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-77 Attachments Adding safely ............................................... 9000-01-13
Operating safely........................................... 9000-01-13 Auto-idle Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-11 Auxiliary foruth function switch Check............................................................. 9015-25-4 Avoid static electricity risk when fueling .............................................................. 9000-01-4
B Back-up alarm Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-13 Backover accidents Avoid ............................................................ 9000-01-11 Backup alarm Check............................................................. 9015-25-7 Backup alarm circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-62 Battery Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-4 Blower speed dial Check............................................................. 9015-25-3 Boom and bucket Calibration...................................................... 9015-20-3 Boom down drift Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-20 Boom up drift Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-21 Bucket curl drift Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-23 Bucket dump drift Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-22
C Cab door Safety precautions ....................................... 9000-01-16 Cab door and window seals Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-1 Cab harness (W2) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-24 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-28 Calibration Angle sensor ................................................ 9015-16-10 Aux hydraulics.............................................. 9015-16-10 Auxiliary hydraulics ........................................ 9015-20-4 Boom and bucket .......................9015-16-10, 9015-20-3 EH pedal ...................................................... 9015-16-10 HST FWD speed.......................................... 9015-16-10 HST RVS speed........................................... 9015-16-10 HST threshold .............................................. 9015-16-10 Hydrostatic system......................................... 9015-20-1 CAN Circuit test .................................................... 9015-25-25 Charge capacity R134a oil........................................................ 9031-25-1 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-1
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=1
Index
Page
Page
Charge pressure relief valve Test ................................................................ 9025-25-6 Charge pump Flow test....................................................... 9025-25-23 Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-5 Circuit relief valve Test ................................................................ 9025-25-9 Circuit test Controller area network (CAN)..................... 9015-25-25 Circuit Theory of Operation JDLink .......................................................... 9015-05-66 Codes Engagement and monitor unit (EMU)........................................................... 9015-16-3 Cold start Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-2 Component location Attachment control boom harness (W12) ......................................................... 9015-10-78 Attachment control frame harness (W11).......................................................... 9015-10-76 Cab harness (W2)........................................ 9015-10-24 Creep mode speed switch harness (W19) ......................................................... 9015-10-85 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) control valve harness (W29).......................................... 9015-10-101 Dual flasher harness (W5) ........................... 9015-10-67 Engine cooling system ................................... 9010-10-3 Engine fuel system......................................... 9010-10-7 Engine fuel system harness (W22) .............. 9015-10-96 Engine harness (W21) ................................. 9015-10-91 Engine intake and exhaust........................... 9010-10-11 Engine interface harness (W20) .................. 9015-10-87 Heater and air conditioner harness (W17) ......................................................... 9015-10-81 Heating system .............................................. 9031-10-1 Information ..................................................... 9015-10-1 JDLink™ harness (W7)................................ 9015-10-70 Joystick jumper harness (W25).................. 9015-10-100 Left main harness (W3)................................ 9015-10-34 Legend ......................................................... 9015-10-10 Pedal inteface harness (W23)...................... 9015-10-97 Power train..................................................... 9020-10-1 Quik-Tatch™ actuator harness (W44) ....................................................... 9015-10-105 Quik-Tatch™ boom harness (W42)............ 9015-10-104 Quik-Tatch™ frame harness (W40) ........... 9015-10-102 Radio harness (W8) ..................................... 9015-10-74 Rear camera harness (W10)........................ 9015-10-75 Rear engine harness (W1)........................... 9015-10-18 Right main harness (W4) ............................. 9015-10-50 Compressor clutch Air conditioner, test ........................................ 9031-25-3 Configuration Anti-theft security system............................. 9015-16-12 Connection procedure JDLink™ ........................................................ 9015-15-2 Service ADVISOR™ ...................................... 9015-15-1
Controller area network (CAN) Circuit test .................................................... 9015-25-25 Theory of operation........................................ 9015-05-5 Controller info Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-8 Cooling system Service safely............................................... 9000-01-14 Creep mode Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-18 Creep mode speed switch harness (W19) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-85 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-86 Creep mode switch Check............................................................. 9015-25-5 Cycle times Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-24 Cylinder Hydraulic, leakage test................................. 9025-25-18
D Dealer fabricated tool (DFT) DFT1318 motor speed sensor test harness ........................................................ 9900-99-1 Dealer fabricated tools DFT1325 Solenoid power harness ................ 9900-99-2 DFT1318 motor speed sensor test harness ............................................................ 9900-99-1 Diagnostic information Fan system .................................................. 9025-15-36 Hydraulic system............................................ 9025-15-1 Diagnostic test box Sensor circuit check out of range high ............................................9015-17-6, 9015-17-9 Sensor circuit check out of range low............................................ 9015-17-8, 9015-17-11 Setup and functional test ............................... 9015-17-1 Three wire sensor circuit check out of range high .................................................... 9015-17-9 Three wire sensor circuit check out of range low.................................................... 9015-17-11 Two wire sensor circuit check out of range high .............................................................. 9015-17-6 Two wire sensor circuit check out of range low................................................................ 9015-17-8 Diagnostic trouble code check........................... 9005-10-1 Diagnostic trouble codes Engagement and monitor unit (EMU)........................................................... 9001-20-1 Hydraulic control unit (HCU) .......................... 9001-30-1 Left joystick controller (JSL)........................... 9001-40-1 Right joystick controller (JSR)........................ 9001-50-1 Vehicle control unit (VCU).............................. 9001-70-1 Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) Dosing control unit (DCU) .............................. 9001-05-1 Engine control unit (ECU) .............................. 9001-10-1 Intermittent diagnostics .................................. 9015-15-6 Sealed switch module (SSM)......................... 9001-60-1 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-2
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=2
Index
Page
Page
Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) Reading, Service ADVISOR™....................... 9015-15-3 Diagnostics cal values ....................................................... 9015-16-9 calibration values ......................................................... 9015-16-9 Controller Info ................................................ 9015-16-8 ECU outputs................................................... 9015-16-7 ECU power..................................................... 9015-16-8 EMU outputs .................................................. 9015-16-6 EMU power .................................................... 9015-16-7 Left joystick .................................................... 9015-16-4 Right joystick.................................................. 9015-16-5 Sensors.......................................................... 9015-16-4 Speeds........................................................... 9015-16-5 Switches......................................................... 9015-16-3 VCU outputs................................................... 9015-16-6 VCU power..................................................... 9015-16-7 Dial check Blower speed ................................................. 9015-25-3 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) control valve harness (W29) Component location ................................... 9015-10-101 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-102 Digital thermometer installation ......................... 9025-25-1 Display and clear trouble codes Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-1 Display messages Engagement and monitor unit...................... 9015-16-16 Dosing control unit (DCU) Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)..................... 9001-05-1 Drift Boom, test.................................................... 9025-25-14 Bucket, test .................................................. 9025-25-14 DTCs Left joystick controller (JSL)........................... 9001-40-1 Reading, engagement monitor unit (EMU)........................................................... 9015-15-3 Reading, Service ADVISOR™....................... 9015-15-3 Right joystick controller (JSR)........................ 9001-50-1 Dual flasher harness (W5) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-67 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-69 Dual flasher switch Check............................................................. 9015-25-2
Electrical component Specifications................................................. 9015-25-9 Electrical schematic......................................... 9015-10-15 Legend ......................................................... 9015-10-10 Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot pedal calibration..................................... 9015-20-5 EMU Reading diagnostic trouble codes.................. 9015-15-3 EMU outputs Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-6 EMU power Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-7 Enable Anti-theft security system............................. 9015-16-14 Engagement and monitor unit Display messages........................................ 9015-16-16 Operation ..................................................... 9015-16-18 Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) Codes............................................................. 9015-16-3 Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-20-1 Operational check, key switch off .................. 9005-10-3 Operational check, key switch on .................. 9005-10-5 Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-35 Engagement monitor unit (EMU) Reading diagnostic trouble codes.................. 9015-15-3 Engine Testing, speed control .................................... 9026-25-1 Engine control unit (ECU) Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)..................... 9001-10-1 Engine control unit (ECU) circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-13 Engine cooling system Component location ....................................... 9010-10-3 Engine fuel system Component location ....................................... 9010-10-7 Engine fuel system harness (W22) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-96 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-97 Engine harness (W21) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-91 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-94 Engine idle Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-10 Engine intake and exhaust Component location ..................................... 9010-10-11 Engine interface harness (W20) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-87 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-88 Engine speed Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-11 Engine speed control Testing............................................................ 9026-25-1 Engine start Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-10 Exhaust Aftertreatment ................................................ 9010-05-1
E ECU outputs Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-7 ECU power Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-8 Electric Quik-Tatch Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-13 Electrical Schematic, wiring diagram, and component location information ................... 9015-10-1
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-3
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=3
Index
Page
Page
Exhaust aftertreatment circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-27 Exhaust filter...................................................... 9000-01-6 Enhanced cleaning ...................................... 9015-05-31 Passive cleaning .......................................... 9015-05-31 Service cleaning............................................. 9015-16-2 Set auto clean ................................................ 9015-16-2 Exhaust Filter, Safety Safety, Exhaust Filter ................................... 9000-01-17
Horn circuit Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-2 Hoses and tubing inspection Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-4 Hydraulic Ride control accumulator charge procedure ..................................................... 9025-20-1 System operation ........................................... 9025-05-1 System, pressure release .............................. 9025-25-3 Hydraulic control enable Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-12 Hydraulic control unit (HCU) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-30-1 Hydraulic control valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-18 Hydraulic cylinder Leakage test ................................................ 9025-25-18 Hydraulic fan Diagnostic information ................................. 9025-15-36 Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-11 Hydraulic fan control Circuit theory of operation............................ 9015-05-79 Hydraulic fan motor Case drain test............................................. 9025-25-28 Speed test.................................................... 9025-25-25 Hydraulic oil filter Manifold operation ......................................... 9025-05-2 Theory of operation........................................ 9025-05-2 Hydraulic pump Flow test....................................................... 9025-25-19 Theory of operation...................................... 9025-05-10 Hydraulic response Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-17 Hydraulic system Auxiliary calibration ........................................ 9015-20-4 Calibration...................................................... 9015-20-3 Component location ....................................... 9025-10-5 Diagnostic information ................................... 9025-15-1 Hydraulic system control circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-47 Hydraulic system relief valve Test ................................................................ 9025-25-4 Hydrostatic Control valve—two speed ............................ 9026-05-12 Pump flow test ............................................... 9026-25-4 Pump operation.............................................. 9026-05-2 System operation ........................................... 9026-05-1 Hydrostatic motor Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-7 Hydrostatic pump Control neutral adjustment............................. 9026-25-9 Mechanical neutral adjustment ...................... 9026-25-6 Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-2 Hydrostatic pump flow Test ................................................................ 9026-25-4 Hydrostatic pump mechanical neutral Adjustment ..................................................... 9026-25-6 Hydrostatic pump operation............................... 9026-05-2
F Fan Hydraulic, operation ..................................... 9025-05-11 Fan motor Hydraulic, case drain test............................. 9025-25-28 Hydraulic, speed test ................................... 9025-25-25 Fan motor case Drain test (S.N. 269402— ).......................... 9025-25-28 Drain test (S.N.—269401)............................ 9025-25-28 Fan operation Reversing..................................................... 9025-05-11 Fan system Diagnostic information ................................. 9025-15-36 Fire prevention................................................... 9000-01-4 Flow test Charge pump ............................................... 9025-25-23 Hydraulic pump ............................................ 9025-25-19 Hydrostatic pump ........................................... 9026-25-4 Fluid sample Procedure ...................................................... 9010-25-2 Foot pedal calibration Electrohydraulic (EH) ..................................... 9015-20-5 Function drift Test .............................................................. 9025-25-14 Fuse and relay Specifications................................................. 9015-10-7
H Heater Operational checks ........................................ 9031-25-2 Heater and air conditioner harness (W17) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-81 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-82 Heating and air conditioning system Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-19 Heating system Component location ....................................... 9031-10-1 High flow pump Operation ....................................................... 9025-05-3 High flow relief valve Test ................................................................ 9025-25-8 High flow switch Check............................................................. 9015-25-2 High/low-pressure switch Test ................................................................ 9031-25-5
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-4
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=4
Index
Page
Page
Hydrostatic system Calibration...................................................... 9015-20-1 Manual tracking adjustment ........................... 9015-20-4 Hydrostatic system control circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-67 Hydrostatic system operation ............................ 9026-05-1 Hyraulic Control valve operation ................................ 9025-05-18
Legend Component location ..................................... 9015-10-10 System functional schematic ....................... 9015-10-10 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-10 Lighting circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-43 Lights circuit Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-6
I
M
Identification Manual ....................................................................... --3 Installation Remote start box............................................ 9025-25-2 Intermittent DTC diagnostics ............................. 9015-15-6
Machine modifications Avoid .............................................................. 9000-01-2 Machine movement Unintended..................................................... 9000-01-9 Machine,inspect................................................. 9000-01-2 Manual Identification............................................................... --3 Manual tracking Adjustment ..................................................... 9015-20-4 Master code Antitheft.......................................................... 9015-16-9 Mechanical neutral adjustment Hydrostatic pump ........................................... 9026-25-6 Mode Service ........................................................... 9015-16-1 Shift................................................................ 9015-16-2 Monitor Operation ..................................................... 9015-16-18 Motor Hydrostatic, operation .................................... 9026-05-7 Multi-function valve Pressure relief test ......................................... 9026-25-2
J JDLink Circuit Theory of Operation.......................... 9015-05-66 JDLink™ harness (W7) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-70 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-71 JDLink™ system Connection procedure.................................... 9015-15-2 John deere Engine......................................9010-05-1, 9010-10-1, 9010-15-1, 9010-20-1, 9010-25-1 Joystick jumper harness (W25) Component location ................................... 9015-10-100 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-100 JSL Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-40-1 JSR Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-50-1 JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer Installation...................................................... 9025-25-1 JT05800 digital thermometer installation........................................................ 9025-25-1
K Key switch on, engine off checks ...................... 9005-10-4 Key switch on, engine on checks ...................... 9005-10-9
L Left joystick Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-4 Left joystick controller (JSL) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-40-1 Left main harness (W3) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-34 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-40
N Neutral Hydrostatic pump, control, adjustment ............................................................. 9026-25-9
O Oil charge capacity Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1 Operating pressure diagnostic chart Air conditioner ................................................ 9031-25-9 Operation Charge pump ................................................. 9026-05-5 Cold start........................................................ 9010-05-2 Engagement and monitor unit...................... 9015-16-18 High flow pump .............................................. 9025-05-3 Hydraulic fan ................................................ 9025-05-11 Hydraulic system............................................ 9025-05-1 Hydrostatic motor........................................... 9026-05-7 Hydrostatic system......................................... 9026-05-1 Power train system ........................................ 9020-05-1 Ride control.................................................... 9025-05-8 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-5
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=5
Index
Page
Page
Operation qualification....................................... 9000-01-1 Operational Checkout........................................................ 9005-10-1 Operational check Auto-idle....................................................... 9005-10-11 Back-up alarm.............................................. 9005-10-13 Battery............................................................ 9005-10-4 Boom down drift ........................................... 9005-10-20 Boom up drift................................................ 9005-10-21 Bucket curl drift ............................................ 9005-10-23 Bucket dump drift ......................................... 9005-10-22 Cab door and window seals........................... 9005-10-1 Creep mode ................................................. 9005-10-18 Cycle times .................................................. 9005-10-24 Display and clear trouble codes..................... 9005-10-1 Electric Quik-Tatch ....................................... 9005-10-13 Engine idle ................................................... 9005-10-10 Engine speed ............................................... 9005-10-11 Engine start.................................................. 9005-10-10 Heating and air conditioning system........................................................ 9005-10-19 Horn circuit..................................................... 9005-10-2 Hydraulic control enable .............................. 9005-10-12 Hydraulic response ...................................... 9005-10-17 Lights circuit ................................................... 9005-10-6 Pattern select ............................................... 9005-10-16 Reversing fan............................................... 9005-10-15 Ride control.................................................. 9005-10-17 Seat control.................................................... 9005-10-2 Self leveling valve ........................................ 9005-10-18 Steering mistracking .................................... 9005-10-14 Transmission response................................ 9005-10-15 Two speed.................................................... 9005-10-14 Windshield washer circuit .............................. 9005-10-9 Windshield wiper circuit ................................. 9005-10-8 Operational check, key switch off Engagement and monitor unit (EMU)........................................................... 9005-10-3 Operational check, key switch on Engagement and monitor unit (EMU)........................................................... 9005-10-5 Operational checks Air conditioner ................................................ 9031-25-2 Heater ............................................................ 9031-25-2 Owner controls ........................................................ 9015-16-11
Pedal inteface harness (W23) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-97 Pedal interface harness (W23) Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-98 Periodic maintenance decal Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-1 Pins, metal Drive safely .................................................. 9000-01-15 Port lock solenoid valve Test ................................................................ 9025-25-3 Port lock spool Test ................................................................ 9025-25-3 Power train Component location ....................................... 9020-10-1 Power train system Operation ....................................................... 9020-05-1 Pressure release Hydraulic system............................................ 9025-25-3 Pressure relief Multi-function valve test ................................. 9026-25-2 Pressure test Park brake release....................................... 9026-25-12 Pump Charge, flow test .......................................... 9025-25-23 High flow, operation ....................................... 9025-05-3 Hydraulic, flow test....................................... 9025-25-19 Hydrostatic, control neutral adjustment.................................................... 9026-25-9 Pump, hydrostatic Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-2
Q Quik-Tatch™ actuator harness (W44) Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-106 Quik-Tatch™ actuator harness (W44) Component location ................................... 9015-10-105 Quik-Tatch™ boom harness (W42) Component location ................................... 9015-10-104 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-105 Quik-Tatch™ circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-05-64 Quik-Tatch™ frame harness (W40) Component location ................................... 9015-10-102 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-103 Quik-Tatch™ switch Check............................................................. 9015-25-4
P Park brake Release pressure test .................................. 9026-25-12 System operation ......................................... 9026-05-14 Park brake system Operation ..................................................... 9026-05-14 Parts, moving Stay clear ....................................................... 9000-01-2 Pattern select Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-16
R R134a air conditioning System test .................................................... 9031-25-7 R134a oil charge capacity Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1 R134a refrigerant charge capacity Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-6
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=6
Index
Page
Page
Radio harness (W8) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-74 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-75 Reading diagnostic trouble codes Engagement monitor unit (EMU) ................... 9015-15-3 Service ADVISOR™ ...................................... 9015-15-3 Rear Camera Circuit Theory of Operation ..................................... 9015-05-10 Rear camera harness (W10) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-75 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-76 Rear engine harness (W1) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-18 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-20 Recognize Safety, information ......................................... 9000-01-1 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1 Refrigerant leak Test ................................................................ 9031-25-4 Refueling, avoid static electricity risk................. 9000-01-4 Relief test High flow ........................................................ 9025-25-8 Multi-function valve ........................................ 9026-25-2 Remote start box Installation...................................................... 9025-25-2 Reversing fan Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-11 Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-15 Reversing fan switch Check............................................................. 9015-25-5 Ride control Charge procedure .......................................... 9025-20-1 Operation ....................................................... 9025-05-8 Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-17 Right joystick Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-5 Right joystick controller (JSR) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-50-1 Right main harness (W4) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-50 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-56 Roads Operating or traveling .................................. 9000-01-12 ROPS Inspect ......................................................... 9000-01-12 Maintain ....................................................... 9000-01-12
Safety hazards Travel ........................................................... 9000-01-12 Safety, high-pressure fluids Avoid high-pressure fluids.............................. 9000-01-3 Safety, information Recognize ...................................................... 9000-01-1 Sample Fluid, procedure ............................................. 9010-25-2 Schematic Information ...................................9015-10-1, 9015-10-4 Legend ......................................................... 9015-10-10 Symbols, electrical ......................................... 9015-10-4 System functional schematic ....................... 9015-10-15 Sealed switch module (SSM) Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)..................... 9001-60-1 Seat control Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-2 Security system Changing operator security code ................. 9015-16-12 Changing owner security code..................... 9015-16-12 Changing system security code length ......................................................... 9015-16-13 Locking the machine .................................... 9015-16-15 Operation ..................................................... 9015-16-15 Reseting operator security code .................. 9015-16-13 Reseting owner security code...................... 9015-16-13 Selecting the locking method ....................... 9015-16-12 Unlocking the machine................................. 9015-16-15 Self leveling Theory of operation........................................ 9025-05-6 Self leveling valve Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-18 Sensor circuit check out of range high Diagnostic test box.......................9015-17-6, 9015-17-9 Sensor circuit check out of range low Diagnostic test box..................... 9015-17-8, 9015-17-11 Sensors Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-4 Service Mode .............................................................. 9015-16-1 Service ADVISOR™ Connection procedure.................................... 9015-15-1 Reading diagnostic trouble codes.................. 9015-15-3 Service cleaning Exhaust filter .................................................. 9015-16-2 Service filter Cleaning......................................................... 9010-20-1 Set auto clean Exhaust filter .................................................. 9015-16-2 Setup and functional test Diagnostic test box......................................... 9015-17-1 Shift Mode .............................................................. 9015-16-2 Slopes Operation on ................................................ 9000-01-11 Solenoid Test .............................................................. 9015-25-13 Solenoid test.................................................... 9015-25-13
S Safety Add cab guarding for special uses............................................9000-01-1, 9000-01-7 Clean debris from machine ............................ 9000-01-7 Fire................................................................. 9000-01-5 Operator's seat .............................................. 9000-01-8 Park and prepare for service safely ............. 9000-01-14 Protective equipment ..................................... 9000-01-2
Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-7
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=7
Index
Page
Page
Specifications Electrical component...................................... 9015-25-9 Fuse and relay ............................................... 9015-10-7 Speed control Testing, engine............................................... 9026-25-1 Speed test Hydraulic fan motor...................................... 9025-25-25 Speeds Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-5 Spool Port lock, test ................................................. 9025-25-3 Starting circuit Theory of operation........................................ 9015-05-1 Steering mistracking Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-14 Steps Use correctly Handholds .................................................. 9000-01-7 Switch Binary pressure, test ...................................... 9031-25-5 Switch check Air conditioner ................................................ 9015-25-3 Auxiliary fourth function.................................. 9015-25-4 Creep mode ................................................... 9015-25-5 Dual flasher.................................................... 9015-25-2 High flow ........................................................ 9015-25-2 Quik-Tatch™ .................................................. 9015-25-4 Reversing fan................................................. 9015-25-5 Work lights ..................................................... 9015-25-1 Switches Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-3 Symbols Schematic, electrical ...................................... 9015-10-4 System cycle of operation Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-05-1 System functional schematic ........................... 9015-10-15 Information ..................................................... 9015-10-1 Legend ......................................................... 9015-10-10 System, hydrostatic Operation ....................................................... 9026-05-1
Testing Engine Speed Control.................................... 9026-25-1 Theory of operation Backup alarm circuit..................................... 9015-05-62 Controller area network (CAN)....................... 9015-05-5 Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) circuit.......................................................... 9015-05-35 Engine control unit (ECU) circuit.................. 9015-05-13 Exhaust aftertreatment circuit ...................... 9015-05-27 Hydraulic fan control circuit.......................... 9015-05-79 Hydraulic system control circuit ................... 9015-05-47 Hydrostatic system control circuit ................ 9015-05-67 Lighting circuit .............................................. 9015-05-43 Quik-Tatch™ circuit...................................... 9015-05-64 Starting circuit ................................................ 9015-05-1 Theory of Operation Rear Camera Circuit .................................... 9015-05-10 Thermometer installation, digital........................ 9025-25-1 Three wire sensor circuit check out of range high Diagnostic test box......................................... 9015-17-9 Three wire sensor circuit check out of range low Diagnostic test box....................................... 9015-17-11 Tools, dealer fabricated DFT1325 Solenoid power harness ................ 9900-99-2 Track sag Check and adjustment ................................... 9020-20-1 Track speed test Compact track loader................................... 9026-25-11 Track tension Check and adjustment ................................... 9020-20-1 Transmission response Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-15 Traveling On public roads............................................ 9000-01-12 Two speed Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-14 Two wire sensor circuit check out of range high Diagnostic test box......................................... 9015-17-6 Two wire sensor circuit check out of range low Diagnostic test box......................................... 9015-17-8
T Test Alternator ..................................................... 9015-25-22 Binary pressure switch................................... 9031-25-5 Charge pressure relief valve .......................... 9025-25-6 Circuit relief valve........................................... 9025-25-9 Function drift ................................................ 9025-25-14 Hydraulic cylinder leakage ........................... 9025-25-18 Hydraulic system relief valve ......................... 9025-25-4 Hydrostatic pump flow.................................... 9026-25-4 Multi-function valve relief ............................... 9026-25-2 Park brake release pressure test ................. 9026-25-12 Port lock solenoid valve ................................. 9025-25-3 Port lock spool ............................................... 9025-25-3 Solenoid ....................................................... 9015-25-13 Track speed, compact track loader.............. 9026-25-11
V Valve Charge pressure relief, test............................ 9025-25-6 Circuit relief, test ............................................ 9025-25-9 Hydraulic system relief, test ........................... 9025-25-4 Hydrostatic control, two speed..................... 9026-05-12 Port lock solenoid, test................................... 9025-25-3 VCU outputs Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-6 VCU power Diagnostics .................................................... 9015-16-7 Continued on next page
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-8
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=8
Index
Page
Page
Vehicle control unit (VCU) Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-70-1
Engine harness (W21) ................................. 9015-10-94 Engine interface harness (W20) .................. 9015-10-88 Heater and air conditioner harness (W17) ......................................................... 9015-10-82 Information ..................................................... 9015-10-1 JDLink™ harness (W7)................................ 9015-10-71 Joystick jumper harness (W25).................. 9015-10-100 Left main harness (W3)................................ 9015-10-40 Legend ......................................................... 9015-10-10 Pedal interface harness (W23) .................... 9015-10-98 Quik-Tatch™ actuator harness (W44) ....................................................... 9015-10-106 Quik-Tatch™ boom harness (W42)............ 9015-10-105 Quik-Tatch™ frame harness (W40) ........... 9015-10-103 Radio harness (W8) ..................................... 9015-10-75 Rear camera harness (W10)........................ 9015-10-76 Rear engine harness (W1)........................... 9015-10-20 Right main harness (W4) ............................. 9015-10-56 System functional schematic ....................... 9015-10-15 Work lights switch Check............................................................. 9015-25-1
W Welding repairs................................................ 9000-01-15 Windshield washer circuit Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-9 Windshield wiper circuit Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-8 Wiring diagram Attachment control boom harness (W12) ......................................................... 9015-10-79 Attachment control frame harness (W11).......................................................... 9015-10-77 Cab harness (W2)........................................ 9015-10-28 Creep mode speed switch harness (W19) ......................................................... 9015-10-86 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) control valve harness (W29).......................................... 9015-10-102 Dual flasher harness (W5) ........................... 9015-10-69 Engine fuel system harness (W22) .............. 9015-10-97
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-9
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=9
Index
TM14062X19 (04APR18)
Index-10
331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 040418 PN=10